4 f
at Shwe eye wild wie Oe

SO ead
eee ty
a oe "

“
et det

Ww awed «
a tad et eh ae Wf nt

UE aera Mesegrde el, eM sth fi ake

ae ye Wesicd on Oke ary a th D
* rere

Pali staph
ee

atk ed ada ed GN 8
ae FY “

f8 Ricks q din
ik

Ys kee a4
vy 4.4 a eS :
iad a wean Ca ae
SOR NIC)
a4

‘ Cia}
% nae alain g ha diate
4 Pe ees ‘ad

N eae ‘
J Pus H x44 MSF ran ift
nora A Oe fone oe ‘34. edie
Pst nO ey Pe PRICED ea a yy ie
Vat ute as
Harada ad ait aor ad a ana aerator ites wate Ai hedsan do colt
Ronit bh Moe Peed Pe ar aC) PA tor i ane er peer Pa Oe
re ei in edad a sana i
ve WM Peat ot Wat, it Hi Os el KG de
x * id de a9 Hay! ; .
aad gts a on wld 4 ‘ Ry Py
yr st Pashtoon oat
\ i wet . *
Babs UN ean
16 A iS Wit &
ry

Ls
hotest do
ai A “4 49 ites ane #

W
aig maa “4 fd Ok Vp Hi

ae A lh yey Y ce }
hy ane PM aiken a Aided sth Maule Aine aie pe
ri pa sg une ( Sea atnin):
ue reds eA ED iN Mia
i Ratna 5
4 Peay

cant \ x; - ns
eh Rok ner ar a Wy
pe Sale

ee
a a yh Se i

e Wy
Suite aif
MM a Rd hd 14

ab}.

i’ tata
a :

$14 Erk)
”

‘ a A ak
LAT Sete Wa ath ret eT) ae Fate m A a bt cay) e
vant siege fit RAV Wega cn coe art ae eo AW yg dais
de PU NS, 4 TN pate if ag: Or vhs Gy AEs fh ‘ Wi A TaR iadeieieleit Ae A ae
x fs Vg ad eee a a Pan Paris te HAAS a iat ie ROSAS EN ARE GA OCA Mt Tc

Cen ait
a

Be A) it

: Vaagedeudee ee’

, Satyam dada td
Wie dt 4

¢ eae ee COCR ; , By y
f ee 4 lioN HOPE LEN dann: net nt aan tae PORE PRR ok rs aly Fatt
od. wid 8 05d ‘ Ny i Me asia ey
4, Poe Re Oe Pe GH shy Oa ae lab:
Wer fate Shahetataat

Py ahe vi Mae ee

» »
2 Gea, Orne
CR at intl +94 ey ey
TPR
i

‘ab a th. eth: tthe , nigh oe
65 He Wok Ga ee if a he ate? vie
haa Wifedetads wt
1 leet Ge iter,
lee ” ar #

BO
ue

ya as
rea eit

z

z 25a
Setliet

uate ih

ea ted Ab

a ae

o sar ‘

Hebel AM. weit!
ae :
ate

Bast

ie Heit

a Hie ‘ ae

oe

cis

Md aoe te LD

4 hi i
i oe
seu Arnie
Li

ame

=

fey yaa ;

Me aehen ak dole
ee al ‘e
p DOT het
- : ei

{ ee a
Kis od AW! A)
ae

a Co

—

4
aia aes
1 40 eK a ,

teil,
u

Roe AAG Whe a Gy Rrmuehashice
Aaa O43 a ee Hea ei
b's fe is PEI
» i i wed Dea
Say Me es site andee Cea
ye Aa Y Pa Anka
ir, ‘
Gt et, ‘ ‘ anus tat hy
tt: Ye hay a nai a A Ny tata
RoR R na iit Fei it 4
b deal
ar) » de tied
Mer Kis POU
Aas

4 a
4 fy PA I
fi s
Wey ah te BORO Ct na
i ae CoD
* hades Peon
Cees

fhe

ae a

ed
ei Mee se

a PNT ee ae iy ay
et a \ i 4
i y's me rea
SOM Se Ay une Soe ae
4. Wik We, Prk ee nls
hy Pe ne ‘ i (ell Wie ieee a
sce a4 Boe SI aah ' ae a

A
{ A rir
ae ANY Pr An

y a ne ni
Hy ae ee
a at

4 ews B
isdn ROC etait 1
we i ike

hs Reyne

‘a , ot
Ges =

in
4,
aay

vin! suse aks it

ty a3
we ew

tots ie

we aii

=
<3

22

fe
{r.

tS

£07 1 Os ee WEA: Wd ys we abe
Ae.
Ax es ICE
o Sather
#8 “

ae =

aoe

padi nad

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY

| [No. 40]
June, 1904
Gog o
Qa bis
Agents of the Society
; guia - KEGAN PAUL, TRENCH, TRUBNER & Co. |
PRINTED aT THE AMERICAN MISSION ack SINGAPORE.
Ce ;

a

pe oe)

[No. 40]

JOURNAL

of the

Straits Branch

of the

Royal Asiatic Society

JUNE 1904

SINGAPORE :
PRINTED AT THE AMERICAN MISSION PRESS

1904

Table of Contents.

An Illustrated Catalogue of the Ethnographical Collection
Part I, Musical Instru- .
ments, by A. Shelford oe ae ae page |

of the Sarawak Museum

Errata.

Page 5, bottom line for ‘“* Subdived”’ read “ Subdivided.”
Page 7, 6th line a ell Pllenway WAL - ‘“ Plate VII.”
Page 12, in foot note ,, “ Kenyah-K yan ” bs ‘ Kelamantan.”
Page 22, bottom line ,, ‘“ Stopes” ‘< Stops.”
Page 32, 7th line Plate: Vill hes: 11 oa 2ASs

read “ Plate VIII , figs. 1l and 12.”
Page o2, 14th line 2... Plate iy. fie Mi

read. ** Plate TV iiessiem.

Page 53, 8th line from bottom for “ tangkat krutak”
read ‘**tongkat krutak.”

Page 54, lines 13, 24 and 30 for “ finical” read “finial.”

An Illustrated Catalogue of the Ethno-
graphical Collection of the
Sarawak Museum.

INTRODUCTION.

The nucleus of the ethnographical collection of the Sarawak
Museum is a collection made by Mr, Hugh Brooke Low, during
the greater part of his service under the Sarawak Government
(1869-1886); Mr. Low made full use of his opportunities and
got together nearly 500 different objects of ethnographical
interest chiefly from the natives of the Rejang and Batang
Lupar rivers. The collection was sent to England and for some
time was exhibited at the South Kensington Museum. In 1887,
however, His Highness the Rajah of Sarawak purchased the
collection, and in 1891 it was deposited in the newly-opened
Sarawak Museum. ‘To this nucleus have been added by con-
stant additions nearly 1,500 specimens and so recently as 1899
a competent critic was able to assert that the Sarawak Museum
contained ‘“ the best and most instructive collection of Sarawak
ethnography extant” (‘‘ Nature”? Aug. 31st 1899, p. 415.)

Unfortunately the Museum is but rarely visited by serious
students of anthropology and as with the exception of Ling
Loth’s “ Natives of Sarawak and British North Borneo” and
one or two papers by Hein (Vienna, 1890), the culture-history
of the Borneans has never been adequately pictured, it seemed
advisable to compile an illustrated catalogue of this fine
ethnographical collection, so that those interested in the
natives of Borneo might have some sort of picture of them even
if a more personal acquaintance was out of the question.

ven in Sarawak, well-protected as it is against European
exploitation, great changes have taken place amongst the natives
within the last thirty years; the great incursion of Chinese has

R. A. Soe., No, 40, 1904. |

Ze SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION.

had its effects; the dominant Sea-Dyak has increased enormously
in the Rejang River, driving the K yan, Kanowit and other tribes
less robust than himself before him, so that the ethnographical
variety of the chief river of Brooke Low’s collecting area is
now sadly diminished; finally the influence of the Huropean on
the change of native habits must not be left out of account. *
The catalogue, then, is not begun a day too soon, reliable
information on many specimens must be obtained now, or before
many years it may be too late. As it is, the Srus, a tribe appar-
ently allied to the Tanjongs, living near Kalaka, have forgotten
all their old customs and culture, a fragmentary languaye
alone remaining to suggest a less ignoble past ; whilst the Tan-
jongs themselves, thanks to the gin-bottle and the immorality
of their womenare rapidly drawing near to theabyss of extinction.
The project of such a catalogue as this was for some time in my
mind, but the ways and means of production were difficult to
find. However, at the end of 1902 the Council of the Straits
Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society generously came to the res-
cue and the catalogue will be published in parts under their
auspices.

The ethnographical collection now to be catalogued cannot
claim to be absolutely complete, and there are many specimens
scattered amongst Huropean Museums which are unrepresented
in the Sarawak Museum. These will be alluded to in the catalogue
whenever possible and specimens known to the writer but un-
represented in any museum will also be noted. No particular
order in the series of objects described will be observed, but
each part will be produced as soonas it is ready. I have been
fortunate in securing the collaboration of Dr. C. Hose, Resident
of the Baram district, in at least one part of the cataloyue and
other local authorities have been as generous in supplying me
with information as they have been in obtaining specimens for
the Museum.

* To give a concrete example of change :—It is no longer easy
to obtain specimens of the niabor a variety of short sword formerly
much in use amongst the Sea-Dyaks, the jumpul and tilang hamarau
are much more common, the former was invented less than 20 years
ago, the latter only last year. Numerous other examples might be
quoted.

Jour, Straits Branch

PARE Th:

Musical Instruments.

BY R. SHELFORD. M.A., F.L.S., ETC.

Curator of the Sarawak Museum.

The musical instruments of the Bornean tribes fall naturally
into four main groups :—

1. Stringed instruments.

2. Wind instruments.

3. Jews harps.

4, Instruments of percussion.

They are described in this order. Each group can be sub-
divided into classes and under the class-headines are described
the different ‘species’ frequently represented by more than one
specimen. In addition to describing each specimen fully, I
have quoted its number in the Museum catalogue and have
recorded how and when itcame into the possession of the
museum; all measurements are given in centimetres. It will bé
seen that the Museum is indebted to many friends for valuable
Specimens; as it. would be tedious to detail here all their names,
I must express my thanks to them as a collective body; the
names of Mr. D. J. S. Bailey, of the Sarawak service and Mr.
E. W. Byrde, of the Borneo Co., cannot however pass without
special notice, as to these two gentlemen I am indebted not
only for many interesting and opportune specimens but also
for much valuable information concerning them. My friend
Mr. H. Balfour, curator of the Pitts-Rivers Museum, Oxford, has
given me much useful advice and help, and his papers on musical
instruments have served as models which I fear that never-
theless I have but imperfectly copied.

R A Soc , No. 40, 1904.

4 SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION.

STRINGED INSTRUMENTS.

There are four main classes of stringed instruments in use
amongst the tribes of Borneo*:—

I. Primitive musical bow—perhaps the progenitor of
II. Fiddles and guitars.

III. Upright harps.

IV. Cylindrical harps.

CLASS I.—PRIMITIVE MUSICAL Bow.

This instrument is used only by the Tanjongs, a small isolat-
ed tribe living at Kapit, Rejang River, Sarawak. It consists of
a flattened bow (dusoz) with a rattan string laid across a pot of
earthenware or metal, the mouth of the pot being closed by a
wooden diaphragm (aran); the handle of the bow is grasped in
the right hand and the taut bow string is tapped with a short
stick held in the left hand; different notes can be produced
either by fingering the string or by moving the bow so that
different parts of its arc rest on the wooden diaphragm closing
the pot. A very fair volume of sound can be produced. Until
quite recently no specimens of this interesting musical instru-
ment had found their way to European Museums, but there are
now examples in the Anthropological Museums of Oxford and
Cambridge Universities. The‘ Natural History of the Musical
Bow” by H. Balfour (Oxford, 1899) should be consulted for a
full and detailed account of the geographical distribution and
evolution of this primitive type of musical instrument.

* Dr. A. W. Nieuwenhius figures in ‘‘In Centraal Borneo” Vol. II
Pl. LVII a Kayan girl beating with a stick on a string stretched long-
itudinally across a shield and bridged up with two cylindrical wooden
plugs at the end ; underneath the plate is printed ‘‘Het Voordragen van
zangen, de overleveringen van den stam, behelzende ”:—1.e. the overture
to a song, delivered by the assembled tribe.”

But there is no reference to the illustration in the text and I believe
that this is merely an improvised musical instrument, and one seldom
in use.

Jour. Straits Branch

SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION. 5

1. Tanjong—Busoi and Aran.

a. (Plate I, fig. 1, upper specimen),

The dusoz is a slightly bowed slat of hard black wood 93:6
cm. long and 4:4 cm. broad about its middle. One end is fretted
and moulded and forms the handle, the other end has one border
slightly excavated in the way shown in the figure. A strip of
split rattan is strung through a hole near the handle and laced
through two holes near the other end.

The aran is a disc of wood, 28 cm. in diam. with a large
hole in the centre; the border for a depth of 2.5 cm. has been
sloped down and a dog’s tooth pattern is cut in low relief on
it, the back ground being stained black with soot or indigo.

Catalogue No. 59. Brooke Low collection.—This speci-
men has been figured in *“ The Natives of Sarawak and British
North Borneo” by H. Ling Roth, 1586 Vol. II p. 260, and in
“The Natural History of the Musical Bow” by H. Balfour (1899)
p. 69, fig. 49 ; the latter illustration is taken from a photograph
of this specimen in the possession of Sir Hugh Low.

b. (Plate I, fig. 1, lower specimen).

The busoi is of soft white wood, 82:3 cm. long and 4 cm.
broad in the middle. The concave side has a geometric pattern
cut in bas-relief, the outstanding background being stained
red with dragon’s blood; the handle is unstained, it is moulded
and fretted forming an S-shaped curve; the opposite end has its
borders notched and curved, it is stained with dragon’s blood
and bas a rosette (buah trong) cut init. A strip of rattan is
strung through a hole near the handle and laced through two
holes near the distal end.

The aran is a disc of wood 30 cm. in diam. with an incised
phyllomorphic pattern surrounding a central] rosette; it is not
perforated. The rattan plectrum is 31 cm.long. The pot over
which the aran is laid is a common bazaar pot of Chinese make,
light-blue in coiour and glazed; 22-5 cm. diam.; 13 cm. high.

Catalogue No. 1250. [jHon. H. F. Deshon, [P. i. 03]

CLASS [I.—FIDDLES AND GUITARS.
This main class may be subdived into two sub-classes :—

R. A. Soc., No. 40, 1904.

SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION.

(4) Fiddles with straight wooden stem transfixing a resonator
usually made from a hollowed-out coconut shell or gourd, and
with one or more strings. Such are the one stringed enserunat
of the Sea-Dyaks and the stgittuwad of the Land-Dyaks and the
two- or three-stringed engkerbap of the Sea-Dyaks. The per-
former on any of these instruments sitson the ground and hold-
ing the stem of the fiddle in his left hand rests the resonator
against the calf of his left leg or else grasps with his toes the
part of the stem that projects through the resonator ; the string
is sawed with a very simple bow (pengayat) held in the right hand ;
cenerally no sound can be produced until the string has been
well moistened with saliva and even then the volume of sound is
not great. The Sea-Dyaks imitate on the enserunai the dirges
sung at deaths and at burial.

(2) Guitars, cut out froma solid block of wood, the resonat-
or being hollowed out either from the back or from the front,
and with from two to six strings, which are struwmmed with the
fingers. Examples of such instruments are found amongst the
Kayans, Kenyahs, Malohs, Dusuns, Malays, and Sea-Dyaks, the
Jatter people having probably borrowed from the Malohs. The
fiddle figured by Ling Roth |.c. Vol. II, p. 262 is undoubtedly
Chinese ; numbers of these are made in Hong-Kong for export
and can be bought any day in the Sarawak bazaars. The Malay
fiddle figured on p. 266. Vol. I]. of Ling Roth’s work is Javanese
and though the instrumentis described as being of Borneo make,
it cannot be regarded as typical of Borneo Malays. <A very
similar specimen bought from a Bugis is in the Raffles Museum,
Singapore.

A. FIDDLES.
1. Sea-Dyak—Lnserunai (Plate I, fig. 2.)
a.—(Second specimen from the left.)

Stem straight, transfixing the resonator and projecting con-
siderably beyond ; the head is flattened and slightly enlarged ;
its front border notched and moulded. ‘The resonator is half a
gourd (genok selaing), the bottom is perforated ; a diaphragm
of monkey skin is lashed on with a rattan binding and tightened
up with wedges (Plate VII, fig. 1). The string which is of rattan

Jour. Straits Branch

SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPAICAL COLLECTION. Tf

(rotan sega) at one end is looped over the part of the stem which
projects beyond the resonator and passes from this point of
attachment to the lower part of the head of the stem which
is deeply grooved longitudinally; the string runs along the
groove and out through a hole at the side and is then wound
round the head (Plate"WI, fig. 2); a notch on each side of the
groove is evidently intended for the reception of a cross-bridge.
There is no bridge for the string opposite the resonator. <A
bracing string of grass is present. The bow is of bamboo with
a grass string. Total length of fiddle 68 cm.; diameter of reson-
ator 9°d cm.

Catalogue No. 593. Brooke Low Collection.

b. Stem straight of a hard dark wood, transfixing reso-
nator and projecting considerably beyond. The head is not
expanded; the front of the stem has a deep longitudinal groove
for the greater part of its length; there are some shallow
transverse grooves and incised lines distad and proximad of
the longitudinal groove by way of decoration. The resonator is
half a gourd, closed by a diaphragm of wood luted on with
dammar, the bottom is perforated. ‘The rattan string at one
end is looped round the part of the stem that projects beyond
the resonator, at the other itis wound round a slip of wood
driven transversely through the stem (Plate VII, fig. 3) there are
notches on each side of the groove for the reception of a cross-
bridge. ‘Two bracing strings of grass. Bow of bamboo; with
grass string. Total length 60.5 cm., diam. of resonator 11.5
cm.

Catalogue No. 56. Brooke Low collection. This specimen
has been figured by Ling Roth (1. c. Vol. II, p. 260).

c. (istspecimen on right). Stem straight, hemispherical in
section, of a brown soft wood, transfixing resonator and project-
ing considerably beyond it, the head of the stem is enlarged
flattened and bent forward at an angle to the stem, each side is
carved in Jow relief with a phyllomorphic pattern and painted
in three colours, red, yellow, and green. ‘The reson tor is half
a cocoa-nut shell closed by a diaphragm of wood luted on
- with dammar ; one of the ‘‘eyes” of the cocoa-nut has ‘been
bored forming an orifice at the bottom of the resonator. The

R. A. Soce., No. 40, 1904

iS) SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION.

rattan string at one end is looped round the part of the stem
that projects beyond the resonator, the other passes into a
groove and rounda tuning peg that traverses the stem just
below the head. Bridge missing; a long and stout bamboo bow
with rattan string. ‘Total length 78 cm; diameter of resonator.
11.5 cm.

Catalogue No. 974. Brooke Low collection.

d. (2nd specimen from right). Stem straight, flattened, of
hard brown wood; it transfixes the resonator but does not
project much beyond; the head is enlarged, its front edge is
notched and carved. ‘The resonator is made from a section of
bamboo, cut just above and just below a node; the septum of
the bamboo is perforated with a star-shaped hole; the top of
the resonator is covered with a diaphragm of skin lashed on
with rattan (Plate VII, fig. 1); the plaited band of rattan (c.) encir-
cles the resonator at the zone of the leaf-scars. The single
rattan string is at one end looped over the stem in the usual
manner, at the other end is lashed round the lower end of the
head, passing through a hole in the front border; there is no
tuning peg. There is a wooden bridge shaped like an in-
verted V, resting on the diaphragm of the resonator and a grass
bracing string. The bow is of rattan with a string made from
a strand of the stem of the bracken, Pteris aquilina. Total
length 59.7 cm.; diameter of resonator 6.2 cm.; height of reso-
nator 7 cm.

Catalogue No. 1228. D.J. 8. Bailey, Esq. [P]; from the
head waters of the Undup River.

e. (1st specimen on left). Stem of soft wood, almost square
in transverse section; it transfixes and projects beyond the
resonator ; the head is much enlarged, flattened laterally and
bent back at anangle to the rest of the stem; on each side
a phyllomorphic pattern (resum=—=Giléichenia dichotoma) is carv-
ed in deep relief. The resonator is half a cocoanut shell, one
of the “ eyes” at the bottom has been perforated ; the mouth is
covered with a diaphragm of monkey skin with the hair still on
fastened with rattan lashingsin the usual manner (Plate VII,
fig. 1) The single rattan string at one end passes through a hole
pierced in the part of the stem that projects beyond the resonator

Jour. Straits Branch

SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION. S

and is prevented from slipping through by a knot; the other end
is attached to the tuning peg; this transfixes the head just
above the angle, and in order to expose a lengthof peg round
which to wind the string a deep short longitudinal .groove is
cut in the anterior face of the head, into this the string runs, is
wound round the peg, passes out through the peg hole and is
knotted to the peg outside the groove (Plate VII, fig. 4). A
wooden inverted V-shaped bridge is set on the diaphragm and
a small slip of wood is thrust under the string just before it
enters the tuning-peg groove. There is a bracing string of
grass. The bow is of bamboo with a grass string. Total length
83.59 cm; diam. of resonator 12.5 cm.

Catalogue No. 1229. D. J. 5. Bailey, Esq. [P. ii. 03].
Except that there is only one string this instrument might be
called an engkerbap, the shape and carving of the head of the
stem being very characteristic of that instrument. From the
Undup River.

2. Land-Dyak—Suzgittwad or Sivitot. (Plate VII, fig. 7.)

Stem a length of bamboo (tongon). Resonator a hollowed-
out coconut shell with the top third cut off, it is transfixed by a
piece of wood (benoah) which then passes a short way up the
cavity of the bamboo stem; in the bottom of the coconut shell
_is pierced a quincunx of holes ; the top is covered by a circular
sheet of sago-palm leaf, which is not secured inany way. There
is one tuning peg (than) which transfixes the stem back to front
not from side to side as in the enserunaz. ‘The single string (007)
which is the adventitious root of some epiphytic plant is knotted
_ at one end of the piece of wood transfixing the resonator, at the
other it is wound round the tuning peg. A triangular block of
wood (tikyer) stands on the diaphragm and serves to bridge up
the string. There is a small bow of bamboo with a string made
from a strand of the stem of the common bracken, Pieris
aquilina. ‘Total length 62cm. From the village of Krokong,
Upper Sarawak.

Catalogue No. 1277. H. W. Byrde, Esq. [P. vij. 03]

The instrument is of very simple construction, in fact it
was made in about half-an-hour, the taut string serves to keep
every thing together, if this is slackened the diaphragm slips off

R. A. Sec., No. 40, 1904.

10 SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION.

the resonator and the resonator itself becomes detached from
the bamboo stem. The Krokongs occasionally make more
finished fiddles than the one described above, but there are no
Specimens of such in the Sarawak Museum nor have I ever seen
one; in some instances the head of a sigittwad stem may be
carved to resemble a hornbill’s head.

3. sea-Dyak—Lngkerbap.

Stem straight of a soft wood, transfixing resonator and
projecting slightly beyond ; the resonator is half a coconut shell
with a diaphragm of lizard (Varanus salvator) skin, secured by
rattan lashings and wedges in the usual manner. The head of
the stem resembles that in the enserunai No. 1229; the pattern
has been painted red, blue, green and yellow. The two strings
of split rattan are at one end tied to that portion of the stem
which projects beyond the ‘resonator, at the other they pass
round two tuning pegs which are fitted as in the enserunai No.
1229. (Plate VII, fig. 4) The bow (pengayat) is of rattan with
a grass string. ‘Total length 97 cm. From the Batang Lupar.

Catalogue No. 1342. D.J.S. Bailey, Esq. [P. 29. ix, 03|

Be. GUTLATS:
1. Kyan—Sapeh (P|. I, fig. 4.)

Two-stringed guitar strummed with the fingers. A large
heavy instrument cut out of a block of tapang wood. The
resonator has been hollowed out at the back to a depth of from
7 cm. to 10 cm.; the cavity is not closed by a diaphragm. ‘lhe
face of the resonator is somewhat convex; it is decorated with
seven white discs formed of ground 7Zvrochus shells and at the
base with an incised geometrical design typically Kayan in
character arranged on either side of a pointed ridge. ‘lhe stem
is straight, thickening to the head which is carved to represent
the head of a dragon (asw); a shell disc is let into the top of
the dragon’s head. There are two tuning pegs, one end of
these is roughly shaped, the other is split to receive the strings
which pass through holes in the stem (Plate VII, fig. 5) and
so into the split ends of the pegs. The strings are of rattan,

Jour. Straits Branch

SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION, 1]

at their lower ends they pass through holes in the face of the
resonator and are knotted to prevent slipping through. Bridge
lost.

Total length. 12°5 cm.; length of stem, 46°8 cm. ; greatest
breadth of resonator, 28°8 cm.; breadth of resonator at the
bottom 19 cm. ; greatest depth of resonator 14°3 cm.

Catalogue No. 52. Brooke Low collection.

A diminutive model of a very similar instrument is hung on
the wall of a model of a Kajaman house (Belaga, Rejang R.)
recently prexented to the Sarawak Musuem. Ling Roth, (1. c.
Vol. II, p. 261) figures a similar instrument in the British
Museum, This however was made by the Long Wai, who dwell
on the Mahakkam River, they are grouped by Dr. C. Hose
amongst the Kayars ; the Long Wai name for this instrument
iS impai.

2. Dusun.—Two stringed guitar (? native name) (PI. VII, fig. 6).

This is carved from a block of soft white wood. The stem
is long, square in section about its middle, expanding at its
junction with the resonator and atthe head which is carved
and moulded ; on its front face five little blocks of wood ara
pegged on (3-34 cm. apart), apparently to mark the fingering
of the strmgs. ‘The resonator which is somewhat boat-shaped
is hollowed out from the back and the cavity is closed by a
sheet of sago-palm leaf laced on with rattan stitchings to the
wood. Both the front and the back of the resonator are
perforated in their centres by two triangular holes, the apices
of the triangles being conjoined. Part of the resonator is not

hollowed but is produced distally as a solid piece, curved
slightly upwards. A shaped ridge of wood terminating proxim-
ally in a square block is left on the face of the resonator ; the two
brass-wire strings are looped through holes in the ridge, pass
through the square block up to the lower end of the head
which they pierce and then are wound round two tuning
pegs.

Total length 119°5 cm.; length of stem, 67 cm.

Catalogue No. 1274. Collected by the late Dr. A. Dennys
Acquired by exchange from the Raffles Museum, Singapore.

R. A. Soc., No. 40, 1904

12 SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION,

A somewhat similar specimen is figured by Whitehead
n “ Exploration of Mount Kina Balu,” (1898) p. 108.

3. Maloh and Sea-Dyak—Blikan.

a. Maloh—Slikan (Plate II, fig. 3). Two-stringed guitar
cut from a block of soft white wood. The resonator is hollow-
ed out from the front and the cavity is closed by a tightly-fit-
ting wooden lid, securely pegged on; this lid is decorated with a
geometrical design painted in indigo. The end of the resonator
is produced and solid, it has been whittled and fretted to form
a scroll. Four triangular holes, their apices conjoined are cut
in the lid of the resonator and a block of wood is left attached
to the lid just distad of the four holes. The stem is quite straight,
somewhat triangular in section, it is very deep from front to
back in its lower (distal) portion where it joins the resonator
and the back of it here is scrolled and decorated with lines of
black dammar ; three chevrons of dammar are painted across
the back of the stem higher up. The proximal end is expanded
into a head carved to represent the head of a hornbill (Buceros
rhinoceros) with a seed in its mouth, the neck is stained
black. Two tuning pegs transfix the stem below the head.
The two rattan strings distally are fastened to two little wood-
en spikes stuck into the wooden block on the lid of the resonator ;
proximaliy they pass through holes in the stem just over the tun-
ing pegs, out through the tuning-peg-holes and are gripped in the
split-ends of these pegs (Plate VII, fig. 5). Total length 89.8
cw.; length of stem 52 cm.; breadth of resonator 15.5 cm.

Catalogue No. 54. Brooke Low collection. Brooke Low
(quoted by Ling Roth |. ¢. Vol. II, p. 262), describes a blikan in
use amongst Saribas and Kalaka Sea-Dyaks ; in this, the head

* The Malohs whose headquarters appear to be the Kapuas river,
Dutch Borneo, are an unsettled wandering people who frequently
come over into Sarawak for trading purposes. Dr. A. C. Haddon, F.R.s.,
who measured 7 individuals finds that these had an average cephalic
index of 76-2; he does not group them in any of the five classes into
which he divides the natives of Sarawak, but it is likely that they
fall into the Kenyah-Kayan division (cf. A sketch of the Ethnography
of Sarawak, Haddon, Archivio per |’Antropologia et l’Etnologia, Vol.
XXXI, 1901).

Jour. Straits Branch

SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION 13

of the stem is actually formed from the bill of a hornbill glued
on to the stem, and is not a carved representation of a hornbill’s
head as in the Maloh specimen described above.

Hose and McDougall, in a paper—* The Relations between
Men and Animals in Sarawak” (Journ. Anthrop. Institute. Vol.
XXXI, 1901. p. 198) write: —‘: The hornbill must be included
among thesacred birds of theIban (i.e. Sea- Dyaks), although it does
not give omens. Onthe occasion of making peace between hostile
tribes, the Ibans sometimes make a large wooden image of the
hornbill and hang great numbers of cigarettes on it, and these
are taken from it during the ceremony and smoked by all the
men taking part in it.” Smaller figures of the hornbill (Penchal-
long—Buceros rhinoceros) are suspended in Sea-Dyak houses
during harvest feasts and food is either put into the mouths
of the figures or else hung beneath them, (cf. Ling-Roth |. c.
Vol. I, p. 256). There are several examples of these Penchallong
in the Sarawak Museum; the birds are invariably represented
as holding one or more seeds in their beaks. Amongst the
Kenyahs the hornbill Anorrhinus comatus gives omens of
minor importance. Itis not surprising that so important a bird
should figure in the decorative art of the Borneans.

b. Sea-Dyak—Blikan. Very similar to the preceding speci-
men, but roughly made and undecorated with carving or paint.
The shape of the head suggests that it was intended eventually
to carve it into a representation of a hornbill’s head.

Total length, 79 cm. Length of stem, 52 cm.

Catalogue No. 1341. D.J. 5. Bailey, Esq. [P. 25, vij. 03].
From the Batang Lupar.

It is highly probable that the Sea-Dyaks borrowed this
instrument and its name from the Malohs; some of them at
any rate assert so much.

3. Malay—Gambus, six-stringed mandolin, (Plate IT, fig. 5).

The instrument is cut out from a block of mirabou (Afzelia
bijuga) wood and is shaped like the European mandolin, i.e. the
stem passes insensibly into the resonator and the shape of the
instrument is that of a pear longitudinally bisected. Both the
stem and the resonator are hollowed out from the front; the

R. A, Soc., No, 40, 1904

14 SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION.

cavity of the stem is closed by a piece of wood nailed on,

the cavity of the resonator by a diaphragm of skin, edged
with blue cloth and nailed to the sides with brass-headed nails.

The back of the resonator is perforated with a circular hole and
the cover of the stem near its junction with the resonator is
similarly perforated. This orifice is surrounded by incised lines
forming a conventional flower design. A rectangalar block of
wood is driven into the lower (distal) end of the resonator and
through holes in this the strings pass to be attached to a cross
bar of wood at its back. The stem is expanded proximally to
form a curved head, the cavity of the stem is continued up into
the lower part of the head, but not only is not closed in front,
but theback of the head is here cut away leaving the two sides
only, these are perforated with six holes for the tuning pegs ;
the rest of the head is solid and its sides are decorated with a
phyllomorphic pattern in deep relief, in front with a phyllomor-
phic design in shallow relief and three brass headed nails. There
are Six tuning pegs (petaran) and six cotton strings. An inverted
V shaped bridge rests on the diaphragm.

Total length 93 cm.; greatest breadth of resonator 16°9 cm.
Catalogue No. 1207. [ Pd. xi. 02.] It appears probable that
this instrument has been borrowed from the Arabs. There is
a Similar specimen in the Cambridge Anthropological Museum
obtained by W. W. Skeat, Esq., in the Malay Peninsula.

CLASS I1—UPricuT HARPS:

(Plate II, fig. 6.)

These instruments, which appear to be used only by Muruts
Dusuns (7) and Sea- Dyaks are roughly rectangular boxes (reson-
ators) win a handle and an upright or a handle alove at
each end. Strings are stretched in a vertical plane from one
handle or upright to the other and are kept taut by upright
bridges standing on the lid of the box; the addition of tuning
pegs seems to be a modern development. ‘The Murut harp is
simpler in construction than the Sea-Dyak forms and its strings
being looped through the handles, not tied separately as in the
Sea-Dyak harps are in two parallel vertical planes instead of in
one. Thestrings are strummed with the fingers of one hand

Jour. Straits Branch

SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION. 15

whilst the lid of the resonator is tapped with the fingers of
the other.

I am inclined to believe that the Sea-Dyak enghratong at
any rate is derived from a stringed instrument like the
enserunai through a guitar stage. In my private collection is a
roughly made Sea-Dyak six-stringed guitar very like the Dusun
guitar in shape but with a much longer projection distad of the
resonator and this instrument is known to Sea-Dyaks as an
engkratong. If thestem of this guitar was shortened to corres-
pond in length with the distal projection and if the string were
stretched between two uprights in a vertical plane the instrument
would become an enghratong. It is at least curious that the
guitar in this form should be known to the Sea-Dyaks only under
the name of engkratong, and that it should have disappeared
almost entirely from use.

Ling Roth (1.c. Vol. II, p. 260), figures a zither from 8. E.
Borneo inthe collection of the Leyden Museum. Itis a flat board
with eight strings stretched across it and bridged up witha
cylindrical piece of wood at each end ; there is no information
as to the tribe from whom the instrument was obtained. I-do
_ not consider that the instrument is connected in any way with
the engkratong, and have doubts as to the correctness of the
locality quoted.

1. Murut—Upright Harp. (Plate II, fig. 6, upper specimen).

A long narrow wooden box, truncate at one end, at the
other tapering and produced into a handle; it is cut out of one
piece of wood and hollowed out from the bottom, the cavity
being closed by a wooden cover pegged on with wooden pegs.
The handle is a flattened oval. ‘T'wo loops of rattan (making four
strings) pass through two holes in the handle to the opposite
end of the instrument, where they perforate a projection from
the wall of the box and are knotted to prevent slipping. The
four strings are raised clear from the resonator by two upright
bridges set in holes in its roof ; the bridges have two notches on
each side to receive the strings. ‘The strings were originally
of bemban (Donax sp.) but having been destroyed by insects, are
replaced by rattan.

R. A. Soc. No. 46, 1904

16 SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION

Total length, 117°6 cm.; greatest breadth, 7 cm.; depth,
6 cm. Catalogue No. 732. Dr. G. D. Haviland coll. From
the head waters of the Tengoa River., British N. Borneo.

2. Sea Dyak.—Engkratong.

a.—A wooden box roughly rectangular in shape, the lower
sides rounded, a projection at each end, all cut out of one block ;
the cavity is hollowed out from the top and closed by a tightly
fitted lid of wood securely pegged down; the lid is perforated
with a triangular hole in the centre, into the terminal projections
are set two large flattened handles, carved and fitted into a
phyllomorphic design. A slender wooden upright is stuck into
each projection just where it issues from the resonator. Four
separate rattan strings pass from one upright to the other, to one
they are knotted by slip-knots, to the other by double hitches.
Two wooden upright bridges stand on the lid of the resonator,
they are notched on one side only to receive the strings.

Total length 106 cm.; resonator 41cm. x 16°9 cm. x 10-1
cm.

Catalogue No. 53. Brooke Low coliection.

This specimen has been figured by Ling Roth (1.c. Vol. I,
p. 261); on the same page Ling-Roth also figures another speci-
men, one handle of which is a fowl’s head, the other its tail,
and describes this as being in the Brooke Low collection ; I
have been unable to find any trace of this particular instrument
in the Sarawak Museum.

(Plate LI, fig. 6, lower specimen).

b.—A rectangular wooden box with a handle at each end,
all cut from one block; the box is hollowed from the top and
the cavity is closed by a wooden lid nailed on; the lid is per-
forated with a circular hole in the centre; the handles are
scrolled. Into each handle is seta stout wooden upright quadran-
gular in section, their tops are expanded and shaped to a leaf
form, one in addition has one side carved in relief. Five rattan
_ strinys pass through holes in one upright to tuning pegs in the
other, over notches in an upright bridge. Resonator, 58 cm.—
15°6 cm.—14 em.; height of upright, 29°3 cm.

Catalogue No. 1258. D. J. 5. Bailey Hsq., [ P. xii. 02.]

Jour. Straits Branch

SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION, 17

CLASS [V.—CYLINDRICAL HARPS. |
(Plate III, fig. 7. Plate VI fig. 14),

These are made from a joint of a large species of bamboo ;
the strings, four to twelve in number, are cut out from the bam-
boo but are left attached at their endsand are tightened with
slips of wood thrust under them. ‘The septa of the bamboo joint
- are generally perforated and to increase the resonance of the
instrument a lonvitudinal slit or a holeis cut init. This class
of instrument is in use amongst the Kyans, the Kenyahs, the
Long Kiputs, the Kadyans, the Dusuns, and the Land-Dyaks. The
method of performing on this instrument amongst the Land-
Dyaks of the Sadong River is as follows :—

The performer sits on the ground, rests one end of the
instrument against the side of his right foot and the back of it
against his left thigh; the strings are struck with a short stick
held in the right hand and with the left hand the player altern-
_ ately opens and closes the upper and open end of the instru-
ment; the strings can be tuned by altering the position of the
bridges. Several men usually perform together and a sound
like distant gongs can be produced by experts ; other men accom-
pany with the lalipok and pelonchong ; the former is a portion of
bamboo joint shaved down so that the wall is quite thin, one
end is open and is struck against some hard substance; the latter
isa piece of bamboo joint with a hole cut in the side and it is
struck with a stick (Plate VI fig. 14). The Krokong Land-
Dyaks still play onthese harps at their festivals, the Sadong
Land-Dyaks only occasionally play on them and then not serious-
ly, whilst at Quop these instruments are merely toys made and
played on by children.

1. Dusun—Tangkungang. (Plate III, fig. 7, left hand specimen).

Made from a sing!e joint of bamboo which is cut off flush
with the septa so that nothine projects at either end ; both the
septa are perforated. There were originally five strings arrang-
ed more or less equidistantly round the instrument; all but two
of the strings broken, ‘Total length 51:4cm.; diameter, 10°5

R. A Soc., No, 40, 1904, 1

18 SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION,

cm.; distance between the strings, (measured along the curve
of the bamboo) about 6°5 cm.

Catalogue No, 775. Drs G. I). and H. A. Haviland coll.
[P. v. 92]. From Kiou, Mt. Kina Balu. The equidistant strings
and the absence of projections beyond the septa show the
primitive nature of the instrument; it is roughly made and is
devoid of ornamentation. I have no information as to the method
of performing on this instrument, but I imagine that it is held
upright between the feet and that the strings are twanged with
the fingers of both hands.

In the Raffles Museum, Singapore are two cylindrical harps
purchased from the late Dr. Dennys and said to be Dusun. These
are much more complicated in structure than those in the Sar-
awak Museumexample. Bothhavetwelvestrings. In one these are
arranged in groups of three, four and five, in the other in a group
of seven, with the other five strings round the remaining periphery;
in both, the bamboo projects considerably beyond the septa and
the upper tubular projection so formed is deeply notched ; one of
the instruments has two longitudinal slits to increase its reson-
ance.

2, Kanowit—Cylindrical Harp. (Plate III, fig. 7, right hand
specimen).

At one end (the lower) the bamboo is cut off almost flush
‘with the septum, at the other end (the upper) the bamboo pro-
‘jects 45 cm. beyond the septum and at one part still further,

11-6 cm., to form a shaped handle 7 cm. long. Round the top
of the instrument runs a band of geometric pattern, roughly
carved in low relief, the background stained with dragon’s blood. -
-There are only four strings arranged in pairs one on each side
of a longitudinal slit in the body of the harp; this slit, which is
enlarged at each end in the manner shown in the figure is on the
same aspect (the front) of the harp as the handle. A band of
plaited rattan encircles the harpat the levels of attachment of the
strings to prevent them splitting off. The septa are not perfor-
ated. Length (exclusive of the handle) 63 cm.; diameter 11:8
cm. ; distance between one pair of strings and the other, measured
along the curve of the instrument in front, 11 cm.; measured
along the curve at the back 13°5 cm.

Jour. Straits Branch

SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION. 19

Catalogue No, 563. Brooke Low collection, From the
Kanowit River. )

This instrument could be laid on its back and whilst the
handle was grasped with one hand, the strings could be strum-
med with the fingers of the other, but I have no information as
to how the Kanowits actually perform on the harp.

3. Long Kiput*—Pagang or Kantom (Plate III, fig. 7, middle
specimen).

The bamboo projects 9 cm. beyond the septa and is there
shaved down so as to be quite thin; on these shaved down
portions are carved bands of simple design, such as rows of
triangles, rows of dots, rows of oblique bars, the background
is whitened with chalk or else the pattern itself is chalked and the
background is blackened with indigo or soot. The septa are
not perforated. There are six strings arranged in groups of three,
one on each side of a middle line. =A rattan plait encircles the
harp at the level of attachment of the strings to prevent them
splitting off. Down the front of the instrument run two short
longitudinal slits, end to end; at the upper end of one slit and
at the lower end of the other- are tkree incised circles,
between the two a group of five incised circles; the cuticle of
the bamboo immediately bordering the slits is stripped off and
on these areas is carved in relief in one case a chevron pattern
m the other a dog’s tooth pattern, the background is black and
the relief chalked. Total length 77:5 cm. ; diameter, 9:1 cm.

Catalogue No. 1069. R.5. Douglas Esq. [P.v.00.] From

the Baram River.
A Long Kiput harp is figured in Ling Roth’s work (l.c. Vol.
II, p. 262); itis from Dr. C. Hose’s collection and is calleda Satong.

4. Land-Dyak (Menggrat sub-tribe)—Ton-Jon. (Plate VI
fig. 14).

a. Made from a joint of bamboo; the bamboo is not cut
flush with its septa, but at either end projects considerably ; one
septum is broken through. Three strings or rather three broad

* This tribe is placed by Dr. A. C. Haddon, (l.¢.) in his group of
Kalamantans.

R. A. Soc., No, 40, 1904

20 SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION.

strips (1 cm.) are cut out from the body of the instrument on
one side but are left attached at each end and are prevented
from stripping off by bindings of rattan. ‘The ceutral strip is
bridged up with a block of wood in the middle and emits a high
note; the side strips are bridged up at their ends and give a
much lower note; under each side strip a diamond shaped hole.
is cut in the body of the instrument. A short stick for striking
the strings is attached by string to the harp. - Length 69cm. ;
diam. 7.8 cm.

Catalogue No. 1295. [ Pd. vilj. 03.] From Piching. Upper
Sadong.

b. Aspecimen entirely similar to the preceding. Length
67 cm.; diam. 9 cm.
Catalogue No. 1296. [Pd. viij. 03.]

WIND INSTRUMENTS.

The wind instruments used by the tribes of Borneo may be
grouped as follows* :—

A.— Without special vibratory apparatus.
I. Shell-trumpet.

* In any wind instrument sound is produced by causing the column
of air contained in it to vibrate, and the instruments have been class-
ified according to the means employed to produce this vibration.
An outline of such a classification will help to elucidate that which
I have adepted for the wind instruments of the Bornean peoples.

1. Trumpets—in these air is driven forcibly into the instrument
through the alinost closed lips of the player, the lips vibrating act as a
partial valve and the air enters the instrument ina pulsatory manner.

2. Flutes, pan-pipes, Hageolets, whistles, etc. In instruments of
this class a jet of air is directed against the edge of the sound hole
(technically known as the ‘‘ voice”) and’so is cut in two, causing an
interference which sets the air in the instrument vibrating and
produces a musical note.

a. Transverse flutes—in which a jet of air is directed by the
lips against the edge of the ‘‘ voice.”

6. End-flutes, pan-pipes—in which the jet of air is directed
by the lips across the open end of a tube so as to
impinge against the edge.

Jour, Straits Braneh

SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION. 21

II. Transverse flutes.*

III. Nose flutes.

IV. Flageolets and bird-calls with a directive duct built
up outside the instrument.

V. Flageolets and whistles with a directive duct formed
inside the instrument.

B. With special vibratory apparatus.
VI. Pipes with single “beating” reed (clarionet type).
VII. Mouth organs with single “ free” reed (harmonium
type).

CLASS J.—SHELL-TRUMPET.

~ Some Brunei Malays recently informed me that a trumpet,
made by merely knocking off the top whorl of the large
_helmet-shell— Cassis tuberosum—, is used by them for calling
their buffaloes together; their name for the trumpet was
‘“ buyong.” I can hear of no other people in Borneo who
employ a similar instrument.

CLASS I]._—TRANSVERSE FLUTES.

I know of only one example of this type of wind-instrument,
the sulieng san of the Sea-Dyaks ; it is more difficult to play than

ce. Whistles—in which the jet of air is directed against the
edge of the “‘ voice ” through a duct built on the out-
sie of the tube.

d. Flageolets, whistles, ete. (flute 4 bee group) in which the
jet of air is directed against the edge of the ‘‘voice”
through a duct formed inside the tube.

3. Reed instruments.

a. Clarionet, recorder, etc, with single vibrating reed (‘‘ beat-_
ing reed.’’)

b. Accordion, harmonium, etc.—with single reed vibrating
equally on either side of a frame (‘ “free reed. 2)

c. Oboe, bassoon, ete.—with double valve both sides of which
are flexible (‘‘oboe reed.”) —

(There are of course many variants of these main types.)

* Classes II—VI are all bamboo instruments.

R, A. Soc., No. 40, 1904.

22 SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION. |

the nose flute or than any of the flageolets and this probably
accounts for its sparse distribution.

1. Sea-Dyak—Sulieng san (Plate VIII fig 1.)

Made of bamboo, one end (the distal)* open and slightly
obliquely truncate ; the natural septum closes the other end;
the bamboo has not been cut flush with this but projects con-
siderably beyond it. The sound-hole is a long quadrangular
slit cut close to the node of the bamboo. There are four open
stops all on the same side and about 3 centim. apart. Total
length, 83.3 cm. ; diameter, 2.5 cm.-

Catalogue No. 62. Brooke Low collection.

Noneof the Bornean tribes adopt any standard of measure-
ment when boring stopes in their flutes, but bore them at
the distances apart the most convenient to the maker.

CLASS III.—NosE-FLUTES.

(Plate III fig. 8 and Plate VIII fig. 2.)

‘These are employed by Dusuns, Kanowits, Tanjongs, Ka-
yans, Kenyahs and allied tribes, Sea-Dyaks and Land Dyaks.

A photograph of a Tanjong playing on a nose flute is given
in Beccari’s ‘Nelle foreste di Borneo” (1902) p. 424; the per-
former is seated cross-legged on the ground and holds the lone
bamboo flute across his body from right to left and almost at
arm’s length, the left nostril is applied to the proximal end of the
instrument and directs a jet of air against the edge of the hole
_ pierced in the natural septum of the bamboo.

Air is driven through only one nostril, the other is plugged
with cloth or tobacco or moss (cf. Ling-Roth |. c. vol. II, p. 258).
These instruments are generally long and are made from a single
joint of bamboo, the distal end is open and the proximal end is
closed by the natural septum which is perforated by an irregu-
larly shaped hole ; the leaf-scars and the wall of the bamboo
immediately adjacent to the septum are shaved and smoothed
down. Fig 2 Plate VIII is a representation of the proximal end
of a nose-flute. ‘Fhe number of stop§s varies.

*I term the end near or at which the sound hole is situated the
procimal end ; the opposite end, the distal end.

Jour, Straits Branch

SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION, | 23

1. Dusun—Turali.

Made from a long joint of bamboo, the distal end is open
and cut square, the proximal end is closed by the natural septum ~
and the surrounding leaf-scars have been shaved off. The flute
has been stained black withindigo. An irregular hole in the
septum. There are four open stops, one on the underside for
the thumb 34 cm. distart from the proximal end, three on the
opposite side 5-5 cm. apart, bored in a flattened strip formed by
removing the cuticle of the bamboo.

Length 70 cm. ; diam. 2:2 cm, Catalogue No. 776.

2. Kanowit—Sangoi (Plate III, fig. 8, right hand specimen).

Of large size, the proximal end closed by the natural septum
of the bamboo which is perforated with a single irregular orifice.
There are four open stops, one on the underside for the thumb
of the right hand, distant 55:2 centim. from the proximal end
of the flute, and three on the upperside, 4-4-5 centim. apart
for the first or second fingers of the right hand and the first and
second or second and third of the left hand.

The flute has been stained red with dragon’s blood. Ata
distance of 12 céntim. and extending to a distance of 51 centim.
from the proximal end is a design made up of four black hands
spirally twisting round the instrument, this is followed by two
circular black bands and six dog’s-tooth pattern bands, which are
succeeded by a repetition of the spiral design 72:8 centim. dis-
tant from the proximal end and 21°5 centim. in length; there is a
terminal doy’s-tooth design, beyond which the bamboo is fretted,
eight diamond-shaped apertures being formed, the rim of: the
bamboo is notched, between the notched rim and the frets is a
very rough dog’s-tooth pattern. ‘These patterns are painted on
the bamboo with indigo though in parts it is partly in low relief
as if the artist had first sketched out the patterns with a knife.
A small tassel of variously coloured beads depends from the
distal end of the flute.

Total length 107-3 cm.; diam. 3 cm.

Catalogue No. 60. Brooke Low collection.

Ling-Roth (I. c. p. 258) figures a Kenyah nose-flute (SzJingut)
in the collection of Dr. C. Hose.

R, A. Soc., No. 40, 1904

24 SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION

3. Sea-Dyak—Sulieng idong (Plate ILI, fig. 8).

All these are of much less diameter than Tanjong, Kanowit, —
and Kenyah examples.

a. Third specimen from right.

The proximal end is closed in the usual manner, the
distal end is closed by the septum of the joint and the bamboo
projects beyond this ; a large oval holeis cut in the flute just
proximad of the distal septum, so thatthe flute has one end
practically open. There is a stop on the under-side 51 cen-
tim. from the proximal end and three stops on the opposite
side 45-5 centim. apart. The stops have been bored with
a red-hot iron. Total length 98:5 cm. ; diam. 2°7 cm.

Catalogue No. 558. Brooke Low collection.

b. Middle specimen.

Of similar construction to the preceding specimen, but the
distal end quite open and cut obliquely. One stop on the
under-side 46 centim. from the proximal end, three stops
on the opposite side, about 5 centim. apart. Nine red bands
formed by removing a strip of the cuticle of the bamboo and
staining the exposed surfaces with dragon’s blood—encircle the
instrument ; the stops are situated in four of these bands,
three are proximad of the stops, two distad, the last being
terminal ; the bands are about 1:5 centim. broad. ‘Total length
83 cm.; diam. 3 cm.

Catalogue No, 539. Brooke Low collection,

c. Similar to 559 but not decorated. The note-hole on the
under-side is 51 centim. from the proximal end, the three
stops on the opposite side are 3-3°5 centim. apart. Total
length 75 cm.; diam. 2° cm. Badly damaged by beetle.

Catalogue No. 560. Brooke Low collection.

d. (Fifth specimen from the right).

Of the usual construction : the hole perforating the septum
isregular, the distal end is cut square except for a triangular
projection. The stop on the under-side is 40 centim. from
the proximal end, the three on the opposite side are about 4,

Jour, Straits Branch

SARAWAK ;|ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION 25

centim. apart. Four pairs of incised lines run round the flute, a

stop being situated between each pair; it was evidently the

intention of the maker to decorate the flute like No. 559. Total

length 75 cm.; diam. 2°3 cm. .
Catalogue No.561. Brooke Low coilection.

e. (Fourth specimen from the rig ht).

Of the usual construction, the distal end obliquely truncate
and the edges curved. ‘The stop on the under-side is 35%
centim. from the proximal end, the cther three are about 5°5
centim. apart. The whole instrument, with the exception of a
band at each end, has been scraped down and stained with
dragon’s blood, a dog’s-tootb pattern has been cut in the proximal
unstained band. ‘Total length 70 cm.; diam. 2°7 cm.

Catalogue No. 562. Brooke Low collection.

CLASS IV.

Flageolets and Bird-Calls. With a directive duct built up
on the outside of the instrument, ( Plate ITI, fig. 8.and Plate
VIII, fizs. 3-10). |

or EELAGHKOLETS:

This class of flageolet or whistle is in use amongst the Sea-
Dyaks, the Land-Dyaks, the Muruts, and possibly some other
tribes. There are four distinct ways in which the directive
duct is formed :—

A.—A curved slip of bamboo is tied on to the flageolet with
string or rattan, it occupies the space between the proximal end
of the instrument (which may be open or closed by the natural
septum) and the sound-hole (Plate VIII fig. 3).

B.—The bamboois not cut perfectly flush with the septum
but projects slightly proximad of it ; the portion of the instrument
between the proximal end and the sound-hole is shaved down
and one side is cut flat, over this shaved-down portion a ring of
bamboo is fitted. (Plate VIII figs. 4and 5).

C.—Similar to the preceding except that a loop of rattan is
fastened round the shaved-down portion (Plate VIIT fig. 6).

R. A. Soc., No. 40, 1904.

26 SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION.

(D,.—The bamboois not cut flush with the septum but projects
considerably proximad of it, in this projecting “tube” a hole is
bored, a gutter runs from it to the sound-hole, and is roofed
over with a slip of bamboo luted on with resin (Plate VIII.
figs 7 and 8).

A,
1. Sea Dyak—Sulieng nyawa.

(Plate III fig. 8. 5th specimen from left and Plate VIII fig. 3).

Flageolet of bamboo the proximal end cut square and open
the distal] end obliquely truncate with a projection and the
edges notched. The sound-hole is 1:7 centim from the proxima!
end ; just proximad of the sound hole a slip of bamboo naturally
curved, is lashed with cotton to the instrument and projects
slightly beyond its proximal end. There are four stops
the uppermost is 12:2 centim. distant from the sound-hole, they
are about 3 centim. apart from each other. The flageolet is
covered with phyllomorplic patterns carved in low relief, the
background being stained with dragon’s blood. Total length
30°39 cm.

Catalogue No. 1113 [ Pd. xii. 03.]

2. Land-Dyak (Bukar sub-tribe)— Banchi.

Flageolet of bamboo. The distal end is open, the proximal
end is closed by the natural septum and the bamboo is cut flush
with this. ‘The directive duct is formed by shaving flat a strip
between the sound-hole and the proximal end and tying over
this with a piece of bark a slip of bamboo naturally curved.
There are three stops situated on the opposite side to the
sound-hole, they have been bored with a red hot iron in a
flattened strip formed by removing part of the wall of the
bamboo, they are 3.5 centim. apart. Total length 33°5 cm.
diam. 2 cm.

Catalogue No. 1293 [Pd. viii. 03. ]

From Lanchang, Upper Sadong district.

This flageolet is played with the sound-hole dawnwards ;
the Sea-Dyaks always bore the stops on the same side as

Jour. Straits Branvh

SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION. 2

the sound-hole which is therefore directed upwards when the
flageolet is played.
BE:

3. Land-Dyak (Krokong sub-tribe)—Telarl. (Plate VIII fig. 4

and 5.) |

a. Distal end open and obliquely truncate, proximal end
closed by the natural septum, the bamboo not projecting much
beyond it. The wail of the bamboo distad of the septum is
obliquely sliced on one side and in the exposed surface the
sound-hole is bored ; between the sound-hole and the proximal
ends the wall of the bamboo is shaved down and one side (that
corresponding with the sound-hole) is cut flat; over this portion
of the flageolet a ring of bamboo (sak) is fitted. On the side
opposite the sound-hole are five stops bored with a red-hot
irou ina flattened strip formed by cutting away the cuticle of
the bamboo; the distances between the stops range from
2-3 centim to 3°7 centim., the uppermost is 19 centim. from the
sound-hole. This form of flageolet is known as Jaki, i.e. male,
it is played in the same way as the banchi, with the sound-hole
downwards. Total length 43 cm.

Catalogue No. 1280. H.W. Byrde Esq. — [P. vii. 03.]
From Krokong village, Sarawak River.

b. Much the same as the preceding but the distal end is
not obliquely truncate; there are only two stops and these
are on the same side as the sound-hole, they are 4:5 centim.
apart and the upper one is 25°5 centim from the sound-hole.
This form is known as puan, i.e. female. Total length 46 cm.

Catalogue No. 1281. E. W. Byrde, Esq. [P. vii. 03.]

From Krokong village; Sarawak river.

yp or? wa geolet.

Vistal end open and cut square, proximal end closed by the
natural septum and the bamboo cut flush with it; the sound-hole
is bored 4°5 centim. from the proximal end and the intervening
portion of the bamboo wall is shaved down and one side is

R A Soc., No. 40, 1904.

28 SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION.

flattened, over this is fitted a ring of bamboo. There are two
stops bored in a flattened strip on the same side as the
sound-hole. They are 5:5 centim. apart, the upper one is 44°5
ceutim. from the sound-hole. The flute is decorated with an
incised phyllomorphic design roughly executed. Total length
64°5 cm. ; diam 1°7 cm.

Catalogue No. 1292. F. J. D. Cox, Esq. [P. vin. 03.]

From the Trusan river. 7

5. Sea-Dyak—Sulieng nyawa.
‘(Plate III fig. 8, second specimen from the left).

Dista] end open and cut square, proximal end closed by the
natural septum, the bamboo projecting slightly beyond it.
The sound-hole is bored just distad of the septum and the
bamboo wall between it and the proximal end is shaved down
in the usual manner; the bamboo ring that fits over this
portion has been lost. There are three note-holes about 3 centim.
apart from each other, the uppermost being 25 centim. from the
sound-hole. Total length 41:3 cm.; diam. 2 cm.

Catalogue No. 64. Brooke Low collection.

It is quite possible to play on this flageolet and the three
preceding ones even if the bamboo ring is removed, the upper
or lower lip in that case helping to form the directive duct; it
is therefore just possible that the Sea-Dyak flageolet never
was furnished with a bamboo ring but I think that this is
unlikely and at any rate the Sea-Dyak specimen falls naturally
into position with the Murut and Land-Dyak ones.

C.
6. Land-Dyak—A7yoto (Plate. VIII fig. 6.)

Distal end open and slightly obliquely truncate, proximal
end closed by the natural septum, the bamboo projects slightly
beyond this; slightly distad of the septum the bamboo is obliquely
sliced and in the exposed surface the sound-hole is bored with
a hot iron; between the sound-hole and the proximal end the
bamboo wal] is shaved down and has one side flattened in the

Jour. Straits Branch

Wa

SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION. 29

usual way. Instead of a bamboo ring fitted over this portion a
‘strip of split rattan is wound round it, knotted once, then car-
ried down the back of the instrument and tied round it six times
in the manner shown in the drawing. There are five stops
on the opposite side to the sound-hole bored with a red-hot
iron in a Strip flattened by stripping off the cuticle of the bamboo.
They are 2°5 centim. apart. Total length 39 cm.

Catalogue No. 1282. KE. W. Byrde, Esq. (Pd. vil. 03).
From Sambas, Dutch Borneo.

Dy

a. Murut—Flageolet. (Plate VIII figs. 7 and 8.)

Distal end open and cut square, proximal end closed by the
natural septum, the bamboo has not been cut flush with this but
projects considerably beyond it; in the wall of this projecting
part a small hole is bored quite close to the septum, and a groove
runs on the outside of the flute from this hole to the sound-hole,
the groove being covered by a slip of bamboo luted on with
dammar. The edge of the sound-hole is sharpened by a piece
of paim-leaf stuck on to it. The sound-hole is 5 centim. from
the proximal end; there are two stops 8°d ;centim. apart
bored with a red-hot iron in a flattened strip on the same side
as the sound-hole, the upper one is 32 centim. from the sound-
hole. ‘Total length 52:5 cm.; diam. 2°5 cm.

Catalogue No. 1291. F. J. D. Cox, Esq. (P. viii. 03). From
the Trusan river. )

b. (Plate IIL fig. 8, second specim?n fro n right).

Very similar to the precedinz; there are two lashings of
split rattan round the distal end of the instrument to keep it
from splitting ; the slip of bamboo roofing over the directive
groove has been lost. Some rude representatives of animals
(? buffaloes) have been scratched with the point of a knife on the
wall of the instrument but there is no attempt at a decorative
pattern. The two stops are 7:5 centim. apart; the upper
is 45 centim. from the sound-hole, which is 7:5 centim. from the
proximal end. Length 72 cm. ; diam. 3 cm.

R, A.)Soc., No, 40, 1904,

30 SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION.

Catalogue No. 733. Dr. G. D. Haviland (P. 1890). From
the head of the Tengoa valley.

b. BIRD-CALLS.

Though these are not musical instruments in the strictest
sense of the word they deserve notice here since morpholo-
gically at least they are musical instruments. I know of two
distinct forms of bird-calls used in Borneo :—

1. Kyan—Bulo wok. (Plate VIII fig. 9.)

These are constructed on the same principle as the bamboo
flazeolets of type D, but they are made of a larger species of
bamboo and are much shorter. With these the K yans imitate the
cry of the owl] Ninox scutul/ata and the cry of the gibbon Hylo-
bates mulleri.

a. Jistal end open, proximal end closed by the natural
septum, the bamboo not cut flush with this but projecting almost
as far proximad of it as it does distad ; in this proximal portion
a large hole is bored, the very large sound-hole is bored just
distad of the septum and leading to it from the other hole on
the outside is a wide gutter or groove roofed over with a slip
of bamboo luted on with dammar. The instrument is decorated
with a characteristic Kyandesign carved in low relief. Length
12°7 cm. ; diam. 5:1 cm.; diam. of sound-hole 2:3 cm.

Catalogue No. 1289. [Acquired by exchange from Dr. C.
Hose. ix. 03]. From the Baram river.

6. The distal end open, proximal end closed by the natural
septum. The bamboo projected considerably proximad of this but
nearly all has been cut away leaving only a small flange
in which a hole is bored (see figure); the sound hole and direc-
tive duct as in the preceding example. The instrument, which
is not ornameuted in any way, is illustrated on Plate VIII,
fig. 9. Length (including flange) 13°5 cm.; diam. 4°9 cm.

Catalogue No. 1290. [Acquired by exchange from Dr. C.
Hose ix 03]. From the Baram river.

The Sea-Dyaks, Kenyahs, Kadyans and Muruts employ an
interesting form of bird-call for attracting within reach pigeons

- Jour. Straits Branch

SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION. 31

and ground-doves. It consists of a section ofa large species
of bamboo, with a sound-hole bored in it and with one end open,
the other closed by the septum; to this section of bamboo a
long bamboo stem, with the septa broken through so that a long
tube is formed, is obliquely attached so that a current of air
directed down the tube impinges against the edge of the sound-
hole bored in the bamboo section. The hunter conceals him-

elf amongst herbage or in a leafy shelter and scatters some
grain around, and then blows his call; if any bird comes within
reach it is captured by a noose at the end of a long stick, the
noose being generally spread round the mouth of the bird-call ;
sometimes the birds are limed. The bird-call is, in fact, a wind-
instrument with a directive duct (the bamboo tube) attached to
it and falls into Class IV in the classification given above. Ling-
Roth (1. c. vol. p. 44) gives a good figure of a Murut bird-call
and quotes Burbidge’s account of its use.

2. Sea-Dyak—Bumbun. (Plate VIII fig. 10 )

a. Bamboo section of 6 cm. diameter and 51 cm. in length
with one end closed by the natural septum the wall not cut flush
with this but projecting considerably proximad of it, the other
end open and very obliquely truncate so that a projecting spout
- is produced. ‘The sound hole is bored at a distance of 10°5 cm.
from the septum on the distal side. The portion of the bamboo
projecting proximad of the septum is vertically transfixed by a
wooden upright with a large circular hole init. The bamboo
tube is 233°5 cm. long ; it passes through the hole in the wood-
en upright aud is lashedto the bamboo section by rattan;
its distal end is obliquely truncate and fits the curvature of the
bamboo section leaving only a narrow passage through which
the current of air passes to impinge against the edge of
the sound-hole; the joint is made secure by a luting of
dammar.

Catalogue No. 686. Ven. Archdeacon J. Perham [P. ]
6. Avery similar specimen, but the spout-like projection of

the bamboo section much more pronounced. A long bamboo
rod to which a noose should be attached is tied to the bamboo

‘R. A. Soc. No. 40, 1904

32 SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION,

stem of the instrument. Length of bamboo section 51 cm,
diam. 6 cm. Length of bamboo tube 221.5 cm.

Catalogue No. 1035. J. E. A. Lewis, Esq. [P. ix. 98.]

CLASS V.,

Flageolets and whistles, with a directive duct formed on
the inside of the instrument. (Plate III, fig. 8, and Plate VII,
fig. 8 and Plate VIII, figs. 11 and 24)./7

This type of flageolet seems to be in use amongst the Sea-
Dyaks only.

1. Sea-Dyak—Sulieng nyawa. (Plate III, fig. 8, and Plate VIII,
figs. 11 and-12). :

a. (First specimen on the left). Distal end open and
obliquely truncate, proximal end cut square and closed by a
disc of wood; the sound-hole is quadrangular and is cut quite
close to proximal end ; the disc of wood closing the proximal
end is narrowly grooved on the side corresponding to the
sound-hole. ‘There are four stops, 1:9 centim. apart, the upper-
most 18.8 centim. from the sound-hole. Length 37 cm.; diam.
1-8 cm.

Catalogue No. 63. Brooke Low collection.

6. (Fourth specimen from the left). Very similar to the
preceding; one stopon the opposite side to, and distant
from the sound-hole 31°3 centim. three stops on the same
side as the sound-hole about3 centim. apart. Length 51°5 em.;
diam. 1°9 cm.

Catalogue No. 65. Brooke Low collection.

c. (Third specimen from the left). Very similar to No.
63, but proximal end slight!y obliquely cut in a opposite direc-
tion to the oblique truncation of the distal end. Four stops
3-3°5 centim. apart, the uppermost 19:2 centim. from the sound-
hole. Length 44°6 cm.; diam. 2 cm.

Catalogue No, 66. Brooke Low collection.

Jour. Straits Branch

SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION, 33

d. <A long slender instrument; proximal end slightly
obliquely truncate and closed by a disc of wood grooved as in
the preceding specimens. Sound-hole quadrangular, cut close
to the proximal end. Three stops about 4 centim. apart,
the uppermost 38 centim. from the sound-hole. The instrument
is elaborately carved ; the distal third is ornamented with bands
of phyllomorphic patterns in low relief, the background being
stained red with dragon’s blood ; proximad of this is a zone 10
centim. broad of five bands of phyllomorphic patterns in low
relief, the background composed of hatched incised lines (very
unusual in Sea-Dyak carving); proximad again of this zone is a
zone 12 centim. broad of bands of phyllomorphic patterns which
have just been sketched out with the point of a knife and never
completed. Lengths 54 cm.; diam. 2 cm.

Catalocue No. 556. Brooke Low collection.

e. Somewhat similar to the preceding specimen, but much
smaller. Proximal end very obliquely truncated, the opening
filled by a plug of wood which has been grooved to form the
directive duct ; distal end cut square, the wall of the flageolet
projects beyond the node but the septum has been broken
through. Sound-hole large; there are eight stops, seven
on the same side as the sound-hole, one is on the opposite side,
they are about 1:5 centim. apart, uppermost 17 centim. from
souud-hole. Five bands of tin encircle the instrument in the
interspaces between stops 2 to 7; the rest of the instrument
is covered with phyllomorphic patterns carved in low relief, the
background being stained red with dragon’s blood. Length 32
centim.; diam. 1:6 centim.

Catalogue No. 1044. Presented to the Museum by a Sea-
Dyak boy at the 8. P. G. Mission School.

It is more than likely that this specimen is copied froma
European model; the number of stops and the very oblique
truncation of the proximal end are most unusual; still No, 556
is more or less intermediate between this school-boy’s specimen
and such a one as No. 63,so that I have thought it worth
while to include a notice of it.

R. A Soc., No, 40, 1904

34 SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION,

The next instrument of this class is of a different type, it
is a Clay whistle not unlike the “ Ocarina” of European manu
facture.

2. Sea-Dyak—Penyipu, (Plate VII fig. 8).

A hollow ovoid of white clay, sharply pointed at one end,
truncate at the other. There is a large sound-hole putting the
cavity of the instrument in communication with the exterior. A
narrow duct runs from the closed truncate end through the
wall of the whistle to the lip of the sound-hole; it has evidently
been bored with a fine piece of wire or grass stem whilst the
clay was still soft. There are two key-holes of narrow
diameter on the opposite side to the sound-hole. Length 13:3
cm.; greatest diam. 5 cm. |

Catalogue No. 990. D. J. 5. Bailey, Esq. [P]. From
Kabong, Saribas River.

Cuass VI,

PIPES —With single “ beating” reed (Clarionet type).*

(Plate VIII fig. 13.)

I long believed that this extremely primitive form of
reed instrument was non-existent in Borneo; it is true that St.

John (quoted by Ling-Roth l.c. Vol. II. p. 259) describes a
musical instrument in use amongst the Muruts,j which appears

* For an interesting account of wind-instruments of this class see
H. Balfour ‘‘ The Old British Pibcorn or Hornpipe and its affinities”
(Journ. Anthrop. Inst. Nov. 1890). Mr. Balfour figures and describes
reed-pipes from England, Grecian Archipelago, Egypt and India;
nearly all are double pipes like the Bornean simpler instrument, but
they all are probably derived from a single pipe cut from a cornstalk,
reed or bamboo. Mr. Balfour’s quotations from Vergil, Chaucer,
Spenser and Shakespeare are very much to the point.

+**Two thin bamboos, about twelve inches long, were fastened
very neatly side by side ;in one was cut four holes like those in a flute,
while the other had a piece of grass inserted in the lower end. A
slight incision was then cut across both towards the upper portion.
The performer thrust this instrument rather deep into his mouth and
blew, and then, with the aid of tongue, fingers and moving the grass,
produced some very agreeable and wild tunes.”

Jour. Straits Branek

SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION. 35

to have some simple sort of vibratory apparatus, but the descrip-
tion is rather vague so that it is not easy to recognise the
construction of the instrument from it. Recently Mr, EH. W.
Byrde presented to the Sarawak Museum two primitive bamboo
pipes with “beating” reeds from the Land-Dyaks of Upper
Sarawak and later I myself had the opportunity of seeing similar
instruments played by Land-Dyaks of the Upper Sadong dis-
trict. I have now no doubt that St. John’s description of the
Murut pipe applies to an instrument entirely similar to the Land-
Dyak examples. No other tribes in Borneo but these two-—
Muruts and Land-Dyaks—appear to employ this instrument.

1. Land-Dyak —Serubayz or Serune.
a. (Plate VIII fig. 13.)

Two slender tubes of bamboo bound together with a grass
strapping ; the proximal ends are closed by the natural septa and
the wall of the tubes has been pared down for a length of about
7 centim. so as to be quite thin; a vibrating tongue (jorah) has
been cut in this part of the wall in each tube by slitting from
above downwards a slender strip) thus forming a “ beating”
reed; a fine hair is tied round one pipe to restrict the play of
the tongue. One of the tubes, known as the lak: or male tube is
provided with five stops (quayet) about 2°6 centim. apart, the
other, known as the puan or female tube, has none. The Jaki has
a short length of bamboo (tubu) fitted over its distal end whilst
the distal end of the puan or drone-pipe is obliquely truncated.
Length of lati 49-1 cm.; length of drone-pipe 37 cm.

Catalogue No. 1275. E. W. Byrde, Esq. [P. 6. vii. 03. ]

6b. A very similar specimen, but each pipe has a short
length of bamboo fitted over its distal end ; length of Jaki 46 cm.
length of drone-pipe 40 cm.

Catalogue No. 1276. HE. W. Byrde, Esq. [P. 6. vii. 03.]

Both of these come from Krokong village, Upper Sarawak,
and are known as Serubayi. The note of the drone-pipe is sup-
posed to be the same as the note of the /akt when all the stops
but the fourth are closed, and in order to tune the pipes either

R. A. Soe., No. 40, 1904

36 SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION.

a length of bamboo is added to one or to both or the distal end
of one is obliquely truncated, thus practically reducing its length.
If in spite of these devices the pipes are still out of tune a
length of grass or wood splinter (adjok) is pushed up the drone-
pipe and moved up and down until the correct note is hit off.
Mr. Byrde informs me that one of the specimens just described

was cut toalmost accurate lengths and required no tuning with
the adjok.

c. Very similar to the two preceding specimens, the laki,
however, has only four stops about 3 centim. apart, the drone-
pipe is pierced with five stops but they have all been plugged
up with wax. The distal ends of the pipes are cut square and
are not fitted with lengths of bamboo. Length of laki 43°5
cm. ; length of drone-pipe 38°7 cm.

Catalogue No. 1324. [Pd. viii. 03. ]

From Piching village, Upper Sadong. Known as Seruné.
The performer on this instrument tuned it by thrusting a piece of
grass up the drone-pipe and moving it up and down until he hit
off the correct note. As the vibrating tongues are cut at some
little distance from the proximal ends of the pipes, these have
to be thrust well into the mouth; a continuous blast was given
by inhaling with the nostrils and blowing into the instrument
with the mouth simultaneously, just as in using the chemist’s
blowpipe.

_ The Land-Dyaks of Quop, Sarawak river, also play these
pipes ; they always leave the proximal ends open and close them,
when playing, with the tongue, the ‘ beating’ reed is cut much ©
closer to the proximal end than in Krokong or Sadong examples ;
sometimes three pipes are bound together, two being drone-
pipes. A good set will be kept ina bamboo full of water, as the
pipes are generally made from fresh-cut bamboo stems and
when they become dry the tongues will not vibrate effectively.

CLASS Wil:

MOUTH-ORGANS—with single ‘free’ reed. (Plate III fig. 9).

These instruments, which are figured in almost every book
on Borneo, consist of a hollowed gourd with along neck the

Jour. Straits Branch

SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION. 37

mouth piece of the instrument; into the gourd are set six to
eight bamboo tubes, the joint being made air-tight with a luting
of dammar; the tubes are closed at their lower ends but into
each near its lower end * is let a small frame of apeng palm wood
(Arenga sp.) or of brass with a vibrating tongue (Plate VII fig.
10); each tube has a stop and if these are not closed by
the fingers no sound can be produced by blowing into the neck
of the gourd; the tubes are of unequal Jength and are tuned
by being cut more or less obliquely at their upper ends, and one
is generally much longer than the others.

This form of mouth-organ seems to be essentially a Mon-
golian type very similar instruments being found in China (the
Seng or Cheng), Javan and Siam; Hein (Die Bildenden Kiinste
bei den Dayaks auf Borneo. Vienna, 1890 p.116 fig. 78,)
figures a Chinese Seng, a mouth-organ of the Mrung of India
and a Kyan mouth-organ, and notes that all are constructed
on essentially the same principle, he does not, however, describe
the form of the vibratory apparatus in any of these instruments
so it is quite possible that the Mrung mouth-organ is furnished
with ‘beating’ reeds instead of ‘free’ or ‘framed’ reeds.

A good figure of a Kyan youth playing on a mouth-organ
is given in “In Central Borneo” by Dr. A.W. Nieuwenhuis, Vol.
Pept -ixxxvill.

The instruments are played more by suction than by blowing.
The Bornean tribes who use this instrument are the Kyans,
Kenyahs and allied tribes, the Dusuns, Punans and the Sea-
Dyaks, itis almost certain that the latter and very probable

that the Punans have borrowed this instrument from the Kyans
or Kenyahs.

1. Kyan—Klerdz.
a. (Plate III fig. 9 right hand specimen).

Of large size; six bamboo tubes open at the tcp are
inserted into a large hole cutina hollow gourd (labu ayer
genok,) the joint being rendered air-tight by a luting of dammar;

* 7.e. in that portion of the tube inside the gourd.

R. A. Soc., No. 40, 1904

/

38. SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION.

the gourd has a long curved neck which forms the mouth-piece
of the instrument. One of the bamboo tubes is 130 centim.
long from its point of insertion into the gourd, its top is
slightly obliquely truncate, its note is lower C; another is
75°59 centim, long with the top cut square and its note is lower
E; a third is 75 centim. long, with note lower F; a fourth 74:6
centim. long with note lower G; a fifth is 74 centim. long but
is so obliquely truncate that its functional length may be
reckoned as 56°8 centim. only, its note is middle B; the sixth is
very similar but its length may be reckoned at 55:2 centim.
with the note middle C. The bundle of tubes is bound together
by an encircling band of plaited rattan. A cap of bamboo cut
from a node, with a long projecting tongue rests on the top of
the longest tube, to the lower end of the tongue is attached a
string tied at its other end to a plaited band of rattan that slips
freely over the bundle of tubes, the outside of the cap has a
frill of shavings scraped partially off it; when the cap is pulled
down hard over the top of the long tube the note of that tube
is rendered more resonant. Total length (in a straight line)
119°3 cm.; length of gourd (in a straight line) 23.8 cm.

Catalogue No. 1085. [Pd. 10. x. 00].

This specimen is in good working order and as it has not
been dissected it is impossible to say whether the vibratory
apparatus is of brass or of palm-wood. Ling Roth (l.c. vol. II p.
259) figures an almost identical specimen and gives the notes
produced by it.

6b. Very similar to the preceding, but in bad condition
when received and it has been dissected to exhibit its construc-
tion. The gourd has a star-shaped hole cut in it to receive the
tubes. One of the tubes is 72 centim. long, the rest vary
between 60 centim. and 60°5 centim. two are very obliquely
truncated at their top ends. ‘The vibratory apparatus is made
of apeng palin (Arenga sp.) the tongues have each a little knob
on their ends (Plate VII fig. 10) to increase their range of
vibration.

Catalogue No. 1246 Hon. C. A. Bampfylde. [P. 26. ii. 03].

Jour. Straits Branch

SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION, 39

2. Punan—Mouth-Organ.

The gourd of the preceding specimens is fa taeed by two
hollowed pieces of wood, joined together with a luting of
dammar and three stitches of rattan; the two halves have “been
shaped to form a very fairimitation of a gourd witha long
neck. ‘The usual six tubes are let into this sham gourd and
luted with dammar. The longest tube measures from its point
of insertion into the gourd 67°5 centim.; its topis shghtly
obliquely truncate and it is covered by a bamboo cap like that
of No. 1085, its note is middle A flat. ‘lhree tubes are shorter
their lengths varying from 46°7 centim. to 47°2 centim. their
tops are cut square and their notes are middle B, middle C
(not quite true) and middle D. Another measures 46°4 centim.,;
but it is very obliquely truncate so that its functional length
may be reckoned at 34°3 centim.; its note is upper F. ‘The
sixth tube is 43°8 centim. with functional length of 33:5 centim.
and note upper G. Total length (in a straight line) 72 centim.

Catalogue No. 1260. [Pd. iii. 03].

The Punans are a nomadic jungle tribe who neither plant
nor sow; having probably borrowed the idea of the mouth-
organ from neighbouring Kyans or Kenyahs, it was necessary
to make imitation gourds of wood as they have no real gourds
of their own.

3. Sea-Dyak—Lngkerurat. (Plate III fig. 9 left hand)
specimen.

Much smaller than the Kyan Jlerdi. The longest tube
measures 67°35 centim. the others 44 centim. to 44°5 centim.
two of these are very obliquely truncate. The bundle of tubes
is bound round a central upright of wood by a band of plaited
rattan. The vibratory apparatus is of brass. The instrument
is not in working order. Length (in straight line) 70 cm.

Catalogue No. 61. Brooke Low collection.

The Sea-Dyak mouth-organ is generally much smaller than
the Kyan one; the longest reed is usually provided with a cap
of bamboo to act as resonator, but the most efficient resonator
that I have seen was a small tin through the bottom of which the

R. A. Soc. No. 40, 1904

40 SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION.

long tube passed. Ling-Roth (I.c. vol. II p. 259) figures a
Dyak engkerurai with seven reeds and states:—‘‘ Some of the
notes appear to be FACF—F octave nearly; two holes in one
reed, note unascertainable; two reeds appear to have no note
[? detective vibratory apparatus. R.S.] Longest reed (one which
has no note) to junction with gourd, 31 in.; diam. of gourd, 32
in. (Edinboro’ Mus).”

The Kenyah mouth-organ is known as Slidup. The Dusun
mouth-organ has eight reeds set into the gourd in two rows
of four, four are short and equal, four are longer and unequal,
there are no stops but the fingering is performed on the ends
of the four equal short pipes, the others acting as drone-pipe
(cf. Ling-Roth l.c. vol. II p. 260).

There is no specimen of a Dusun mouth-organ in the Sar-
awak Museum.

JEWS-HARPS.

The jews-harp of the Borneans are made either of Palm
wocd such as Arenga sp. (Aping), Arenga saccharifera (tjoh)
and Orania macrocladus (ibul) or else of brass. In all, sound
is produced by causing the tongue of the instrument to vibrate,
either by jerking upon a string attached to one end of the in-
strument or else by jarring the frame of the instrument by re-
peated taps with the finger. ‘A single note is thus produced,
and, in order to gain a variety of notes, the instrument is held |
to the performer’s mouth, which also performs the function of
a resonator. ‘To quote Sir George Grove, ‘A column of air
may vibrate by reciprocation with a body whose vibrations are
isochronous with its own, or when the number of its vibrations
are any multiple of those of the original sounding body. On this
law depends the explanation of the production of sounds by the
jews-harp. ‘The vibration of the tongue itself corresponds with
a very low sound; but the cavity of the mouth is capable of
various alterations; and when the number of vibrations of the
contained volume of air in any multiple of the original vibrations
of the tongue, a sound is produced corresponding to the mod-
ification of the oral cavity.’ ” (H. Balfour Journ, Anth. Inst. Vol.
XXXII p. 169, 1902). The Sea-Dyaks employ wooden and brass

Jour, Straits Branch

SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICLA COLLECTION. 41

jews-harps which are caused tosound by jerks ona piece of string
attached to one end of the frame of the instrument, the other
end of the frame is held between the finger and thumb of the
other hand. The Dusuns employ a wooden jews-harp but play
it by repeatedly striking one end of the frame with the fore
finger of the right hand and the Land-Dyaks play on a brass
jews-harp in the same way. ‘The Dusun and Land-Dyak jews-
harps are produced at one end to form a handle but the Sea-
Dyak forms have usually no handle the instrument consisting
merely of a tongue and a frame the ends of which are roughly
symmetrical.

1 Sea-Dyak—Ruding.
a. (Plate V fig, 13, second specimen from the bottom).

Made of apeng wood (Arenga sp.) with the cuticle still left
on the face of the instrument; the back of the instrumentis long-
itudinally concave and the wood has been scraped down so that
it is quite thin except at the ends which are thick and almost
flat. ‘The tongue is 8 centim. long its proximal half is 0°5 centim.
broad, its distal half only 0:2 centim.; there is a marked
‘shoulder’ half way down the tongue. ‘I'he frame follows the
outline of the tongue. The ends of the instrument are bluntly
pointed. ‘lo one end of the instrument a short piece of string
with a slender wooden toggle is attached ; through a hole in
the other end passes a short loop of string, which is stretched
taut by the third and fourth fingers of the left hand when
the instrument is held ready for playing between the finger and
thumb of the same hand. ‘The instrument is contained in a
small case of bamboo decorated with a phyllomorhic design in
low relief with the background stained red by dragon’s blood,

Total length 10-8 cm. ; breath 1-5 cm.
Catalogue No. 204. Brooke Low collection.
b. (Plate V fig. 13, third specimen from the bottom),

Very similar to the preceeding, but the ends more pointed.
It is contained in a bamboo case decurated in the same way as
the case of No. 204. Length 14:7 cm.; breath 1:5 cm.

Catalogue No. 1112. [Pd. xii. 00].

KR. A. Soc., No, 40, 1904.

42 SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION,

2. Dusun—Teruding. (Plate V fie. 13 bottom specimen, and
Plate VII fig. 9).

Made of apeng wood. It differs from the Sea-Dyak ruding
in the following points :— i.) the back of the instrument is not
concave; ii.) one end is produced to form a handle almost
square in section ; iii.) one half of the frame is shaved down so
as to be very thin, the other half is comparatively thick ; iv.) in
order to give a greater range of vibration to the tongue a lump
of dammar is attached to it about its middle; the peculiar shape
of the tongue is shown in Plate VII fig. 9.

The cuticle of the wood is left on the handle, as a narrow
transverse strip across the middle of the instrument and on the
end opposite to the handle, where there also occurs a small dab
of resin. ‘The instrument is enclosed in a small bamboo case
decorated with incised geometrical designs.

Length 13 cm. ; breadth 0°8 cm.

Catalogue No. 777. From Kiou, Mt. Kina Balu.

Drs. G. D. & H. A. Haviland coll, iv. 92 [P].

Ling-Roth (1. c. Vol. II p. 257) figures a similar example.
38. Land-Dyak—~Stobeong.

a. (Plate V fig. 13 top specimen).

Jews-harp of brass. ‘The tongue (jor ah) and frame (bak)
are very thin and quite flat, one end is produced to form a
slightly thicker handle (k opwong) the opposite end is shaped and
notched. The handle is well-marked off from the frame. The
tongue has been smeared with lime in order to make it heavier
and so to tune the instrument in accord with others.

Length 9:3 cm. greatest breath 1 cm.

Catalogue No. 1273. From Teringoo, Sarawak River.
HK. W. Byrde, Esq., [P. 23. vi. 03]:

b. (Plate V fig. 13 second specimen from the top).

Almost exactly similar to the preceding specimen, but end
opposite to the handle cut square.

Length 9:2 cm.; greatest breadth 1 cm.

Jour. Straits Branch

SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION... 43

Catalogue No. From Krokong village. Upper Sarawak.

[E. W. Byrde, Hsq. P. vii. 03].

The Land-Dyaks of Quop call this instrument trating; the
Land-Dyaks of the Upper Sadong call it jingun.

These instruments are made very carefully and the owner
of a good specimen will not readily part withit. If the tongue,
when just cut out from the frame, does not vibrate properly it
is carefully filed with the cuticle of a species of bamboo and
until it vibrates freely the instrument is said to have no “ life ”
or “soul.” At Krokong several men will play jews-harps in
concert tuning them by smearing lime on to the vibrating
tongues.

4. Sea-Dyak—Engsulu or Ruding sulu.

a. ( Plate VI fig. 13 middle specimen).

Jews-harp of brass ; markedly concavo-convex longitud-
inaliy, suggesting that it is derived from a wooden model.
The tongue tapers to its end. One end of the frame is cut
out into three points, the other end is bifurcate], and the two
limbs of the bifurcation are rolled up into spirals ; a loop of string
passes through a hole at this end, a short string with a brass
toggle attached to it passes through a hole at the other end.

Length 9 cm. ; breadth 0:8 cm.
Catalogue No. 1251. From Lobok Antu, Batang Lupar.
[ R. Shelford, Esq. P. 5. iv. 03]

b. (Plate V fig. 13 third specimen from the top).

Differs from the preceeding specimen in being nearly flat ;
one end is produced to form a sort of handle but it is quite thin
and flat and is fretted and cut into a pseudo-phyllomorphic pat-
tern. The opposite end of the instrument is “stepped” and a
string with a bamboo toggle is passed through a hole here.
The tongue does not taper, its proximal half is twice as thick
as the distal (cf. ruding).

Length 10'l cm.; greatest breadth, 0:8 cm.
Catalorue No. 610. Brooke Low collection.

R A. Soc., No. 40, 1904.

+4 SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION.

Ling Roth (1. c. Vol. II p. 257) figures a handled brass
jews-harp but with a string attached to the frame; itis evident-
ly a Sea-Dyak engsulu but it has been wrongly named rodzung.

This is one of the musical instruments which Dyaks say are
possessed of “Jako” i. e. articulate speech; the enserunai is
another but the ruding is not. The engsulu is played by young
men and girls who are lovers ; a young man desirous of mar-
rying a girl will, previous to matrimony, visit at night his znamo-
vata in her mosquito curtains and will play to her on his jews-
harp, she will reply on her jews-harp and itis said that the
notes of the instruments can be translated by experts into artic-
ulate language in the form of a poem.

PERCUSSION INSTRUMENTS.

I. Wooden resonators and harmonicums.
II. Metal gongs.

III. Bells.

IV. Drums.

CLASS I.—WoOoODEN RESONATORS AND HARMONICUMS.

These have been superseded almost every where by metal
gongs made for the most part in Java and China.

1. Land-Dyak—Lalipok. (Plate VI fig. 14).

These are merely portions of a bamboo joint with the wall
scraped quite thin, one end is closed by the septum the other is
open. The open end is knocked against some hard substance
such as an ironwood post. They are played in accompaniment
with the ton-ton (cf. antea p. 17). Length 24:2 cm. and 37 cm.
diam. 5.cm. and 5 cm.

Catalogue Nos. 1297 aand%. [Pd. ix. 03.] From the
Upper Sadong District.

2. Land-Dyak—Pelonchong. (Plate VI fig. 14).

Two pieces of bamboo joints, the walls not scraped thin
but with a hole cut in one side ; one end is closed by the septum

Jour. Straits Branch

SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION. 45

the other is open. The instruments are beaten with a short
stick to accompany the ton-ton. Length 49 cm. and 43 cm.
diam 5 cm. and 5.2 cm.

Catalogue Nos. 1298 a and d. [Pd.ix.03]. From the
Upper Sadong district.

3. Land-Dyak—KXrotong—W ooden harmonicum.

A set of six slabs of hard red wood (mellobz) ranging in
length from 49 centim. to 40 centim., in breadth from 7 centim.
to 5 centim., in thickness from 3-5 centim. to 1°5 centim. The
notes emitted when the slabs are struck do not form a regular
scale. Three slabs (anak) are marked at one end with a streak
of white paint and these give higher notes than the three others
(endor) which are marked with across. The slabs are laid on a
block of soft wood or on the legs of the performer and are
tapped with two sticks (4okan); sometimes two men play, one
striking the anak the other the endor.

Catalogue No. 1280. E, W. Byrde, Esq. [P. 9. vii. 02].

This example was made at Krokong, Upper Sarawak, and
was in use for many years at feasts and funerals. Brooke Low
mentions similar specimens, but made also of stone in use amongst
the Sea-Dyaks. Burbidge gives an account of a Kadyan
“ triaugle or its music rather, being represented by two or three
steel hatched leads which were laid across laths on the floor and
beaten in time with a bit of iron” (cf. Ling- Roth |.c. Vol. II p. 263).

4. Maloh—7Zengkuang—(Plate IV fig. 11, left-hand specimen).

A long narrow rectangular block of tapang wood with a
scroll handle projecting from the left-hand end (upper end in
the figure). Itis narrower at the top (right-hand side in the
figure) than at the bottom, the sides sloping in from a line just
below the middle line. A deep longitudinal cavity is scooped out
of the block of wood ; it Slopes up at either end. On one side
(that seen in the figure) there is at either end a perpendicular
border of of phyllomorphic design carved in deep relief whilst a
broad horizontal border of incised phyllomorphic design runs
along the lower half of the instrument; on the other side the

BR. A. Soe., No. 40,.1904.

46 SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION,

two perpendicular borders consist of incised lines bounding a
series of diamond shaped figures, the horizontal border is similar
to that on the other side.

There are two drumsticks also of tapang (Abauria excelsa)
wood ; each is bored at the top with a hole and they were once
joined together by a length of string ; they are slightly decorated
with incised lines but the patterns which it was intended to form
have never been completed. Length 61 cm.; breadth at top 7:5
cm,; breadth at bottom 11 cm.; height 22 cm.; length of stick
24 cm. |

Catalogue No. 57. Brooke Low collection.

The instrument has been figured by Ling-Roth (1. c. Vol. II
p. 263.) <A large block of wood shaped like a pig and hollowed
out, hangs by the antimony works of the Borneo Co., at Busau,:
- Upper Sarawak ; it is beaten to call the men to work and emits
a very loud resonaut sound ; it was made by a Malay.

CLASS II—METAL GONGS.

From a native point of view these are the most important of ©
all musical instruments. Formerly certain varieties of gongs-
were in universal use as currency and at the present day fines
levied on natives by the Sarawak Government are paid in many
cases in gongs, brass ware, and old jars. The large heavy gongs
known as tawaks are worth any thing from $30 to $100, not.
only their weight but their tone and resonance being taken into
account by the appraisers. ‘The wealth of a chief consists chiefly
of gongs and jars, and his collection of the former, is if he is in
prosperous circumstances, always increasing. They are played
at ceremonies and festivals of every description and the noise
produced by the beating of twenty or thirty gongs all at the
same time can be better imagined than described. ‘The Land-
Dyaks of Quop have definite names for the different rhythms
with which a series of gongs can be beaten and I have no doubt
that the same is the case amonyst other tribes.

The four principal varieties of gongs are :—

1. Gongs proper; large shallow gongs with flat boss or
none at all.

~ Jour. Straits Branch

SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION. 47

2. Tawak'; large deep gongs with hemispherical boss.

3. Chanang; medium sized gongs with hemispherical boss,
sometimes elaborately ornamented.

4. Kromong ; small gongs with hemispherical boss, always
sold in sets of seven or eight aud played somewhat
like a chime of bells.

All are made of brass and most are cast by a cure perdue
process, though the older and more valuable ones have been
melted and hammered into shape.

The place of origin of some specimens is extremely doubt-
ful, but generally speaking the following may be regarded as
fairly accurate :—(Gongs proper come from China, their value is
small and but few are bought by Dyaks and other natives;

Tawak are made in Java and perhaps by Malohs, as already
noted their value is considerable ; Chanang are made in Java, in
Kuching by Sarawak Malays, and in Brunei by Brunei Malays,
the latter being usually highly ornamental and worth $15 to
$25, a Javanese Chanang may fetch a very high price ; A7o-
mong were formerly made in Java but all modern specimens |
are made chiefly in Kuching by Sarawak Malays, modern speci-
mens are moderate in price.

1. Gong. (Plate IV. fig. 12, specimen in the background)
large shallow gong of (?) Chinese origin, with a flattened boss.
Diam. 66 cm.; depth 8 cm.

Catalogue No. 1225. [Pd. xi. 02].

2. Tuwak or tetawak. Large brass gong, said to have
been made by Malohs, with large hemispherical boss and slightly
raised central area. It is very deep and the sides slope in from
front to back. Ithas been castand then hammered. Diam. in front
60 cm.; at back 45 cm.; depth 27 cm.; thickness 0:5 cm.;
- weight 37 lbs.
Catalogue No. 1256. The Sarawak Government. [P. 14,
li, 03]. !

R. A. Soc., No. 40, 1904,

48 SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION.

This specimen some years ago was deposited in Sibu fort as a
pledge of good faith by a native chief but it was never
redeemed ; it has been valued by Malays at $70.

3. Brunei Malay—Chanang naga. (Plate VI: fig. 15).

Brass gong with hemispherical boss; the face is decorated
with two dragons in bold relief and witha geometric pattern
round the border and between the dravons in lower relief, the
side is also ornamented with a zeometric pattern in low relief.
The gong is suspended by a chain with two diverging limbs,
one of the links in the middle of each divering limb is
cast in the form of a bird and the junction of the diverging limbs
with the main chain is marked by a similar but larger link.
Diam. in front 49 cm. at back 39:4 cm.; depth 12cm. Total
length of chain 58 cm. ; of diverging limbs 35 cm.

Catalogue No. 1268. [Pd. ii. vi. 03].

These gongs are cast by a cire-perdue process; a rough
model of the gong is first made in wood, over this is spread a
layer of wax the surface of which is carved and tooled into the
desired pattern, the wax is lifted off the wooden model in two
pieces—the front and the side,—these are then joined and backed
with more wax, and a mould of clay mixed with sand is built upso
as to completely enclose the wax pattern, a small spout being
left at one point; the whole is then burnt in a kiln and the melt-
ed wax is poured out of the spout of the clay mould and the
molten brass poured into it. A new wax pattern has of course,
to be made for every gong.

The dragons certainly suggest a Chinese origin for these
gongs, still the dragon is also prominent in Indonesian art so
that it would be rash to dogmatize on the subject. The signi-
ficarce of the bird-links in the suspensory chain I have been
unable to discover.

4, Sarawak Malay—Chanang.

Small brass gong with hemispherical boss and raised central
area; cast by cire-perdue process in Kuching. Diam. in front
33°9 cm., at back 30:1 cm. depth 7:8 cm.

Catalogue No. 1208. [Pd. xii. 02].

Jour Straits Branch

SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION. 49

5. Sarawak Malay—Kromong. (Plate IV fig. 12).

A set of eight small brass gongs, each with hemispherical
boss and slightly raised central area. They rest on strings
fastened to the cross-pieces of a long wooden frame and are
struck with two wooden beaters. Diam. of largest gong 19°6
cm., of smallest gong 17°8 cm.; all are 6°5—6 cm. deep.

Catalogue No. 1209. [Pd. xii. 02].

These Aromong were cast in Kuching. The process is
much the same as that previously described ; the wax is spread
thinly over a wooden model (chwan) pitted all over with small de-
pressions, the purpose of which is to give an appearance of
hammer-marks ; the old Javanese Kromong were all melted and
beaten into shape and distinctly shewed the hammer-marks all
over their surface, and the same appearance is simulated in the
modern article. The wax is peeled off the wooden model as
already described and enclosed in a mould of clay mixed with
sand (tanah balut) with a spout for the exit of the melted wax
and the entry of the molten brass When the gongs are
removed from their clay moulds they are roughly smoothed
down with a file and are set ina row on a frame like that shewn
in the figure, the maker then tunes them by tapping them with
a hammer and fina!ly blackens them with a mixture of copper
sulphate and an extract of /:rany a plant used also medicinally
for skin diseases.

CLASS III. BELLS.
1. Brunei Malay—Grunong, cow-bell.

A spheroidal brass rattle flattened from side to side, cast in
brass, hollow with a slit running half way round the lower
border ; the handle of the rattle is in the form of a bird with a
ring springing from its back, on each side of the rattle isa
snake in bold relief and an outstanding ring; there is a ring just
above each end of the slit running round the lower border of
the rattle. A small brass sphere inside the hollow of the rattle
acts as a clapper.

R. A Soc., No, 40, 1904;

50 SARAWAK _ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION.

Length (in a straight line) 9'8 cm. ; diam. 6:1 cm. x 4°8 cm.
[.Pd 6: xi3022)
Catalogue No. 1187.

This is the only form of bell that I have met with in Borneo
with the exception of small metal rattles that are worn as
ornaments (trimmings to kirtles, buttons to necklets, etc.)

CLASs IV. DRUMS.

These are used by every tribe in Borneo; they are played
with gongs at feasts and funerals.

1. Land-Dyak (Bukar sub-tribe.)—Gehong.

Single membrane drum made from one and a half joints
of a very large species of bamboo; the intervening septum is
broken through ; one end is open, the other is closed by a dia-
phragm of monkey’s skin (Macacus nemestrinus ), secured by
rattan in the manner shewn in fig. 1, Plate VII., the loops of
rattan however being connected by a transverse double twist of
rattan. Height 84 cm.; diam. 12 cm.

Catalogue No. 1294. [Pd. viij. 03].
From Lanchang, Upper Sadong.

I noted in the rafters of the head-house (daluh) at Lan-
chang village, a very large drum known as sabang cut out from
a tree trunk, it was at least 5 feet high and 1 foot in diameter,
but I was unable to secure it for the Sarawak Museum as it was
used only at head-feasts and was regarded as“ pemali.” Similar
gigautic drums are used at Krokong, Upper Sarawak.

2. Ssea-Dyak—Gendang. (Plate III fig. 10, left hand specimen).

Single membrane drum made of a hard black wood, rough-

y shaped like an hour-glass, hollow throughout, the cavity in

shape corresponding to the external form ; the lower end is open,
the upper is closed by a skin diaphragm secured by rattan lash-
ings and loops; the method of lashing the diaphragm on to the
drum-head is slightly different from the usual method and is

Jour. Straits Branch

SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION. 51

shown on Plate VIII fig. 14, the edge of the diaphragm is not
doubled over, the rattan loops pass alternately over and under
the encircling band a and then down to and round a plaited
rattan band «which is prevented from slipping by wedges. Below
the plaited rattan band is a raised. zone on which is carved in
bold relief the following patterns :—

1.) A conventional flower buch andu, (Plukenetia cornt-
culata).

2.) On each side of this a rough geometrical design, three
scrolls in a square.

3.) Anintertwisted double loop pattern, ensilup (1. e. inter-
locking).

Twelve shirt buttons are let into the centre of (1), two
are let into each scroll of (2) and there is one in each loop of (3).
Below this zone is a circle of incised triangles, puchol rebong
(i.e. young shoots of bamboo)and round the foot of the drum runs
an incised single loop pattern. Height 18 cm.; diam. at top
13:4 cm. ; diam. at bottom 20 cm.

Catalogue No. 58. Brooke Low collection.

The Sea-Dyaks of the Balau River and the Sibuyaus call this
instrument Ketubong. I have seen specimens with a diaphragm
of Varanus skin. The performers on this instrument and the
Land-Dyak Gehong sat cross-legged on the ground, the drum
lying across one thigh and kept from slipping by the opposite
foot, and the diaphragm was beaten with the tips of the fingers
and the palmar surface of one hand.

A Murut gendang is figured by Ling Roth (1. c. Vol. I
p. 263).

38. Malay—Gendang prang.

(Plate III fig. 10, right hand specimen).

Double membrane drum formerly used in warfare, but now
employed at festivals. It is almost cylindrical, hollow through-
out and made of mirabou wood (Afzelia bijuga), itis slightly nar-
rower in diameter at one end than at the other and its greatest
diameter is across the middle. Both ends are closed with dia-

Ri A. Soe., No. 40, 1904.

52 SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION. —

phragms of parchment, secured in the following manner :—the
edge of the parchmentis gripped between two strips of split
rattan encircling the drum, these gripping bands are given a half-
turn up, a continuous loop of split rattan is laced through holes in
the double fold of parchment (formed by turning up the gripping
bands) and passes to the other end of the drum to be similarly
laced through holes in the diaphragm there ; the adjacent limbs
of the loops are braced together by bands of plaited rattan
(Plate VIII fig. 15). A small square hole is cut in the side of
the drum to increase the resonance and astring sling passes:
through holes above and below this. Height 53 cm.; diam. at one
end 22 cm. ; diam. at the other 20 cm.

Catalogue No; 1227. [jPd. 29. 1.03% oi |

4. Malay—Gendang rebana. (Plate IV fig. II right hand
specimen. ) :

Bowl-shaped drum of mirabou wood, the top is closed by
a diaphragm of sheep’s skin, the bottom is open. Into the rim
of the bottom are driven ten square wooden pegs, their free ends
rest on and press against a circle of rattan round which pass
the rattan loops that secure the diaphragm ; the chief function
of this rattan circle and pegs is to act as an insulator, raising
the drum from the ground and so increasing its resonance. The
diaphragm is secured in the same way as shewn in Plate VII. fig.
1. except that the descending loops of rattan are in ten groups of
four or five loops, any one group being widely separated from
that on either side of it; there are ten such groups and
they correspond with the ten wooden pegs in the bottom rim of
the drum; further, the edge of the diaphragm is doubled back to
cover the rattan lacing and this is kept in position by a single
encircling rattan laced through it.

Immediately before use the diaphragm is tightened by
pushing between it and the upper rim of the dram from the
inside a circle of thick unsplit rattan, known as the s¢dak ; when
the drum is not in use the sidak is kept coiled up inside the drum.

Height 18 cim.; diam. at top, 44°5 cm.; diam. at bottom 24°8 cm.
Catalogue No. 1246. [Pd. 28. 1. 03].
Jour. Straits Branch

SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION. 53

Addenda.

Since going to press my friend Mr. W. Howell has sent to

_ the Museum a toy musical instrument used by Sea-Dyak child-

ren; aS itis so very different from every other form of musical
instrument found in Borneo, I cannot-refrain from adding a
brief description of it :—

Sea-Dyak—Sulieng—toy “ squeaker.”

A piece of the stem of a species of Culamus known as
Kerniong, 21 centim. long and 1 centim. in diameter; one end
is open and cut square, the other is closed by the natural septum,
a very narrow crack runs down the whole length of the instru-
ment on one side, in fact it is so narrow as to be hardly per-

ceptible from the outside. A blast of air driven into the tube

just forces apart the sides of the crack, but they quickly close
again by virtue of their elasticity and curvature. If the pressure
of air is maintained they are forced open again, close again and
so on; in other words the sides of the tube bordering the crack
vibrate and constitute a‘‘partial” valve through which the air
issues in a pulsatory manner producing a loud and penetrating
squeak. The instrument may be compared with the trumpet
class though in that class the lips of the performer constitute
the ‘“‘partial” valve, not the walls of the instru nent itself.
Malays know this instrument as seruwné, the same term as
that employed by Land-Dyaks of the Bukar sub-tribe for their
pipes with ‘ beating” reeds.

Catalogue No. 13863. Rev. W. Howell [P. 6. xij. 03].

The wooden clappers used by Sea-Dyaks are also worthy
of note. These instruments, which are known variously as tongkat
be-igi, tangkat krutak tugal be-igi, tugal bekurong, and tugal klek,
are long staves of hard wood with an enlarged head, the head
is hollowed out but a loose block of wood occupies part of the
hollow and slides up and down when the staff is shaken; this
block is cut out of the head itself, the hollowing of the head
and the freeing of the block being negotiated through four
longitudinal slits in the head. The staffs are used as padi-
dibblers, and they are carried and sounded at intervals by the

R. A.-Soc., No. 40, 1904

54 SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION.

principal celebrant at that part of the religious festivals when
the Mengap is being recited; they are also carried and rattled
by any one when walking in the dark to give notice of his
coming to spirits, men and animals.

Sea-Dyak—Tongkat hrutak.

a. <A lone staff of hard wood, the lower end thickened and
pointed and with an enlarged four-sided head 40-5. centim long ;
the angles of the head are marked by wide slits, through which
the head has been hollowed out, a sliding block of wood 20
centim. long being left in the hollow. The passage of the stem
of the staff into the head is sudden and is marked bya little
carving anda narrow band of plaited rattan; the top of the
head is crowned with a finteal and a tuft of grass.

Total length 239 cm.
From the Krian River. I. Kirpkatrick, Esq. | P. 28. xiii. 96.]
Catalogue No. 999.

_$. <A similar specimen, but the lower end is much thicker
and less pointed ; the head is round in transverse section and the
hollowing of it and the freeing of the sliding block has been
conducted through three slits only; the rest of the staff instead
of being of equal diameter throughout is marked with seven
circular blunt ridges at unequal distances apart’; the passage of
the stem into the head is very gradual ; the head has a long
carved finieal but no tuft of grass.

Total legth 262 cm.; length of head 36:5 cm.; of sliding
block 23°35. cm. From the Lamanak River. Brooke Low col-
lection.

Catalogue No. 517.

c. Much shorter specimen, the head rather slender and
without a finfeal, which is replaced by a stout. projection ; the
staff is encircled by several narrow ridges some of which are
carved to imitate the nodes of bamboo ; there are four slits in
the head.

Jour. Straits Branch

SARAWAK ETilINOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION. - 55

Total length 193 cm.; length of head 38 cm.; of sliding

block 12'4 cm. From the Engkari River. Brooke Low coi-
lection.

Hic. 1.
Fig. 2.
Bis 3:
Fig. 4,
Fig. 9d.
Fig. 6.
Fig. 7.
Pais) 8.
Hiasr 9.
Fig. 10,
Hisr #1.
Fig. 12.
Fig. 13.
Fie. 14.
Fig. 25.
fae 1.

Catalogue No. 418.

Explanation of Plates I.—VI.

Two Tanjong dusoi and aran, musical bows.
Sea-Dyak enserunaz, fiddles.

Maloh dlikan, two-stringed guitar.

Kyan sapeh. two-stringed guitar.

Malay gambus, six-stringed guitar.

Murut and Sea-Dyak engkratong, upright-harps.
Dusun Long Kiput and Kanowit bamboo-harps.
Murut Kanowit and Sea-Dyak bamboo flutes.-
Sea-Dyak and Kyan mouth organs.

Sea-Dyak and Malay gendang. drums.

Maloh wooden gong and Malay drum.

Malay playing on a set of kromong,a large gong in
the back ground,

Dusun Land-Dyak and Sea-Dyak jew’s-harps.
Land-Dyak ton-ton, bamboo-harps, lalipok and pelon-
chong, bamboo resonators.

Brunei Malay chanang naga, ornamental gong with ~
suspensory chain. .

Explanation of Plate VII.

Diagram illustrating the method by which a skin dia-
phragm is fastened over a resonator of a fiddle or
overadrum. ‘The skin is tightly stretched over the
mouth of the resonator and tied with a string (a), the
edge of the skin is then turned up and through the
double fold so formed is laced a continuous loop of
split rattan (J); the lower ends of the loops pass

R. A. Sac., No. 40, 1904.

56

Fig.

SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION.

~]

round a band of plaited rattan (¢) encircling the re-

sonator at the lower level ; wedges (d) are driven

between this band and the resonator to make all taut.
This method of securing drum-heads and dia-

phragms is common all through the Malay Archipel-

ago: Ihave seen adrum from Timor in the Raffles

Museum, Singapore, the diaphragms of which are

fastened in identically the same way as this.

Portion of head of stem of Sea-Dyak enserunai show-

ing method of attachment of string. (cf. p. 7)

ditto. (Gig fos 7)

ditto. (cig 9)

Portion of stem of Maloh blikan (cf. p. 12)

Dusun guitar x4 (cf.p. 11)

Land-Dyak sigittwad x 4. (cf. p. 9)

Sea-Dyak penyipu, clay whistle x 4 (cf. p. 33)

Dusun teruding, bamboo jew’s harp, seen in profile

with the tongue elevated. Nat. size. (cf. p. 43)

Bamboo “reeds” of a Kyan mouth-organ. Seen in

face and in profile.

Explanation of Plate VIII.

Proximal end of Sea-Dyak sulieng san-transverse
flute (semidiagrammatic).

Proximal end of a nose-flute (semi-diagrammatic. )
Proximal ené of Sea-Dyak sulieng nyawa. Flayeolet
with outside duct (semidiagrammatic).

Proximal end of Land-Dyak telarli. Flageolet with
outside duct (semidiagrammatic).

Diagrammatic longitudinal section of above.

a. sound-hole.

Proximal end of Land-Dyak kroto. Flageolet with
outside duct (semi-diagrammatic).

Proximal end of Murut flageolet with outside duct
(semidiagrammatic) a, luting of dammar; ), fragment
of leaf stuck on the edge of the sound-hole.

Jour. Straits Branch

SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION, is) 7)

Fig. 8. Diagrammatic longitudinal section of above.
Fig. 9. Kyan bulo wok, bird-call xd

Fig. 10. Diagrammatic longitudinal section of Sea-Dyak bum-
bun. bird-call, a. bamboo tube; 6. wooden upright ; c.
septum of bamboo joint; d. sound-hole.

Fig. 11. Proximal end of Sea-Dyak sulieng nyawu. Flageolet
with inside duct. (semidiagrammatic).

Fig. 12. Diagrammatic longitudinal section of above.
Fig. 138. Land-Dyak serubayi, pipes with ‘beating’ reeds.

Y3
4 |
Fig. 14. Method of attachment of diaphragm in Sea-Dyak
gendary (cf. p. 50) — _diagrammatic. a. encircling

band of rattan.

Fig. 15. Method of attachment of diaphragms in Malay
gendang prang (cf. p. 51) — diagrammatic. aa. grip-
ping bands of rattan. The limbs, 44. of the loops
are braced together by bands of plaited rattan not
shewn in the drawing.

R. A. Soc. No. 40, 1904

58 SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION,

Addenda II.

A very simple form of wind-instrument was quite recently
presented to the Sarawak Museum and is briefly described
below :—

Land-Dyak—dashi.

This is a length of a large species of bamboo with a large
circular hole cut in each internode (seven in number), the holes
facing different directions. The instrument is fastened at the
top of a high tree and the wind blowing across one, or perhaps
more, of the holes makes a loud howling noise.

From the village of Quop.

Total length 311°5 cm. ; diameter 5°7 cm.

Rev. ©. W. Nichols [ P ]

Catalogue No. 1384.

Sometimes rather a different instrument is in use; one
internode only of bamboo is employed and a large hole is cut
in it, the internode spins (vertically) on a pivot and is fitted
with a vane so that the sound-hole is always turned at the
right angle to the wind from whatever direction it may blow.

The bull-roarer can hardly be omitted from a catalogue of
musical instruments, even though the specimen described below
was used, like the bull-roarers of the Malay Peninsula, merely
as a scarecrow. A popular account of the bull-roarer is given
by Dr. A. C. Haddon in his book “The Study of Man”
pp. 277-327 and some remarks on the relationship between the
bull-roarer and other wind-instruments are given by Mr. H.
Balfour in a recent number of the Journal of the Anthropologi-
cal Institute (Vol. XXXII. pp. 173, 174.)

Narom—bull-roarer.

A flat piece of wood shaped something like a spear-head,
27:2 cm. X 6:1 cm.; both ends are sharply pointed, but at one
end are two projecting ‘‘ears,” a string passes through a hole

Jour. Straits Branch

SARAWAK ETHNOGRAPHICAL COLLECTION, 59

at this end and serves to attach the piece of wood to a wooden
stick, 85 cm. long.

D. A. Owen Hsq. [P. 24. v. 01].

Catalogue No. 1121.

Dr. C. Hose first discovered the bull-roarer in Borneo in a
Kenyah house up the Tinjar River, Baram district and was told
that it was used to scare birds off the padi fields; Dr. Hose
bought the unique specimen and subsquently showed it to some
Narom, a tribe living near Claudetown, Baram River; the Narom
stated that they were well acquainted with the instrument and
frequently used it; they made several specimens to order, one
of which is that described above. The Narom constitute a tribe
that falls into the Kalamantan division according to Drs, Had-
don and Hose—and so may be considered as amongst the most
primitive tribes of Borneo. ;

R. A. Soc., No, 40, 1904.

STRAITS BRANCH, ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY,

JOURNAL 40, PLATE I-

i
qi
a6
i
}-
i

i

3

STRAITS BRANCH, ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY,

PLATE

JOURNAL 40,

ta ne,

i
i
j
i

ormoe

ak ie
om aM

Bath We

"h
b :
Bhi titra

STRAITS BRANCH, ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY,

PLATE

5

JOURNAL 40

Sete

Prices

fimo? mt tomes
<<

ROVAL ASIATICy SOCIETY,

,

STRAITS BRANCH

lV.

PEAKE

5

JOURNAL 40

oA Alb li a ble Maeda cL

Fig. $2.

STRAITS BRANCH, ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY,

JOURNAL 40, PLATE V.

A Gt
a Gita

Pas.

‘IA ALV1d “OF IYNYNOP

‘ALAIDOS DILVISV TVAOU ‘HONVAd SLIVULS

7
WS "
fied
.
A
i

ates |
ay i
, a
a
ire is
: o
La das i
lee he
V oe
oo
tel he!
LAs
as

Piate Wr

cia oy

iy,

”

s

—— = . — —<——— = nn = a
——— ee — =
a. —— — -
—- ait —_ cag — ——— =e —_
- ———— =
a
—————— Se

= ee ee
ea - ~~

Saale), Sebi Sy)

Es SAYS s RELATING to INBo- Cui, 4 Von

. THE HIKAYAT ABDULLAH. ee. Se |

ot HE WAI-SENG Lorrery, by eae te -
RATAH BUDIMAN.-- A Malay | Polk Tale, by iis Chiffor
THE MAP oF. the MaLay PENINSD BiAnce

—L® ‘members |

os non- members —

oss members

., non-members ..

ae f © r =

3 : : January, 190 4 Me :

cee Agents of the Society : is

“TRENCH, TRUBNER & Co.

‘ ‘

3 London: KEGAN PAUL,

AT THE AM

| [No. 41]

JOURNAL

of the
Straits Branch

of the

Royal Asiatic Society

SANUARY [904

SINGAPORE:
PRINTED AT THE AMERICAN MISSION PRESS

1904

"
¢
, .
5
.
t
\ .
5
4
‘
. ¥ ~
i e 2
~
‘
.

Table of Contents.

Council for 1904 ... fers ee sa Vv
Proceedings of Annual General Nesting ae Bovey Vil
Annual Report of the Council a5 se soe. sal
Treasurer’s Cash Account for 1903... cae eae Vem -<
Obituary x

Two Sea Dyak Legends, by the Rev. Hdwin H. Gomes... 1

New Malayan Plants, by I. N. Ridley Jes eeu toll

Notes on a Cruise in the Southern China Sea, er C. Boden
Kloss sau vas : Bs Oe)

A List of the Butterflies of Bevaeet ~ R. Shelford wea ROL

The Sakais of Batang Padang, Perak, by G.B. Cerruti... 113

On some Hymenoptera from the Raffles Museum, Singa-
pore, by P. Cameron ..: ee a Se my)

Short Notes aN bie pee Be ea an eA.

= . ——— f c =
| =a ,
5 s 5 ial \ ‘ . ; y
4 t : i \ ‘ :
= , - “he < ’ t Aor i nar

~ f v “ w ‘ ;

me” o \ .
" }
~ ‘ ’ , 3
. ee ms = : . ,
; é 7
’
\ a
‘ fg ‘ ¢
‘ , f ~
t —
+ i
= { -
« . ¥

THE

STRAITS BRANCH

-OF FHE

move A>tIATIC SOCIETY,

COUNCIL FOR 1904.

The Right Rev. BISHOP HOSE, President.

Hon. C. W. S. KYNNERSLEY, €.M.G., Vice-President
for Singapore.

Hon. Dr. W. C. BROWN, Vice-President for Penang.

H. N. RIDLEY, Hsq., M.A., Honorary Secretary.

Dr. R. HANITSCH, Honorary Treasurer.

P. J. BURGETS, Hsq., M.A.

Hon. W. R. COLLYER, M.A., 1.8.0.

Councillors,

H. ESCHKE, Ksq,.,

Rev. W. G. SHELLABEAR,
W.G. ST. CLAIR, Esq.,

SS eee eee

PROCEEDINGS

of the

Annual General [Meeting

The Annual General Meeting was held on January 19th,
1904.

There were present :—The Right Reverend Bishop HosE
(in the Chair), the Howble C. W. KYNNERSLEY, the Hon’ble W.
Rk. COLLYER, Messrs. W. G. St. CLAIR, A. KNIGHT, H. ESCHKE,
Cc. B. Kuoss, P. J. BrrGEss, M. HELLIER, Dr. R. HANITSCH,
H. N. RIDLEY.

The minutes of the last General Meeting were read and
confirmed.

A letter from Mr. Fleury asking that Lieut.-Colonel G. C.
E. van Daalan, might become a subscriber to the Journal was
read and the request agreed to.

The election of the new members during the past year was
confirmed.

The Annual Report of the Council was laid on the table and
on the proposal of Mr. BURGESS seconded by Mr. HELLIER
was adopted.

The Chairman suggested that when the Catalogue of the
library had been completed, any additions should be recorded
in future in the Journal and those of special interest should be
recorded in the Annual Report. This was agreed to.

PROCEEDINGS

The Treasurer’s statement of Accounts, audited by Mr.
KNIGHT was laid on the table, and on the motion of Mr. C. B.
KLOSs seconded by Mr. HELLIER was adopted.

The Officers and Council for the ensuing year were then
elected, viz:

President: Right Reverend Bishop HOSE.

Vice President for Singapore: Hon. C. W. KYNNERSLEY.

Vice President for Penang: Dr. BROWN.

Hon. Secretary: H. N. RIDLEY.

Hon. Treasurer: Dr. HANITSCH.

Councillors: Hon. W. R. COLLYER, H. ESCHKE, W. G.
St. CLAIR, P. J. BURGESS, Rev. W. G. SHELLABEAR.

The President reminded the Meeting that the Society had
attained its twenty-fifth year of existence, having being founded
on November 4th, 1877.

A vote of thanks to the President was proposed by Mr.
COLLYER and carried by acclamation, and a vote of thanks to
the Secretary and Treasurer was proposed by Mr. KNIGHT
which was also carried unanimously.

Annual Report for 1903.

The Council have the pleasure to state that the financial —
position of the Society continues satisfactory, as may be seen by
the Treasurer’s Balance Sheet.

The number of members at present is 145, including the
following gentlemen elected during the year.

Dr. ABBOTT, |. Mr: F. C. MARSHALL,
Mr. ERIC MAXWELL, >» &. D.upsone
GEORGE MAXWELL, » EF. W. DoUGLAS,
_W. H. CRADDOCK, » . We SuGIBSON:
A. H. BURN MURDOCH, T..C. INKS;

ee ES ce mee geen
a
~~

oe Ee Wi BIRCH: » Hon. H. F. DESHON,
,, W. MAKEPEACE 5 .. REV.: H. C-lg@aAre
A. 5. HAYNES, |... 5. MOORHOUSEH:

They have to express their great regret at the loss by
death of Mr. A. W. O'Sullivan, long a member of the Society
and at one time the Secretary, and also of Mr. D. H. Wise and
Mr. James Driver.

Only one Journal No. 39 was published during the year’
but another will be shortly in the hands of the members. An
important article by Mr. R. Shelford of Sarawak Museum on the
Musical Instruments of Borneo illustrated by a large number of
plates will follow as soon as it can be printed.

Referring to the resolution passed at the general meeting
last year to procure and publish Malay Manuscripts, the Coun-
cil desire to state that they have kept the matter in view, but
up to the present no Manuscripts considered worthy of
publication have as yet been obtained. Two important Manu-
scripts however have recently been offered to the Society by
Mr. George Maxwell, and it is hoped they may appear in the
course of this year.

The Library was rearranged and is being catalogued,
Many books, journals and pamphlets were received and a num-
ber were bound.

During the year a letter was received from the Royal
Asiatic Society of Bengal stating that the members of that
Society had decided that the members of the Straits Branch of
the Royal Asiatic Society should have the right of admission to
_ the Society’s meetings whenever they were in Calcutta.

The Society has now attained its twenty-fifth year having
been founded on Nov. 4, 1877, and it may be noted that in spite
of early prophecies of its soon becoming extinct it has steadily
thrived to the present day.

The Treasurer’s statement of accounts is appended .

"fija1905) ovis 7 johoar ‘YOUDLE 8120.17) ‘UIANSDIS NA.LOU0f] “\LHOINY “VY
‘HOSLINVAL “3 ‘Qood109 punoy pure poulMexny
LO LOIC6LE
IGIGCH I LEILVE ae eae JUNODO'V LIIT6OE | TZO6T os w* 4Sodop Uy Yue,
quoting, ‘yueq porojreyyO gee oe sollaAODoy AIpuNne
6e6rS | °° se yuno090 y 1296 |" 7 — sdeyy so ayeg
quodiny ‘yueg o9]queror0yy CZOIe pia “"* s/eudnop Jo a]ve
“Q00T eee eee qisod SNOT soe diysaoq
“Of Paxty ‘yuegq poasoqavyyO “Wey OjJI'T IOJ ‘op
MOLE eee eee q1sod reser FOGI 73 ‘op
“OT Pox ‘yueg o[yueos0 “OLE S061 “ ‘op
—! pIVMIOF pollied soourlrg eeTKG ZO06h ‘op
“lOT OGL toy suoydiosqne
—? OGL Ul sydiooay
tei OA GY eave OF|E028)__ a
PZSL Ree SoljJog pur sacrisog C6EIBG get es qUuNOODDYV
208K — ca AME ESNS OO quodingy “yueg poreqyreyqy
C1IG6 rk ATETVY 8 19] Olisrg | 7 “* -qunos0y
KOE ee Oe yore quoting ‘yur omquRoIe]
eg$ 4e ‘soseo-yooq MON ¢ T8002 ries a yisod
Ge\aTs =e "* syoog Jo cut “AJ POXty] “Yue poropaeyy
-purg pue sdeyq jo curnunoyy FECGC Glee ar: qisodeqy
LEILS ee yulds pue rye, | Pex “Yuegq oppueors yy]
OG VIV “" S8ord UOISsIfY UeOLIOUIy —* 6067 Wosyz
—? GOGT Ul sjuomAeg prea1oy gydnorq saoureyeq
'¢ flol ¢ ‘al ¢ fol

‘CO6L YWAA AHL YOd LNNOOOWV S.YSHNSVWAYL AHYVWHONOH

OBITUARY.

Mr. Arthur W. S. O'Sullivan.

Since the date of the last report the Society has had to
lament the of Mr. Arthur W. 8. O’Sullivan, a member of our
Council for several years, and at one time Secretary.

Mr. O’Sullivan was born in 1860 and after a distinguished
career at Trinity College, Dublin (scholar and gold medallist),
he entered the Straits Settlements Civil Service in 1883. |

Throughout his service of twenty years in this Colony he
was distinguished as an able hard-working officer and showed a
marked talent for languages—he was proficient in Dutch,
Tamil, Malay, and more than one dialect of Chinese, which is a
record rare amongst Europeans in this climate. He had held
the post of Assistant Colonial Secretary for five years and had
_ just been selected by the Colonial Office for the post of Colonial
Secretary at Trinidad when he was struck down after a brief
illness. Although he was not a frequent contributor to the
Journal, the Society has lost in him an intellectual force—a man
who took a keen interest in scholarship of every kind. For
three years before his death he was engaged in intervals of
leisure in the translation of Dr. Snouck Hurgroyjne’s Acheen—a
valuable and interesting piece of work which will shortly be
published at Leiden in Holland.

In endeavoring to open up the wide field of Dutch learning
and experience in Netherlands India to English readers, he has
set an example for which the Society may well be grateful.

R. N. Bland.

Two Sea-Dyak Legends.

By the REVD. EDWIN H. GOMES, M.A.

There are many fairy tales and legends known to the
Sea-Dyaks of the present day. These seem to be handed down,
by word of mouth, from generation to generation from ancient
times.

These stories may be roughly divided into two classes:—

I. Those which are purely fabulous and related as such,
and are simply meant to interest and amuse, and in these respects
resemble the fairy tales familiar to usall; and

II. Those which are believed to be perfectly true, and to
have actually taken place, and are the traditions respecting their
gods and preternatural beings. These form in fact the Mytho-
logy of the Dyaks.

To the first class belong a large collection of stories corres-
ponding to the Adventures of Brer Fox and Brer Rabbit. In
the Dyak tales, the Plandok and the Kekura (the mouse deer and
the tortoise) act always in concert, and their combined intelli-
gence is victorious over the rest of the animal world. To this
class also belong the numerous stories related of Apaz Samu-
mang the Dyak type of cunning and wiliness—and Apai Saloi—
the typical Dyak fool.

To the second class belong the many and varied adventures
of Kiteng, the great hero of ancient times, and his wife Kumang,
the Dyak Venus, as well as the traditions relating to the gods
believed in by the Dyaks of the present day. To these must be
added certain stories which give a reason for some of the curious
customs observed by the Dyaks. The two Dyak Myths which
follow belong to this latter class.

R.A. Soc., No. 40, 1903.

2 TWO SEA-DYAK LEGENDS.

I.

Danjai and the Were-Tiger’s Sister.

Once upon a time there lived a great Chief named Danjai.
He was the head of one of the longest Dyak houses that were
ever built. It was situated ona hill in the midst of a large
plantation of fruit trees. Danjai was said to be very rich indeed.
He possessed much farming land, many fruit trees, many Zapang
trees, where the wild bees make their abode, and from which
the sweet honey is obtained, and in his room there were many
valuable jars of various kinds, and also a large number of brass
vessels; for the Dyaks convert their wealth into jars and brass-
ware to hand down to posterity. Every year he obtained a
plentiful harvest of paddy much more than he and his family
could consume and he had always much paddy for sale, so much so
that the news of his wealth travelled to distant lands, and many
from afar off would come and buy paddy from him. Danjaz
also possessed many slaves who were ready to help him in his
work. All the people in his house had a very high opinion of
his judgment, and were ready to obey his decisions, whenever
he settled any of their disputes. So great indeed was his re-
putation for wisdom, that men from distant villages would often
consult him and ask his advice when in any difficulty. He had
also great fame as a brave warrior, and during expeditions
against the enemy, he was the leader of the men of his own’
village and of many villages around, for all liked to follow such
a brave man as Danjai, who was sure to lead them to victory.
Over the fireplace in his verandah he had, hanging together in
a bunch, the dried heads of the enemies whom he himself had
killed.

- Now this man Danjai had a very pretty wife whom he had
recently married, but the marriage feast had not been held, be-
cause he had not yet obtained a human head from the enemy asa
token of his love for her : for this girl was of a good birth and a
Chief’s daughter and wanted the whole world to learn, when they
attended her marriage feast, what a brave man her husband was.

Danjui said to his young wife, “I will hold a meeting of
the Chiefs around, and tell them that we must all get our war-
boats ready, as I intend leading an expedition against the enemy.

Jour, Straits Brancb

TWO SEA-DYAK LEGENDS. S

I should like'to bring you a human head as a token of my love,
so that you may not be ashamed of your husband. And as soon
as I return, we will have the wedding feast.”

And though his wife was sorry that her husband intended
leaving her, still she did not oppose his wishes, for she wished
him to come back covered with glory.

So a council of war was held, and Danjai told the assem-
bled Chiefs what he intended to do, and it was decided that all
should begin at once making war-boats, which were to be ready
in two months’ time.

Danjai assisted by his slaves and followers, had been at
work at his boat for several weeks, and it was nearly finished.
It was a beautiful boat made out of the trunk of one large tree,
and Danjai was proud of his work. He was so anxious to fin-
ish his boat, that one day he started very early in the morning,
before his breakfast was ready, and he ,asked his wife to bring
his food to him later on to the part of the jungle where he was
working at his boat.

So Mrs. Danjai cooked the food and then ate her own
breakfast. Then she made up small bundles of rice and also put
together some fish and salt, and placed all in a little basket to
take to her husband. She had never been out in the jungle by
herself before, but she was not afraid, for her husband had told
her the way, and she could hear the sound of his adze as he
worked at his boat not very far off. She hung her basket over
her left shoulder and, holding her small knifein her right hand,
went cheerfully on. Presently she came to the stump of a tree
on which was placed a bunch of ripe rambutan fruit. They
looked so tempting that she couid not help eating some of them,
and as they were very nice, she put what remained in her
basket, saying to herself, “‘ Perhaps Danjai forgot to take these
fruits with him and left them here. I will take them to him
myself, he will no doubt be glad to eat these ripe fruits after his
hard work.”

Now there was in that land a Were-Tiger, that was much
feared by all who lived around. He had the appearance of a
man, but at times would transform himself into a tiger, and
then he would attack human beings and carry off their heads as
trophies to his own house. But he never attacked any unless

R. A. Soe., No. 40, 1903,

am TWO SEA-DYAK LEGENDS.

they had first done wrong by taking something which belonzed
to him. So this Were-Tiger would leave tempting fruit
by the side of jungle paths, and on the stumps of trees, in the
hope that some tired traveller would take and eat them. -And
if any one ate such fruit, then he or she was doomed to be killed
by him that same day. Butall knew about him, and though he
placed many tempting baits in all parts of the jungle, no one
touched his fruit, for all feared the fate which awaited them if
they did any such thing. But Danjai’s wife knew nothing
about the Were-Tiger. No one had told ,her of him, and she
had never been out before in the jungle by herself, and she had
never been warned not to touch any fruit she might find lying
about. ;

“Oh Danja,” she said, as soon as she met her husband, “I
am afraid I am rather late. You must be very tired and hungry,
working the whole morning at your boat without having had
anything to eat. Never mind! Here is your breakfast at last.”
And she handed the basket which contained his food to her
husband.

Now Danjai was really very hungry, so he was glad to see
his food had arrived. He thanked his wife and at once began
to empty the basket.

The first thing he saw was the ripe rambutan fruit at the
top, and he asked his wife where she got them from. She told
him she had found them on the stump of a tree by the wayside,
and she said she thought they had been left there by him. She
added with a smile, that they were very good as she had eaten
some herself.

Then Danjai, brave man though he was, turned pale with
fear and anxiety.

‘¢We must not linger here a moment,” he said to his wife.
“Hungry though I am, I will not eat my food here. We must
both hurry home at once. You have taken and eaten fruit be-
longing to the Were-Tiger, so much feared by all. It is said
that whoever touches his fruit will surely die a terrible death :
and you are the first person I know who has done so.”

Danjai hurriedly gathered together all his tools and told
those that were with him of his trouble, and they all started and
walked silently back. Danjat was wondering how he was to

Jour. Straits Branch

TWO SEA-DYAK LEGENDS, 5

avert the fate which awaited his young wife. She was silent,
because she saw her husband was troubled, and she was sorry
that she had caused him grief.

As soon as they arrived at the house, Danjat sent for all
the men round about and told them what had happened, how
his wife bad taken and eaten the fruit of the Were-Tiger. He
begged them all to help to shield her, for the Were-Tiger was
sure to have his revenge, and come and take the head of his wife.

So they all prepared themselves for the tiger’s visit by
sharpening their knives and spears. Some men _ placed
themselves on the roof of the house, others in the verandah.
The ladder leading up to the house was also guarded, and so
were all parts of the house by which he was likely to force an
entrance. As for Danjai’s wife, they hid her beneath some
mats and sheets in the room, and twelve brave men stood round
her with their swords drawn, ready to save her life even at the
cost of their own.

Just before dark they heard the roar of the tiger in the dis-
tance. ‘Though still a long way off, the sound was very terri-
ble to hear, and the men all grasped their swords and spears
firmly, for they knew the tiger would soon be upon them.

Once more the tiger’s roar sounded, nearer and clearer,
and then they heard him crash through the leaf thatch roof
and fall into the room. There was a great commotion among
the men, but though all tried to kill the animal, none could see
him. Soon after they heard a roar of triumph from the tiger
outside the house. They lifted up the mats and sheets which
covered Danjai’s wife, and there they saw her headless body !
The Were-Tiger had succeeded in his attack, and had carried
off the head of his victim!

Loud was the weeping and great the lamentation over her
dead body. She was so young to die! And what death could
be more terrible than hers whose head had been carried away
by her murderer! All in the house mourned her loss for seven
days and during that time the house was very quiet, as all lived
in their separate rooms, and did not come out into the common
verandah to do work or to talk to each other.

The death of his wife grieved Danjat very much. But though
his grief was great, his desire for revenge was greater still.

R. A. Soc., No. 40, 1902.

6 TWO SEA-DYAK LEGENDS.

Very early on the morning of the next day, Danjai started
after the tiger. The drops of blood which had fallen could.
plainly be seen on the ground, and he had no difficulty in finding
out in what direction the tiger had gone. On and on he tracked
the blood till he came to a cave at the foot of a high mountain.
The sides of the cave were splashed with blood, so Danjai walk-
ed boldly in, determined to revenge the death of his wife. It
was not very dark inthe cave. In the distance he could see an
opening and he hurried towards it.

He came out on the other side of the mountain, and saw a
large plantation of sugar-cane and plantain trees. Beyond this
he saw along Dyak house.

“This,” he said to himself, “‘is surely the abode of the Were-
Tiger, and soon I shall have an opportunity of revenging the
death of my wife.”

He planted two sticks across one another in the ground to
mark the opening in the mountain, so that he might not miss his
way on his return, and then he boldly walked towards the house.

He followed a path through the sugar-cane plantation—still
tracking the drops of blood upon the ground—until he came to
the ladder leading up to the house. He was so anxious to at-
tack his wife’s murderer, that he did not pause to ask—as is the
usual Dyak custom—whether he might walk up or not, but went
straight on into the house. Men sitting in the verandah asked
him, as he passed them, where he was going and what he want-
ed, but he did not answer them. His heart was heavy within
him, thinking of his dead wife, and wondering whether he
would be able to accomplish his task, and whether he would
succeed in leaving the house as easily as he came in. But he
was determined to avenge his wife’s murder, and he would not
shrink from any difficulties in the way.

He stopped at the room ‘of the head of the house, and a
virl asked him to sit down, and spread a mat for him. He did
so,and the girl went into the room to fetch the brass vessel
containing the betelnut ingredients which the Dyaks love to
chew. As he sat down, he saw drops of blood on the fire-place,
and looking up he noticed a fresh head, still dripping with blood,
among the other skulls hanging there. He recognised it at a
glance—it was the head of his loved wife! !

Jour. Straits Branch

TWO SEA-DYAK LEGENDS. tl

The girl came out with the brass vessel of betelnut and
said: ‘Help yourself Danjait. We did not expect you to visit
us sosoon. Please excuse me for a little while, I have to attend
to the cooking. But you will not be alone for my brother
will soon be back. He has only gone to the plantation to
fetch some sugar-cane.”

So Danjai sat on the mat by himself, thinking what he was
to do next and what he was to say to his wife’s murderer when
he came in. Soon the Were-Tiger arrived, carrying on his
shoulder a bundle of sugar-cane.

‘Tam very pleased to see you Danjai,’ he said, “would
you like some sugar-cane? If so, help yourself.”

Danjai was so sad thinking of his wife, that he did not
notice how curious it was, that they should know his name when
they had never seen him before. He did not feel at allinclined .
to eat sugar-cane, but lest his host should think he had come
to kill, and to put him off his guard, he pretended to eat a
little. He heard the Were-Tiger say to his sister in the room,
that she was to be sure to have enough food cooked, as Danjai
would eat with them that evening. Then he left them and
went to the river to bathe.

The sister came out of the room, and spoke to Danjaz, who
was still sitting in the verandah, and asked him to come into the
room as she had something to say to him.

“Yes, Danjai,’ she said to him ina kind tone of voice, “I
know of your trouble and I am sorry for you. However, if
you follow my advice, all will be well. You must be careful, for
my brother is easily put out, and has no scruples about killing any
who displease him. Even our own people here hate him, for
he is so merciless ; but no one dare attack him, for all fear him
greatly. Now listen attentively to what I have to say. When I
put out the plates of rice in the room presently, do not take the
one he tells you to have: take any of the others, for the one he
wishes you to have is sure to contain some poison. Later on,
when you retire to rest, do not spend the night on the mat
spread out for you, but sleep somewhere else, and put the
wooden mortar for pounding paddy on the matin your stead :.
and so again on the second night, place the wooden mill for
husking the paddy on your mat: and on the third night a roll of

R. A. Soc., No, 40, 1903,

8 TWO SEA-DYAK LEGENDS.

the coarse matting used for treading paddy. If his three at-
tempts to kill you are unsuccessful, then he will bein your pow-
er and will do what you command. But even then there is still
danger, and you must not do anything rash, but ask my advice
again later on. But go outside now into the verandah, for |
think I hear my brother returning from his bath. I must make
haste and put out the food for you all to eat.”

Soon the Were-Tiger came in and sitting on the mat by
Danjai asked him the news and how matters were in his country.
Danjai answered little for he was very sad, besides his host
always laughed at him whenever he spoke. ‘The fact was that
he was amused at the idea of the man, whose wife he had killed,
sitting in his verandah and talking to him in a friendly way.

The sister came out of the room and asked them in to have
their meal. All happened as she said it would. Danjai re-
membered her advice and did not take the plate of rice his host
offered him. But he was too sad to eat.

In the evening Danjai and the Were-Tiger sat by a fire in
the verandah. Over this fire hung several human heads. The
tears came into Danjai’s eyes as he sat there and saw the head
of his dear wife being scorched by the fire. He felt inclined
there and then to grasp his sword and attack the murderer of
his wife; but he restrained himself remembering the advice of
the Tiger’ Ss sister.

The Were-Tiger said to him with a nasty laugh, ‘What is
troubling you that you should weep?”

“Tam not troubled about anything,” said Danjai, ‘but the
smoke of the fire is too much for my eyes, and it makes them
water and feel sore.’

“Tf so, ” said his host, “let us put out the fire and retire to
rest, as it is very late.”

Two mats were spread out for them, one on each side of
the fire-place, and they lay down to sleep. But Danjai kept
awake, and when his companion was asleep, he rose and placed
the wooden mortar for pounding paddy on his mat, and covered
it over with a sheet ; and he himself retired to a safe place as he
was advised to do by the Tiger’s sister. He watched to see ~
what would happen and he was not disappointed. Not long after,
he saw the Were-Tiger wake up and fetch a sword, and walk

Jour. Straits Branch

TWO SEA-DYAK LEGENDS, ©)

up to the place where he was supposed to be asleep. With the
sword he made two or three vicious cuts at the wooden mortar
and said:

“Now Danjaz, this will settle you. You will not think of
revenging yourself on me any more.”

Then Danjai cried out from where he was, ‘‘What is the
matter? What are you doing?”

“Oh Danjai! Is that you?” said his host, “I did not mean
to hurt you. I hada bad dream, and I sometimes walk in my
sleep. How lucky it is you were not lying on the mat! I
should have certainly killed you, and 1 should never have for-
given myself for doing so. Please understand I meant no harm
to you, and let us lie down to rest again.”

On the two following nights the Were-Tiger attempted to
kill Danjai, but failed each time, because following the advice
given him, Danjai placed first the wooden mill for husking the
paddy on his mat, and nextaroll of coarse matting used for
treading paddy. His host made the same excuse for his strange
behaviour each time.

On the morning of the fourth day, after the Were-Tiger
had left the house to see whether any fish had been caught in
his fish trap, his sister asked Danjai to come into the room as
she had something to say to him before he left to return home.

“Now Danja,’ she said, “as I told you before, since my
brother has not been able to kill you these three days, he is in your
power. After breakfast ask him to accompany you and show you
the way back to your country. When you have both come to the
further end of the sugar-cane plantation, ask him to sit down for
a little while, and say you would like to eat some sugar-cane, be-
fore you leave him and go on your journey alone. When he gives
you the sugar-cane, ask him to lend youhis sword, giving as an
excuse that yours is not sharp enough for peeling the sugar-cane,
or that itis stuck fastin its sheath and cannot be drawn. When
he hands you his sword, you must attack him with it and kill him.
My brother is invulnerable to any other sword but his own. When
you have killed him, cut off his headand bring it to me, and I
will give you your wife’s head in exchange for it. On no
account are you to take his head away with you. If you do so, I
will follow you to your country and take my revenge.”

R. A. Soe., No. 40, 1903.

10 TWO SEA-DYAK LEGENDS,

A. few minutes after this conversation, the Were-Tiger re-
turned with a basket full of fish. Some of these were soon
cooked, and they sat down to breakfast.

Soon after they had eaten, Danjai told his host that he
must be returning to his own country, and asked him to accom-
pany him and show him his way back. So they started together
and walked through the sugar-cane plantation.

Just as they came near the end of it, Danjai asked his com-
panion to stop. He said he would like to have some sugar-cane
before going on.

“JT am sorry I did not offer you any,” said the Were-Tiger:
‘it was very forgetful of me. Never mind, I will at once cut
down some sugar-cane for us.”

When he had brought the sugar-cane and had finished peel-
ing the piece he wanted for himself, Danjai said to him,

‘* Please lend me your sword, for mine is stuck fast in its
sheath and I cannot draw it out.”

The Were-Tiger suspecting nothing, handed the sword to
him, and Danjai began peeling his sugar-cane.

Just then the Were-Tiger turned round to look at his
house, and Danjai seizing his opportunity, gave hima blow with
the sword in his hand and killed him. Then he cut off the head
and carried it back with him to the house he had just left.

When he came near, he saw the sister watching for his re-
turn, and standing at the top of the ladder leading up to the
house. He followed her into the house, and gave her the head
of her brother.

“You ought to be quite satisfied now, Danjai,’ she said,
‘‘for you have killed my brother, and have taken your revenge
for the death of your wife. I want you to promise me certain
things before you go. First of all, you must not let anybody
know that you have killed my brother. Next, on your return,
you must go on the war-path and bring back to me the head
of a woman, to enable me to put away the mourning of
myself and my relatives, for the death of my brother. And
when you return, I hope you will take me with you to be your
comforter in the place of- your dead wife: so that 1 may have
some one to care for me, now that my brother is dead. And I
give younow somelocks of my hair, to be used as a charm to

Jour. Straits Branch

TWO SEA-DYAK LEGENDS. II

make you invisible to the enemy, when you are on the warpath.
Lastly, I advise you and your people, never to eat or to take
away any fruit you may find lying about in the jungle, on the
stump of a tree, or on a rock, without knowing for certain who
put it there and to whom it belongs, or making sure that it has
fallen from some tree near. This must be remembered from
generation to generation. Whoever disobeys this advice will
be punished either by death, as in the case of your wife, or in
some other dreadful way. You may now have the head of your
wife to take back to your country ; and as you may have for-
gotten the way, I will send one of my slaves with you, to show
you in what direction you are to go.”

As she finished speaking, she handed him his wife’s head,
and Danjai started off at once for he was anxious to get back.

He reached his house late that same evening. All his friends
were glad to see him come back safe and sound. They had
given up all hope of seeing him again. They were also pleased
to see he had been successful in bringing back the head of his
dead wife.
| Soon after Danjai’s return from the Were-Tiger’s country
he gathered all his followers together and told them that he in-
tended going on the war-path. As soon as they were able to get
everything ready, they started for the enemy’s country. They
were very successful and succeeded in taking many heads ; but
Danjat, protected as he was by the charm which lie had received
from the Were-Tiger’s sister. was more successful than the
others. They returned with much rejoicing, and a great feast
was held in honor of their victory. The human heads were
placed on a costly dish, and the women carried them into the
house, with dancing and singing.

A few days after, Danjai started to fulfil his promise to the
Were-Tiger’s sister. He brought her back with him as his wife,
and they lived very happily together for many years.

This story explains why the Dyaks, even at the present
day, dare not eat any fruit they may find lying on the stump
of a tree, oron a rock inthe jungle. They fear that evil will
happen to them, as it did to Danjav’s wife.

R. A. Soc., No. 40, 1903.

12 TWO SEA-DYAK LEGENDS.

Il.
The Story of Siu,

Who first taught the Dyaks to plant Paddy and to observe
the Omens of Birds.

Many thousands of years ago before the Paddy plant was
known, the Dyaks lived on tapioca, yams, potatoes and such
fruit as they could procure. It was not till Siw taught them
how to plant Paddy that such a thing as rice was known. The
story of how he came to learn of the existence of this import-
ant article of food, and how he and his son Seragunting introduc-
ed it among their people is here set forth.

Siu was the son of a great Dyak chief, but his father died
when he was quite a child, and at the time this story begins, he
lived with his mother and was the head of a long Dyak house
in which lived some three hundred families. He was strong and
active and handsome in appearance, and there was no one in the
country round who was equal to him in strength or comeliness.
When he was ready to go on the warpath, he was the admira-
tion of all the Dyak damsels. On such occasions he appeared
in a many coloured waistcloth, twelve fathoms in length, which
was wound round and round his body. On his head was a plait-
ed rattan band in which were stuck some long feathers of the
hornbill. His coat was woven of threads of bright colours.
On each well-shaped arm was an armlet of ivory. To his
belt was fastened his sword and the many charms and amu-
lets that he possessed. With his spear in his right hand and his
shield on his left arm, he presented a splendid type of a Dyak
Warrior. But not of his bravery nor of his deeds of valour
against the enemy does this tale relate. It only gives an ac-
count of an adventure of his which ended in his discovery of
Paddy.

One day Siu proposed to the young men of his house that
they should take their blowpipes with them and go into the
jungle to shoot birds. So one morning they all started early.
Each man had with him his bundle of food for the day, and each
went a different way, as they wished to see, on returning in the
evening, who would be the most successful of them all.

Siu went towards a mountain not far from his house. He
wandered about the whole morning in the jungle, but strange to

Jour. Straits Branch

TWO SEA-DYAK LEGENDS. 13

say, he did not see any bird nor did he meet with any animal.
Everything was very quiet and still. Worn out with fatigue,
he sat down to rest under a large tree, and feeling hungry, he
ate some of the food he had brought with him. It was now
long past midday, and he had not been able to killa single
bird! Surely none of the others could be so unfortunate as he!

He determined not to be beaten by the others, and after a
short rest, he started again and wandered on in quest of birds.
The sun had gone half-way down in the western heaven, and he
was beginning to lose heart, when suddenly he heard not far off
the sound of birds. He hurried in that direction, and came to a
large wild fig tree covered with ripe fruit, which a large number
of birds were busy eating. Never before had he seen such a
sight! On this one large tree, the whole feathered population
of the forest seemed to have assembled together! On looking
carefully, he was surprised to see that the different kinds of
birds were not al] intermingled together as is usually the case.
Each species was apart from the others. Here he saw a large
flock of wild pigeons on one branch, and next to them were the
parrots, all feeding together but keeping distinct from them.
Upon this tree there were hornbills, wood-peckers, wild pigeons
and all the different kinds of birds he had ever seen.

_ He hid himself under the thick leaves of a shrub growing
near, very much pleased at his luck. He took a poisoned dart
and placed it in his blow-pipe, and taking good aim, shot it out.
He had aimed at one bird ina particular flock, and he hit it.
But that bird was not the only one that fell dead at his feet.
To his astonishment, he saw that many of the other birds that
were near it were killed also. Again he shot outa dart, and
again the same thing happened. The bird that was hit fell down
dead, and with it the birds that were near it. In a very short
time, Siw had killed as many birds as he could carry. As the
little basket, in which he had brought his food, was too small to
hold them all, he set to work and made a large coarse basket with
the bark of a Pendok tree growing near. Then he put his load
on his back and started to return home, glad that he had been
so successful.

He tried to follow the way by which he had come, but as he
had not taken the precaution to cut marks in the trees he passed,

-RA. Soce., No. 40, 1903

14 TWO. SEA-DYAK LEGENDS.

he very soon found himself in difficulties. He wandered about,
sometimes passing by some large tree, which he seemed to re-
member seeing in the morning. He climbed up a steep hill and
went several miles through a large forest, but did not find the
jungle path which he had followed early in the day. It was
beginning to grow dusk and the sun had nearly set.

“T must hurry on,” said Scw to himself, “in theshope of
finding some house where I can get food andshelter. Once it
is dark, I shall be forced to spend the night in the jungle.”

He hurried on and luckily came to a part of the jungle
which had lately been a garden.

“There must be some path from this garden,” said Szu to
himself, ‘leading to some house ;” and he began to walk round
it.

He soon found an old disused path which he followed and
which led him to another path. By this time it was quite dark,
and Siw made haste to reach the Dyak house which he felt sure
was not very far off. He soon came to a weil, and not far off
he saw the lights and heard the usual sounds of a Dyak house.
He was glad to think that he would not have to spend the night
in the jungle, but would be probably able to get food and
shelter at the house.

He stopped to have a bath and hid the birds he was carry-

ing and his blow-pipe and quiver in the brushwood near the well,
hoping to take them with him when he started to return the next
morning.
_ As he approached the house, he could hear the voices of
the people there. When he came to the bottom of the ladder
leading up to the house, he shouted, ‘Oh! you people in the
house, will you allow a stranger to walk up?” At once there
was dead silence in the house. No one answered.- Again Siu
asked the same question, and, after a pause, a voice answered,
“ves: come up!”

He walked up into the house. To his surprise, he saw no
one in the open verandah in front of the different rooms. That
part of a Dyak house, usually so crowded, was quite empty.
Nor did Siw hear the voices of people talking in any of the rooms.
All was silent. Even the person who answered him was not
there to receive him.

Jour, Straits Branch

TWO SEA-DYAK LEGENDS. 15

He saw a dim light in the verandah, further on, in the mid-
dle of the house, and he walked towards it. He wondered
what could have happened to all the people in the house, for not
long before he heard many voices.

“This seems to be a strange house,” he said to himself.
‘* When I_was bathing and when I walked up to the house, it
~ seemed to be well inhabited, but now that I come in, I see no
one, and hear no voice.”

When Siu reached the light, he sat down ona mat there.
Presently he heard a woman’s voice in the room say, “ Sit down
Siu: I will bring out the pinang and sireh to you.”

Siu was very pleased to hearahuman voice. Soon a young
and remarkably beautiful girl came out of the room with the
chewing ingredients, which she placed before him.

“Here you are at last, Siu,” she said, “I expected you
would come earlier. How is it you are so late?”

‘“T stopped a little while at the well to havea bath, as I
was hot and tired.”

‘You must be very hungry as well,” she said, “wait a mo-
ment while I prepare some food for you. After you have eaten
we can have our talk together.”

When Siu was left to himself, he wondered what it all
meant. Here wasa long Dyak house, built for more thana
hundred families to live in, and yetit seemed quite deserted.
The only person in it appeared to be the beautiful girl who was
cooking his food for him. Then again, he wondered how it was
she knew his name and expected him that day. All these things
filled him with wonder and surprise.

“Come in, Siu,” said the voice from the room, ‘your food
is ready.”

Siu was very hungry and went in at once, and sat down to
eat his dinner.

When they had done eating, she cleared away the plates
and put things back into their places and tidied the room. Then
she spread out a new mat for him, and brought out the pinang
and sireh, and bade him be seated, as she wished to have a chat
with him.

Siu had many questions to ask, and as soon as they were
both seated, he began :—

R. A. Soc,, No. 40, 1903.

16 TWO SEA-DYAK LEGENDS.

‘‘Why are you all alone in this house? This is a long
house, and many families must live in it; where are the others?
Why is everything so silent now? Iam sure I heard voices
before I entered the house ; but now I hear no sound.”

“Do not let us talk about this house or the people in it
for the present. I would much rather talk of other matters.
Tell me of your own people, and what news you bring from
your country.”

‘There isno news to give you,” Siw replied. ‘“ We have
been rather badly off for food, as our potatoes and yams did
not turn out so well this year as we hoped.”

“Tell me, what made you come in this direction and how it
was you found out this house.”

‘While I was hunting in the jungle to-day, I lost my way.
After wandering about a long time, I found a path which I
followed and came to this house. It was kind of you to take
me in and give me food. If1 had not found this house, I
must have died in the jungle. To-morrow morning I must ask
you to show me the way to my country, and also I must beg of
you some food for my journey back. My mother is sure to be
anxious about me. She is left all alone, now that I am away.
My father died a long time ago, and I am her only son.”

“Do not go away as soon as to-morrow morning. Stay
here a few days at any rate.”

At first Siw would not consent, but she spoke so nicely to
him that she succeeded in persuading him to stay there at least a
week. Then he went out to the verandah, and she brought out
a mat for him to sleep on and a sheet to cover himself with.
As Siw was very tired, he soon fell sound asleep, and did not
wake up till late on the following morning.

He saw some little children playing about the next day,
but he did not see any grown uppeople. He went into the room
to have his morning meal, but saw no one there, except the girl
he had seen the evening before. He felt very much inclined to
ask her again where the people of the house were, but he did
not do so, asshe did not seem inclined to speak about them.

Now though Siu knew it not, this was the house of the
great Singalang Burong, the Ruler of the Spirit World. He
was able to metamorphose himself and his followers into any

Jour. Straits Branch

TWO SEA-DYAK LEGENDS. 1f7

form. When going forth on an expedition against the enemy,
he would transform himself and his followers into birds, so that
they might travel more quickly. Over the high trees of the
jungle, over the broad rivers, sometimes even across the sea
Singalang Burong and his flock would fly. There was no trouble
about food, for in the forests there were always some wild
trees in fruit, and while assuming the form of birds, they lived
on the food of birds. In his own house and among his own
people Singalang Burong appeared as a man. He had eight
daughters, and the girl who was cooking food for Siu was the
youngest of them.

_. The reason why the people of the house were so quiet, and
did not make their appearance, was because they were all in
mourning for many of their relatives who had been killed some
time back. Only the women and children were at home, be-
cause that same morning all the men had gone forth to make a
raid upon some neighbouring tribe, so that they might bring
home some human heads to enable them to end their mourning.
For it was the custom that the people of a house continued to
be in mourning for dead relatives, until one or more human heads
were brought to the house. Then a feast was held, and all
mourning was at an end.

After Siw had been in the house seven days, he thought he
ought to think of returning to his own people. By this time
he was very much in love with the girl who had been so kind
to him, and he wished above all things to marry her, and take
her back with him to his own country.

‘‘T have been here a whole week,” he said to her, ‘“‘and
though you have not told me your name, still I seem to know
you very well. I have a request to make and I hope you will
not be angry at what I say.”

‘Speak on; I promise I will not be angry whatever you
may say.”

“Tl have learnt to love you very much,” said Siu, ‘‘and
I would like to marry you if you will consent, so that I shall
not leave you but take you with me, when [| return to my
own land. Also I wish you to tell me your name, and why
this house is so silent, and where all the people belonging to
it are.’

R. A. Soe,, No. 41, 1903 *2

1s TWO SEA-DYAK LEGENDS.

~“T will consent to marry you, for Ialsolove you. But you
must first promise me certain things. In the first place, you
must not tell your people of this house and what you have seen
here. Then also you must promise faithfully never to hurt a
bird or even to hold one in your hands. If ever you break this
promise, then we cease to be man and wife. And of course, you
must never kill a bird, because if you do so, I shall not only
leave you but revenge myself on you. Do you promise these
thing's ?”

“Yes” said Siw, “I promise not to speak of what I have seen
here until you give me leave to doso. Andas you do not wish it,
I will never touch or handle a bird, and certainly never kill one.”

‘‘Now that you have promised what I wish, I will tell you
about myself and the people of this house,’ said the maiden.
“My name is Hndu-Sudan-Galinggam-Tinchin- Mas (the girl Sudan
painted like a gold ring), but my people call me by my pet names
Bunsu Burong (the yougest of the bird family), and Bunsu
Katupong (the youngest of the Katupong family). This house,
as you noticed, seems very empty. ‘The reason is that a month
azo many of our people were killed by some of the people of
your house, and we are all still in mourning for them. As you
know, when our relatives have lately died, we stay silent in our
rooms, and do not came out to receive visitors or to entertain
them. Whyare your people so cruel tous? ‘They often kill
our men when they go out fishing or hunting. On the morning
of the day on which you arrived, all the men of this house went
on the war-path, so as to obtain the heads of some of the enemy
to enable us to put away our mourning. With us as with you
it is necessary that one or more human heads be brought into
the house, before the inmates can give up sorrowing for their
dead relatives and friends. You see us now in the form of hu-
man beings, but all the people in this house are able to trans-
form themselves into birds. My father Singalang Burong is the
head of this house. I am the youngest of eight sisters: we
have no brother alive., Our only brother died not long ago,
and we are still in mourning for him, and that was the reason
why my sisters did not come out to greet you.”

Siu heard with surprise all she had to say. He said to him-
self that it was lucky he did not bring up to the house the

Jour. Straits Branch

TWO SEA-DYAK LEGENDS. 1g

basket of birds which he had killed in the jungle, and that he
had hidden them with his blow-pipe and quiver containing poi-
soned darts, in the brushwood near the well. He determined
to say nothing about the matter, as probably some of her
friends or relations were among the birds that were killed by him.

So Siu married Bunsw Burong and continued to live in the
house for several weeks.

- One day he said to his wife :—“ I have been here a long time.
My people must surely be wondering where I am, and whether
I am still alive. My mother too must be very anxious about me.
I should like to return to my people, and I want you to accom-
pany me. My mother and my friends are sure to welcome you
as my wife.”

“Qh yes: I will gladly accompany you back to your home.
But you must remember and say nothing of the things you have
seen in this house. When shall we start?”

“We can start early to-morrow morning, soon after break-
fast,’ answered Siw.

They started early the next day, taking with them food
enough for four days, as they expected the journey would last
as long as that. Siuw’s wife seemed to know the way, and after
journeying for three days, they came to the stream near the
house, and they stopped to have a bath. Some of the children
of the house saw them there, and ran up to the house and
said :—‘* Siu has come back, and with him is a beautiful woman,
who seems to be his wife.”

Some of the older people checked the children, saying :—
‘Tt cannot be Siw: he has been dead for along time. Don’t
mention his name, for if his mother hears you talk of him, it will
make her very unhappy.”

But the children persisted in saying that it was indeed Six
that they had seen. Just then Stu and his wife appeared, and
walked up to the house.

Siu said to his wife :—‘‘The door before which I hang up
my sword is the door of my room. Walk straight in. You
will find my mother there, and she will be sure to be glad to
welcome you as her daughter-in-law. ”

When they came into the house, all the inmates rushed out
to meet them, and to congratulate Siu on his safe return.

R. A. Soc., No, 41, 1903.

20 TWO SEA-DYAK LEGENDS,

‘They asked him many questions :—where had he been living all.
this time ; how he came to be married, and what was the name of -

his wife’s country. But Siu answered little, as he remembered the

promise he had made to his wife, that he would not speak of

what he had seen in her house.

_ When they reached the door of his room, Siw hung up his”
sword and his wife went into the room. But she did not see his |

mother as she was ill and was lying in her curtain. Then Siu
followed his wife into the room and called out ‘‘ Mother, where
aresyou? Heris your son Siu come back !”

But his mother made no answer, so he opened her curtain,

and saw her lying down, covered up with a blanket. She had.

been so troubled at the thought that her son was dead, that she
had refused to eat and had become quite ill.
She would not believe that her son had really returned

alive, and she said, ‘Do not try to deceive me; my son Siu is
dead.” :

‘‘T am indeed your son Siu, and I have come back alive and |

??

well
‘© No!” she replied, ‘my son Siu is dead. Leave me alone,
I have not long to live. Let me die in peace and foliow my
son to the grave.”
Siu then went to the box in which his clothes were kept,

and put on the things that his mother had often seen him wear. |

Then he went to her again and said, ‘‘ Even if you do not be-

lieve that I am your son, at any rate you might turn round and ~

look at me, to make sure that I am not your son.”
Then she looked at him, and saw that it was indeed her
son. She was so pleased at. his return that she soon recovered

from her illness, which was really caused by her sorrow and_

refusal to eat. Siu told his mother of his marriage, and she wel-
comed his wife with joy.

The women all crowded round Siu’s wife and asked her

what her name was. She answered Hndu-Sudan-Galingam-

Tinchin-Mas. (The girl Sudan painted like a gold ring). They.
looked at her in surprise; they had never heard of such a name.

before.

“Where do you come from?” they asked. “What is the

name of your country °”

Jour, Straits Branch,

TWO SEA-DYAK LEGENDS, 21

“Nanga Niga Bekurong Bebali nyadi Tekuyong Mabong,”
(The mouth of the hidden Niga stream changed into the Mabong
snail),* was the reply.

They were astonished at her answer! They had never
heard of such a country. They asked her of her people, but
she would not say anything more of herself or speak about her
people.

Everybody admired the great beauty of Siu’s wife. No
more questions were asked of her, as she seemed unwilling to
answer. Her parentage remained a mystery.

In process of time Siu’s wife bore him a son whom they named:
Seragunting. He was a fine child, and as befitted the grand-
son of Singalang Burong, he grew big and strong ina miracul-
ously short time, and when he was three years old, he was taller
and stronger than others four times his age. —

One day as Seragunting was playing withthe other boys, a
man brought up some birds which he had caught inatrap. As he
walked through the house, he passed Siu who was sitting in the
open verandah. Siu forgetting the promise he had made to his
wife asked him to show him the birds, and he took one in his
hands and stroked it. His wife was sitting not far off, and saw
him hold the bird and was very much vexed that he had
broken his promise to her.

She get up and returned to her room. Stu came in-and
noticed that she was troubled and asked her what was wrong.
She. said that she was only tired.

She said to herself :—‘‘My husband has beaker his word to
me. He was done the thing he promised me he would never
do. I told him he was never to hold a bird in his hands, and that
if he did sucha thing, I would leave him. I cannot stay here in
this house any longer. I must return to the house of my father
Singalang Burong.”

She took the water vessels in her hands, and went out as
if to fetch water. But when she came to the well, she placed
the water vessels on the ground, and disappeared in the jungle.

In the meantime Seragunting, tired with his play came back
in search of his mother. She was very fond indeed of him, and

*The Dyaks are fond of rhyming names, which often have no
‘Special meaning.

R. A. Soc., No. 41, 1903.

22 TWO SEA-DYAK LEGENDS.

he expected her to come to him as soon as he called out to her.
But he was disappointed. No one answered his call, and when
he looked in the room, she was not there. He asked his father
where his mother was, and he told him that she had just gone
to the well to fetch water and would soon be back.

But hour after hour passed, and she did not return to the
house. So Seragunting began to be anxious, and asked his
father to accompany him to the well to look for her. At first
his father refused to do so, but when he saw his son crying for
his mother, he went with him to the well. They found the
water vessels there, but saw no signs of her.

‘Your mother is not here, Serayunting,’ said Siu. ‘*Perhaps
she has gone to the garden to get some vegetables for our
dinner. Let us go back to the house. If your mother is not
back, early to-morrow morning, we will go and look for her.”
So they both returned to the house, taking back with them the
water gourds which Siws wife had left at the well.

Karly the next morning, Seragunting and his father went in
search of her. They took with them only a little food, as they
expected to find her not very far off. But they wandered the
whole day and saw nosigns of her. They spent the night under
a large tree in the jungle. LHarly the next morning, they were
surprised to find a small bundle of food, wrapped up in leaves,
near Seraguuting. ‘This food was evidently meant for him
alone, as it was not enough for two, but he gave some of it to
his father, who ate sparingly of it, so that his son might not be
hungry. They wandered on for several days, and every night
the same strange thing occurred—a bundle of food was left near
Seragunting. Siu suggested to his son that they should return;
but Seragunting, who during the journey had grown up into a
strong lad with a will of his own, would not consent to do so,
as he was determined to find his mother.

They wandered on for several days, deeper and deeper
into the jungle; but could find no signs of her whom they
sought. At last they came to the sea-shore. Here they rested
for some days, in the hope that some boat might pass. Still, as
before, each morning a bundle of food was found by Serayunting.
If it were not for this food, they would have long ago died
of starvation. On this food they managed to live, waiting

Jour. Straits Brane

TWO SEA-DYAK LEGENDS.. 23

hopefully to see some boat appear to take them on their
journey.

One day as Seraguniing was watching, he heard the sound
of paddles, and saw in the distance several long boats approach-
ing. He hailed the first, and asked the men in it to take
him and his father with them. The boat made for the shore,
but the man in the bows recognised the two wanderers, and
shouted out :—‘“It is Siw and his son Seragunting: do not let
them come into the boat.” The boat went on and left them to
their fate. The same thing happened in the case of each of the
other boats. As soonas Siu and his son were recognised, no
one would help them.

Now these were the boats of the sons-in-law of Singalang
Burong:—Katupong, Beragat, Bejampong, Papau, Nendak, Pang-
kas, and Embuas. They were not pleased at their sister-in-law
marrying a mere morta] like Siw, and so refused to help him
and his son.

The next day Seragunting saw what seemed to be a dark
cloud come towards him over the sea. As it came nearer, it
took the form of a gigantic spider, carrying some food and
clothes.

“Do not be afraid,” said the Spider, “I have come to help
you and your father. I have brought you food and clothing.
When you have had some food and changed your clothes, I will
take you across the water to the land on the other side. My
name is Emplawa Jawa (the Spider of Java). I know your his-
tory. and I will Jead you to your mother whom you seek.”

After they had eaten and put on the new clothes brought
them, the spider told them to go with himacross the sea. They
were not to be afraid. but to follow his track, not turning to
the right hand nor totheleft. They obeyed his words. Strange
to say, the water become as hard as a sandbank under their feet.
For a long time they were out of sight of land, but towards
evening they approached the opposite shore, and saw a landing
place where there were a large number of boats. Not far off
where several houses, and one longer and more imposing than
any of the others. To this house the Spider directed Seragunt-
ing, telling him that he would find his mother there. The
Spider then left them. As it was late, they did not go up to

R A. Soc., No. 41, 1903.

24 TWO SEA-DYAK LEGENDS.

the house that evening, but spent the night in one of the boats
at the landing place. Among the boats were those belonging
to the Sons-in-law of Singalang Burong which had passed Siu
and his son as they waited on the sea-shore for some boat to
take them across the sea.

_ When Seragunting and his father woke up next morning,
they saw that the road leading up to the house had sharpened
pieces of bamboo planted close together in the path, to prevent
their walking up it. As they were wondering what they were
to do next, a fly came to Seragunting and said :—

“Do not be afraid to walk up. ‘Tread on the spikes that I
alight on; they will. not hurt you. When you come to the
house you will find swords with blades turned upwards fastened
to the ladder. ‘Tread on the blades that I alight on and walk
boldly up into the house.”

They did as the fly advised them, and were not hurt. The
bamboo spikes crumbled under their feet, and sword blades they
trcd on were blunt and harmless.

The people of the house took no notice of them, and they —

sat down in the verandah of the house. Then the fly came to
Serayunting and whispered to him:—‘ You must now follow
ne into the room. Your mother is there, lying in her curtain.
I will point out to you which it is, and you must wake her up
and tell her who you are. She will be very pleased to see you.
Then when you come out into the verandah and see the sons-in-
law of Singalang Burong, you must greet them as your uncles.
They: will disown you and pretend that you are no relation of
theirs. But do not be afraid. You will be victorious in the
end.”

Seragunting followed the fly into the room and went to the
curtain on which it alighted. He called out to his mother, and
she awoke and saw with joy her son. She embraced him, and
he said to her :—

‘* How is it you went away and left us? We missed you
so much, and were so sorry to lose you, that my father and I
have been travelling for many days and nights in search of you.
Now our troubles are over for I haye found you.”

‘‘ My dear son,” she said as she carressed him, ‘though I left
- you I did not forget you. It was I who placed the food by you

Jour. Straits Branch

TWO SEA-DYAK LEGENDS. 25

every night. I left your father because he broke the promise
he made tome. But you are my own son, and I have been
wishing to see you, ever since I left your house. It was I who
sent the Spider to help you and show you your way here. My
love for youisas great asitever was. Wewill go out now into
the verandah, and I will introduce you to your uncles and aunts
and to your grandfather. ‘They may not welcome you, because
they were opposed to my marriage to your father. But do not
be afraid of them. We will be more than a match for them all.”

Then she spoke to her husband Siu, whom she was glad to
meet again. All three then went out into the verandah, which
was now full of people. Seragunting called the sons-in-law ot
Singalany Burong his uncles, but they refused to acknowledge
that he was their nephew.

They proposed several ordeals to prove the truth of his
words, that he was indeed the grandson of Singalang Burong.
In all of these Seragunting came off victorious.

As the men and boys were spinning their tops, they
asked Seragunting to join them. He had no top of his own, so
he asked his mother for one. She took an ege and uttered
some mysterious words over it, and immediately it became a
top. This she gave to her son, who went and joined the others
in the game. Whenever Seragunting aimed at a top, he always
hit it and smashed it in pieces. None of the others were a
match for him. In a short time, all the tops except that of
Seragunting were broken in pieces.

Then they suggested a wrestling match. Seragunting was
quite ready to try a fall with any of them, old or young. Some
of their best wrestlers came forward. ‘The first two were over-
thrown so easily by him, that the others saw it was no use their
attempting to wrestle with Seragunting.

As a last trial they proposed that all should go out hunting.
Here they hoped to be more fortunate. All the sons-in-law of
Singalang Burong took their good hunting dogs with them,
confident of success. Seragunting was told that he could have
any of the other dogs left in the house. There he saw a few
old dogs, weak and useless for hunting. With these he was
expected to compete against the others, and if he was not
successful, both he and his father were to be killed! Seragunting

R A. Soe., No, 41, 1903.

26 TWO SEA-DYAK LEGENDS.

consented even to such an unfair ordeal as that. He called to
him an old sickly looking dog, and gently stroked it. At once
it became young and strong! While the others went forth
into the jungle with a pack of hounds, Seragunting was only
accompanied by one dog. Inthe evening Katupong, Beragai,
Bejampong and the others all returned unsuccessful. Soon
after, Seragunting’s dog appeared chasing a huge boar which
made a stand at the foot of the ladder of the house. Seragunting
asked the others to kill the beast if they dared. The spears
cast at it glided off, and lelt the beast unharmed. Some of
those who were rash enough to go near the animal, had a close
escape from being torn in pieces by its tusks.

Seragunting armed with nothing better than a little knife
belonging to his mother, walked up to the infuriated animal,
and stabbed it in a vital part, and it fell down dead at his feet.

After these marvellous feats, all were compelled to admit
that Seragunting was a true grandson of the great Singalang
Burong. They all acknowledged him as such, and he was taken
to his grand-father, who was pleased to see the lad and promised
to help him throughout his life.

But Siw was unhappy in his new home. He could not help
thinking of his mother whom he had left alone, and he was
anxious to return to his own people. He begged his wife to
accompany him back to his old home, but she refused to do so.
It was decided that Siw and his son should stay in the house of
Singalang Burong till they had obtained such knowledge as
would be useful to them in the future, and that then they were
to return to the lower world, bringing with them the secrets
they had learnt from those wiser and more powerful than them-
selves.

All the people of the house were now most kind to Siu and his
son, and were most anxious to teach them all they could. They
were taken on a war expedition against the enemy, so they
might learn the science and art of Dyak warfare. They were
taught how to set traps to catch deer and wild pig. They
were shown the different methods of catching fish, and learnt
to make the different kinds of fish-trap used by the Dyaks
of the present day. They remained in Singalang Burong’s
house that whole year, so that they might have a complete

- Jour. Straits Branch

TWO SEA-DYAK LEGENDS. 27

and practical knowledge of the different stages of paddy grow-
ing. —

° When the year was ended, Seragunting’s mother took him
and Stu to see her father, Singalang Burong, so that they might
receive from him his advice, as well as such charms as he might
wish to give them before they left to return to the lower world
of mortals.

Singalang Burong was sitting in his chair of state, and re-
ceived them most kindly when they came to him. He bade
them be seated on the mat at his feet, as he had many things to
say to them. Then he explained to Siw and his son who he was,
and the worship due to him, and they learnt also about the
observance of omens, both good and bad.

‘‘T am the Ruler of the Spirit World,” said Singalang Bur-
ong, ‘and have the power to make men successful in all they
undertake. At all times, if you wish for my help, you must
call upon me and make offerings to me. Especially must
this be done before you go to fight against the enemy, for I am
the God of War and help those who pay me due respect.”

“You have learnt here how to plant paddy. I will give you
some paddy to take away with you, and when you get back to
your own country, you can teach men how to cultivate it. You
will find rice a much more strengthening article of food than
the yams and potatoes you used to live upon, and you will
became a strong and hardy race.

‘¢ And to help you in your daily work, my sons-in-law will
aways tell you whether that you do is right or wrong. In
every work that you undertake, you must pay heed to the
voices of the sacred birds:—Katupony, Beragai, Bejampong, Papau,
Nendak, Pangkas, and Embuas. These birds, named after my
sons-in-law, represent them and are the means by which I make
known my wishes to mankind. When you hear them, remember
it is myself speaking through my sons-in-law for encouragement
or for warning. Whatever work you may be engaged in—farm
work, house-building, fishing or hunting—wherever you may be
you must always do as these birds direct. Whenever you have
a feast, you must make an offering to me, and you must call
upon my sons-in-law to come and partake of the feast. If you
do not ao these things, some evil is sure to happen to you. [|

R. A. Soe., No 41, 1908.

28 TWO SEA-DYAK LEGENDS.

am willing to help you and to give you prosperity, but I expect
due respect to be paid to me, and will not allow my commands
to be disobeyed.” ;

Then Singalang Burong presented them with many charms
to take away with them. These were of various kinds. Some
had the power to make the owner brave and fortunate in war.
Others were to preserve him in good health, or to make him
successful in his paddy planting and cause him to have good
harvests.

Siu and Seragunting then bade their friends farewell, and
started to return. As soon as they had descended the ladder
of the house of Singalang Burong, they were swiftly transported
through the air by some mysterious power, and in a moment
they found themselves at the bathing place of their own
house.

Their friends crowded round them, glad to see them back,
safe and well. They were taken with much rejoicing to ‘the
house. Friends and neighbours were told of their return, and a
great meeting was held that evening. All gathered round the
two adventurers, who told them of their strange experiences
in the far country of the Spirit Birds. The charms received
from Singalang Burong were handed round for general ad-
miration. The new seed paddy was produced, and the gaod
qualities of Rice as an article of food explained. The people
congregated there had never seen paddy before, but all deter-
mined to be guided by Siw and Seragunting, and to plant it in
future. The different names of the Sacred Birds were told to
the assembled’ people, and all were warned to pay due respect to
their cries. ;

And so, according to the ancient legend, ended the old
primitive life of the Dyak, when he lived upon such poor food as
the fruits of the jungle, and any yams and potatoes he happened to
plant-near his house; the old blind existence, in which there
was nothing to guide tim; and then began his new life, in which
he advanced forward a step, and learnt to have regularly, year
by year, his seed-time and harvest, and to know that there were
uuseen powers ruling the Universe, whose will might be learnt
by mankind, and obedience to whom would bring success and
happiness.

Jour. Straits Branch

TWO SEA-DYAK LEGENDS. 29

Note.

On receiving the above legends from Mr. Gomes I pointed
out to him the curious fact that in the first legend the tiger-—a
beast quite unknown in Borneo—plays a prominent part, and sug-
gested that this story may have been of Malay origin. He replies
by referring to A. H. Everett’s paper on the Tiger in Borneo, in
Journal 5, p. 157, and says “the ‘Tree-tiger’ Felis marmorata
is common enough. The Dyaks call it bya distinctive name
‘Kemaung dau’ or ‘Kemaung raras’ (dau and raras both being
words meaning the branch of a tree). These would lead one to
suppose that at one time they knew of some other species they
called simply ‘Kemaung.’” Everett refers to traditions of the
animal also, among the Sea Dyaks. One may compare these
traditions of an animal apparently absent from the country with
those of the Mias (Mawas) of the Malay peninsula.

H. N. Ridley.

R. A. Soc., No. 41, 1903.

;
a
U
?
,
;
v _
4
7 ; :
‘
ct
i
7 is

New Malayan Plants.
By H. N. RIDLEY.

The following plants apparently undescribed have turned
up lately in various collections made in the Peninsula,

SCITAMINEA,

Zingiber Wrayu, Prain mss. A slender plant over a foot tall.
Leaves elliptic, lanceolate, glabrous, 9 inches long’, 3 inches
wide, narrowed at the base but not petioled. Peduncle 4
inches tall covered with large loose sheathing leaves,
spike three inches long, ovoid obconic. Bracts thin
elliptic 14 inch long inch wide or less. Flowers soli-
tary yellow. Bracteole spathaceous, lip spotted and
marked with purple. Anther narrow linear, beak half an
inch long.

Upper Perak at 300 feet elevation (Wray 3735).
The only specimen I have seen is in poor condition but
it seems a distinct plant from any described, from its
rounded head of thin bracts, most of the allied species
having cylindric spikes.

Elettariopsis cyanescens,n. sp. Rbizome + inch through, violet
inside, covered with dry sheaths, stems 18 inches tall,
rather slender base, olivaceous. Leaves 8, lanceolate
acuminate glabrous 6 inches long 14 inches wide, hardly
petiolate, ligule rounded short. Spike short, peduncle
half an inch long covered with long dry lanceolate bracts
13 inches long, flowers four. Ovary oblong pubescent +
inchlong. Calyx tube 14 inches long, pubescent at the
base, apex long acuminate. Corolla tube narrow 4 inch
longer pubescent, lobes oblong half an inch long ¢ inch
wide lip, oblong rounded 1 inch long. All white except
the tip of the lip which is blue. Stamen oblong, crest
moderately large, stigma large cup-shaped} with pubes-
cent edges.

R. A. Soc., No. 41, 1903

32

NEW MALAYAN PLANTS,

This pretty species was collected by Mr. W. G.
Napier on banks at Bukit Tanga, Seremban; it is
nearly allied to E. pubescens but has much shorter flower
spikes and quite glabrous leaves. The flowers when
bruised became of a blue color, perhaps containing
indivo.

ORCHIDE.

Dendrobium mellitum, n. sp. <A very small epiphytic plant, stems

few 4 or 5 inches long, very slender above the lowest
two or three joints, swollen a little for #? inch length.
Leaves few terete subulate, 3 inches long , inch thick.
Flower solitary subterminal, from a short raceme, with
small bracts. Pedicel and ovary } inch long thick yellow.
Upper sepal ovate + inch long, lateral sepals ovate falcate
obtuse, mentum short broad and blunt. Petals narrower
and shorter, all yellow. Lip three-lobed, lobes broad
short curved tips rounded yellow veined with pink inside,
midlobe oblong truncate, edged minutely laciniate veins
and a patch in the centre pink, three parallel raised veins
white on the disc. Anther oblong hemispheric brown,
column face flat stained pink.

Johore, at Castlewood on the Sungei Tebrau, May
1905, | found a single plant of this very weak slender
little orchid on a tree, and flowered it in the Botanic
Gardens. It is allied to D. clavator, Ridley, a native of
Perak, but has the base of the stem much less swollen,
and an entirely different lip. Considering the size of
the flower, half an inch across, it was wonderfully strong-
ly scented of honey.

Thrixspermum crassifolium, n. sp. An epiphyte on coffee bushes,

stem 6 inches tall, thick, leaves close set, thick leathery
oblong obtuse, tip rounded, 4 inches long 14 inches thick,
sheaths under half an inch long purple, scapes 3 to 4d
inches long stiff, base purple, raceme 13 to 4 inches long
flattened. Bracts distichous j inch long close set, ovary
and pedicel + inch long. Sepals linear caudate from a
broader base ? inch long, petals narrower linear caudate,
all bright pellow. Lip 4 inch long, pubescent. orange

J our. Straits Branch

NEW MALAYAN PLANTS. 33

passing into cherry red at the tip. Spur saccate blunt,
side lobes arched blunt, middle fleshy blunt ovate. Callus
on the disc tongue-shaped rounded depressed in the centre,
column white with rounded and broad wings. Antber hem-
ispheric. Fruit linear angled, 3 inches long + inch through.

On old coffee bushes at Castlewood, Johore. | This is
allied to 7h. Arachnites which was common in the same
place, but has the short stout leaves and stem of T/h.
Scortechinii. The flowers however are much smaller than
any other of this group.

AMARYLLIDEA.

Curculigo megacarpa, n.sp. A large tufted plant with a stout
' stem. Leaves dark green oblong lanceolate acuminate
glabrous 20 inches long, 3 inches wide, petiole 8 inches
long. Peduncle 4 inches long tomentose with large
lanceolate acuminate bracts at the base, lower ones hairy
on the edge only, upper ones more hairy. Spike broad
conic-cylindric 2 to 4incheslong. Flower 1 inch across.
Sepals lanceolate acute $ inch long dirty yellow outside
and hairy at thetip. Petals bright yellow, stamens yellow,

‘ filaments short, anthers oblong, wavy, hairy, beaked.
Fruit 2 inches long, Indian-club shaped 2 inch through at
the base, white seeds very numerous angled ribbed black.

Perak, in forests on the Thaipine Hills at 2000 to
3000 feet elevation.

This seems to be common on the Thaiping Hills and
has probably been hitherto overlooked or taken fora
form of C. latifolia, but it can hardly be referred to that
species, variable as it is. Itis larger in all parts of the
flower and fruit, the latter being very long club shaped.

BURMANNIACEA.

Burmannia oblonga, n.sp. <A slender saprophyte 5 inches tall
with numerous wiry roots. Stem sparingly or not at all
branched. Leaves sheath-like, scales few and distant.
Flowers one or two on the ends of the stem # inch long

and inch broad across the wings, tube narrow wings
oblong with straight edges, angles rounded. Sepals and
_. petals short blunt. Petals much the shorter.

R. aA..Soce;, No, 41, 1903, * Oo

34 NEW MALAYAN PLANTS.

Penang on rocks at 1500 to 2000 feet altitude (King’s
collector 2270.)

This plant should be sought again. It resembles the
common #&. coelestis in the form of its flowers, but is
saprophytic. The very broad oblong wings of the per-
ianth tube are very striking.

Since publishing the paper on PBurmanniacee in
Journal 22, p. 332, I have been able to add to this
group of plants:—B. Championii, Thwaites. A small
ivory white plant like B. tuberosa, Becc., but more com-
pact, with a short thick root stock covered with scales,
from the Laba river in Selangor, and two additional
species of Thismia; Th. grandiflora, Ridl., with rather
large pink flowers collected by Lieut. Kelsall on the
Sembrong river in Johor; and Th. chrysops, Ridl.,
a very pretty kind from Mount Ophir with pink
and chocolate flowers with a yellow ring round the
mouth of the tube; and Bagnisia crocea of Beccari, a very
oddly shaped little brown species met with in the Perak
Hills.

DIOSCOREACEZ.

Dioscorea tennifolia, n. sp. Stems slender leaves mostly opposite
thin glabrous elliptic cuspidate, base rounded 5 nerved 2
to 3 inches long an inch wide, petiole slender an inch
long. Male panicle long and slender a foot or more,
spikes slender one to three inches lone, 3 or more in a
whorl, rachis angled minutely pubescent. Flowers very
small distant pubescent. Bracts shorter ovate. Sepals
oblong ovate. Petals nearly as long oblong obtuse.
Stamens 6, filaments fairly long.

Singapore on Bukit Timah (Ridley 4596.)

This wild yam is remarkable for its very thin leaves
and slender stems. I have only met with a male plant
but it seems very distinct from all other described species.

LILIACEA.

Ophiopogon Malayanus, n. sp. Stem erect stout 4 inches or more
tall covered with the scarious sheaths of the fallen leaves
and emitting long woody roots. Leaves linear acumi-

Jour: Straits Branch

NEW MALAYAN PLANTS. 35

nate, falcate striate, glaucous beneath 9 inches long 2 inch
wide. Scape 4 inches long base nude. Flowers small
white. Bracts 2, bases broad ovate, tips linear, outer
one + inch long. Pedicel longer. Sepals and petals
ovate subacute inch long. Stamens connivent filaments
very short, anthers lanceolate. . Style terete longer.

Perak at Padang Rengas (W. Fox) Lankawi on Gu-
nong Raya (Curtis 2648). The Ophiopogonsare abundant
in the mountainous regions of North India and China, but
get very scanty further south, in fact this is the only one
from the Peninsula except the little known and doubtful
O. prolifera from Penang. Though perhaps as near the
common and variable O. intermedius of India, it is very
distinct in its tall stout stem, broad leaves and ovate petals
and sepals,

Tupistra violacea, nu. sp. Terrestrial stem short and stout, leaves
broadly oblong oblanceolate acute narrowed gradually
to the base, 3 feet long, 3inches wide, dark green stiff,
spike very dense about 8 inches high. Flowers sessile
3 inch across, tube hemispheric violet, lobes oblong re-
curved darker. Anthers 6 sessile elliptic. Style cylindric
white, spotted with violet. Stigma club-shaped rounded
obscurely three-lobed.

Perak, Bujong Malacca; Penang, Highlands (Curtis).

This Tupistra differs from the other Peninsular
species, 7. grandis, Ridl., inits smaller lighter colored flow-
ers and the rounded club-shaped stigma which is flat and
circular in 7. grandis. Though not perhaps as striking as
that species it is a pretty plant.

Dracaena conferta, nsp. Stem 4 to 10 feet tall, little or not
branched. Leaves narrow linear acuminate 24 to 27
inches long 2 inch wide, base broadly sheathing, midrib
very strong at the base, thinning upwards and disappear-
ing before the tip. Raceme 2 feet long, erect, simple or
occasionally branched, the base with numerous reduced
leaves with broad bases, and acuminate upwards, peduncle
rather stout witha few small sheathing leaves, inflorescence
long dense. Flowers white, three or four in a tuft, with
very short pedicels, and 2 or 3 ovate acuminate bracts 3

R. A. Soc., No, 41, 1903.

36 NEW MALAYAN PLANTS.

inch long. Perianth tube + inch long, narrow lobes
linear + inch long. Fruit globose as large as a pea.

Perak, Selama at 300 to 500 feet elevation (King’s
collection 3149); Thaiping Hills near the Tea Gardens.
There is also a specimen in Cantley’s collections without
locality, either from Malacca or Sungei Ujong. This
Dracaena is allied to D. Portert, Bak., but has longer and
stiffer leaves with a very dense raceme of flowers. It is
known to Malays as ‘Poko San Juan hutan jantan.”

Dr. penangensis, n.sp. A shrub about 8 or 10 feet tall, with the
stem an inch through, leaves when young oblong petioled,
adults shorter. Upper leaves lanceolate acuminate 6 to 7.
inches long, 1 to 14 inch wide, petiole 1 inch long, sheath-
ing at the base. Panicle erect 8 to 10 inches long
with about eleven or twelve stiff branches four inches
long or Jess with lanceolate acuminate bracts at the base
+ to inch long. Flowersin twos aid threes on slender
pedicels + inch long. Perianth lobes narrow, white.
Fruit as large as a cherry, 1 to 3 seeded, scarlet.

Penang at Batu Feringhi on the banks of the stream
and at Highlands (Curtis 2369). Dried specimens of
this often resemble those of D. Maingayi our biggest
tree Dracaena, but the living plant is much smaller and the
leaves are very variable in form.

D. Jackiana, Wall. Cat. 5145. This plant obtained in Penane
by Wallich was confused by Baker (Journ. Linn. Soc. XIV,
5-382) with D. aurantiaca, Wallich, under the name of D.
spicata var. aurantiaca; and Hooker in the flora of
British India puts it under imperfectly known species.
I have not seen Wallich’s specimens but Dr. Prain says
that a plant collected on the Thaiping Hills by Kunstler
(No. 2719) is exactly like the Wallichian plant. This
plant is I think identical with a plant I collected in Pahang
and described under the name of D. longifolia (Trans.
Linn. Soc. III, 388). Hooker refers the Perak plant
to Kurz’s D. pachyphylla, an Andamanese plant, which
however is probably distinct to judge from his description.

D. pendula, n.sp. A tall shrub with a moderately stout stem
about 6 feet tall, leaves broadly oblong lanceolate acum-

Jour; Straits Branch

NEW MALAYAN PLANTS, 37

inate narrowed to the base and subpetiolate. Petiole
winged, 8 to 14 inches long 14 to 3} inches wide. Pani-
cle graceful nodding 15 inches or more long with a
few distant branches slender 7 or 8 inches long bracts
small ovate lanceolate, Flowers in tufts of 2 or 3 distant
white on pedicels } inch long, slender ? to nearly an
inch long split into segments for one-half their length ;
the lobes linear dilated upwards, stamens about as long,
anthers oblong.

This fine plant grows in damp swampy spots in forests.
I collected it in the Dindings on Gunong Tungal (No.
9448 of my collections) and have it also from Panchur
in Malacca; and from Kwala Dipang and Gopeng from
King’s collections (Nos. 8279 and 4643). The Malacca
specimens have broader and more distinctly petiolate
leaves, and the panicle is stouter, but it appears to be
specifically the same. It belongs to the nutantes section
of Dracaena, in which the flowers are in long pendulous

- lax panicles.

Dracaena elliptica, Thunb. I found this common and variable
plant growing abundantly in muddy swampy places alo
the Sungei Tebrau, this Easter. In this locality it had
quite a different appearance from the common lowland
dry forest form, being altogether a much larger and
stouter plant, almost a small tree in fact.

We have now no less than sixteen species of Dracae-
na recorded from the Malay Peninsula, but there are
doubtless more than this for I have seen several plants in
our forests which appear quite distinct from any described,
but of which I have not been able to obtain flowers.

COMMELINACE.

. Forrestia gracilis, n. sp. Stem creeping then ascending for about
three feet a quarter of an inch through, twiggy dark
green and glabrous, internodes 2 inches long terete.
Leaves lanceolate acuminate narrowed into a winged
petiole, dark green and glabrous above, velvety beneath,
margined with red appressed hairs, 8 inches long 2 inches
wide, petiole and mouths of sheaths hairy. Leads small

R. A. Sec., No. 41, 1903.

38

NEW MALAYAN PLANTS.

few-flowered ; bracts ovate pubescent white with a green
keel. Sepals oblong hooded ciliate white } inch long ;
petals longer lanceolate acute white ; stamens 6 ; filaments
contorted with a tuft of white hairs on the top. Anthers
ovate deeply grooved white. Style filiform flexuous
acuminate. Stigma minute, ovary small covered with
white hair; capsule oblong pink.

F, mollis, Clarke, Monogr. Commel. p. 236 (in part, not of

Hasskarl).

Very common in woods, Singapore. Tanglin, Pulau
Ubin (Ridley 4130), (Walker 155); Johore: Tanjong
Bunga (Ridley 6320); Pahang: Pulau Tijau (2381, 2382);
Malacca: Sungei Buluh (10512); Selangor: Kuala Lumpor,
Sungei Ujong: Gunong Berumbun, (Cantley’s Coll.);
Dindings: Telok Sera. Kedah Peak.

It is curious that this our commonest species has
escaped being described till now, butit seems to have been
mixed up with the rarer F. mollis. It is known as
“Setawa betina” and the Sakais use a decoction of its
roots for rheumatism.

FF, irritans, 0. sp. Stem tall and stout $ inch through, leaves

elliptic lanceolate with a broad flat petiole, acuminate 9
inches long, 3 inches across, hairy on both sides, sheaths

13 inches long, glabrous except for the hispid edges.

Heads large and dense over an inch through, densely
covered with red spiny hairs, sepals lanceolate covered
with similar hairs. Stamens 6, anthers oblong, style

_ filiform,

Selangor, on the Tras route at the 15th mile; Perak
Bujong Malacca (Ridley 9784), Sungei Ujong, Bukit
Kupayiahg (Cantley’s collection.) Rather rare in woods
at an altitude of about 2,000 feet. A very distinct species,
from its large globose heads of flowers covered densely
with sharp pungent red spines. I have never seen fruit
of it.

PALMA.

Pinanga Singaporensis, n. sp. Stems tufted dark green 6 to 15

feet tall # inch through; internodes 8 inches long.

Four. Straits Branch

NEW MALAYAN PLANTS, 39

Leaves concolorous or a little paler along the back about
3 feet long, sheath tubular, petiole 8 inches long, leaflets
sigmoid acuminate about 13, sub-onposite, terminal one
forked; 12 inches long by 3 inches wide or less, nerves
5 to 7. Spike branched erect 4 inches long, with 5
branches. Spathe thin boat-shaped papery with a short
point brownish pink 14 inch long. Rachis cream color
scurfy, flowers distichous. Males + inch long, ivory
white. Sepals very small acute. Petals oblique ovate
acuminate much larger. Stamens 14 white, filaments
very short, anthers oblong, no pistillode. Female petals
and sepals broadly oblong pink, edges ciliate, stigina
small, sessile papillose circular white.

This pretty palm occurs in Singapore in forests at
Bukit Timah, Mandai, Stag:nount and Selitar, and is No.
11267 of my collections. I have not seen it outside Singa-
pore, and it is rather scarce there.

Ptychoraphis longiflora,n. sp. Habitand stems of Pt. Singaporensis.
Leaf three feet or more long, rachis brown scurfy, leaf-
lets linear acuminate 5-ribbed, alternate about 40 pairs
18 inches long, 4inch wide. Peduncle stout 1 inch long
ribbed and scurfy, branches of inflorescence slender 4 or
5 scurfy, 6 or 7 inches long. Flowers in distinct pairs,
one male and one female together about 20 pairs ona
Lranch; males ;3, inch long, with two orbicular gibbous
bracts at the base. Calyx lobes orbicular fringed. Petals
lanceolate obtuse much longer. Stamens 6 shorter than
the petals, filaments with a broad base narrowed upwards,
anthers oblong dorsifixed. Pistillode conic stout as
long as the stamens. Jemale flowers. Bract single
small. Sepals orbicular ciliate. Petals ovate orbicular
imbricate, pistil ovoid.

Johore on the top of Gunong Banang at Batu Pahat,
(Rid'ey 1121). Besides this there are two other species
of this genus described. Pt. Singaporensis, Becc., the Ko-
rintin palm, abundant in the South of the Peninsula, and Pz.
augusta of the Nicobars, a plent of totally different habit.
This new species closely resembles Pé. Singaporensis, but
the petals of the male are very much longer.

R A. Soc., No. 41, 1903.

40

NEW MALAYAN PLANTS.

[quanura spectabilis, n. sp. Stem from 3 to 8 feet tall, tufted

or solitary very stout over 14 inch through. Leaves
entire and cuneate bilobed at the apex, margins crenulate
toothed strongly ribbed, three or more feet lone one foot
across, petiole. Inflorescence from among the leaves, ped-
uncle over a foot long with two sheaths 6 inches long,
and a bract-like ovate acute leaf 4 inch long above,
branches stout ascending, six inches long, deep green.
Flowers spirally arranged sunk in the rachis. Male,
sepals ovate. Petals oblong acute twice as long } inch
long. Stamens 6, longer than the petals, filaments thick
connate at the base with the long cylindric obtuse
pistillode. Females, sepals rounded, petals ovate rounded.
Fruit elliptic tip curved, black when ripe, ? inch long, on
the thickened rachis.

This superb palm known to Malays as the “ Teruno”’
occurse on the Hermitage Hill in Perak, and at Bruas in
the Dindings where it was first obtained by Mr. Curtis
and later by myself, (No. 8403) of my collections. Young
living plants sent home by Mr. Curtis were described by
Dr. Masters inthe Gardener’s Chronicle (1898, X XIII, 258)
under the name of Geonoma Pynertiana. Inthe Dindings
it forms a bush with numerous short stems, on the Her-
mitage Hill I found it with a stout tall stem. It isa most
beautiful palm when well grown, the broad leaves deep
green when adult, and pink when first put out, making it
most attractive.

I. ferruginea, u. sp. Stem slender, leaves 18 inches long, petiole

four inches long, rachis red-scurfy, leaflets 5 or 6 pairs
alternate trapezoid, base narrowed, apex acuminate,
margins more or less toothed, 6 inches long 3 inches
through. Spathes 6 inches long acuminate. Inflores-
cence on a peduncle 6 to 8 inches long, red tomentose,
branches thick 9 to 11 some-times branched again, 6 inch-
es long covered with red wool. Flowers scattered distich-
ousinfoveole, covered with red wool. Male flowers glabr-
ous. Sepals ovate rounded, petals lanceolate ribbed, 4
longer. Female flowers sepals similar, petals shorter and

Jour. Straits Branch

NEW MALAYAN PLANTS, 41

blunter. Drupe cylindric curved, shghtly narrowed to-
wards the tip, black, half inch long. Seed cylindric acute
curved rugose 2 inch long ; albumen equable.

On the Thaiping Hills common from about 2000 feet
elevation upwards (10684; 11405 of my collection) and
Bujong Malacca (Curtis 3164). This palm has the habit
of J. polymorpha, Becc., but the stouter inflorescence on a
longer peduncle and covered with red wool, the larger
flowers, and curved cylindric fruit, make :t very distinct.

The Iguanuras are not an easy group of palms to
separate, as they are apt to be very variable especially in
the form of the inflorescence. There appear to be seven
kinds at present known from the Peninsula. The com-
monest species 1s J. geonom@eformis, Mart. A lowland species
with usually one simple spike. Of this there are the
following forms: (a) typica, with a simple stout tomentose
spike, (b) ramosa, a similar spike but branched, with 2 or
3 branches, (c) malaccensis, with a slender glabrous simple
spike (occasionally branched). The leaves of all these
forms may be quite entire. /. Wa/lichzana, Hook fil, with
a compound inflorescence of several slender branches, is
allied to this latter form. It also varies in the form of
the leaves. ‘Two plants described by Hooker and Beccari
from Scortechini’s collection, viz., /. diffusaand J. parvula,
appear to me to be forms of these species. The first is a
large plant with an inflorescence more compound, the
second a dwarf abnormal form. I have only however
seen sketches of them and very little of the plants appears
to have been collected. J. corniculata has also only once
been collected. ‘The fruit is curiously curved, and is

' possibly abnormal, J. polymorpha, Becc., including J/. brevt-
pes, Hook. fil., is a distinct plant, not rare on the Thaiping
Hills. J. ferruginea is allied to it but seems to me to be
distinct. J. bicornis has curiously bilobed fruit, and occurs
also on the Thaiping Hills, but seems to be rare.

Livistona rupicola, n. sp. Stem short and thick about 3 feet long
and 6 inches through, densely covered with brown fibers
from the leaf sheaths. Leaves orbicular about 2 feet
across with about 12 leaflets rather narrow very acumi-

R A. Soc., No. 41, 1903.

‘42 ’ NEW MALAYAN PLANTS.

nate tips setaceous; petiole slender 20 inches long nearly
thornless. Spadix slender, much branched. Spathes
split striate cuspidate dark brown, the two basal ones
three inches long, upper ones slightly dilate cuspidate.
Branches many lone slender with many very long and
slender sinuous spikes 1 to 2 inches long, lengthening to
4 inches in fruit. Bracts at the base of the branches
linear narrow caducous. Flowers very small globose;
sepals rounded gibbous. Petals similar. Staminal crown
with 6 subulate teeth.

Selangor limestone rocks at the Kuala Lumpor caves
(8285 of my collection), Lankawi Islands, (Curtis).

This charming palm, the Serdang Batu of the Lankawi
Islands, is probably the smallest species of the genus.
It is remarkable for its very short thick stem densely
covered with brown fibres, the remains of old leaf sheaths.
The inflorescence is also very small for the genus. It
grows on the limestone rocks of the Selangor caves from
the lower part to the top of the cliffs.

Licuala longepedunculata, u. sp. Stem 2 to 8 feet tall, 1 to 14
inch through, leaves 4 to 5 feet Jong orbicular, lobes 6
or more narrowed at the base and broadened upwards
witb broad blunt teeth 15 to 16 inches long and 3 inches
across at the tip, deep green, petiole slender not thorny.
Inflorescence slender 3 feet or more long, peduncle broad
flattened at the base, quite glabrous over 2 feet long,
sheaths distant long, spikes 3 inches long, in -fours.
Flowers scattered over } inch long, rachis moderately
stout, calyx urn-shaped sessile not lobed. Petals
lanceolate obtuse.

Perak, Gunong Batu Putih (Wray 254) (King’s Coll.
$148). I only know this species from the above men-
tioned collections. Beccari labels it “Z glabra, foliis
latioribus,” but itis certainly very distinct from ZL. glabra.

L. (Pericycla) paniculata, n. sp. Leaf large, lobes 25 feet long,
rather narrow, with short teeth + inch broad. Inflores-
cence panicled wide-spreading 3 feet long, spathes 6 not
split, the lowest 8 inches long $ inch wide, upper part -
reddish, upper spathes shorter dilated upwards. Branches

Jour. Straits Branch

NEW MALAYAN PLANTS. 43

panicled, spikes long and slender 5 to 7, glabrous or
scurfy, 7 inches long or less. Flowers scattered sessile
4inchlong. Calyx cylindric with a broad base, truncate
obscurely and irregularly lobed glabrous. Petals short
and broad ovate acute. Staminal ring with 6 teeth.
Pisti] sometimes bilobed, stigma lateral.

I collected a specimen of this on the Hermitage Hill
in Perak, and have never seen it since, and unfortunately
omitted to record the size of the plant. It is evidently
allied to ZL. pericycla, Zipp., Pericycla pendulifiora of
Blume, a native of New Guinea, from which it differs in
having solitary sessile, not stalked flowers in pairs.
The panicled inflorescence is unique in Malay Licualas as
at present known, and is the characteristic of the section .
Pericyclus of which the New Guinea species is the only
other one known. It is to be hoped that any one visiting
the Hermitage Hill will recollect this curious plant and
bring full details of its habit and size.

Calamus aquatilis, n. sp. Stem fairly stout about 30 feet long
covered with dense bristle-like black spines. Leaf large
flagelliferous armed with copious black spines in short
rows, petiole a foot long stout black rouuded, edge armed
with spines of different sizes flattened 2 inches long or
less, those at the base black long or slender, leaflets
numerous equidistant linear acuminate 1 foot long an
inch broad, bristles short scattered along the edges and
back, flagellum 4 feet long, hooks in half whorls
numerous. Panicle very large and stout, lower sheaths
tubular an incb through with numerous decurved spines
single or in twos and threes black tipped, chiefly on the
back and sides on the upper part. Branches about 2 feet
long, secondary spathes tubular unarmed an inch long,
male branchlets numerous 6 inches long, spathels tubular
about $ inch long, spikes subdistichous recurved 3 inch
long green. Spathellules saucer-shaped with a small
ovate limb, sepals oblong lanceolate. Petals as long
oblong lanceolate thicker. Stamens, filaments rather
long slender, anthers long narrow. Female branchlets
2 to 3 inches long, spathels funnel-shaped. Spathellules

R. A. Soe., No, 41, 1903.

44

NEW MALAYAN PLANTS.

small saucer-shaped. Flowers solitary, sepals ovate as
long as the petals and quite similar. Fruit small globular
beaked $ inch long scales in 6 whorls, rhomboidal as
broad as long, yellow or brownish yellow, tips darker,
grooved.

This rattan is common in tidal river swamps, and is
known as “Rotan Bakau.” ‘There is a trade rattan of
the same name but I am not yet certain that it belongs
strictly to this plant. The general appearance of this
species when out of flower is that of Daemonorops
angustifolius. 1t does not seem to flower very frequently,
as I have seldom found it in flower or fruit, abundant as
it is, which is probably why it has never hitherto been
described. Professor Beccari who is engaged on a work
on our rattans to be published in the Annals of the
Botanic Gardens of Calcutta, considers it to be quite a
distinct plant from any described.

I have met with it in Singapore, on the Serangoon
Road, and at Changi (6275 of my collections), Johore,
Panchur on the Johore river; on the Sungei Tebrau
river, and at Batu Pahat (11216), and in Pahang at
Kuala Pahang.

AROIDE.

Cry ‘yptocoryne purpurea. D. Sp. Aquatic, stem creeping stoloniferous.

Leaves ovate or elliptic ovate, base broad 3 inches long
13 inch wide, petioles 4 inches long, peduncle short
sare half an inch long, spathe 3 or more inches long,
tube twisted + inch through, white, limb ovate caudate
I to 1 inch long, half an inch wide deep purple brown
with a yellow ‘mouth, pustular, tail } inch long, valve
over the inflorescence oblong truncate pale yellow.
Female flowers 6 to 8 connate in a circle, styles very
short, stigmas discoid, neuters above the pistils 5 or
more, nude'‘portion of spadix slender. Male flowers few
yellow obcuneate, appendix small elliptic clubbed.
Johore, Kota Tinggi (4214 of my collections). This
plant cultivated in the Singapore Botanic Gardens for
several years, was sent to Kew Gardens where it flowered

Jour. Straits Branch

NEW MALAYAN PLANTS. 45

and was figured in the Botanical Magazine piate 7719
under the name of C. Grifithti. It is however quite
distinct from that in its more numerous, female flowers,
smaller appendix to the spadix, and much longer tube.
It grows very readily in water, and is perhaps the easiest
to cultivate. I have only seen it in the one locality
mentioned, our commonest species being the short tubed
C. Griffithit.

Typhonium fultum, n. sp. A small herb with a short stem above
the ground propped on strong roots. Leaves 5 or 6,
ovate or deltoid hastate 2 to 3 inches long 2 inches wide
deeply cordate, apex acute, lobes rounded, petiole 24
inches long. Peduncle + inch long, spathe with a green
base dilated + to 4 inch long, limb 2 inches long $ inch
broad; subacute or acuminate purple-veined, tip green.
Spadix about as long. Appendage orange brown
cylindric from a thick base tapering upwards, below a
short nude portion. Male portion of about 6 rows of
oblong yellowish anthers, then a longer nude portion.
Neuters numerous horn-shaped white up-curved. Fe-
males in one whor! oblong, one ovuled.

Selangor at the limestone caves near Kuala Lumpor
(8165) also found in Lankawi Islands by Curtis.

This odd little aroid is remarkable for the stem
standing up supported on its roots above ground after
the manner of a Pandanus, a habit not observed in any
other species, the rest of them having small underground
tubers. |

T. filiforme, n. sp. A very small herb, tuber globose 4 inch
through. Leaves 2 or 3 deltoid hastate acuminate, lobes
divaricate acute 2 or 3 inches long, ? to 13 inch wide,
petiole slender 2 to 5 inches long. Peduncle + inch long.
Spathe 3 inches, base elliptic + inch long olive green,
limb linear very narrow, apex eventually coiled up
yellowish spotted with red. Spadix very slender 34
inches lony, appendix ochre yellow filiform nearly 3
inches long, male portion short below them a long
slender nude portion, neuters filiform contorted long,
female flowers few oblong.

R. A. Soc., No: 41, 190?

4.6 NEW MALAYAN PLANTS.

I found this at the foot of the limestone cliffs at
Kuala Dipang in Perak. It is evidently allied to 7.
bulbiferum, Dalz., of the Concan, differing in the absence
of any trace of bulbils, the longer appendage and neuters,
and longer bare space below the male flowers.

Amorphophallus Malaccensis, n. sp. Tuber 4 inches through
hemispheric with a depressed top. Leaves not certainly
known. Peduncle 7 inches tall rough. Spathe tube
wide trumpet-shaped 3 inches long, limb broad rounded
six inches long and as wide. Spadix longer, appendage
fusiform acuminate 6 inches long rugose hollow, loose
textured and fibrous within. Male portion one inch long
anthers crowded oblong. Female portion 24 inches
long. Flowers numerous, ovaries ovoid, style + inch
long.

I only know this from some dried specimens which
were collected by a native collector on Bukit Panchor in
Malacca. It belongs to the section including Amorpho-
phallus, Rex., and campanulatus, butis distinct in its long-
er peduncles, and longer narrower appendage. I have
several times met with foliage of a plant very much
resembling that of a Rex with a tall stout dark green
scabrid petiole which may perhaps belong to this species.
A very large spike of fruit over a foot longer with ber-
ries half an inch long which was obtained by Mr. Hervey
on Bukit Payong in Malacca is very probably the fruit of
this plant. It should be looked for again.

A. minor, n. sp. Tuber an inch through. Leaf petiole slender
9 inches long, blade three branched each branched again,
leaflets numerous thin green (red when young) lanceolate
acuminate inaequilateral 3 inches long by one inch wide,
nerves numerous close joiing an inner intramarginal
one. Peduncle 8 to 12 inches long with loose brown
sheaths at the base, the largest truncate 4 inches long.
Spathe 3 to 4 inches long convolute at the base lanceo-
late acuminate 1 to 1d inchacross. Spadix 3 inches long.
Appendage cylindric-conic an inch long. Male portion
as long as the appendage. Flowers very numerous
crowded. Femaies few. Style very short.

Jour. Straits Branch

_ NEW MALAYAN PLANTS. 47

Perak on the Thaiping Hills; and in Province Wel-
lesley at Tasek Gelugor. This is allied to A. sparsiflorus,
Hook. fil., differing in the shorter appendage and longer
male portion of the inflorescence.

A. carnea n. sp. Tuber hemispheric 3 inches across. Leaf

unknown. Peduncle 3 inches and a half lonz, smooth
gray green with brown blotches, sheath at base 2 inches
long. Spathe 5 iuches long, loosely convolute at the
base with a broad limb pinkish with brown blotches,
paler within. Spadix rather longer. Appendix conic
obtuse 3 inches long 1 inch through at the base fleshed
low obscurely cancellate. Male portion 2 inches long
stout greenish. Stamens densely crowded. Female
portion ovaries shortly pedicellate, broad flask shaped,
style short and thick. Stigma lobed.

Lankawi Islands (Curtis). This plant was flower-
ed from a tuber brought in with tubers of Avisaema
from Lankawi Islands, in the Penang Gardens. I have
only seen a drawing of it but I know nothing quite
like it.

Alocasia ovalifolia, n. sp. Stem about a foot tall, leaves ovate

Pothos

cordate acute dark green one to 2 feet long 5 to 12
inches wide with 20 pairs of nerves, petiole stout over a
foot long. Peduncle six inches long or less. Spathe 3
to 6 inches long, tubular portion 15 inch long, limb 3
inches long 4 inch wide oblong obtuse. Spadix slender,
appendage cylindric # to 2 inches long. Male portion 1
inch long. Flowers oblong crowded, below them a nude
portion. Female portion 1 inch long.

Johore, base of Gunong Panti; Selangor, Tras
Route at the 15th mile (No. 8487), Ginting Peras, Bukit
Kuta; Perak, Sungei Larut (Wray 2457), Larut Hills;
Penang, Moniots Road (Curtis). Rather a dull looking
Alscasia not uncommon in the hill woods.
inaequalis, n. sp. Stem rather slender much branched.
Leaves elliptic oblanceolate with a long point and
acuneate base intramarginal vein often far from the edge
undulate with another very inconspicuous one close to
the edge, main nerves often larye and remote 4 to 7

R. A. Soc., No. 41. 1903.

48 NEW MALAYAN PLANTS.

inches long 1 to 2 inches wide. Petiole 4 to 1 inch long
sheathing to the thick knee which is half an inch long
Bracts several, upper one sheathing 4 inch long, lower
ones small. Peduncle 14 to 2 inches long fairly stout
curved: Spadix an inch long cylindric dense flowered.
Sepals cuneate with a broad flat triangular top. Pistil
top broad rounded. Pahang, Pulau Tawar (2391).

P. ellipticus, n. sp. Stem fairly stout leaves elliptic cuspidate
3 inches long 24 inch wide, pale green when dry, keel
stout, base rounded, inner intermarginal vein some way
from the edge, outer one close to the edge, parallel
nerves fine and close. Petiole 8 inches long sheathing
rather broadly to the knee + inch long. Peduncle stout
2 inches or less deflexed. Spadix nearly sessile # to 1
inch long thick cylindric dense flowered. Flowers fairly
large. Sepals oblong with a broad inflexed top. Stigma
discoid shortly elev ated. Fruit oblong 4 inch long.

Pahang on the Pahang river, at Kuala T Lembiling and
Pulau Tawar.

P. grandispatha, 0. sp. Stem slender lessthandinch thick. Leav-
es lanceolate cuspidate 6 to8 inches long, 2 to 24 inches
wide, cusp 4 inch long base narrowed blunt. Petiole 2
inches long sheathing rather broadly to the very short 4 -
inch knee, sheaths eventually breaking up into fibres.
Peduncle slender 2 inches long. Spathe broadly ovate
acuminate, apparently purple in life, narrowed at the
base 24 inches long 1 inch wide. Spadix very slender 1
inch long sessile. Flowers very small, sepals: oblong
truncate, style distinct with a small discoid stigma.

Penang, West Hill (Curtis). Allied to P. brevistylus,
Engler. This plant is remarkable for its large spathe.

PANDANACEA.

Pandanus immersus, n. sp. A stout pandan growing immersed in
water, the stem rising but little above, leaves many feet
long broadly linear 4 inches across, glaucous beneath,
acuminate with a long point, thorns numerous brown.
Female spike solitary on a stout flexuous peduncle 2 inches
long 4 inch through, oblong thick green 4 inches long 14

Jour. Straits Brancb

——

NEW MALAYAN PLANTS. 49

inches through, carpels small with a very stout simple
curved style $ inch long.

Selangor in the Labu River, forming dense thickets.
Native name ‘‘Mengkuang Ayer.”

P. bicornis, n. sp. Stems short, only one or two feet tall.
Leaves dark green glaucescent at the top of the stem 2
feet or morelong 2 inches wide broadly linear and tapering
quickly into a very thorny tail 3 inches long, edge and
keel armed especially at the base with numerous recurved
thorns. Female bracts broad ovate, outer ones rather
abruptly acuminate 6 inches long with a slender point 2
inches long thorny, inner bracts obtuse, head solitary
oblong rounded at the top 4 inches long and nearly as
broad green, carpels nearly $inch through ? inch Jong
top broad free obscurely angled. Style broad short with
two spreading short sharp horns with broad bases about
4 inch long.

Perak, Thaiping Hills in dense forest at 2500 to 53000

_ feet altitude.

P. aurantiacus, n. sp. A large branching shrub with stems 2 or
3 inches through and about 12 feet tall. Leaves over 3
feet long, 14 inch wide, glaucous green, linear long acu-
minate, tips deflexed, with numerous close-set short thorns
on the edge and keel. Female inflorescence with a stout
rachis about a fcot long and five globose oblong heads 24
inches long 1 inch through, orange colored. Carpels
large 2? inch iong, apex conic ending in a long stout but
not very hard beak.

Singapore, Bukit Mandai Road; Johore, Tanjong
Bunga (6288 of my collection); Perak. Larut Hills;
also in Sarawak.

This grows on swamps on river banks usually near
the sea, and is known in Johoreas “Pandan Akar”. This
may possibly be the P. Yvani of Solms-Laubach (Linnea
XLII, 20) based on a plant collected by Yvan in
Malacca, but the description is too poor to identify any
pandan.

P. stelliger,n. sp. A slender stemmed pandan 4 to 10 feet tall,
branched. Leaves linear acuminate shining grey green

R. A. Soe., No 41, 1903. 3

50 : NEW MALAYAN PLANTS.

over a foot long and an inch wide, the point narrow 3
inches long, thorns distant except at the point which is
very thorny. Heads oblong ovoid 2 inches long and
over an inch through in a cluster of four nearly sessile.
Carpels + inch through the style oblong, top square with
from 3 to 6 horizontal points sharp and rough at the tip.

Selangor, on the Tras Route at the 20th mile
(8775;) Perak, Thaipinge Hills at 2500 feet altitude in
forests.

This was referred to P. minor, Ham., by the Kew
authorities but differs in the clustered heads of fruits
and the curious style which is quite flat and square at the
top with from 3 to 6 horizontally spreading points.

P. glaucophyilus, n. sp. Stems 10 to 12 feet tall 4 to 1 inch
through. Leaves crowded at the top 1 to 2 feet or more
long 2 inches wide glaucous broadly linear oblong, tip
abruptly acuminate, edge minutely denticulate rather
flaccid, midrib prominent with very small thorns, capitulum
globose 2 inches long on a stout peduncle about 3 inches
long. Fruit rounded tapering into a stout upcurv-
ed simple spine ¢ inch long grooved above the tip
acute.

Perak, Thaiping Hills in dense forests, about 2500
feetaltitude. Rather local, growing in small patches.
Allied to P. parvus, Ridl, but very much larger in all its
parts.

P. penungensis, n. sp. A tall stout tree about 20 feet tall and
four inches through the stem. Leaves very long linear
acuminate 6 to 12 or 14 feet long 4 inches across often
especially when young marbled light and dark green,
edges and keel armed with stout thorns crowded towards
the tip of the leaves. Heads 4 or 5 together on a short
peduncle, green oblong 6 inches long, 8 inches through.
CarpeJs an iuch long, free portion conic angled 4 inch
long. Styles strong simple hard dark brown polished
curved forward 4 an inch lone.

Penang Hill from the base to the top, in woods.
This resembles P. furcatus, Roxb., in habit but has a
compound inflorescence.

Jour. Straits Branch

~~

NEW MALAYAN PLANTS, 5]

CYPERACEA.

Mapania triquetra, n. sp. Stem ascending or erect 6 inches tall,

A.

trigonous broad from the very broad leaf. Sheaths 12
inch long and one inch wide green edged with pink.
Petiole green 2 to 3 inches long, blade oblong dark green
above, paler ewe base broad apex rounded ending
abruptly in a tail 14 inch long, edges aculeate, whole
blade 6 to 8 inches eine, 2 2 inches wide. Scapes slender
3 inches long red. Head of flowers very small 3} inch
long narrow. Bracts shorter lanceolate red. Squamelle
6, two outer ones with ciliate keels. Stamens three
white anthers twisted linear oblong. style long.
stigmas 3 short.

Woods, Dindings, Lumut (Ridley), Pangkor (Scor-
technii); Negri Sembilan, Bukit Tumiang (Cantley’ S collec-
tion); Penang Hill (Curtis). Also in Sarawak.

This pretty and curious plant has been confused with
the common JM. humilis, Naves and Villar, but is really
totally distinct in the broad triangular stem shorter and
broader leaf blade and the very small head of flowers.

Sec., No. 41, 1903.

Notes on a Cruise in the Southern
China Sea.
C. BODEN KLOSS.

In 1900 I spent about eleven weeks, including the months of
August and September, cruising about with Dr. W. L. Abbott
in his Schooner ‘‘Terrapin” which had just been launched. Our
purpose was to make collections of mammals and birds and of
any other objects zoological that might fallin our way. As
the islands of the Southern China Sea amongst which the time
was spent, have received either but scanty notice or none at all,
the following pages may have some interest. Unfortunately
for the present purpose I kept only the very baldest log of
our voyage so that the account of our experiences, drawn up
after an interval of three years, is far from being as satisfactory
as [I could wish.

I was unable to accompany the schooner when she sailed
at the beginning of July so arranged to join her at Linga, and
in the middle of the month therefore left Singapore in the
S. S. Malacca.

We stopped a night at Rhio en route and I was thus enabled
to get from the Kesident a permit to travel in the Rhio-Linga
Dependency in which the whole of our cruise was to take place.
The town of Rhio is prettily situated and laid out, but very small
and quiet; it possesses an hotel and a good fruit-market: every
other one of its shops appears to be run as a pawn-broking
establishment. A long walk in the surrounding country showed
me nothing more inviting than clayey hills covered with
bracken and the S’ndudu tree (Melastoma polyanthum), and
everywhere dotted with Chinese tombs.

From Rhio to Linga—we called at Sinkep Island on the
way with provisions for the tin mines—was, I think, four
days steaming throuzh smooth seas and green islands. The
Macassar_ is an old wooden tub capable of doing about 7 knots
in calm water with the wind astern. The only accommodation

R. A. Soc., No. 41, 1903.

54 CRUISE IN THE SOUTHERN CHINA SEA.

she could offer was the open bridge crowded with natives, where
I found room for a deck chair. Had this been all there would
have been nothing to kick at, but unfortunately the vessel
swarmed with a certain highly objectionable and active
Rhynchota that spoilt all pleasure, and when I hailed with delight
the appearance of the “Terrapin” lying off Tanjong Buton on the
south side of Linga, I was, after four days of an inferno, in a
state that 1 had never been in before and fervently pray never
to attain again.

Linga.

Lying about mid-way between Singapore and Banka,
Linga is an island of irreg ular shape about 33 miles in length in
a north-west and south-east direction, and is surrounded by
smaller islands of various sizes. U lite its near neighbour
Sinkep, it is not worked for tin, and 1s best known as being at
one time the head quarters of the numerous pirates who used
to ravage the western seas of the Malay Archipelago in the
early part of last century.

‘he schooner had to anchor a mile or so from the land since
off-shore for some distance extended banks of soft black mud
through which we were compe!led to wade when the tide was low
while at other times the sea broke on them with some force for
the roadstead is exposed to south-easterly winds. At Tanjong
Buton were a few Chinese sedais and the house of a Dutch
Assistant-Resident (now withdrawn) and from here a road had
been made to the town of Linga.

The best collecting ground was on the outskirts of the
village of Maruang, lying two or three miles away between the
roadandthesea. ‘he surrounding country was, for the most part,
a sago swamp, but in the fruit plantations of the Kampong cer-
tain birds and small mammals were numerous. The village itself
consisted of a settlement of Sumatran Malays, the houses—about
forty in number—built in two orderly rows with the mosque in
the centre. ‘The thousands of huge durian trees that surround
it, were just then fruiting and at the little watch-houses in the
plantations freshly fallen durians could be had in piles ata
cent or two apiece while the few small steamers that call were
constantly taking cargoes up to Singapore.

Jour, Straits Branch

~

CRUISE IN THE SOUTHERN CHINA SEA. 55

Learning from the people of the village that flocks of fruit-
bats visited their fruit-trees nightly, we, one evening when there
was a little moonlight, went up the plantation for the purpose
of obtaining specimens.

Accompanied by half the boys of the Kampong, we took
up places beneath a huge rambutan tree—the gathering point
of great numbers of bats—but for a time made very poor
practice at the dark bodies flitting between the branches in the
dim light. Swarms of mosquitoes did not help to improve
matters. At length however I[ hit ona plan that gave better
results; choosing a large bunch of fruit that was freqently
visited, I rested my gun against a convenient tree-trunk and
took careful aim at it. Molding the barrels steadily in position
all I had now to do was to stand up and watch the target: when-
ever a bat settled on that particular bunch I pressed the trigger
and the shot was invariably followed by a thud on the ground
or crashing and squawking among the branches as a wounded
animal dropped slowly downwards. Ina couple of hours the
boys had picked up a dozen specimens of Pteropus vampyrus
with which we returned to the boat, leaving sundry others to
be recovered on the morrow.

On the way back a bullet was kept in readiness for wild-
pig. None were seen, however, though nightly rootings along
the road showed their presence in the neighbourhood.

The following day was given over to the preparation of
skins and skeletons from the specimens obtained.

The 24th of July, our last day in the island, was spent in
visiting Linga Kampong to bid farewell to the Sultan and to
buy supplies for the voyage ahead.

The town is distant about an hour and a half from the sea and
is reached by a road constructed by the Dutch Assistant-Resi-
dent. Although roughly made it is passable for the Sultan’s
gharry and for the few local rickshaws which, old and dilapi-
dated, generally traverse it at a walking pace.

For the first two miles it runs though a swamp planted
with sago palms, then coming out on hard clay ground is
bordered with scrub and lallane until near the town it passes
through plantations of various fruit-trees, sugar-cane and

‘bananas.

R. A. Soc., No. 41, 1903.

56 CRUISE IN THE SOUTHERN CHINA SEA.

Although the actual control is in the hands of the Dutch
from whom he receives an income of some $80,000 a year, the
Sultan of Linga is nominally ruler over neighbouring parts of
Sumatra, all the islands between Sinkep and Singapore and all
the various small groups in the Southern China Sea.

The town of Linga—his capital—is. situated on the banks
of a stream navigable by small praus at high water, about
two miles from its mouth. ‘To the north a fantastically split
peak, the highest summit of the Linga group, rises to a height
of 3,921 feet, densely covered with jungle and scrub and scarcely
ever free from clouds.

The population of the town, Malays and Chinese, number
about 6,000. All the houses are built on piles, those of the
Chinese on a muddy expanse by the banks of the river which
notinfrequently overflows. A number of substantial brick build-
ings have at one time also been erected by them but are now
in a ruinous condition.

The houses of the Malays, shaded by fruit trees, arecas and
coco-palms were scattered about without regard to orderly
arrangement. Amongst them stood the school, which was
apparantly well patronised, and the Sultan’s palace, a large and
ugly barn-like structure of wood.

The Sultan was absent and we proceeded at once to the
Chinese portion of the town to get through with our marketing.

The Chinese community is under a ‘“ Captain China’ who in
the Linga Sultanate is responsible to the Dutch only for the
good behaviour of his charge and who collects for them the poll
tax of $3 a head every year.

The bazaar was of fair size and sold the usual merchandise
found in such places that includes various articles ranging from
a bottle of scent to an onion. Our requirements of rice, vege-
tables. curry stuffs etc., were soon satisfied and from the sarong
shops kept by Klings we got a few European cotton sarongs for
use on board. The Malays here were apparently like the
lillies of the field. ‘They toil not neither do they spin,” and it
was with difficulty that we got from them even a few eggs and
chickens.

We returned to the “ Terrapin” by way of the river in a
canoe with a small roof of kajangs. The water was very low

Jour. Straits Branch

CRUISE IN THE SOUTHERN CHINA SEA, 57

and paddling between muddy banks we were unable to see any-
thing of the country on either side. Crocodiles are said to be
numerous but none were met and after crossing the bar at the
river mouth, we got up sail and in short time reached the
schooner. |

Previous to my arrival Dr. Abbott had made an expedition
to the peak. He spent eight days in a hut built at an altitude
of about 1000 feet and ascended on three occasions to 3000 feet,
but each time the mist was so dense that he could not proceed
higher. Animal life was remarkably scarce in the mountain
forest; the lotong, however, was seen occasionally and at the
highest elevation reached the “house” of a pig was found.
Birds were very few in number. ‘The mountain seemed to offer
most attraction to a botanist: orchids occurred in great abun-
dance.

In order to give a complete list of the mammals known
from Linga I have included here the further material obtained
by Dr. Abbott during a second visit to the islandin 1901. All
species that were described for the first time from both collec-
tions are distinguished by the addition of sp. nov.

Semnopithecus maurus.
Macacus cynomolgus.
Pteropus vampyrus.
Tupaia tana.

Tl. malaccana.

Viverra tangalunga.
Arctogalidia simplex, sp nov.
Tragulus javanicus. —
T’. pretiosus, sp. nov.

10. Sus vittatus.

11. Ratufa notabilis, sp. nov.
12. Sciurus vittatus.

13. Sciurus tenuis.

14, 5. notatus. |

15. Rhinosciurus laticaudatus
16. Mus jingensis, sp. nov.
17. M. fremens, sp. nov.

18. M. firmus, sp. nov.

Se

R. A. Soc., No, 41, 1903.

58 CRUISE IN THE SOUTHERN CHINA SEA.

The birds of Linga show no peculiarities and do not differ
from those occurring in the adjacent mainlands. The most
complete collection recorded is that made by the native hunters
of the late Mr. A. H. Everett. The list of species is given in
‘* Novitates Zoologicee.”

Pulo Taya and the Nyamok Islets.

We left Linga at 2a.m. onthe morning of July 25th
bound for a group of three small islands forty miles to the
south-eastward. With the wind ahead all the way it was not
until mid-day on the 26th that we anchored off Taya the
largest of the three.

The island is fairly steep-to, of granite formation rising to
a double peak about 600 feet high. Itis about a mile and
a half long north and south, oval in shape and covered with
forest,

Landing on the east side on a sandy bay in a bight between
the hills we found at the south end of the beach just within
the jungle a spring of good water. Near the shore the. kay
was blocked up with coral over which at low tide we had to
scramble. <A little party of Orang Laut in their crazy praus,
visiting the island for ‘‘ikan merah’ for which it is well known,
told us that rats, squirrels, and a “‘biawak” were to be got; but
during the three occasions we were ashore we saw neither.
The only birds obtained were the Nicobar (Calenas nicobarica)
and Nutmeg pigeons (Myristicivora bicolor), which last occurs
on nearly all islands in this rezion: the glossy starling
(Calornis chalybeus) with dark metallic green plumage and red
irrides: a gaudy little sunbird (Anthothreptes hodolema), the
Eastern reef heron (Lepterodius sacer), and Halcyon chloris, the
blue-and-white kingfisher. Last and best of all was one speci-
men of Columba grisea, a bird of extreme rarity in collections.*
In general appearance it is somewhat similar to the cream-and-
black Nutmeg pigeon if the former colour were replaced by a
pale grey.

On the Nyamok Islands about a mile north of Taya, two
islets, the larger no more than two or three hundred yards in

* The British Museum Catalogue and Pigeons records a single
specimen only.

Jour Straits Brane

™~™

CRUISE IN THE SOUTHERN CHINA SEA. 59

diameter, we shot a blue-and-white kine fisher and the reef

~heron. :

These islets, neither of which is more than 150 feet high,
are covered with thin junzlein which we saw several specimens
of the Nicobar pigeon—the ‘“‘burong mis” or golden bird of
the Malays.

Taya was left at midday on the 28th and soon after making
sail a squall from the south-west struck us. We ran before it,
goosewinged with scandalised sails, the seas racing up behind
and breaking in showers of spray under the counter. In the
couple of hours it lasted we had mide nearly twenty miles of
our way to Pulo Pengiki Besar and afterwards sailing with a
wind that allowed an easy course to be laid, anchor was dropped
in a bay on the north side of the island at six o'clock on the
evening of July 31st.

Pulo Pengiki Besar or St. Barbe Island.

Seen from a distance Pengiki appears like two or three
separate islands, being lower at the centre than in the north-east

-and west. Its height is about 750 feet and it is covered with

trees except at those places on the hill sides where large outcrops
of rock occur. On such spots what vegetation exists is of a
sparse aud stunted type.

For some distance from the shore a reef filled up the bay
where, indeed, the conditions are most favourable for the growth
of corals. As one rowed over the pellucid green water, looking
down they were to be seen in indescribable variety—creat
heads formed like massive boulders and tiny sprays no less
delicate than a piece of moss. Corals of all shapes and shade
were there—pink, grey, yellow, brown, blue, green, red, while
among the crevices and branches swam fish as gorgeous as their
surroundings——little fellows half an inch in length, blue, red, and
yellow and others of larger size whose brilliancy of colouring
passed almost unremarked by comparison with the grotesqueness
of their forms.

~ In the centre of the bay and connected at low tide with the
shore stood a rocky islet frequented by numbers of the white
tern (Sterna bergit) with rose-tinted breasts from which the flush
fades immediately after death.

R. A. Soc , No. 41, 1903.

60 CRUISE IN THE SOUTHERN CHINA SEA

From several small streams within the jungle good water
may he obtained; they are, however, too weak to force a passage
to the sea and must be looked for above the beach.

At Pengiki we spent two days but found the island, although
of fair size—three miles long and nearly two wide—very scantily
furnished with animal life. Pigeons both Nicobar and bicolor,
were fairly numerous as were the glossy starling and blue-and-
white kingfisher, but no other birds were seen with the exception
of an eagle and a single grey wagtail. A python and viper were
obtained and a glimpse was caught of a small animal ina tree
that may have beena musang. Macaque monkeys (cynomolgus?)
were, however, common and a new species of squirrel (Sedwrus
mimiculus), a dwarf form of S. prevostii, was obtained.

The jungle was of fair height but possessed scarcely any
undergrowth and all day long in the cool green light, swarms of
bats (Hipposideros barbensis, sp. nov.) flitted about circling in and
out amongst the trees.

When we left—in darkness at three o’clock one morning— ~
the anchor proved to be jammed fast in the coral. It was only
by setting full sail, after all other means were exhausted, that
we were enabled to break it free.

The Tambelans.

The Tambelan group, about sixty miles to the northward,
was the next place of call. With a wind abeam and a squall to
help. we arrived in twelve hours and anchored between two
small islands, Selendang and Gilla. Exploring the former in
the afternoon we got two or three birds. It possesses a curious
cone-shaped hill about 700 feet high; Gillais much lower. The
scenery in the little strait between the two was very lovely—
jungie and coco palms, granite boulders and yellow sand, bright
blue sea and waves of white surf at the far end of the
passage.

Early next morning (Aug. 4th) we boated over to Great
Tambelan and met many canoes going off to the outlying islands.
The sea was running very high a few hours later and the sail
back again was somewhat exciting.

‘he Tambelan group consists of the three principal islands
of Tambelan, Bunoa and Wai, with a number of smaller islands

Jour. Straits Brane},

CRUISE IN THE SOUTHERN CHINA SEA, 61

massed fairly close together over thirteen or fourteen miles of
sea. Only Great Tambelan is inhabited but on the others the
people have numerous ladangs and pondoks. The population
consists of Malays, 500-600 in number.

Bunoa.

As Gilla and Selendang were too small to be productive,
after one more visit we transferred operations to Pulo Bunoa
close by. The islands form roughly two parallel lines lying
N. E. and 8. W. Bunoa is the largest of the south-western
group. Itis about four miles long and two and a half wide,
on the whole gently rounded in contour with gradual forested
hills rising to a height of 900 feet. On the northern side is a
bay that offers good anchorage in the 8. W. monsoon.

We tramped through the island for three days after birds
and beasts. <A form of ‘‘Krah” was common and from those
collected here, and later on in the Anambas, a new species
Macacus puntlus has been described which differs from J/.
cynomolgus in being paler and much smaller. ‘The little pied
hornbil! (A nthrococeros converus) was numerous: their chattering
resounded through the jungle like the yelping of puppies.
Once in stalking them I lost my bearings and at last crossing a
slight trail followed it up on the wrong hand and passing by a
little stream that suddenly disapppeared subterraneously, came
on a ladder path and log-slide running down a sleep hill side to
a strane beach that in the end proved to be on the further side of
the island. ‘Thinking it easier to return to the boat by follow-
ing the coast than by retracing my steps, I let myself in for a
five or six miles scramble in mangroves and mud, over soft sand
and rocks, across coral reefs and through water breast high
before I found the schooner again.

Arenga palms are numerous in the jungle and are worked
for sugar by the natives. ‘The trees are tapped near the top
and bamboo receptacles are fastened beneath the incisions to re-
ceive thesap. Here and there we came across the boiling-down
furnaces that consisted of large flat iron pans raised above the
fire on clay walls. Before concentration the sap is carefully
strained through a bunch of fibre to remove impurities and is
then boiled down either to a treacly consistency or to a still

R, A; Soc., No. 41, 1903.

62 CRUISE IN THE SOUTHERN CHINA SEA.

greater density when it is poured into bamboo moulds and
crystallizes into a dark brown sugar.

A coconut shell of the warm sweet liquid ia its early stage
is most refreshing during the course of a hard tramp and was
always offered when we passed a concentrator at work.

Great Tambelan.

On the 8th of August we made sai! at day-break and with
a native pilot crossed to Tambelan Island and anchored in the
harbour three hours later. |

This, the largest island of the group, is nearly 44 miles long
and roughly triangular. Near its north-east coast are several
hills, the highest of which—Tambelan Peak-—rises to an
elevation of 1300 feet while a short distance to the eastward of
it is Thumb Peak, a remarkable pointed hill 950 feet high. The
island is nearly divided into two parts by an inlet of the sea
which runs in a north-easterly direction iuto its western side.
This creek is nearly a mile in width but is fringed and choked
with reefs. ‘The remains of a breakwater built of coral cross it
about a mile anda half from the entrance. A stockade once ran
behind this and a fort stood on the shore, all being constructed
to defend the village which lies higher up, from the attacks of
Illanum pirates who occasionally visited these islands years ago.

We threaded our way amongst the coral and anchored in
a clear patch of water near a couple of small native schooners,
well protected by reefs from any south-westerly swell and in
sight of the Kampong. ‘The conditions permitted some delight-
ful baths in perfect safety for the Malays said crocodiles and
sharks never ventured into the neighbourhood. The pilot re-
fused money payment for his services but gladly received drugs
for an ailing relative, and later when the people took to bring-
ing us specimens they always preferred medicine of sorts by
way of recompense.

We first landed on the southern side of the harbour and
climbed a small hill of granite and laterite. It was covered
with scanty scrub and absolutely devoid of life. A reward
however lay in the view. Below the slope of the hill stretched
the still green waters of the harbour, purple-patched with coral ;
on the further sidesand, jungle and palms, while the Kampong—a

Jour. Straits Branch

a

CRUISE IN TilE SOUTHERN CHINA SEA. 63

long line of brown houses on land and water, following the
course of the shore—lay higher up the creek. Beyond rose the
jungle.and hills, with the quaintly-shaped Thumb Peak—abrupt
and solitary—standing out prominently against the sky.

A white man is a bit of a curiosity in these parts and for the
rest of the day it was but seldom that twenty or thirty heads
were not poked through the skylight windows watching our
goinys-on.

Next morning we went up to the village to visit the Dato
and show him a letter written py the Sultan of Linga who, under
the Dutch, rules ail these islands.

A roofed-in platform with benches and flizht of steps forms
a pleasant landing and lounging place before the village, near
which was anchored a stranger vessel—a little prau about the
size of our whaleboat packed with a large and unprepossessiny
family of Orang Laut.

From the jambatan we were led to the Dato. The village
consists of about 250 houses threaded by tidy paths and supplied
with water by numerous bamboo penchurans leading from the
higher ground in the rear. No women were visible but from

_ the houses came the clacking of numerous looms: good strong

sarongs are made here, dyed, however, with aniline colours
purchased in Singapore: indeed though Dutch possessions, the
Straits dollar was the only coin current in all the islands of our
cruise. Passing the mosque, a pucca triple-roofed structure of
wood and stone, and a number of old cannon that lay scattered
about, we reached the Dato’s, a well-built shingle-roofed house,
with a long enclosed verandah running its length, in which we
were welcomed.

The Dato was an amiable old gentleman, treated by his
people as he treated the Sultan’s letter—with great respect.
Chairs were arranged at one end of the room and when we took
our seats the lower end was crowded by the populace while
women stared through the latticed windows of the inner rooms.
An official, bent double with respect, read the Sultan’s hukum,
which explained our object and recommended ali assistance,
and then the Dato and the audience descanted on the
local fauna, its paucity in those islands and how much
better off other places—Pahang, for instance—were in this res-

kh. A. Soc, No, 41, 1903

64 CRUISE IN THE SOUTHERN CHINA SEA,

pect. On leaving, the hand-camera was brought into play
for the first time and all the juveniles among our escort fled
screaming. |

The little community appeared to be very well off and was
one of the few places remarkable for the absence of the ubiquitous
Chinaman, a solitary trader of which race seemed to have been
recently starved out. On the shores of the harbour twenty to
thirty schooners of local construction were drawn up: these
seemed to be owned by the villagers in general, and with them
all the trade was done and all the produce shipped from time to
time to Singapore direct.

Ship-building bulked large as an industry of the village and
we saw half a dozen or more hulls from thirty to forty feet in
length, in all stages of construction. These vessel are built of
locally grown chengai and merbau and are fastened with tree-
nails throughout. Each seemed to be the work of about a
couple of men in partnershipand takes two years or so to complete.
A few frames are first set up and completely planked and atter-
wards the other ribs are fitted in until sufficient strength is
attained. It was said that a 35 foot craft (10-tonner) could be
purchased all complete for $350, and although perhaps their
lines were capable of some improvement they were fine roomy
little boats strongly built of throughly sound material. The
local canoe, however, was a thing of beauty: strongly built of
two prettily contrasting white and brown hardwoods without
a single nail, with upward-projecting stem and stern and gaudily
painted bird’s-head bracket on the bow to support the lowered sail
and mast, it was as workmanlike as it washandsome. 'Thesail was
a square cotton lug slung by the middle of the yard and set with
the forward end of the boom snubbed down to the lee-bow well
forward. |

Having sent the Dato a photograph of the ‘Terrapin’ we
received a call one evening from him and his understudy to
acknowledge the picture and to obtain a little medicine.
Amongst other things he told us how in his boyhood the village
suffered the last attack from pirates and how all the inhabitants
were driven out by the raiders to a hill at the back of the island
where they built a fort of refuge. In those days there were
only about a hundred people on the group.

bh
Jour. Straits Branuc

CRUISE IN THE SOUTHERN CHINA SEA. 65

But little was to be obtained by way of supplies from the
villlage. Coconuts and copra were plentiful, eggs and fowls
scarce: we could get plenty of bananas and one evening bought
from a canoe homeward bound from fishing, three splendid parrot
fish (Scarus sp.), weighing together between sixty and seventy
pounds for a dollar!

The jungle was intersected with paths leading to the arenga
palms and trying-down sheds and by shooting along them and in
the cocopalms we obtained a new squirrel (Sciwrus abbottii), a
pale form of S. notatus.

After investigating the birds and mammals on several .
occasions with good results, we devoted a morning to hutterflies
getting about a dozen species round the village and along the
forest paths. The fauna of the island was neither numerous nor
diversified and on the morning of the 15th we moved the schooner
over to Pulo Wai, anchoring off its N. H. coast.

Pulo Wai.

This island is the most north-westerly of the group. It is
about two miles long and rises in several peaked hills attaining
near the eastern end a height of 1000 feet. Being farther from
the Kampong than the others it is least visited but plantations
of coconuts and bananas, plantains, yams and sweet pota-
toes are common on its hillsides, a good deal of which are cleared.

It provided us with a handsome squirrel (Sciurus mimellus
sp. nov.) with black, chestnut and white pelage—a dwarf form of
the well-known S. prevostii.

A walk across the island proved very bad travelling but
from the hills a distant view was obtained of Gap Rock about
twelve miles to the northeast. This remarkable islet consists
solely of two huge boulders—the larger of which is 124 feet
above the water—lying on a flat platform of rock utterly
devoid of soil or vegetation.

This was the last of the Tambelans visited and I will there-
fore conclude this notice of them with a list of the principal
collections.

Mammals.

1. Macacus pumilus, sp. nov.
R. A. Soc., No. 41, 1903. 4

66 CRUISE IN THE SOUTHERN CHINA SEA.

Pteropus lepidus, sp. nov.
Megaderma spasma.

Tupaia bunoe, sp. nov.
Tragulus sp. (said to occur).
Sciurus memellus. sp nov.
Scinrus abbottii, sp. nov.
Mus tambelanicus, sp. nov.

CONS

Birds.*

Gracula javanica.
Kulabes javanicus.
Calornis chalybeus.
Hypothymis azurea.
Hirundo javanica.
Motacilla melanope.
Halcyon chloris.
Anthrococeros convexus.
Cypselus sp.

10. Osmotreron bicincta.
11. Carpophaga eenea.
12. Myristicivora bicolor.
13. Chalcophaps indica.
14. Caleenas nicobarica.
15. Turtur tigrinus.

16. Esacus magnirostris.
17. ‘otanus hypoleucus.
18;) Ti ecalidus:

19. Lepterodius sacer.

DO ONID OP WN

The Rocky Islets.

Eleven miles in seven hours is not good sailing but it was
afternoon when we landed on the Rocky Islets—the Pulo Man-
dariki of the Malays. They consist of two small barren islets
and a rock. ‘The sea is steep to all round and the schooner lay
on and off with a kedge anchor hanging down while we care-

* It is interesting to note that no birds smaller than the fly
catcher have effected a lodgement on the Tambelan group.

Jour. Straits Branch

CRUISE IN THE SOUTHERN CHINA SEA, 67

fully humoured the swell and jumped ashore on the larger of the
two. which is northernmost. The central islet which is next in
size is much more broken and is a wild confusion of little peaks
and precipices.

Climbing to the top of our islet (134 feet) we found that
quartz predominated in its formation, which presented an ex-
ceedingly rough surface where grew here and there only the
scantiest tufts of coarse grass. T'wo or three dead bushes
crowned the summit and everywhere the ground was fouled
with the guano of sea-birds that use the rocks asa breeding
place.

The air was full of squalling, squawking, croaking gulls
and among the crevices of the island’s surface we discovered num-
bers of nestlings, and a few egys alladdled. ‘The birds were of
two kinds:—a black noddy with grey head (Anous stolidus) and
a tern (Sterna sp.) with black head and wings, grey back and
grey-white breast. The remaining fauna included fishing-eagles,
crabs and a solitary bee. The mid-day sun, shining down on
the bare rocks, made the heat, combined with the scent of the
birds, overpowering and we soon left, having knocked over
sufficient specimens for the collection in a very few minutes.

Saddle Island.

Instead of proceeding straight to the Anambas we stopped
for a night and morning at Pulo Kayu Ara, a little island about
half a mile long covered with jungle and thus contrasting
strongly with the place we had just left. It is nearly 400 feet
high and is formed of two round hills having a dip between that
make together a contour from which it has gained its English
name.

The feet of the hills were fringed with black rocks but
between lay a delightful little beach inhabited by a pair of white-
collared kingfishers, on which we landed and found the laying
places and tracks of turtles: the sea, of wonderful limpidity
invited to a bath. The only birds seen in the forest were fruit
pigeons and glossy starlings,—the only terrestrial mammal a
squirrel (Sccwrus klossit), a small blue-bellied member of the notatus
group. The trees bore considerable quantities of fruit,

R. A. Soc., No. 41, 1903,

68 CRUISE IN THE SOUTHERN CHINA SEA.

particularly noticeable being wild nutmegs and mangosteens, the
last of which seemed to form the principal food of the squirrels.
To complete the tale of our acquisitions were the small fruit
bat (P. lepidus) previously taken in the Tambelans, some geckoes
and two or three tree-snails.

Waiting until the tide turned in one favour we left in the
afternoon, bound for tbe Anambas, a hundred miles away.
Until sunset next evening the wind held light but then with a
series of squalls coming up from astern we made from six to
seven knots an hour, the breeze constantly shifting a point and
back and compelling us to make continual gybes. Late at night
we entered the channel between Pulos Peling and Riabu and
dropped anchor close to the former.

The Anambas Islands,

On the morning of the 17th it was evident that we were
fortunate to have anchored when we did; for dead ahead, just
a hundred yards away, an abrupt bit of coral reef on which the
schooner could have piled up very awkwardly, lay five or six
feet beneath the surface.

Pulo Peling, which we worked for a day, is only a small
island without inhabitants where clearings were just being com-
menced; we saw no mammals except many monkeys, but got a
little blue brown flycatcher ( Cyornzs tickellt) with reddish breast
for the first time on the cruise.

Riabu, which we next prospected, is much larger, being
high and about six miles in length. It possesses a very good
bay affording excellent harbourage in the 8. W. monsoon as it
is only open between N. and W. As we rowed along the shore
we shot a large “‘ baiawak”’ from the boat and then landing found
the country very rocky and densely covered with forest. Our
best catch was a squirrel—the only one seen—a pale and rather
small form of Scturus notatus. It has been named anambensis and
occurs on most of the islands of the Anambas group but the
Riabu specimen differs from the others in having the audital
bulle markedly smaller.

At daylight on the 19th there was scarcely a breath of wind
and after getting up anchor we nearly drifted on to the reef

Jour Straits Branecb

CRUISE IN THE SOUTHERN CHINA SEA. 69.

through which we had so nearly come to grief before, but miss-
ing it with the rudder by a bare yard we soon afterwards got a
fair breeze and, running past eight or ten small islands, made
Terempa, which is the chief kampong of the Anambas, by 2 p. m.

The Anambas Islands are situated in lat. 3°N., long. 106 E.
and extend over an area 65 geographical miles long N. and 8.
and 55 miles wide. They practically form two groups of which,
though the western includes the larger island, the other is greater |
in area. All the islands are hilly, covered with forest, and afford
numerous bays and channels where safe anchorage may be found
in spite of the coral reefs that occur everywhere. Although the
population is mainly confined to the larger islands, Malays are
thinly scattered over most of the rest and there are Chinese
Settlements in either group.

Siantan.

Terempa lies in a little bay on the north coast of Siantan
which is the largest of the easterly Anambas, having probably an
area of about 20,000 acres: it is densely covered with heavy
forest, is very hilly and rises 1855 feet.

The kampong is a thriving little place with a Chinese
cemetery, twenty or thirty Chinese shops with galvanised iron
roofs and a good proportion of its population Chinese. A small
steamer the ‘ Banka” calls once or twice a month and yet it is
against these islands that the dear old China Seas Directory
(3rd edition) still contains the antediluvian warning that “it is
dangerous to land without due precaution, for the Malays who
reside on them may probably massacre or make slaves of strangers
if they perceive a convenient opportunity.” A propos of this
sort of thing I remember once asking a Danish sailor whom I
met on the other side of Sumatra whether he used the English
Admiralty publications for these seas, but the skipper of that
very old-fashioned little barque the ‘‘ Hans of Fano” shook his
head and replied that he always consulted certain continental
sailing directions as our own were far too obsolete and scrappy.

Terempa is built along the head of the bay and has a small.
saltwater creek opening out behind it. As one faces it from
seaward an orderly street of Chinese stores with the opium-
farmer's place and a Chinese school lie to'the left with a few

R. A. Soc., No. 41, 1903.

70 CRUISE IN THE SOUTHERN CHINA SEA.

Malay houses at the far end. In the centre is the Dato’s house
—a wooden building in civilised style; a large house belonging
to the Sultan of Linga and then stretching away on the right the
houses of the bulk of the Malays: behind the flat on which the
village is built, hills covered with jungle and coco paJms rise
steeply ina half circle, the whoie having a very pretty effect
which, however, is quite matched by the view presented from
behind the town from wheuce looking down the long slope of
the hill one sees the roofs of the houses, the semi-circular bay
with boats lying at anchor, and then across a strip of water the
forested hills that rise opposite.

A mile and more to the north of Siantan le the two fairly
large islands of Mobur and Mata with a channel about a mile
wide between them. Between Mata and Siantan runs a very
pretty strait which although obstructed by many islets and
shoals at its eastern end, has deep water in the west where
‘'erempa Bay is situated. Not only in the latter itself cana
vessel lie in deep water sheltered from all winds, but beyond the
point forming its eastern shore is another bay where a ship can
anchor in 10-18 fathoms near the beach, entirely land-locked.
Better harbours on a small scale could not be wished for and
wood and water are close at hand.

The Dato of Terempa was in an advanced state of consump-
tion and in spite of possessing a new and rather showy house
lived ina second more modest dwelling. He showed us specimens
of black iron ore of which large quantities were said to occur
in the hill behind the village.

We could get various supplies here, thanks to the presence
of the Chinese; extremely good coconuts* were plentiful
and water was at hand in a large pool on the beach. ‘he only
practicable shooting ground near at hand was mostly covered
with small scrubby jungle in which we shot squirrels and a number
of fairly common birds and trapped plenty of rats. I met with

*This group of islands would appear to be a convenient place for
obtaining seed nuts to form a coco-palm plantation. The Malays
always maintain, and apparently with some show of reason, that island
nuts are far superior to those of the mainland. Some of the Anambas
nuts are very good, in fact, almost equal those of the Nicobars: though
small, they are extremely sweet and the deposit of flesh ‘is very thick.

Jour. Straits Branch

CRUISE IN THE SOUTHERN CHINA SEA, 71

bees in this place and was put out of action for a day or two in
consequence, for while chopping at a liana that crossed the path
I disturbed a swarm that were clinging to it a little to one side.
They were about me in an instant and though by retreating to
the sea at an unaccustomed pace [ shook off the majority,
nevertheless those that had secured a hold made things sufficiently
painful and my right hand and arm were so swollen that for a
time I could do nothing with them.

The canoes of these islands were very similar to those of
the Tambelans; they differed:principally in having a much higher
stem and stern and were shallower, lighter and narrower, with
much less beam forward than aft, and they were propelled
with a double-bladed paddle. The sampan used by the Chinese
was of a very bulky model with an elongated and upward point-
ing prow: it sailed under a battened dipping-lug.

Having beeu told by a son of the Sultan of Linga who was
staying in the village, of a large waterfall on the east side of
Siantan we set out at sunrise one morning to visit it in the
whale-boat. The wind was dead ahead and we had to pull all
the way—about eight miles—but the result was well worth the
labour. The way lay right up the chaunel between Siantan and
Mata, then a short distance down the east coast and finally an
approach by a passage through mangroves that enabled us to
bring the boat to the very foot of the falls themselves. Bordered
by jungle these fell in a series of cascades down a bare strip of
rock about 400 feet high. There were twelve or thirteen falls
in all and their chief charm lay in their variety—broad ribbons
of foamy water slithering over smooth faces of rock, long
threads dropping uninterruptedly from a height, and series of
little cascades tumbling down flights of stone steps, while here
and there in between were delightful cool-looking pools, seem-
ing so inviting after our hot row that we feet compelled to have
a swim, following the example of the fish that had somehow
found their way there.

The raja had agreed to accompany us but was late in set-
ting out, though he arrived before we left and we both started
together to sail back, as this time the wind was fair. We were
not long in company however, for the other boat—curiously,
built in Singapore in the same yard as our own—a little larger

R. A. Soc., No. 41, 1903.

2 CRUISE IN THE SOUTHERN CHINA SEA.

and with more sail soon left us behind and we reached home
badly beaten.

The days between August 24th and September 5th were
passed in visiting the northern island but on the latter date we
sailed round Siantan and the islands extending from its south-
east extremity since the channel on the north was untraversable,
drifting on a reef on the way in a calm but easily getting off by
the use of a kedge anchor, and in the evening putting in at Telok
Ayer Bini, a bay on the sonth coast partially protected by an
island at the entrance.

The shores rose very steeply and were uncleared except in
one or two places where the people of a house there had made
gardens and planted hill rice. It was hard work climbing about
the slopes which were rendered excessively slippery by rain that
continued incessantly throughtout our stay. A stream with two
arms ran into the head of the bay and up one we rowed until
stopped by a small cascade, while the other was merely. an
almost dry bed of granite boulders.

The wretched weather made specimens scarce and after
three or four unprofitable days we sailed on our final visit to
Terempa. Four more days were spent here working fresh
ground and making fairly good collections of mammals and
birds and then we left for Pulo Telaga to the westward.

Mobur.

The 24th of August was the first day of our stay at Mobur
Island, about 5 miles to the northward of Siantan. Like all the
Anambas it is hilly with a broken surface covered with forest,
and on the south it is cut into by a narrow gulf with an islet at
the entrance; a notable feature of the western group is the
number of these inlets and narrow channels that occur. Good
as the harbour was with depths of 12 or more fathoms we passed
up the strait separating Mobur from the larger Mata and
anchored in a big bay on the north side, landlocked for more
than three quarters of its perimeter. [our or five miles sea-
wards we could perceive the Tokong Belauer, a remarkable
white rock bearing ata distance a most extraordinary resem-
blance to a modern battleship. We found coco palm and banana
plantations on the island but very few inhabitants, for the people

- Jour. Straits Branch

e
~
z

CRUISE IN TilE SOUTHERN CHINA SEA. 13

are mainly confined to Terempa and only isolated settlers ovcur
elsewhere.

One afternoon we rowed to a little island in the bay called
Langor. It was only about 100 feet high and consisted of sand
and rocks covered with scrubandafewcocopalms. Everywhere
the ground was strewn with pigeon’s feathersand by waiting
we found that large flocks of the orange-breasted pigeon

- (Osmotreron bicincta) came off at sunset from surrounding islands

and used this spot as a roosting place in company with smaller
numbers of glossy starlings and nutmeg pigeons. The whirring
noise made by the wings of the flocks as they flew round and
round the island, disturbed by our shots, was very great and
continued until we departed with bags stuffed with birds that
appeared later in a most delicious stew.

Kelong, Manguan and Tobing.

We next sailed round the north end of Mata and anchored
between it and Pulo Kelong, a narrow island about 5 miles long
ina N.and S. direction and less than a mile wide: the ground
sloped upward to a ridge 600-700 feet high and every where the
soil and jungle were very poor. Most of the chaunel dividing
Kelong from Mata is filled with sand banks and coral, dry at low
tide. Fishing-stakes had been set up here and there by the
Malays but to us the place proved a good ground for the com-
mon shore birds of this region and we also collected a number
of beautiful starfish while our crew hunted for trepang and
chopped tridacnas out of the coral. Other animal life was scarce
and we soon moved southward to Pulo Manguan, a small island
shaped like a dumb-bell, flat and swampy in the centre; but do-
ing no better there, anchored the schooner off Tobing, an islet
near the eastern entrance of the Siantan channel, and from thence
again visited the waterfall, and next day, previous to sailing for
the south of Siantan, rowed to Terempa and back for our mails.

Telaga.

The second stay at Terempa concluding on the 13th of
September we made for Jimaja, the chief of the westerly Anam-
bas, {first however after a few hours sail stopping about mid-way,
at a group of small islands of which Telaga is chief. This is a

R. A. Soc.,-No. 41, 1903.

74 CRUISE IN THE SOUTHERN CHINA SEA.

norrow hog-backed island about 5 miles long N. and 8. witha
picturesque peak rising 1740 feet near its northern end. We
spent a couple of days here and on the neighbouring island of
Midai finding the forest fairly open except for patches of rattans
and a prickly holly-like shrub. Only one village of three or
four houses was seen. The coconuts seemed much troubled with
squirrels and the people made use of an ingenious trap set on a
long bamboo leading from the jungle to the palm trunks.
Jimaja.

Qn the 16th we made sail at daybreak and rounded the
southern end of Telaga. ‘The wind was ahead but we did most
of the seventeen miles, which is the distance between that island
and Jimaja, in one board and then working short tacks got close
to the entrance of K wala Maras Bay on the east coast by night-
fall. After that the wind fell light and the tide carried us
away to the northward so we let go the anchor in 10 fathoms
about three-quarters of a mile from shore and next morning after
a couple of hours beating got into the bay. A line of rocks ex-
tends above water from the north shore and beyond them on the
other side is a coral reef: we found a good berth between the
two, well protected from all but easterly winds.

Jimaja is the largest of the Anambas with an area of
perhaps 30,000 acres. It is of an irregular Y-shape about 14
miles N. and §. and 9 miles wide. ‘The contour is very uneven
and there are many peaks between 700 feet and 1530 feet, the
greatest elevation attained in Gunong Tujoh. The irregularity
of the coast line has resulted in many bays, the largest being in
the north and in the south-east, but Telok Kwala in the centre
of the east coast, although smaller than these is the most important
as having the greatest population and being the port of call of the
steamer. Its shores rise steeply to heights of 1000 feet in places
free from forest, but beyond the head where a river embouches is
some flat swampy land overgrown with mangroves.

The kampong lies on the north shore and consists of thirty
to forty houses,ja small mosque, the Dato’s house and the buildings
of the opium-farmer—shop, godowns, etc., surrounded by a
stockade 8-10 feet high closely built of small saplings from
whence ran a small jetty.

Jour. Straits Branch

CRUISE IN THE SOUTHERN CHINA SEA. 75

The Dato’s was a well built house, the largest in the place,
with a flag staff in front. We were given the rarely used chairs
brought out, as always, from somewhere in the roof and seated
on these awaited the Dato who was making himself presentable.
He was a rather big man with an Irish countenance and wore a
“baju tanyan kanching” having a ridiculous resemblance to the
obsolete night shirt, and a purple smoking cap whose large black
tassel persisted in lying in his righteye. ‘There were only a few
people in the audience and after the Dato had stumbled through
the Sultan’s letter and the scholar of the party recorded our visit
in the brown-paper-covered archives of Jimaja, conversation
took a zoological turn and we were told also of two deep lakes
with waterfalls that existed up in the hills of the interior, the
description being such as to give one an idea of something
impressive. |

We collected first on the south side of the bay with no great
result; the ground was very steep and difficult and the forest
small having evidently been cleared at some former period.
However, a new species of rat—Mus flaviventer—was obtained
and we came across parrots (Paleornis longicauda) for the first
time. Every day flocks crossed the bay and passed near the sum-
mit of some steep rocks where I several times lay hid in the vain
hope that they might stop. It was interesting to note how the
parrots’ call as they flew by always drew a loud response from
all the small birds roosting in the bushes.

On the other side of the bay we found a good path running
for some distance through a former mangrove swamp now
planted with coconuts, and afterwards up hill amongst most
beautiful jungle. It crossed two small streams of perfectly
clear water one running among granite boulders and the other,
about a foot deep, ina smooth sandy bed. Toward midday
nothing was more pleasant after five or six hours’ tramping in
the forest than to find a round stone for pillow and recline full-
Jen¢th in the flowing water of the latter until thoroughly re-
freshed by its coolness. But beside providing pleasure of this
sort we also obtained good specimens along its banks.

Our third collecting ground was along the river falling in-
to the head of the bay. At first this was bordered by broad
growths of tall mangrove, but after a mile or so where the current

R. A. Soc., No. 41, 1903.

76 CRUISE IN THE SOUTHERN CHINA SEA,

began to make itself felt these ceased and the vegetation became
more varied with interminoglings of nipahs, palms, and fruits trees.
Onward from here the stream—the Sungei Maras—runs up the
centre of a winding valley witha narrow strip of flat land at
the bottom and steeply rising sides. At the head of navigation—
and in fact when the tide was low we had to wade with our
dinghy for some distance, though all the way the stream was
broad enough to use oars—was a village of eight or ten houses
and a mosque, one or two of the former being of large size and
well built of panels of carved wood, though now old.

In the valley we got specimens of the parrots at last as they
fed in the fruit trees bordering the river, and also a lovely little
two-toed kingfisher (Ceyx rufidorsa) with coral red beak and
feet, yellow breast and brick red head and back that were tinged
with a beautiful glossy lilac: the best of the bag however were
specimens of a big squirrel (Ratufau anambe sp. nov.) black above
with tawny yellow;cheeks and underparts. It weizhs about 341bs
with a total length of 33 inches of which head and body are
15 inches: thus, contrary to the general rule, it is an insular race
characterised by increase of size. In these China Sea islands it
is found that when a species of mammal occurs in a solitary
island, however small that may be in area, it is confined to that
islaud alone, but when a species is present on an island of a group
it will generally be obtained throughout the group. In the case,
however, of the Ratufa of Jimaja this is not so; it was neither
reported nor did we find it ourselves on any other of the Anambas.

On the 25th we set out early in the morning with the in-
tention of seeing what truth there was in the report given us of
the ‘‘ telaga”’ in the centre of the island. The first stage was to
the village up river—Kampong Ayer Maras—where the Peng-
hulu provided us with a guide. While waiting for the latter we
inspected a small waterfall about 20 feet high at the back of the
village. It was not much to look at however as there was very
little water in it at the time. We were then told that there
were two series of lakes, so voted for the larger set and when
the guide arrived started him off accordingly. ;

The path traversed sago swamps for the greater part of the
way and was very muddy ; then passed through a small kampong
surrounded by fruit trees and soon after that through a stream |

Jour. Straits Branch -

CURISE IN THE SOUTHERN CAHINA SEA, Wel

where a sago-making apparatus was erected, next came thickets
of dense scrub followed by another sago plant where a number
of men wereat work. Now the track degenerated into a muddy
ditch knee deep for the most part and after crossing several
brooks we came to the bank of a small river with a clean sandy
bed. When we had waded upward for some distance the bed
became rocky and we then soon reached the “lakes.” These
were disappointing being merely large rocky basins in the river
bed about 60 feet long and 30 feet wide and, as we found by
diving, 17 or 18 feet deep. They were connected by a fall and
there was a second above the upper pool both some 30 or 40 feet
high. The water was perfectly clear and the whole very pretty,
rock and water being shaded and hedged in by dense jungle,
nevertheless the actual state of affairs was not quite the phe-
nomenon it had been painted by our informants.

We found the steamer in the bay when we got back and
her serang came off with a message from the commander that
_ we had stolen his anchorage! As however we had been there
some time and the other was still under steam we returned word
that we felt no inclination to move; thereupon the steamer’s
master obstinately took up a berth a few yard off until he swung
with the tide when, our main-boom end doing considerable dam-
age to his bridge dodger, he was persuaded to seek a more con-
venient anchorage.

Both in the 'Tambelans and in Siantan we had made efforts
to get one of the canoes of the place without avail, people did
not want to sell or would not be ready in time. Here as a last
chance one of the built up kind was to be had for $40, though
graceful degouts on exactly the same lines were just half that
while rough models could be purchased for as little as $3. One
canoe, a good example of the type—was brought alongside with
the sail lightly rolled up and bound round and round with every
conceivable cord; undoing this tangle of course showed the
cotton to be mildewed and full of holes and the chagrined vendor
was sent off foranother. There was further troublein conclud-
ing the purchase as the islanders would not accept either Dutch
coin or Singapore notes and we had run completely out of Straits
money. Happily a couple of Tringanu men visiting the island
in a small prau were willing to change our notes on condition that

R A. Soc., No. 41, 1903.

TS CURISE IN THE SOUTHERN CHINA SEA.

we invested in sarongs from their trade-stock. Having with
the assistance of these men—who contrasted greatly with the
islanders in many ways—brought the canoe business to an end
we left Jimaja on September 28th and sailing round the south
of the island reached Singapore on October 8th via Tiuman
where we spent a few days.

The principal result of our visit to the Anambas lay in the
first record of the animals and birds found in them, an outcome
of our investigations being also the description of many new
insular species. So far as is represented by the collections the
mammal fauna of these and of the other islands visited consists
of local forms of the widely distributed and characteristic
Malayan types. Each island and group of islands has its re-
presentative of the common genera and species; but in scarcely
an instance is an insular race identical with that occurring on
another island, unless of the same group, or on the mainland.

Mammals of the Anambas.

Macacus pumilus.

Nyctecebus tardigradis.
Emballonura anambensis, sp. nov.
Rhinolophus minutus, sp. nov.
R. rouxii?

Tupaia chrysomella, sp. nov.
Paradoxurus, sp. (reported).
Tragulus, 2 sp. (reported).
Sciurus anambensis, sp. nov.

S. tenuis.

Funambulus castaneus, sp. nov.
Ratufa anambe, sp. nov.

Mus siantanicus, sp. aov.

M. strepitans, sp. nov.

M. anambe, sp. nov.

M. flaviventer, sp. nov.

Birds.

The birds obtained were all common peninsular forms and
are enumerated below.
Malacopterum magnirostra.

Jour Straits Branch

CURISE IN THE SOUTHERN CHINA SBA. t9

Anuropsis sp.
Mixornis gularis.
Aizithina viridissima.
Pycnonotus simplex.
Tole sp.
Dissemurus platurus.
Orthotomus atrigularis.
Lanius cristatus.
Kulabes javanensis.
Calornis chalybeus.
Hypothymis azurea.
Cyornis tickelli.
Cittocincla macrura.

- Munia semistrata.
Hirundo gutteralis.
H. javanica.
Motacilla melanope.
Anthothreptes rhodoleema.
Aithopyga siparaja.
4. hasselti.
Diceeum trigonostigma.
Halcyon bengalensis.
H. chloris.
Ceyx rufidorsa.
Cypselus subfurcatus.
Collocalia fransica.
Macropteryx longipennis.
M. comata. |
Rhamphococcyx erythrognathous.
Graculus sumatrensis.
Palzeornis longicauda.
Loriculus galgulus.
Spizaétus or Spilornis sp. (observed).
Halidetus leucogaster.
Osmotreron bicincta.
Carphophaga eenea.
Myristicivora bicolor.
Caleenas nicobarica.
Chalcophaps indica.

R .A.Soc,No 41, 1903.

SO CURISE IN THE SOUTHERN CHINA SEA,

Charadrius fulvus.
Aigialitis sp.

Hsacus magnirostris.
Totanus calidris.

T. hypoleucus.
Strepsilas interpres,
Tringa hypoleuca.
Fregata aquila (observed).
Anous stolidus.
Sterna bergii.

5. media.
Lepterodius sacer.
Buteroides javanicus.

Literature.

China Sea Directory Vol II.

Mammals collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott in the region of
the Indragiri River, Sumatra, by Gerrit 8. Miller, Jr., Proceed-
ings of The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, March,
1902.

Mammals collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott on Islands in the
South China Sea, by Gerrit 5. Miller, Jr., Proceedings of the
Washington Academy of Sciences, August, 1900.

Jour. Straits Bran h

A List of the Butterflies of Borneo
with Descriptions of
New Species.

BY, Re SHELMORD IM A Wills,
(Curator of the Sarawak Museum).

Part I.

(DANAINEZ TO AMATHUSIIN#).

Only three lists of the butterflies of Borneo that can pre-
tend to any completeness have been published hitherto. One
by Messrs. Distant and Pryer appeared in the “ Annals and
Magazine of Natural History” 1887; another by Messrs.
Pryer and Cator in the ‘* British North Borneo Herald” of
1894—a list remarkable for the number of nomina nuda con-
tained in it, and a third by Mr. E. Bartlett in the ‘“ Sarawak
Gazette” of 1896, reprinted in the * Zoological Note-Book of
Sarawak” by the same author. All three lists are now out
of date and many new species have been described even since
the compilation of the last one; for example Mr. Bartlett
records only 139 Lyceenidz, whereas the number of species
of this family now known from Borneo just exceeds 300. Con-
sequently I feel justified in adding to the hterature on Bornean
Lepidoptera, especially as I do not expect that many more
discoveries of new species will se made in the future in an
island that has been so well explored faunisticallv as Borneo ;
in short, this list has some claim to completeness and
finality.

A few new species are described for the first time, and as
considerable trouble has been taken in consulting all available
literature on Oriental butterflies and as most of the specimens
have been referred to Dr. A. G. Butler and Mr. F. A. Heron, of
the British Museum, and by these well-known authorities de-

R. A. Soc., No. 41, 1904 5

S2 BUTTERFLIES OF BORNEO,

clared to be in every probability undescribed, { trust that my
new species are really ‘ good species.’

The question of nomenclature has been rather a difficult
one; the systematist has to steer between the Scylla of
“Jumping ” and the Charybdis of ‘“ splitting,” for to regard all
geographical varieties (topomorphs) of a wide-spread species as
identical is unscientific, to regard each variety, on the
other hand, as a separate species is almost equally un-
scientific and, further, tends to obscure the problems
of geographical distribution. ‘There is a third alternative
and that is, to adopt the cumbersome trinomial system, dis-
tinguishing well-marked topomorphs of a wide-spread species
as sub-species, giving them separate names* and noting the
distribution of the species as a whole. Such is the method
adopted in this list ; a species is recorded, if the typical form
occurs in Borneo that fact is noted and the distribution of the
typical form and the sub-species (component parts of a species)
occurring outside Borneo are also noted; if the typical form
does not occur in Borneo, the name of the sub-species that does
occur follows the name of the species and the distribution of the
species as a whole is recorded.

Unfortunately some of the families of butterflies have not
been studied so thoroughly as others, whilst some families
again have been studied from a different point of view to
others: for example, Messrs. Elwes and Edwards in their
“ Revision of the Oriental Ilesperiide” (Trans. Zool. Soc
Vol. XIV part IV, 1897), do not allow a single sub-species,
whereas Hon. W. Rothschild and Dr, K. Jordan in their
memoirs on the Papilioninee and on the Nymphaline genera,
Hulepis, Charaxes, etc., regard every topomorph of a wide-
spread species as a sub-species and this to my mind appears to
be the more scientific method. Much work along these lines
still remains to be done, but it can be done only by one who
has frequent access to extensive collections and well-stocked
libraries, therefore though this list lays claim to some complete-
ness so far as an enumeration of the forms of butterflies

* For an able exposition and defence of the trinomial system of
nomenclature see Novitates Loologice Vol. [X. Supplement, 1903,
pp. xXvi et seq.

Jour, Straits Branch

BUTTERFLIES OF BORNEO, 83

occurring in Borneo goes, it does not claim in every instance to
discuss the relationships between these Bornean forms and
close allies inhibiting other areas.

At the end of this list will be given a table showing at a
glance the geo :raphical distribution of the various species. A
few field notes are put in square brackets after the records of
distribution of the respective species.

I am indebted to Mr. F. Moore and to Herr H. Fruhstorfer
for their kind help; the late Mr. L. de Nicéville was a most
valued correspondent whose sound advice and generous aid |
sadly miss now. -

LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA,
Fam. NYMPHALID®.
Sub-fam. DANAIN®.

Genus J//estia.

1. ITestia lynceus, Drury.

H. lynceus, Drury. Illustr. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. 7 f. 1 (1773).

Hf. reinwardti, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 218.

Sub-sp. A. lyncens druryi, Moore, with a melanic form
fumata, ruhst.

Fruhstorfer (Berl. ent. Zeitschr. Bd. xl. p. 314. 1897)
divides H. lynceus into five sub-species occurring in
Malacca, Penanz, Singapore, Nias, Sumatra, Mentawei
Is., Natuna Is., Borneo and Java. The species is a com-
mon one and the Bornean sub-species with its melanic
form is distributed throughout the island; //. lyn. drury?
occurs also in Sumatra and the Natuna Is.

[‘'wo males were observed courting a female in the
jungle at Santubong: the female was situated on a
leaf about 12 feet from the ground, over her a pair of
males fluttered with a peculiar short up-and-down flight
as if they were sliding on perpendicular wires; the female
slowly opened and closed her wings but otherwise re-
mained immoveable for about three minutes when she
suddenly dashed off with the males in hot pursuit, and
all three were soon lost to sight].

' Bg A. Soc., No. 41, 19(4.

84 BUTTERFLIES OF BORNEO.

2. Hestia belia, Westw.
H. belia Westwood. Cab. Orient. Ent. pl. 37. fig. 2
Sub-sp. H. belia hypermnestra, Westw. |
Sub-sp. /7. belia belina, Fruhst.

The typical form of AH. belia occurs in Java and
Sumatra, the two sub-species mentioned above in
Borneo, another (H. bel. linteata, Butl.) in the Malay
Peninsula, and a fourth in Java. Distant (Rhop. Malay
p. 406) records H. linteata, Butl. from Banjermassin, but
this is probably the same as sub-sp. belina.

Genus Nectaria.

8. Nectaria leuconoé, Erichs.

Idea leuconoé, Erichs. Nova Acta. Ac. Nat. Cur. xvi
p. 283 (1834).

Sub-sp. WV. lencowoé nigriana, Grose-Smith.
North Borneo, Taganac Island.

Sub-sp. V. lewconoé chersonesia, Fruhst.
South Sarawak, Malay Peninsula, Singapore and
adjacent islands, Billiton.

Sub-sp. NV. lewconoé natunensis, Swell.

Iam not. at all certain that the varieties and local
races of this species are all worthy of sub-specific rank;
Nutunensis in especial seems to possess no well-marked
characteristics. In the Sarawak Museum collection
there isa male from Buntal, Sarawak, which miyht be
either négriana or natunensis and a female from Trusan, N.
Sarawak is intermediate in character bet:veen niqrianu or
chersonesia. Other sub-species occur in Japan, Philippines
Palawan, ‘lalaut, Sangir, Java, Engano.

The species frequents the sea-shore.

Genus /deopsis.
4, Ideopsis daos, Boisd.
Idea daos, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lep. I, pl. 24. f. 3 (1836).
Borneo and Lingga Archipelago, with sub-species n,
Singapore, Penang, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Niasi
China, Hongkong.
Jour, Straits Branch

BUTTERFLIES OF BORNEO, 85

The Natuna island forms appears to belong to an-
other sub-sp. Z. daos perakana, Fruhst.

[This common and distasteful species is mimicked by a
Chalcosiine moth, /sbartu pieridoides, and by the female of
Papilio delesserti |.

Genus Danais.
Sub-genus Ladena.

3. Danais (Raudena) vulyaris, Butl.
Danais vulgaris, Butler., Entom. Month. Mag. xi, p. 164,
(1874).

A common and widespread species, occurring in Singa-
pore, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Nias and Natuna
Islands.

[This species and Purantica eryx, Fab., are mimicked
in Borneo by the following butterflies :— Hlymnias lats, 6 ,
Euripus halitherses, 6 and Papilio megatus |.

6 Danais (Radena) juventa, Cram.
Papilio juventa, Cramer. Pap. Ex. ui, pl. 188 5. (1779).
A common sea-side species, ranging nearly all over
the Malay Archipelago.

Sub-genus Zirumala.

7. Danais (Tirumala) septentrionts, Butl.
Danais septentrionis. Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. vol. xi,
_-p, 163, (1874).
Occurs also in India, Ceylon, Burma, Siam, Malay
Peninsula, Java, Sumatra, Formosa. —
Mimicked in Borneo by :—Papilio macareus macaristus.

8. Danais (Tirumala) microsticta, Butl.
Danais microsticta.. Butler, Ent. Mouth. Mag. vol. xi,
p. 163. (1874).
Occurs also in Java and Nias.
Fruhstorfer considers this to be merely a sub-species
of septentronis.

R A. Soc., No. 41, 1904,

86

BUTTERFLIES OF BORNEO.

- Sub-genus Limnas.

9. Danais (Limnas) chrysippus, L.

Papilio chrysippus. Linneeus. Mus. Ulr. p. 268, (1764).

[This very widely distributed insect is common in N.
Borneo but of extreme variety in the more southern
parts of the island; it is interesting to note that the
females of //ypolimnas misippus which mimic it very
closely are hardly ever met with except in N. Borneo
though the males are somewhat less rare in the southern
part of the island; in other words, the local distribution
of the mimics closely follows that of the model].

Sub-genus Salatura.

10. Danais (Saulatura) plecippus lL.

bite

Papilio plecippus, Linneus Mus. Ulr. p. 262, (1764),
Sub-sp. D. plevippus intensa, Moore.

The typical form ranges from Japan through India to
the Nicobars, it occurs ‘also in the Philippines. The sub-
species intense occurs only in Borneo, Nias and Java ;
another sub-species is found in eee _ eee and
Sumatra.

a

Danais (Salatura) medanippus, Cr.

Papilio melanippus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. e 127 fig. A
Ds ll aia:

Sub-sp. D. melanippus hegesippus.

Fruhstorfer (1. c. 1899 p. 74) has united these two old
species. The typical form of melanippus he restricts to
Java, Nepal, Assam and Penang? (fide Marshall and
de Nicéville). ‘The form hegesippus occurs. in Sumatra,

Singapore, Natuvas, Malay Peninsula, Penang, Billiton,

Mergui Is., and is now recorded for the first time from
Borneo. Another sub-species occurs in Burma, Orissa
and Bengal.

12. Danars (Salatura) lotis, Cr.

Popilio lotis, Cramer, Pap. Exot. p. 111, pl. 230, Fig. D.
E, (1777).

Jour: Straits Branch

BUTTERFLIES OF BORNEO. S7

The typical form is confined to Borneo, sub-species
occuring in the Philippines and Celebes.

‘Sub-genus Bahora.

13. Danais (Bahora) aspasia, Fab.
~ Papilio aspasia, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. ii, p. 15, n. 149
(1787).
Ranees from Burma, to the Philippines and Banca.

Minit ked by the’ female of Nepheronia lutescens. ]

D. (Bahora) cleona, Gram., is a Moluccan Species and
has been wrongly recorded from Borneo. I cannot
agree with Fruhstorfer in regarding D. aspasia as merely
a Sub-species of D. cleona.

| Sub-genus Parantica. —
14. Danais (Parantica) eryx, Fab.
Pupilio eryx, Fab. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 425. (1789).
Occurs in Borneo with a sub-species in Nias.

Sub-genus Caduga.

10. Danais (Caduga) crowley?, Jenner Weir.

Cadugacrowle,t. Jenner Weir. Entomologist, 1894, p. 109.

The species is confined to Borneo, occurring on Mts.
Kina Balu and Penrissen. Fruhstorfer considers this to
be merely a sub-species of D. (Caduga) melaneus, Cr., but
this must be quite wrong for D. melaneus is a. typical
Caduga, with both. patches of scent-scales on the hind-
wing traversed ky a lengthened swelling of the vein (cf.
Moore, Lepidoptera Indica, p. 60). Whilstin D. crowley:
only the patch on the sub-median vein is so traversed,
the patch on the internal vein is almost obsolete, whilst
that on the lower median vein is large and spatulate as
in Parantica; in short D. crowleyi is nota true Caduga

~ at all.

16, Lanais (Caduga) luzonensis, Feld.
Danais luzonensis, Felder, Wien. Ent. Mon. iv. p. 398.
n. 17 (1860).

R. A.-Soc., No. 41, 1904.

ts) 8)

ifs

BUTTERFLIES OF BORNEO.

Sub-sp. D. luzonensis premacaristus, Fruhst.

From N. Borneo. (Mt. Kina Balu) and Mt. Penrissen.
‘he Bornean form has been confused with the Javan
Cuduga larissa, Feld., another sub-sp. of /uzonensis ; other
sub-species occur in the Lesser Sunda Is., Sumatra and
the Malay Peninsula; the typical form is confined to
the Philippines and Palawan.

[The species was common on Mt. Penrissen and often
flew in company with Caduga crowleyi; Hlymnias lais 6
mimicked both species. |

Genus HUPLGA.

Sub-genus Wenama.

Euplea (Menama) lorz@, Moore.

Menama lorza, Moore, P. Z. 5. 1883, p. 265, pl. 31, fig 6d.
Occurs in North Borneo only.

Sub-genus 7'ronga.

18. Kuplea (Tronga) crameri, Lucas.

Huplea crameri, Lucas, Rev. Zool. 1858, p. 318.
Tronga brooke, Moore, P.Z.S. 1883, p. 268, n. 8.
Tronga labuana, Moore, |.c. p. 268, n. 9.

Tronga daatensis, Moore |.c. p. 268, n. 10.

I agree with de Nicéville & Fruhstorfer in uniting the
Labuan and Daat Is. forms with the mainland species
cramer, and with de Nicéville in sinking brooke: as another
synomym. £. crameri typica is confined to the Philip-
pines, Borneo and the Natunas, with doubtful sub-species
ranging from India to all the Sunda Islands.

[This and the following species are mimicked by :—
ITypolimnas anomala 2, Elymnias pellucida, Papilio
paradorns telesicles Q ab. russus and ab. leucothordes,
Papilio lencothée ramaceus and the Chalcosiine moth /sbarta
macularia. | :

19, EHuplwa (Tronga) bremeri, Feld.

Euplwa bremeri, Felder, Wien. Ent. Monat. iv, p. 398,
n. 16 (1860).

Jour. Straits Brauch

BUTTERFLISE OF BORNEO, 89

Tronga pryert, Moore, P.Z.S. 1883, p. 269.

The differences between specimens in the Sarawak
Museum of E. bremeri (EF. Marsdeni, syn.) from Singa-
pore and #. pryerit from British North Borneo are so
small and so inconstant that I have no hesitation in writ-
ing the two species under one name. Fruhstorfer divides
the Trongas into two groups :—

1. Hindwing with a prominent row of submarginal dots.
2. Hindwing with a double series of very large clear
white spots.

In the former group he places FE. bremerd, as a sub-
species of H. Crameri, in the latter he places E. pryeri,
yet all the specimens of £. bremeri that I have seen
should be placed in group 2. In any case the species is
rather a doubtful one. It ranges from India through
the greater part of the Indo-Malayan region.

Sub-genus Adigama.

20. Euplea (Adigama) scudderi, Butler.

Crastia scuddert, Butl. Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. xiv,
p. 297 (1878). Confined to Borneo.
[ Mimicked by the Chalcosiine moth, Amesta hyala].

Sub-genus Penoa.

21. Euplea ( Penoa) uniformis, Moore.
Penoa uniformis, Moore, Lepid. Ind. vol. i, p. 99 (1890).
Confined to Borneo; possibly only a sub-species of
E. alcathéc. God. or FE. ménétriésti, Feld.
[Mimicked by Elymndas lutescens and Mimeuplea tristis |.

22. Euplwa (Penoa) zonata, Druce.
Euplea zonata, Druce, P.Z.5.. 1873, p. 338. Confined
to Borneo.
[Mimicked by Papilio slateri hewittsont].
23. Euplea (Penoa) masina, Fruhst.

Euplea (Penoa) masina, Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeit.
XLIT, 1897, p. 16. Confined to Borneo.

R. A. Soe., No. 41, 1904.

930

-BUTTERFLIES OF BORNEO.

Sub-genus Trepsichiois.

24. ae (Trepsichrois) claudius Fab.

Papilio claudia, Fabricius, Gen. Ins. p. 263, (1777).
Sub-sp. £. claudius mulciber, Cr. 3

The typical form occurs in India, Burma, Siam,
Malay Peninsula, Sumatra and some of the lesser Sunda

Island; the sub-species mulecber is confined to Borneo,

other sub-species occur in Southern India, Java, Nias,
Mentawei Island and tlhe Philippines.

[ The pupa is a most brilliant object, of a bright bur-
nished gold reflecting like a mirror, with spots and
dashes of reddish brown and orange. It is nevertheless
not at all conspicuous, since it is always suspended from
the underside of a leaf and gives the effect of a hole
in the leaf through which the sun is shining. I shall
never forget my astonishment, when, on one occasion I
attempted to thrust my finger through such a hole and
encountered instead the resistance of a: large and ap-

parently brilliant pupa.

The imago is widely mimicked, the following is a list
of the mimics :—

Males. Huripus halitherses Q forma cinnamomeus,
HHypolimnas anomala Q , Elymnias borneensis, Papilio para-
doxus telesicles €6, Pompelon subcyanea, Callamesia
striata 6. 7

Females. Elymnias lais9, Papilio paradoxvus telest-
cles 9 , Callamesia striata Q }.

Sub-genus Calliplea.

25. Euplea (Calliplea) adyte, Boisd.

Euplea adyte, Boisduval, Bull. Ent. Soc. Fr. 1859, p. 156.
Sub-sp. /. adyte aristotelis, Moore.
No less than sixteen sub-species of /. adyte are distin-

guished by Fruhstorfer, ranging all through the ‘Malay

Archipelago to Melanesia: avistotelis is confined to Bor-
neo—natunensis occurs in the Natuna Is.

: Jour. Straits Branch

BUTTERFLIES OF BORNEO. 91

Sub-genus Mucroplea.

26. Euplea (Macroplea) corus, Fab.
Papilio corus, Fab. Ent. Syst. iii, p. 41, (1798).

Sub-sp. /. corus butleri, Moore, (Sun E. Godmant
Moore). 3

This sub-species is confined to Borneo; the. typical
form occurs in Ceylon and other sub-species range from
Burma through the Malay Peninsula and Sunda Islands
to Palawan and Celebes.

Sub-genus Danisepa.
27. Euplwa (Danisepu) diocletiauus, Fab.
Papilio diocletianus. Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Il]. 1, p. 40, n>
118 (1793).
Papilio Radamanthus. Fabricus, Ent. Syst. II. 1, p. 42, n.
127 (1793).
—Sub-sp. L. diocletianus lowei, Butler.

The typical form according to de Nicéville occurs in
India, Burmah, Indo-China, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra,
Billiton, Banka, Natuna Is. The sub-sp. lowe? is con-
fined to Borneo. E. schreibert, Butler, has been wrongly
recorded from Borneo, it is apparently confined to the
island of Nias.

[As I pointed out elsewhere* the females of E. dio-
cletianus lowed are extremely rare whilst the males are
common; in Singapore both males and females of /L.
(Dan.) diocletianus, Fab., are common. It is at least
curious that the female lowe? should differ noticeably
from female H. diocletianus whilst the males of loth
form are almost identical.

The species is mimicked by :—
therses Q forma pfeifera, Papilio caunus mendax 6,

Females :—Luripus halitherses Q forma eupleoides,
Papilio caunus mendax Q Mimeurplea and also hudaman-
thus |.

From Borneo ; it occurs in Nias.

*Journ. As, Soc. Straits Br., No. 35, p. 31.
R. A. Soc., No, 41, 1904,

92 BUTTERFLIES OF BORNEO,

Sub-genus Sabpinz.
28. Euplea (Salpinx) lencostictos, Gmel. |
Papilio leucostictos Gmelin (Pap. L.) Syst. Nat. I. 5, p.
2289, n. $89 (1788-1791).
Sub-sp. #. leucostictos syra. Fruhst.
Sub-sp. #. leucostictos kalu. Esch.

The typical form occurs in Java. I have taken the
form syra on Mt. Matang. sadu occurs in N. Borneo,
Palawan and Philippines and is another proof of the
Philippine element in the N. Bornean fauna.

Sub-genus Jsamia.

29. Euplea (Isamia) aegyptus, Butl.
Euplea egyptus, Butler, P. Z. 5. 1866, p. 277.
Occurs in Borneo, with sub-species in Billiton and
Philippines including Palawan.
[The species is synaposematic with /. Crameri and is
mimicked by the same species of butterflies and moths |.

30. Euplea (Isamia) lowei, Moore.
Tsamia lowei, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 316.
Confined to Borneo, possibly a sub-species of egyptus.

31. Kup!lea (Isamia) raffest, Moore.
Tsamia rafflesi, Moore, P. Z. 5. 1885, p. 314.
Sub-sp. /. rafflest sophia, Moore.

Borneo and Sumatra, other sub-species occur in
Singapore, Nias, and Mentawei, the typical form occurs
in Java—De Nicéville (J. A.5S. B. vol. Ixx, 1901), con-
siders all the above species to be synonymous with
Tsamia chloé, Guér, from Malay Peninsula.

Sub-genus Stictopliwa.
32. Euplea (Stictoplea) dufresnei, Godt.

Danais dufresnei, Godt. Euc. Méth. ix. Suppl. p. 815 (1828).
Sub-sp. £. dufresnet tyrianthina, Moore.

Jour Straits Branch

BUTTERFLIES OF BORNEO. 93

The sub-species occurs only in N. Borneo, where there
is a distinct Philippine element. The typical form occurs
in the Philippines, other sub-species in Sumatra, Java,
Lombok, Sumba, Sumbawa, Alor, Palawan.

Messrs. Pryer and Carter in their list recorded £,
binotata, Butl., from N. Borneo, but this is certainly
erroneous as the species is otherwise only known from
N. India. They also record EZ. (Stictoplea) susah, n. sp.
which, however, isa mere nomen nudum, no description
of the insect being given.

Sub-fam. SATYRINA.
Genus Mycal esis.

Sub-genus Satoz.

33. Mycalesis (Sutow), maianeas, Hew.
Mycalesis maianeas, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii, p. 87
Myc. t. 5, f. 27, 28 (1864).
Occurs also in the Malay Peninsula and Sumatra.

Sub-genus Orsotriend.

34. Mycalesis (Orsotriena) medus, Fab.
Papilio medus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 488, (1775).
Ranges over the Indian regions, Malay Peninsula,
Sunda Islands, Celebes, Timor, Philippines and Hainan.
The dry season form (runeka, Moore) does not occur in
Borneo.

Sub-genus Calysisme

35. Mycalesis (Calysisme) perseus, Fab.
Papilio perseus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 488 (1775) 9
Various authors record this species from Borneo, but
I have not yet met with it. It occurs in the Indian re-
gion, the Malay Peninsula, Suuda Is., Philippines, Hainan
and Formosa. ‘The dry-season form does not occur in
Borneo,

BR A Soc., No, 41, 1904.

94 “BUTTERFLIES OF BORNEO,

36. Mycalesis (Calysisme) polydecta, Cram.

» Papilio polydecta, Cramer, Pap. Exot ii, pl. 144 Fig. e. f. 9

| WaT). 3
fa ae en Museum collection is a long series of
this species, corresponding very well with the figures
1b, 1d, le, lg. of Plate 61,in Moore’s Lepidoptera Indica
‘I'he species appears to have been previously recorded
from India and Ceylon only ; its validity is rather doutful.

Sub-genus Culupa.

37 = Mycalesis (Culapa) mnasicles, Hew.
Mycalesis mnasicles, Hewitson, Exotic Butt. iii, AZye. pl. 5,
figs. 32, 33 6 (1864).
The species is also recorded from Upper Burma,
Tenasserin, Malay Peninsula and Sumatra.

Sub-genus Martanda.

38. Wycalesis (Martanda) janarduna, Moore.
Mycalesis janardana, Moore. Cat. Lep. Mus., E. I. C. i,
p. 234, (1857).

Previously unrecorded from Borneo, Dr. R. Hanitsach
collected two specimens at Kiou, Kina Balu. Other loeal-
ities: Malay Peninsula, Singapore (Davison), Java, Su-
matra, Celebes (Huse).

Sub-venus JJ/ydosama.

39. Mycalesis (Mydosama) fuscum, Feld

Dasyomma fuscum, Felder, Wien. Monats. iv, p. 401,
(1860).
Malay Peninsula, Singapore, Sumatra, Borneo.

40. Mycalesis (Mydosama) anapita, Moore.
Mycalesis anapita, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus., E. 1. C.i, p. 232,
(1857).
Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo:
41. Mycalesis (Mydosama) pitana, Staud.
Mycalesis pitana, Staudinger, Iris. vol. ix, p. 230, 18-6.
_, Jour. Straits Branch

BUTTERFLIES OF BORNEO. 95

Mt. Kina Balu. Ihave only seen one specimen cap-
> tured by Dr. R. Hanitsch at Kiou, Kina Balu.

Sub-genus Nebdara,
42. Muycalesis (Nebdura) amena, Druce.

Mycalesis amena, Druce. P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 339, pl. 82,
f. 1. Confined to Borneo.

43. Muycalesis (Nebdara) kina, Staud.
Mycalesis kina, Staudinger. _ Iris. vol. v, p. 451 (1892).
Mt. Kina Balu.

Sub-genus Suralaya.

44. Mycalesis (Suralaya) orsets Hew.
é Mycalesis orseis, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ili, p. 89, Aye. pl.
| 6, figs. 36, 37, g (1864). |
Occurs also in Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra,
and Nias.

cigs 3 Genus Neorina.
45. Neorina lowi, D. & H.
Neorina lowit, Doubleday and Hewitson, Gen. D. Lep. p.
369. pl. 61, f. 4 (1851).

Originally described from Sarawak, sub-species occur
in the Malay Peninsula and Sumatra, and in Nias.

Mr. W. Doherty (J..A. 5S. Bengal 1889, p. 124) sag-
gests that this species is a mimic of Papilio helenus and
writes “it may possibly be advantageous for'a scarce
rather weak-flying insect of Mozphid or Satyrid affinities
to resemble a common Papilio of powerful and irregular
flight’; as far as my experience goes NV. low? is much
more common than Papilio helenus, itis in fact one of
the common butterflies of W. Sarawak.

Genus Celites.

46. Celites nothis, Westw.

Celites nothis, Westwood, Doubleday and Hewitson’s
Gen. D. Lep. p. 367, pl. 66, f. 2 (1851).

R. A. Soc., No. 14, 1904.

96 BUTTERFLIES OF BORNEO.

Sub-sp. Celites nothis epininthia, Westw.

The typical form occurs in Siam, epiminthia in Borneo,
Sumatra and the Malay Peninsula and other sub-species
in Borneo and Tonkin.

47, Celites euptychioides, Feld.
Calites euptychioides, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep. iii, p. 499,
(1867).
Borneo, with a sub-species in the Malay Peninsula.

Genus Lethe.

48, Lethe mekara, Moore.

Debts mekara, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus., E. I. C. i, p. 219,
(1857).
Occurs in Sikkim, Assam, Khasias, Burma, Malay Pen-
insula and Borneo. The dry-season brood does not oc-
cur in Borneo.

49, Lethe cerama, sp. 0.

6 Uppersidz; very similar to dry season forms of
Lethe mekara, \.oore, from Upper Burma, but of a richer
brown and the ocelli on the hind-wing, smaller, but less
diffuse. Underside, almost exactly the same as in
Lethe delila, Staud. but the ground-colour is paler and
the lilac suffusion less bright; the sub-marginal ocellus
on the hind-wing is smaller. Expanse 72 mm.

2 Upperside ; forewing, rufous brown merging into
fuscous at apex and external margin; hindwing, rufous
brown with the abdominal margin pale fuscous and the
lower two-thirds of the external margin pale ochreous.
The six sub-marginal ocelli of the underside are indistinctly
seen on the upperside, the first two as ill-defined black
discs, the third as a small black pupil with surrounding
ring, the fourth and sixth are hardly visible, the fifth as a
large black pupil with surrounding ring. A_ black
marginal line. Underside; as in the male, but very
much paler, the first ocellus on the hind-wing larger.
Expanse 68 mm. Habitat: Kuching, Sarawak. Types
in the Sarawak Museum. .

Jour. Straits Branch

50.

dl.

Or
Or

BUTTERFLIES OF BORNEO. 97

The male might readily be confused with ZL. delila,
Staud. but the female is so very different to the female
of that species that I have little hesitation in separating
this low country form from the mountain species ZL.
delila. The genus Lethe is in need of careful revision, a
work that is, however, only possible to one who has
access to the types of the various species.

Lethe delila, Staud.
Lethe delila, Staudinger, Iris. vol: ix, p. 225, pl. v, f. i.
(1896)
Mt. Kina Balu.

Lethe europa, Fab.
Papilio europa, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 300, (1775).
Occurs in the Indian region, Malay Peninsula, Siam,
Sunda Is., Philippines, Hainan, Formosa, China.

. Lethe perimede, Staud.

Lethe perimede, Staudinger, Iris. vol. ix, p. 226, (1896).
Apparently confined to Borneo.

. Lethe darena, Feld,

Lethe darena, Felder, Reis Nov. Lep. iii, p. 498, pl. 68,
f. 4.5 (1867).
Sub-sp. Lethe darena borneensis, Staud.
The typical form occurs in Java; the sub-species oc-
curs on Mt. Kina Balu.

. Lethe dora, Staud.

Lethe dora, Staudinger, Iris, vol. ix, p. 226 (1896)
Borneo oaly.
Genus Ypthima.

. Ypthima pandocus, Moore.

Ypthima pandocus, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I.C. i, p.
235, (1857).
Malay Peninsula and the Sunda Is.

R. A. Soc., No."41, 1904 6

98 BUTTERFLIES OF BORNEO.

56. Ypthima fasciata, Hew.

*pthima fasctata, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. (3) vol. ii,
p: 287, n..12, (1865.)
Maiay Peninsula, Sumatra and Borneo.
97, Ypthima abnormis, sp. n.

2 Upperside ; fuscous, without ocelli; the hind-wing
is clothed with long hairs especially along the internal
margin.

Underside—pale brown with dark fuscous strize which
on the forewing are segregated in three areas to form
indistinct fascize—a sub-basal, a discal and a sub-
marginal; on the hind-wing the strie form five indis-
tinct fascie,—a basal, a sub-basal, two discal and a
marginal. There areno ocelli, The abdominal margin
of the hind-wing is rather deeply excised and the outer
margin is slightly sinuate. Ciliafuscous. Expanse, 57 mm.
Habitat, Kuching, Sarawak.

This is a very abberrant species of Ypthima; it
has been suggested to me that it is merely a seasonal
variation but as I shall have occasion to point cut later,
the Bornean butterflies do not show seasonal variation;
all the species of Mycalesis, for instance, correspond to the
wet-season phase of the same species, from other
countries where the distinction between the fine and
wet monsoons is better marked than it is here ; the dry-
season phases of these species are not found in Borneo.—
Type in the Sarawak Museum.

Genus Ragadia.

58. Ragadia crisia, Hiibn.
Euptychia crisia, Hiibner, Zutr. Ex. Schmett. f. 675,
676, (1832).
Occurs in the Malay Peninsula, Penang, Singapore.
The commonest species of the genus.

59. Ragadia annulata, Grose-Smith.
Ragadia annulata, Grose-Smith, A. M. N. 1. 1887, p. 439.
N. Borneo.

Jour. Straits Branch

60.

61.

BUTTERFLIES OF BORNEO. 99

Ragadia melita, Staud.

Ragadia melita, Staudinger, Iris. vol. v., p. 449 (1892).
N. Borneo and Kina Balu.

Genus Erites.

Erites argentina, Butl.

Erites argentina, Butler, Cat. Sutye By Mo ps 188. pl; 5.1
8 (1868).
Upper Tenasserim and Borneo.

. Erites elegans, Butl.

Erites elegans, Butler, Cat. Satyr. B. M. p. 147, pl..2, f. 4
(1868).

Confined to Borneo.

3. Hrites thetis, sp. n.

go. Upperside ; semi-transparent cinereous, on the hind-
wings the colour and markings of the underside are seen
shining through; a yellow ringed, white pupilled, black
ocellus occurs between the second and third median
nervules with two much smaller but similar ocelli beyond
it.

Underside ; forewing of same colour as on the upper-
side, more transparent at base and this area is crossed
by numerous irregular striae; two indistinct ochreous
bands cross the wing, one is medial the other post-medial;
a row of five sub-marginal small ocelli extends from
below 5th sub-costal nervule to the first median inter-
space, they increase in size from above downwards; a
marginal pale band. Hind-wing; basal areas and abdom-
inal margin covered with fine fuscous striae; a medial
ochreous band crosses the wing ; the outer half of the
wing is ochreous; a row of four black ocelli with
silvery centres extends from below the 2nd_ sub-costal
nervule to the first median interspace, the lowest of the
series is large and has a fuscous suffusion bordering its
inner half, the other ocelli are minute; a marginal fus-

R, A. Soc., No, 41, 1904.

100

BUTTERFLIES OF BORNEO.

cous line. Cilia on forewing cinereous, on hind-wing
yellowish-white. The hind-wing is dentate and sub-
caudate. Expanse48 mm. Habitat: Kuching, Sarawak.
Type in the Sarawak Museum. |

Genus Jelanitis.

64. A/elanitis ismene. Cram.

Papilio ismene, Cramer, Pap. Exot. 1. pl. 26. figs a. b.
(1775).

This common species ranges throughout India, Ceylon,
Burma, Andamans and Nicobars, Malay Peninsula, Sun-
da Is., Hainan, Formosa, Philippines, China and Japan.

[ Both the dry-season form zsmene and the wet-season
form lJeda occur in Borneo, but irrespective of the season;
I have taken both forms on the same day in the middle
of the wet-monsoon and in the middle of the fine mon-
soon, in fact the two forms fly together. The form,
markings, and colouration of the imagines of these sea-
sonal varieties are dependent on the degrees of damp or
dryness to which the young stages (egg, larva and per-
haps pupa, are subjected, hence a spell of wet weather in
the fine monsoon—an event by no means unusual—
would produce a brood of wet-season forms and converse-
ly a spell of fine weather in the wet-season a brood of
dry-season forms. MM. ismene in its dry-season phase is
remarkably leaf-like, and the insect has the habit of set-
tling amongst fallen leaves and leaning, with both wings
closed, over to one side, so that its phyllomorphic ap-
pearance is very much increased ].

65. Melanitis zitenius, Herbst.

Papilio zitenius, Herbst, Natursyst. Schmett. viii, p. 5,
ply 182, tal 2 (796):

This species has previously been recorded only from
the Indian region and the Malay Peninsula. The Sara-
wak Museum collection includes one female in the wet-
season phase.

Jour. Straits Branch.

BUTTERFLIK& OF BORNEO. 101

Sub-fam. HLYMNIINZ.
Genus Hiymnias.

66. Klymuias nigrescens, Butl.

Elymnias nigrescens, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 520, pl. 42,
fel. |

The typical form occurs in Borneo, sub-species are
found in the Malay Peninsula, Indo-China, Hainan,
Sumatra, Billiton, Lombok, Flores, Sumbawa, Sumba.

This is a non-mimetic species in Borneo, and it is
quite the commonest species of the sub-family.

67. Hlymnias hecate, Butl.
Elymnias hecate, Butler P. Z. 5. 1871, p. 520, pl. 42, f. 2.
Confined to Borneo.

This species according to Fruhstorfer is merely a
mountain form of EH. nigrescens, however it is by no
means confined to mountains, as it occurs at Labuan and
Kuching as well.as on Mts. Mulu and Kina Balu and I
prefer to look upon it as a distinct and good species.

68. Elymnias panthera, Fab.
Papilio panthera, Fabricius. Mant. Ins. II, p. 39, n. 40, 407
(1787).
Elymnias lutescens. Butler, A. M. N. H. 1867, p. 404, pl. 9,
ied
Sub-sp. /. panthera labuana, Staud.

Labuan, Sandakan and Kuching, Sarawak.

‘Lhe typical form occurs in Malacca, Sumatra, Singa-
pore and Natuna Is., sub-species in Java, Banguey, Sulu
Archipelago, Palawan, Upper Tenasserim, Nicobars,
Nias, Bawean, Engano. .

69. Elymnias dara, Dist.
Elymnias dara, Distant. A. M. N. H. 1887, p. 50.
The male has never been described; a description of

R,. A, Soc., No. 41,'1904.

102

BUTTERFLIES OF BORNEO.

a specimen taken in Kuching follows :— ¢ Smaller than
© and darker. . U ‘pperside, dark purplish-black, fasciae
on both wings as in Q but narrower and shorter and
with a lilac tinge.

Underside, dark chocolate, the spot on the costal
margin smaller than in the Q, fascia on the fore-wing
not so extended. Expanse 57 mm.

The species is confined to Borneo. H. daedalion, de
Nicév. from Burma is possibly a sub-species. Both dara
and daedalion belong to Moore’s sub-genus Melynias,
not to his genus Elymnias as erroneously stated in Lep.
Ind: vol. 11, plato lo,

70. Elymnias brookei, sp. n.

dS. The outer margins of both wings are scalloped ;
the outer margin of the forewing is produced in the first
median interspace into a slight lobe; the outer margin
of the hind-wing is produced at the third median nervule
to form a short tail. No modified scales on upperside
of forewing ; ; androconia on upperside of forewing as in
E. nigrescens, Butl. Upperside: black, on the forewing

a sub-apical macular fascia, a few indistinct striz on
de costa and an indistinct spot at external angle, blue-
green; on the hind-wing an indistinct marginal series
of blue-green spots. Underside: ground-colour fuscous
mottled with dark fuscous, paler along costal margin and
apex of forewing and at base of hind-wing, on the hind-
wing a sub-marginal series of degenerate ocelli, six in
number, black with white centres, the fourth and fifth
the largest, the sixth very minute. Cilia on forewing
fuscous, on hind-wing fuscous and white alternately,
Antenne reddish ochreous. Expanse 70 mm. Habitat,
Kuching, Sarawak (July). © Unknown. Caught in a
trap baited with rotten bananas. In colouration the
species approaches /. esaca Westw. but the shape of the
wings is exactly like that in . panthera Fab. Type in
the Sarawak Museum. ‘The species is named after His
Highness the Rajah of Sarawak, G. C. M. G.

Jour. Straits Branch

BUTTERFLIES OF BORNEO. 10S

71. Elymnias lais Cram.
Papilio lais, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii, pl. 114, f. A.B. (1779).
Occurs in the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Billiton,
Java and Borneo, with a sub-species in the Indian
region.
[For an account of the habits of this mimetic species
see P.Z.5. 1902, p. 239. |

72. Elymnias pellucida, Fruhst.
Elymnias pellucida Fruhst. Ent. Nach. xxi (1895 No. 11

p.1) 9
Elymnias aroa, Shelford, P.Z.5., 1902, p. 273. ¢ & 9

The species is most closely related to kumara, Moore:
it has been found on Mt. Penrisen, Sarawak, and Kina
Balu, N. Borneo.

Messrs. Pryer & Cator record Elyimnias annea n. sp.
from Sandakan, but give no description of it whatever!
It may possibly be the same as EL. pellucida, Fruhst.

73. Elymnias penanga, Westwood.

Melantis penanga, Westwood, Gen. D. Lep. p. 405 9
(1851).

Sub-sp. LE. penanga trepsichroides, nom. nov.

(Elymnias borneensis, Grose-Smith, A.M.N.H. 1892, p.
428.)

There has been much confusion over this species—or
sub-species as I prefer to call it. In 1869 Dr. Wallace
described: (Trans. Ent. Soc. London p. 324,) a female
Elymnias from Borneo as E. borneensis. This species
belongs to Moore’s sub-genus J/imadelias and is a Pierine
mimic. In 1887 Staudinger figured (Exot. Schmett.
pl. 86) what he supposed to be the male of this
species, but Fruhstorfer in 1899 (Berl. Ent. Zeitschr.
Bd. xliv p. 57) rightly points out that this is the figure
of a female, however he then states that the male of
E. borneensis, Wall. is “ganz blau und gehirt mit Mehida‘
Hew. und Sumatrana, Wall. zusammen in eine andere

R. A. Soc., No 41, 1904,

104 BUTTERFLIES OF BORNEO.

Gruppe und zwar in das sub-genus Bruasa, Moore.”
This is quite wrong, for Grose-Smith in 1892 (1. c.)
described both sexes of an Elymnias of the sub-genus
Bruasa from Borneo under the name of Elymnias
borneensis; the male is blue above and is a mimic
of the Eupleeine butterfly Trepsichrois claudius, the
female resembles the females of other species of the
Bruasa section and is not’a Pierine mimic as is the female
of Wallace’s species. Grose-Smith’s name Jborneensis
being then already occupied by Wallace’s species, I
venture to propose the new name trepsichroides. To
make ‘confusion worse confounded” Grose-Smith de-
scribed as the female of his /. borneenis, the female of
another species of /lymnias of the section Bruasa—
EF. konga—the male of which was described by him in
1899. (A.M.N.H. p. 317.) An undoubted female of
E. penanga trepsichroides (E. borneensis Grose-Smith)
from N. Borneo is in the Sarawak Museum collection
and is now described for the first time :—Very like the
female of EH. penanga, Westwood, but the sub-apical
white fascia on the upper-side of the fore-wings nar-
rower and more outwardly oblique, the costa of the
fore-wing striated with -white. Underside as in the
male but less rufous and darker, the sub-costal primrose-
coloured spot, larger than in the male. HExpanse 65 mm.
Hab. N. Borneo.

74, Elymnias abrisa, Dist.

Elymnias abrisa, Distant A.M.N.H. 1886, p. 531.
Sub-sp. H. abrisa konga, Grose-Smith.

As stated above, Grose-Smith’s description of the

- female of his /. Lorneensis is in reality the description of

a female konga; it is very like the female of £. abrisa,

forma typica, but has more white on the upperside of
both wings.

The following is a table of the species and suh-species
of the section Bruasa of this genus.

Jour. Straits Branch:

BUTTERFLIES OF BORNEO. 105

Elymnias penanga, Westw., forma typica. Penang, Ma-
lacca and Singapore (syn. E. mehida, Hew.)
a 5 sumatrana, Wall. Sumatra.
3 Xe trepsic.roides, nom. nov. Borneo.
(=borneensis, Grose-Smith.)
Elymnias abrisa, Dist., forma typica. Malay Peninsula.
tbe 2 konga, Grose-Smith. Borneo.

ld

73. Elymnias esaca, Westw.
Melanitis esaca, Westwood. Gen. D. Lep. p. 405 (1851).
Sub-sp. E. esaca borneensis, Wall.

N. & S. Borneo.

Fruhstorfer has done something to clear up the con-
fusion surrounding the species of the sub-genus Agrusia
(Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Bd. xliv. p. 56, 57. 1899) but 1
consider the following table to be a more correct state-
ment of our knowledge of the relationship between the
different species and sub-species :—

Elymnias esaca, Westw., forma typica. Assam.

Bs », Oborneensis, Wall. Borneo.

a godseryi, Dist. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra.
ees -,, andersoni. Moore. Mergui Archipelago.

2 ,, leontina, Fruhst. Nias.

3 ,, nov. sub-spec. (fide Fruhstorfer) Batu

Is. (Mus. Tring.)

“: maheswara, Fruhst. Java.

i egialina, Feld. Philippines.

E. esaca, Westw., has been wrongly recorded from
Borneo, Bornean male specimens have ared patch at the
base of the hind-wing below, which males of E. esaca have
not, and I have no doubt at all but that the so-called
esaca (male) of Borneo is nothing but the male of
Wallace’s species Elymnias borneensis (cf. antea). Distant
has confused the female of godferyi with the females of

R. A. Soc., No. 41, 19¢4.

106

~]
“I

. Zeuridia amethystus, Butl.

BUTTERFLIES OF BORNEO.

Wallace’s species and so has wrongly recorded this
species also from Borneo ; as pointed out by Fruhstorfer
E. esacoides, de N., described from a male only, is pro-
bably the male of /. yodferyi, Dist. E. anderson?, Moore.,
I regard as a sub-species of E. esaca. The female of £.
esaca has not yet been described, it will prove to bea
Pierine mimic.

Sub-fam. AMATHUSIIN A.
Genus Zeuxidia.
Sect. 1.

Zeuzxidia amethystus, Butler, P. Z. 5. 1865 p. 485.

The species appears to have been recorded previously
from the Malay Peninsula and Sumatra only.

[In common with nearly all the Amathustinae, this
species can be taken in traps baited with rotten fruit].

. Zeuxidia doubledaii, Westw.

Zeuxidia doubledait, Westwood, Gen. D. Lep. p. 329 pl.
52, f. 1 (1851).

Previously recorded from the Malay Peninsula and
Penang only.

. Zeuridia wallacet, Feld.

Zeuxidia wallace?, Felder. Reise Nov. Lep. p. 461. pl. 62.

foros

Confined to Borneo.

Sect. il. Zeucaltis.

. Zeuxidia pryert, Butler.

Aecuxidia (Zeuxaltis) pryert, Butler. A.M. N H. 1897.
vol. 19, p. 469.
N. Borneo

Jour. Straits Branch

BUTTERFLIES OF BORNEO, 107

Genus. Amathuxidia.

80. Amathuxidia amythaon, Doubl.

Amathusia amythaon, Doubleday, A. M. N. H. 1847, p. 175,
A. amythaon ottomana, Butl.

_ The typical form occurs in the Indian region, ottomana
in Borneo and another sub-species in the Malay Penin-
sula,

Genus A mazidia.

81. Amavidia aureliana, Honr.
Amazidia aureliana, Wonr. Berl. Ent. Zeit. 1889, p. 162.
- Confined to Borneo.

This may perhaps be only a sub-species of A. aurelius
Cr., from_the Malay Peninsula and Sumatra.

Genus A mathusia.
pect. i.

82. Amathusia phidippus, Joh.
Papilio phidippus, Johanssen. Amoen. Acad. vi. p. 402
(1764).

Borneo, Java, Sumatra with sub-species in the Malay
Peninsula, Burma, Tenasserim, Nias, Mentawei, Celebes,
Torres Straits (7)

83. Amathusia schénbergi, Honr.
Amathusia schénbergi, Honrath. Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. p, 347
devine. (1887).
Sub-sp. A. schonbergi borneensis, Fruhst.
Banjermassin. The typical form occurs in Pegu,
Tenasserim and the Malay Peninsula.
Sect. 1. Pseudamathusia.
84. Amathusia ochreofusca, Honr.
Pseudamathusia ochreofusca, Honr. Iris. 1886, p. 348.
Malay Peninsula, Borneo, Sumatra.

R, A. Soe., No. 14, 1904.

108 BUTTERFLIES OF BORNEO.

Genus Thaumantis.
pect. 1.
85. Thaumantis odana, Godt.
Morpho odana, Godart, Enc. Meth. ix. p. 445, (1823).
Malay Peninsula, Nias and the Greater Sunda Is.
Sect. ul, Aringana.
86. Thaumantis noureddin, Westw.

Thaumantis noureddin, Westwood, Gen. D. Lep. p. 387, :
(1851).
Malay Peninsula and Borneo.

87

Thaumantis lucipor, Westw.

Thaumantis lucipor, Westwood, Gen. D. Lep. p. 3387,
(1851).
Malay Peninsula and Borneo.

Sect. iii, Zhauria.

88. Thaumantis aliris, Westw.
Thaumantis aliris, Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc, 1856,
(57 UCM O38) @) bes SU 7
Confined to Borneo.
Genus Discophora.

89. Discophora necho, Feld.

Discophora necho, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. ili, p. 462,
(1867).

Sub-sp. D. necho cheops, Feld.
The typical form occurs in Java, cheops in Borneo.
other sub-species in Sumatra, Nias, Palawan and the
Philippines. :
90. Discophora tullia, Cr.
Papilio tullia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. 1, pl. 81, figs. A. B.,
(1775).

Jour. Straits Branch

BUTTERFLIES OF BORNEO. 109

Sub-sp. D. tullia sondaica, Boisd.
The typical form occurs in Hongkong, sondaica in

t=) =

Java, Sumatra and Borneo, other sub-species in India,
Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula and the Philippines.

91. Discophora amethystina, Stich.
Discophora amethystina, Stichel, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr.
xivie iS. bp: 4, (1901).

Borneo. I am not acquainted with this recently de-
scribed species.

Messrs. Pryer and Cator also record Discophora celinde,
Stoll. and Discophora ogina, Hiibn, from Borneo, but
without having actually taken specimens of these species,
so that the records must be regarded as extremely
doubtful.

Genus Knispe.

92. Hnispe nuilvus, Staud.
Enispe milvus, Staudinger, Iris vol. ix, p. 231, pl. v. f. 4,
i896):

Mount Kina Balu.

Marshall and de Niceville in Butterflies of India,
vol. 1, p. 312, record Stichophthalma’ nourmahal, Westw.
from India, Sikkim and Borneo; the latter locality is
evidently erroneous and I can find no confirmation of it
in any other publicatlons on Oriental butterflies.

Genus Clerome.

93. Clerome phaon, Krichs.
Papilio phaon, Erichson, N. A. Acad. N.C. p. 401, pl. 50,
figs 1, la (1834),

Philippines and Borneo.

Westwood (Trans. Ent. Soc., London, 1856, p. 186),
gives Borneo as one of the localities of this spegies,
the locality has ap to the present never been confirmed ;
there are however several undoubted specimens of this

R, A. Soc., No. 41, 194.

110

94,

96,

97,

ite)
ite)

BUTTERFLIES OF BORNEO.

species in the Sarawak Museum collection from Lim-
bang and Trusan, N. Sarawak. As before mentioned
there is an infiltration of Philippine forms to be dis-
cerned in the N. Borneo fauna.

Clerome gracilis, Butl.
Clerome gracilis, Butler A.M.N.H., 1867, p. 401, pl. 8, f. 7
Malacca, Singapore, Borneo, Sumatra.

I cannot agree with Fruhstorfer in regarding this as
a sub-species of phaon.

. Clerome stomphax, Westw.

Clerome stomphax, Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1856,
p. 186, pl. 21, figs. 3, 4
Borneo.

Clerome besa, Hew.

Clerome besa, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ili, Cl. pl. 1, fig. 1,
(1863).
Fruhstorfer considers this to be merely an shekeenuet
of the preceding species.
Borneo.

Clerome arcesilaus, Fab.

Papilio arcesilaus, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. ii. p. 28, (1787).

Indian region, Siam, Malay Peninsula, the Greater
Sunda Is. and Bah.

. Clerome kirata, de Nicév.

Clerome kirata, de Nicéville, Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist.
Soc. 1891, p. 344, Pl. Fo fies 3:
Malay Peninsula, Borneo (Kina Balu), Sumatra.

Genus Tenaris.

. Tenaris occulta, Grose-Smith.

Tenaris occulta, Grose-Smith, A.M.N.H. 1889. p. 316,
Borneo.

Jour. Straits Braneb

BUTTERFLIES OF BORNEO. 111

Genus Yunthotenia.

100. Xanthotema busiris, Westw.
Xanthotenia busiris, Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. London,
1856, p. 187.
Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula, the Greater Sunda Is.,
and Nias.

Genus Amnosia,

101. Amnosia baluana, Fruhst.

Amnosia baluana, Fruhstorfer, Ent. Nachr. xx, No. 19,
p. 1, (1894).

N. and 8. Borneo.

Herr Fruhstorfer informs me that in his collection is
a female of this species from $. Borneo which differs
somewhat from the type female from Kina Balu; I have
only seen specimens from Mt. Matang near Kuching and
these do not appear to differ in any way from the
published description of the Kina Balu form: Herr
Fruhstorfer’s $8. Borneo specimen is evidently from the
low-country.

The position of this genus is very doubtful. I follow
Fruhstorfer in placing it amongst the Amathusiine ;
de Nicéville suggested that it should come at the end of
the Satyrine, whilst Felder and Schatz-Rober placed it
amongst the Nymphaline, probably its correct position.

R, A. Soe., No. 41, 1904,

The Sakais of Batang Padang, Perak.

By G. B. CERRUTI.

The word Sakai is the Malay name for the aborigines w:i0
inhabit the forest on the high slopes of the lower half of the
main ridge and some subsidiary rides of mobuntains of the
Malay Peninsula. As the Malays were the first to come into
intercourse with these aborigines, the influence of the Malay,
as well as the fear of them, is strong upon them. Malay his-
tory in Perak reaches with certainty no farther back thin the
16th century, and Malays have no written records relating to
the Sakais, whom they treated as slaves and less than human
beings.

The Sakais themselves have neither written records nor
signs to represent language, whatever information regarding
their origin is supplied by them rests solely in tradition.

The narrative of events, which is extracted from them with
difficulty, very seldom passes beyond the time of a grand-
father, and may be regarded as inexact if not incoherent.

We shall, therefore, have to look for knowledge of their
origin to the results of a morphological study of the race.

PHYSICAL CHARACTERS. f

The average height of the male Sakai may be taken ap-
proximately at 5 ft. 3 in: and that of the female at 4 ft. 11 in:
These figures are for tne present only tentative. The colour
various from a light to a chocolate-brown, the eyes are slight-
ly almond shaped, the nose is flat, the forehead straight, the
lips full and separate, but not negro like, the teeth regular
and well-formed though blackened by sireh, the hair copious,
black, somewhat wavy. occasionally crisp, but never woolly.
The senses are unusually keen and well developed. In his na-
tive jungle he sees better, hears better, and apparently uses his
sense of smell better than other races. His touch is delicate
and sensitive, as is that of most savage races, and his sense of

R, A. Soc,, No 41, 1904 ti

114 SAKAIS.

taste is his criterion to judge of the good or ill effects of many
objects.

The body and limbs are generally speaking well formed.
Cripples and deformed children are extremely rare amongst
the Sakais, nor are abnormalities of anatomical structure fre-
quent amongst them.

MENTAL AND MORAL CHARACTERS.

A desire for what may be called independence, but what
in reality is a dislike of restraint is remarkable in this race.
W ork for a Sakai must be voluntary; the moment that it be-
comes compulsory it becomes distasteful.

Not less notable is his distrust of strangers. The approach
of a white man will often scatter a whole habitation of Sakais ;
and even the presence of natives of other races, such as Malays,
‘'amils or Chinese, is a frequent cause of their speedy removal
from an accustomed haunt. Once the Sakai confidence is
secured, he is like a child, and must be treated as such. All
obligations entered into with him must be scrupulously ob-
served, for, like the natural child, he is not prone to deceit
or falsehood. He is a!so possessed of the child’s simple idea of
morality, as expressed in his words and acts. Early marriage
being the custom, the immorality of civilized races, with its
literature and influence on social relations, is unknown.

DRESS.

Bark beaten finely and elongated until it resembles coarse
ramie fibre, is the material from which the primitive clothing is
made. Both sexes fasten strings of this bark, about six inches
or more wide, around the waist, by tying them in back and in
front. A thin fillet of the same stuff, dyed and coloured in a
simple pattern, is used to tie the hair, which is generally filled
by the women with combs, made of bamboo and ornamented in
various styles. |

Fiowers are universally worn by the women in the hair,
around their necks as necklaces, and occasionally in their waist-
belts of odorous grass. In both sexes the nasal septum is _per-
forated for the insertion of straight pieces of bamboo, and the
ear only by the women for the insertion of some bamboo with

Jour. Straits Branch

SAKAIS. 1S;

some odorous grass, of shell, and of animal teeth, to serve as
ornaments.

ORNAMENTS.

The use of necklaces belongs to attire. Ornamentation of
the body is effected by painting the skin in different colours,
mostly red, yellow and black, by dyes obtained from plants,
gutta and lime. ‘Two lines, one drawn from the vertex of the
head over tip of nose to chin, and the other from ear to ear,
bisecting the first, divide the face into four areas, the painting
of two of which on one side must correspond to the painting
of the two others of the opposite side.

The chest and body are generally divided also by a ver-
tical line cleaving the trunk in two halves, right and left, upon
which similar patterns are painted.

The object of this adornment by painting is not merely
decoration, it is what formerly would have been called dedicat-
ed to superstitious uses. The painting of the face and body is,
in fact, a species of charm and is supposed to act as amulets
and talismans are presumed to act, by warding off dangers,
driving afar evil spirits, and filling the wearers with un-
usual courage.

RELIGIOUS SENTIMENT,

It is a peculiarity of the Sakai that, like many of his
characteristics, his religious belief is extremely simple. ‘The
idea of a Creator, of an all-powerful, all-just and all-merciful
Ruler, is absent from his scanty mythology. ‘The origin of the
world and the life of mankind on the earth present no problems
to him. He believes simply in good and evil spirits. The good
spirits are to him vague, indefinite beings, who manifest them-
selves rarely fatally, and about whom, therefore, he knows and
believes little. The evil spirits, on the contrary, are feared,
because they are considered to dwell in dangerous ravines, in
abandoned sampongs, in caverns, and in places regarded accord-
ing to popular Sakai report as uncanny, whence they issue to
infect the Sakais with famine and disease. They also are
believed to make themselves felt in thunder, in lightning, and
most particularly of all in wind. ‘The early morning breeze

R. A. Soc., No, 14, 1904.

116 SAKAIS.

which blows on the tropical hills after 2 a.m. is for the Sakai -
the work of bad spirits. It is the hour when he feels the fall
of temperature most, and it is for him a fatal hour. Accord-
ingly, all true Sakais are awake at this time to chat and smoke
and wait until the biting blast passes away. ‘Tattooing is little
known amongst them; and though they have a certain know-
ledge of the ways of tigers and snakes, these are neither worship-
ped nor considered to be directly concerned with evil spirits.

SOCIAL RELATIONS.

The most important circumstance of a man’s, and of
woman’s life, marriage, does not loom large in the Sakai’s
mind. For him it is neither a religieus ceremony nor a civil
contract, it is merely a mode of sexual union founded upon
mutual sympathy. ites in connection with it have so far not
been proved to be practised. There is neither capture, nor
purchase, nor selection. ‘The elders, moreover, do not appear.
to interfere in the choice of their sons and daughters.

It is probable that it is owing to this fact that these
aborigines are gradually decreasing in numbers, even though
consanguinity in matrimonial relationship is forbidden, about
the only prohibition of any kind that the Sakais know, and to
which they submit.

Polygamy exists, but itis rare. Divorce also exists, and
is common. ‘lhe marriage tie, being as loose as is described,
is unable to consolidate a union; the slightest incompatibility
of temper, temporary sterility of the wife, lasting about three
durian seasons, or an attack of dangerous disease, is a sufficient
cause for a divorce, which is accomplished without resentment
or apparent jealousy on either side. Deformed persons which
are very rare amongst the Sakais, or those attacked by
dangerous disease, must make a vow of celibacy. The women
give birth to their children with only old women attendants,
but in a place prepared by the husband. The child is not al-
lowed to touch the earth, either from a superstition that the chiid
would be injured by contact with the earth, or that the child
would soil the ground, but is laid upon a couch of dry leaves,
which cover a rudely made clay embankment. Directly after
birth only old women and young children who are not able and

Jour. Straits Branch

SAKAIS. LE

strong enough to enter the jungle to find their daily food are
permitted to approach the child. All others are excluded for a
certain period, as there is a certain superstition among them
that able bodied persons approaching a newly born baby will
contract its smell and take it to the jungle with them when out
looking for food. ‘The evil spirits, it is said, are always on the
look-out for persons with this smell, and will follow them on
their return to their huts to the birth place of thechild. Atthe
end of that time the child receives what may be called a ceremonial
purification of water, and is presented to him at the village.

HABITS.

The Sakais are essentially nomadic, and clear only very
limited areas in the hill forests for cultivation; of rice culture
they know little, for corn or maize and the Sikoi, sweet potatoes,
and tapioca, are their principal crops. The most primitive of
the Sakais still subsist by the chase, using the Sumpitan, or

low-gun, and poisoned darts to kil] wild animals and birds.
As is well-known, the darts are poisoned by being dipped in a
gummy or glutinous extract of Ipoh which hardens on the tips,
and of another and more dangerous poison extracted from the
roots of a kind of creeper named by the Sakais Legop.

The Sakai dies as he lives, surrounded by powers of nature
which he understands not. If a disease be regarded. as con-
tagious, a noise is made on rude drums made of big bamboo to
drive away the evil spirits. It is remarkable that there are not
musical instruments to express grief; but in expression of joy
a flute played through the nose, and a kind of mandoline made
also of bamboo, are performed upon particularly by women.
After death comes burial in a deep grave, the body generally
standing erect in the grave about 4 feet deep or in a sitting
posture with tobacco, betel-nut, potatoes, fruits and also with
his blow-pipe and poisoned darts by his side. ‘The grave is closed
by felling some jungle surrounding it and for about a week
they bring the usual food, if a female also scme flowers, and
afterwards abandon the neighbourhood ; for a dead person fre-
quently drives the timid Sakais miles awayfrom promising slopes
on which they were beginning to grow their necessary food,

R, A. Soc., No. 41, 1904,

E “ " y 2 ree

me
\«

On Some Hymenoptera From the

Raffles Museum, Singapore.
By P. CAMERON.

Dr. Hanitsch having sent me to be named some undeter-
mined Hymenoptera from Singapore, I give a list of them as
a small contribution towards the knowledge of the Hymenop-
terous Fauna of the Island.

Evania appendigaster Lin. A cosmopolitan parasite in the
egg-cases of Cockroaches.

Stilbum splendidum, Fab.
Macromeris violocea, Lep.

Discolia decorata, Burm.

This species (which = D. flavopicta Lm.) is in the collec-
tion of the Raffles Museum from the Dindings.

I think it very probable that D. ergenna, Com. (Journ. St.
Br. Royal Asiat. Soc., 1902, p. 82) is its male.

This species is recorded by Magretti (Ann. ch. Museo
Civico di Storia Nat. di Genova (2) xii, 243) from Schwegoo,
Burma; but it is not included by Bingham in the Fauna of
British India, Hymen. It has been reported from Java and
Sumatra.

Salins flavus, Fab.

Sceliphron violaceum, Fab.

Trypoxylon petiolatum, Sm. Found in the Museum Work-
shop.

Piagetia ruficollis, sp. nov.

Black the scape of the antene, the greater part of the
clypeus, the prothorax, the mesonotum in front of the tegule,
the tegulz, the abdominal petiole, except at the base, and the

R, A, Soc., No. 41, 1904.

120 HYMENOPTERA FROM SINGAPORE.

legs, red; the 4 front coxe above, the hinder entirely, the
basal point of the 4 front, trochanters, of the hinder above, a
line on the fore femora behind, the apical two thirds of the
hinder above, the greater part of the hinder tibial and the
base of the hinder coxe, black. Wings hyaline, the basal
half of the radial cellule, the apex of the 1st cubital cellule, the
greater part of the 2nd and 3rd and the discoidal along the
recurrent nervure smoky; the nervures and stigma black.
Head and thorax covered with silvery pubescence 2

Length nearly 10 mm.
Hab. Singapore, June.

Clypeus indistinctly keeled down the centre; there is a
semi-circular depression in the middle at the apex, which has a
distinct margin and has a slight incision. Base of mandibles
broadly yellowish testaceous. ‘lhe base of the hinder femora
is slightly thickened below, the apex of the thickened part end-
ing in an indistinct tooth.

Comes nearest. to P. rufivenis, Cam. which may be known
from it by the antenne being almost entirely red, and the sides
and apex of the median segment are also red.

Rhynchium hemorrhoidale, Fab.
Vespa cincta, Fab.
Icaria Singapurensis, sp. NOV

Brownish-black, the head below the antenne, except for a
narrow black line down the centre, a mark, twice longer than
wide and dilated above, a mark twice longer than broad, trans-
verse above, narrowed and rounded below, on the front the eye
incision and the lower inner orbits broadly, the upper orbits
narrowly, the line dilated above to the hiader ocelli, the outer
orbits entirely below, the inner half of the upper part, the
mandibles, except the teeth, a line on the pronotum, the base
and the lower half of the propleure, the meso and metapleure,
except fcr an cblique black line on the fcrmer and extending
from the lower furrow downwards and with a short line on
either side of its top, 2 lines on the mesonotum, the base of the
scutellum, the post-scutellum, 2 large lines on the centre of the

Jour. Straits Branch

HYMENOPTERA FROM SINGAPORE, 121

metanotum, the sides of the petiole to near the apex, 2 round
marks on the centre of the post-petiole, the extreme base of
the 2ud segment, its sides to shortly beyond the middle broadly,
the mark at the apex diverging towards the middle of the seg-
ment, 2 large marks on the basal half of the 3rd, the marks
broader than long and rounded on the inner side, the 2nd
segment below, except along the sides and apex, the latter
with the sides broadly and roundly dilated and the centre
transverse, the base of the 3rd sezment, the line narrowed and
transverse in the middle and lines on the sides of the apical
segments, yellow, les black, all the coxe, the lower side and
the apical half of the femora above, the underside of the tibie
and their apex above, yellow; the apical joint of the fore tarsi
of a more obscure yellow. Wings hyaline, with a violaceous-
tinge, the nervures and stigma black.

Length 14 mm. 9° Y

Hab. Singapore.

Scape of antenne below yellow, the flagellum beneath and
its apex above, rufous. ‘There is an indistinct keel on the lower
part between the antenne. The black on the front is tinged
with rufous. Thorax smooth, the scutellum closely, minutely
punctured, its apical half furrowed in the centre. ‘The petiole
is longish as long as the 2nd and 3rd segments laterally
together; the dilated apex is somewhat twice longer than
wide. Head broader than the thorax.

Comes near to I. 4-maculuta, Cam. The present species is
more slenderly built and with a more slender petiole in particu-
lar being more slender and not dilated in the middle.

Icaria rufinoda, sp. nov.

Deep black, densely covered with white pubescence, the
apex of the clypeus and the base of the mandibles pallid yellow,
the petiole ferruginous ; the wings hyaline, the whole of the
radial cellule and the oreater part of the apex from the 2nd
transverse cubital] nervure smoky, with a violaceous tinge, the
nervures and stigma dark fuscous. 9

Length 12 mm.

R. A. oc., No. 41, 1904.

122 HYMENOPTERA FROM SINGAPORE.

Hab. Singapore, June, 7

Front and vertex alutaceous, the face and clypeus densely
covered with a white pile. Thorax alutaceous, covered with a
white pile. Metanotal furrow deep, the sides oblique, the
bottom with a narrow smooth impression; it is not striated.
Scutellum ard post-scutellum coarsely alutaceous, almost
rugose; the apical slope of the post-scutellum smooth and
shining. Abdominal petiole nearly as long as the 2nd segment,
the basal third narrowed; the basal half of the dilated part
obliquely narrowed towards the base, the 2nd segment bell-
shaped, its length slightly greater than its width at the apex,
which has a distinct crenulated furrow, the apical segments
with a silky pubescence. Legs primrose, the spurs black.

Comes close to I. lugubris Sm. which may be known from it
by the black abdominal petiole.

Nomia tridescens, Sm.
Crocisa emarginata, Lep.
Anthophora zonata, Lin.

Malay Hymenoptera Addenda and Corrections

In my paper (J. S. B. R. A. No. 39, 1903) I have omitted
to state that Mr. Shelford reared Spinaria curvispina Cam.
from the larva of a species of Zhosea, a moth of the Family
himacodide and Dedanima longicornis Cam. from a species of
Cherocampa.

I take this oppertunity of adding the descriptions of two
new Malay species of Bracon.

Bracon teius sp. nov.

Black ; the head pallid yellow; the pro. and mesothorax
and the sides of the median segment on the basal half, ferru-
ginous; the 4 front legs ferruginous, the middle tarsi fuscous,
the hinder legs black, thickly covered with black hair, the
calcaria dark testaceous. Wings dark fuscous, violaceous,
with an indistinct hyaline, oblique cloud in the 1st cubital
cellule. 9

Jour. Straits Branch

HYMENOPTERA FROM SINGAPORE. 123

Length 16; terebra 20 mm.
Hab, Ternate.

Face rugose, covered with long pale hair. Apex of Ist
abdominal segment closely, distinctly longitudinally striated ;
the plate on 2nd segment clearly longer than its greatest width
irregularly striated in the centre, its keel reaching to the base
of the apical third of the segment; from its outer side a keel
runs obliquely to the apex; the part between the keels bears
curved, oblique, clearly separated strie ; the securiform articu-
lation and the furrow on the next segment striated; in the
centre the strize are continued on to the centre of the segment,
The 2nd and 8rd abscisse of the radius together are about
equal in length to the Ist. The abdomen is narrow not dilated
in the middle and is clearly longer than the head and thorax
united.

Bracon spilogaster, sp. nov.

Black, the head pallid yellow, the thorax and 4 front legs
ferruginous; the wings fuscous, the stigma and nervures
black. 9

Length 9 mm.; terebra 4 mm.

Head smooth and shining; the face and vertex covered
with fuscous pubescence. Thorax smooth and shining; the
metanotum has 2 blackish marks on the apex. Abdomen as
long as the head and thorax united ; black, the basal 4 ventral
segments pale, with 2 large black marks in the centre; broad
in the middle, narrowed at the base and apex; smooth and
shining ; the securiform articulation stoutly striated; the keel
on the 2nd segment is longer than broad, is broad at the base,
becoming gradually narrowed towards the apex, which is pro-
longed into a short keel with a depression on either side, but
not reaching to the apex of the segment; the furrows on the
drd and 4th segments are narrow, curved and smooth.

The tibize and tarsi are thickly covered with a pubescence
and, more sparsely, with pale hair; the hinder calcaria fuscous ;
the 2nd cubital cellule in front is about one-third longer than
the 3rd. Mandibles pale yellow, the teeth black.

P, Cameron.

R, A. Soc., No. 41, 1904.

124 HYMENOPTERA FROM SINGAPORE,

ERRATA.

In my paper in the ‘ Journal” for 1902, No. 37 occur the
following printer’s errors.
Page 30, 13th line from bottom for “ covered”’ read “ curved”
, ol & 32 for “ Megiselens” read ‘‘ Megischus.”
», 90, 10th line from top for “sharpened” read ‘“‘shagreened”

5, o4, lst ‘ , for “smoothy” read “ smoky.”

peers Whe UT Tldt. iW ,, for‘ Brule * read! “Brailes
Se ila 55 , for “expressed” read ‘‘ depressed”
yc OWA A LOL ., read ‘A

ade Vth i 5 for acvenitini read ‘ acoenitini.”

# ie Othe ,, for acvenites read acoenites.

As a la awe ie for Fah. read Fab.

x a 3rd line from bottom add after “‘ smooth” peronatum.

.3 50, add after ‘“ reticulated ” in last line fuscicorne.

3 51, above anisobas cincticornis add Jchneumonini.

5 o2 ,, Bodargus add Joppini.

5. Do ,, Diapetus add Cryptint.

,, 62 2nd line from bottom for ‘ slope” read ‘ shape ”

ped ch Ach acai top Joppini should be placed above Zono-
joppa.

fe eo mean ‘, bottom for “ are” read “ arez.”

,, 81, top line for “ metapleurg” read “ metapleure.”

,, 91, 9th line from top for “ sharpened” read ‘“‘shagreened”

PAR he Gee bottom for ‘‘ tube” read “ tibiee ”

sy BD, ve ae i 5 -tor “tech” read “teeta

“4, 18, ord a ,, for ‘* covered” read “ curved”

P. Cameron.

Correction to Journal No. 39.
Page 54 after line 18 insert.

‘Follow the principal noun with which they are con-
nected ; and the object.”

Jour. Straits Branch

Short Notes.

On the Flowering of Barringtonia racemosa.

The Barringtonias are trees of moderate size, belonging to
the order Myrtacee and usually to be met with alone tidal
rivers, or more rarely in the hill woods. ‘The flowers are
produced in long hanging racemes, or in some species in short
erect spikes. In B. racemosa the pendulons spikes are about 24
feet long and bear about 30 flowers. They are sessile with a
short } inch ovary with 2 or 3 rounded green sepals and four
lanculate white petals, an inch long. The stamens are innu-
merable, with slender filaments an inch long and minute yellow
anthers, the style is nearly as long slender with a minute
capitate stigma and all deep crimson.

The peculiarity of its flowering consists in the fact that it
is nocturnal. ‘The flowers open about 4 or 5 to 16 on each spike
at a time, the buds commence to split about mid-day, and re- |
main partially open till nightfall, fully expanding at about balf-
past seven or eight. At that time the petals are spread out
widely, and the stamens radiate in all directions, so that the
flowers have a brush-like appearance.

Before daylight the petals and stamens have fallen in a
mass, leaving only the calyx and the stiffly projecting style.

They exhale a rather coarse scent somewhat resembling
that of meadow-sweet, and from a tree witb about 20 flowers
open at once I could perceive the scent distinctly at 25 paces
off. The honey, abundant at night, is contained in a nectary
formed by the connate bases of the stamens. ‘The flowers are
visited by moths, I caught a common grey Noctuid, and a
rather curious looking light red brown noctua with plicate wings.

Moths were not very abundant at the flamers, when I
observed them, but perhaps this was due to the strong moonlight.

R. A. Soc., No. 41, 1904

126 SHORT NOTES.

The smaller brown moth plunged into the flower among the
stamens so as to reach the honey.

I have little doubt that a large tree of the genus Careya
(apparently undescribed) in which the flowers were of similar.
shape but borne in an erect short spike, is fertilized in the same
way, as thouch in full flower no open flowers were procurable
during the day time, but the whorls of stamens were found
covering the ground in the mornings. In this lofty tree in the
Botanic gardens jungle the stamens were white but the base
of the filaments crimson.

The Myrtacez as a rule seem to be day flowering plants.
The EKugenias, our biggest genus, have usually white flowers
often produced in large corymbs. Huyenia lineata and similar
species are haunted, when in flower, by abundance of bees.
Apis dorsata and A. florea, Trigona collina and other species and
the pollen-eating flies (Syrphide) and also by many butterflies.

FE. Ridleyi peculiar from the flowers being light apple
ereen in colour is visited by flies (Muscide).

Rhodamnia trivervia with small white sweet scented flowers
produced in great abundance and lasting but a day each, is
visited by bees, Apis, and 7'rigona, and by the Syrphide.

H. N. Ridley.

Fertilization of Webera Stellulata.

Webera Stellulata Hook. fil. is a small shrub 2 or 3 feet tall be-
longing to the order Rubiacee. It has smooth dark
green shining leaves elliptic cuspidate, and a short dense
corymb of light green flowers. The buds are peculiar in
shape, being fusiform and narrowed towards the tip, the
joints of the petals instead of being pressed together at
the top into a point as in the other species of Weberaare
turned out to one side bent at an angle pointing from
left to right. They are green and covered with white
hairs and at the base they are connate into a short tube, in
the mouth of which are long white hairs. The stamens
five in number have short green filaments and long linear
anthers, which split and shed their pollen before the

Jour. Straits Branch

SHORT NOTES. W257

flower opens. ‘The style is long and cylindrical and
covered entirely with white hairs. When the fully
developed bud is touched on the tip, the petals suddenly
Spring open and lie quite flatin the form of a star. At the
same time the pollen lying loose in the bud is thrown
upon the other flowers already open. The mechanism by
which this sudden expansion of-the flower takes place
seems to be very simple. ‘The upper part of the petals
are twisted in bud, and on the side opposite to the direc -
tion in which the bent tip points a portion of the edge is
incurved so as to be tightly held by the next petal to it.
A light pressure, as of an insect, on the horizontal tips of
the petals by bending them down causes the petals to
separate and fly back. suddenly, jerking the pollen out
over the other flowers, or possibly on the insect visitor.
On the top of the ovary is a brown sticky ring which may
perhaps secrete honey but I cannot detect any in the
tube. The flowers possessed a faint scent, and may be
fertilised by insects, but considering the inconspicuous-
ness of the green flowers, as compared with the sweet-scent-
ed white blossoms of the other Weberas and the fact that
it is quite easy for the pollen of one flower to be thrown
by the mere opening of the flower on to the stigma of the
adjacent one, it is more than probable that the plant itself
fertilises one flower by the pollen of another.

Webera stellulata inhabits forests, usually in rather dry spots.
I have found it in Singapore at Woodlands flowering in
June, and Bukit Mandai, also in Johore, at Panchur ;
Selangor, Kuala Lumpor; Negri Sembilan, Gunong Angsi.

The Malays call it Kahwa hutan and Kuruseh putih
and Pokoh Subiroh. It flowers from December to June.
HN. Ridley.

R. A. Soc., No. €1, 1904.

128 SHORT NOTES.

Human Images among the Orang Mantong.

I have long suspected the existence of Berhala, or human —
images, among the “ wild tribes” of the Rhio archipelago, but
never actually met with any until the past summer (1903).

When at Pulo Sanglar or Lake Durian, Rhio archipelago,
in July. I found two wooden images representing women, ina
cave near the sea shore, not far from Kampong Telok Lanun.

Hach image is about 3} feet high. One of harder wood
was much more carefully carved than the other. It had 3
wooden horns about § inches long projecting upwards from the
head. These horns were serrated on one edge. ‘This figure
also had straight rudely carved arms of soft wood, much de-
cayed.

The teeth were represented by pieces of broken shell.
A blackish line extended diagonally acrcss the chest, meeting
a horizontal line extending across just above the position of
the nipple. A blackish spot was over the position of the
heart.

The other figure was very rudely carved of soft white
wood and was without arms.

_ The figures were lying face downward on the floor of the
cave and had evidently not been disturbed for months, as roots
were growing over them and the wood was beginning to decay.

Pulo Sanglar is inhabited by Orang Mantonge, and latterly
many Chinese have settled there cultivating gambier. |

The Batin of Telok Lamun called himself a Malay, but he
was more than half Orang Laut.

No true Malays live on Sanglar, but they inhabit the neigh-
bouring small islands. These Malays call all the Sanglar
people Zambus, except of course the Chinamen, and say there
is not a Mussulman. All the Sanglar people eat pig. They
are certainly not true Zambus. ‘They were very shy, and I had
a lot of trouble inducing them to be photographed.

No information in regard to the use of the images could
be obtained. Every one denied the existence of such things,
not knowing I had already found them.

The images cannot be regarded as true berhala or idols.
Most probably they are a sort of ‘‘ Sakkat buang” for use in

Jour. Straits Branch

SHORT NOTES. 129

sickness. Among the Orang Laut when a man is ill, a wooden
figure of a bird, snake, fish or other animal is made, and the
pawang or bomo exorcises the hantu or devil in the sick man and
drives it into the figure, which is then carried out to sea and
thrown overboard. Last year we picked up a wooden bird
floating in Durian Strait.

Very likely the human figures were used in the same way,
being carried out into the jungle instead of out to sea. Like
the Rumah hantu to be seen in the woods near Malay Kam-
pongs. These images resemble the adu adu of Pulo Nias.

Dr. Abbott.

The Orang Laut of Singapore

In Journal 33, p. 247, Mr. Skeat and I published some notes
on the Orang Laut of Singapore, a race very nearly extinct,
and of which very little is known, I have since come across an
account of them in Finlayson’s Mission to Siam and Cochin
China, in 1821. The author somewhat naturally mistook them
for Malays and thus describes them. ‘‘ The condition of the
lower class of Malays in these parts is wretched beyond what
we should conceive to be the lot of humanity in an intertropical
climate, almost the whole of their life is spent upon the water
in a wretched little canoe in which they can scarce stretch
themselves for repose. A man and his wife and one or two
children are usuaily to be found in these miserable sampans;
for subsistence they depend on their success in fishing. Their
tackling is so rude and scanty that they are often reduced to
the most urgent want, when they have made a meal they lay
basking in the sun or repose under the dense shade of the man-
grove till hunger again calls them into action. They have
scarce a rage of cloth to secure them from the scorching noon-
day sun or shelter them from the damp and noisome dews and
exhalations of night. The women are not less dexterous than
the men in managing their boats. Their only furniture consists
of one or two cooking pots, an earthen jar anda mat made of
the leaves of the Pandanus which serves to protect them
from: the rain. In the numerous bays inlets and creeks that
surround Singapore an inconceivable number of families live in

R. A. Soc., No. 41, 1904.

130 SHORT NOTES.

this wretched manner who have never possessed a house nor
any sort of abode on the land. They are constantly roving
about from place to place in pursuit of fish. What they have
succeeded in taking more than is required for their immediate
use, they dispose of to the fixed inhabitants, taking rice, sago,
betel and cloth in return. This description of Malays goes by
the appellation of Orang Laut or men who live on the sea.

A number of the people called Orang Laut were brought
to us for inspection. They were superior in condition, in ap-
pearance more civilized than many whom we had seen in the
bays and creeks remote from the haunts of men. A portrait was
taken of one of them illustrative of the physiognomy and
general appearance of the Malay race, six of these men were
more minutely examined. Their average height was five
feet three inches, average weight nine stone eight pounds,
average circumference of the chest two feet ten inches, circum-
ference of the clenched fist about eleven inches, average of
facial angle 664, average temperature under the tongue 100-02.”

H. N. Ridley.

Jour. Straits Branvh

| J OURN AL No.1 to No. 59 find 41, 2 bo ae .

st

ao) A een a aie meee!

Essays RELATING TO INvo-Cut a 4 ok
THE HUIKAYAT ABDULLAH.

Tue WaL-Sunc Lorrery, by G. 7.

RAJA BUDIMAN. A Malay’ Folk Tale, | by We Clifford,
THE Map oF the MALAY PENINSULA 7
ee © members oe.
‘non-members —
members

as
fe
5

[No, 42.] |

JOURNAL
of the
Straits Branch

of the

Royal Asiatic Society

FEBRUARY 1905

SINGAPORE :
PRINTED AT THE AMERICAN MISSION PRESS
1905

Table of Contents.

Various Methods of Computing the Time for Planting
among the Races of Borneo, by Dr. Charles Hose ..

Notes of Visits to Fuket, Ghirbee and Trang, by C. W.
Kynnersley

Hunting Invocations, by &. NV. Bland

Descriptions of New Species of /phiaulax and Chaolta
(Braconide) from Sarawak, Borneo, by P. Cameron ...

Chinese Names of Streets and Places in Singapore

and the Malay Peninsula, by 1. W. Firmstone
A New Species of Chalcis from Borneo, by P. Cameron ...

Addendum to Mr. Hose’s Paper on Methods of Reckoning
Time

Dr. Brandstetter’s Malayo polynesian Researches: An
Appreciation, by C. O. Blagden

yee

hea? ws

Various methods of computing the time
for planting among the races
of Borneo.
By Dr. CHARLES HOSE.

Agriculture, even if rude, is at once a token and a cause
of primitive culture, ‘The native of Borneo has no special reason
to pay attention to the phenomena among which he lives, unless
he isa farmer. He may, like the Punan, know the lie of the
land for miles around, and be able to judge the slightest indica-
ticns of the jungle, but that is hardly knowledge which leads to
civilization. ‘The farmer, on the other hand, has to study the
course of the seasons, the nature of the soil and the variability
of animals and plants.

There are certain special problems which have presented
themselves to the uncultured farmer in Borneo, which would not
cause the least difficulty to an European in a temperate climate.
In the tropics as everywhere else, agriculture is performed with
the yearly regularity which is so familiar that to us it seems in
no way remarkable. Near the equator, of course, seasons have
not as a rule the same striking character that they havein higher
latitudes. In Borneo from October to April the wind is usually
from the north-east, and brings rain, more to some districts than
to others, while during the rest of the year the monsoon is re-
versed, but there is little else to distinguish one month’s weather
from another. It is almost impossible to tell the time of year
from temperature or moisture, and quite impossible to do so with
any accuracy.

- The farmers have found, nevertheless, that certain seasons
are more favourable than others to their operations. It is not
so much the crop which requires to be sown and reaped at par-
ticular times, as the ground, whose preparation is difficult in

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

2 COMPUTION TIME IN BORNEO,

wet weather. Rice will grow and ripen in a sufficiently warm,
sunny climate provided there is enough water on the land, either
from irrigation or continual showers.

In Borneo there is usually rain all round the year in mag-
nificent quantity. Itis not according to the rainiest season,
but according to the driest that the farmer regulates his work.
For the jungle is felled and left to dry before being burnt, and
the success of the crop depends largely on the completeness of
the clearing. The best crop will be generally obtained on land
burnt off at the driest season.

How are these illiterate tribes to find out when a particular
season has arrived? In England this is simple enough ; we have
almanacks galore, we have clocks which can tell us the length
of time from sunrise to sunset. The native does not know how
many days there are in a year, and would not take the trouble
to keep count if he did. He may know how many moons there
are, but like the Malays he would probably get about eleven
days wrong every year, and eleven days is a large error of
itself. In two or three years the crops would be planted far
too early. Unfortunately, too, the length of the day varies very
little in the tropics, and the native has no means of observing
that variation. He is therefore obliged to have recourse to the
stars or the sun to tell the time of year.

The Dayaks and many of the less important tribes look to
the stars to guide them. Every day, as they know, these bodies
rise a little earlier, and some wise man is appointed to go out
before dawn to watch for the Pleiades. Dayaks use the Malay
expressions “ bintang tiga”’ for Orion’s belt, and “ bintang banyak”
or Apai andau (the father of the day) for the Pleiades. When
the ‘seven stars” rise whileit is yet dark, it is time to begin.

- Two of the house are sent into the jungie to find omens,
while the others wait. In two days perhaps, or a fortnight, or at
most a month, the favourable indications will appear, and then an
end is made both of science and superstition and the Dayaks set
to work on the forest. If they are so late that Orion’s belt rises
before daybreak, they must make every effort to regain lost time
or the crop will be poor. Whatkind of land they will choose
depends on circumstances: in any case it will have lain two or
three years fallow and will be thickly covered with vegetation.

Jour. Straits Branch

COMPUTING TINE IN BORNEO, 3

The virgin forest, though less easy to fell, has this advantage
over previously cleared ground, that no grass is growing on the
land and much trouble in weeding is avoided. But the men do
the felling, the women most of the weeding, and whether a
choice is made of forest or scrub will depend laryely on the
courtesy and consideration shown by the men for their wives
and daughters. If the forest is chosen, the men, sometimes
helped by their womenfolk, cut down the undergrowth and
small trees with their paranss, and then begin to attack the
great trunks from slight platforms well above the ground, which
enable them to avoid buttresses and roots. The felling is usual-
iy accompiished in this minner. The ground being as arule
the sloping side of a hill, each tree is cut through from one side
nearly to the core, and on the opposite side an equal distance
a little lower down the trunk. The lower cut is made on the
side facing down hill. By dint of much labour, in which the
various members of a village generally come to help their
comrades, a whole hill side of trees is cut through till a slight
blow will hurl them to the ground. Two heavy trunks at the
summit are then felled, and made to fall on the neighbouring
trees. These fall in their turn, and carry with them those
below, till with a loud roar anda mighty rush of winda V
shaped space is cleared on the slope below. Like a pack of
cards the forest monsters are laid low, to the intense excite-
ment and delight of the howling spectators.

Then again the Dayaks await the permission of the stars
for the next operation. Only when the Pleiades are at the
zenith before dawn do they think if advisable to burn and sow.
By this time, unless the weather has been wet, an unlikely
circumstance at the season of year, the boughs are dry as match
wood and the leaves are dead, though still on the twigs. Some
hot day, towards noon, when a breeze is blowing, they take
down special charms to secure wind, and also endeavour to at-
tract the!Ailian spirits by keeping up a loud whirr. The mass
of dead wood is then set on fire. The flames rise to the skies
and fill the country with smoke, while the added heat of the
fire is almost insupportable. Insects with singed wings buzz
around, and the hawks dive into the smoke to find their prey.
The spectacle is grand indeed. Sometimes wet weather keeps

R A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

4 COMPUTING TIME IN BORNEO.

the wood damp until the leaves fall from the twigs, and then
the land is often left untilled, for it is nearly useless. When
the fire has passed over the fallen timber, deep layer of ashes
and charred trunks is all that is left. The partially burnt wood
is hedped round a stump and again ignited, till little save ashes,
occasional stumps, and islands of green trees left to preserve
valuable frait, are to be seen in the clearing. ‘The rice is then
dropped by the women, a few grains ata time, into holes made
by the men with pointed sticks; perhaps cucumber, maize and
other sundry plants are sown round stumps or where the ash
is especially thick; and the crop is left to the weeding of the:
people and the fertility of a warm, moist climate and: virgin
soil.

The Kenyahs and Kayans judge the seasons by the sun,’
and the method they adopt displays a wonderful knowledge of
the precautions necessary to accuracy. ‘The Kenyahs measure
the shadow cast at midday with an instrument the Greeks would
have called a gnomon. It is a pole set up near the village,
guarded by a fence to keep away mischievous children and ani-
mals. In height it is more than a fathom by the span of the
thumb and first finger. <A piece of string weighted at each end
and thrown over the top>shows when it is perfectly upright.
The length of the shadow is measured by a stick called ‘“ asu
do” which is marked with notches gradually approaching one
another more closely as they get further from the pole.

The interval between successive notches represents the
change in the length of the shadow in three days. Midday is
known to be the time when the shadow cast by the sun is at its”
shortest, and the Kenyahs are also aware of the fact that the
direction of the shadow at noon, though sometimes to the north
sometimes to'the south, is always in the same straight line. ‘he
Kayan method, which differs more in practice than in theory
from the Kenyah, is to let in a beam of light through a hole in
the roof and measure the distance from the point immediately —
beneath the hole to the place where the light reaches the floor..
Their measure is a plank, made level so that round discs do not
roll on it, aud fixed in position and direction by chocks placed
at the side. ‘This shows that they know the sun to be always
due north or due south at noon.

Jour. Straits Branch

COMPUTING TIME IN BORNEO. 5

I can only suggest one reason why these people though
they have got so far, have not invented a sun-dial. That is
this. In the tropics there are many days near each equinox on
which no sun-dial would be of use. When the sun in its yearly
course passes from the north of the zenith to the south, its sha-
dow is due west in the morning hours, due east in the afternoon.
Any time-piece depending on the direction of the shadow must
therefore fail. The difficulty might indeed be obviated, but no
sundial could be devised which would in the tropics tell the
time in every month of the year.

This then is their instrument, in which no point essential to
accuracy has been neglected. ‘The measuring stick has been
notched in accordance with the experience of previous years,
and when the shadow, after lengthening during May and June,
begins again to grow less, the house assembles and by mutual
consent they decide when to plant. The best time for planting
has not arrived until the noonday shadow is the length of the
forearm from the tip of the fingers to the inside of the elbow.
When the shadow is less than the length of the hand, sowing
is not likely to prove very productive. The measuring stick is
left in charge of some old and presumably wise man, less capable
than his fellows of hard work, who sees to it that the shadow
is not measured obliquely and reports the favourable moment.
This man is excused from farming and is supplied with neces-
saries inreturn for his services. In good years he naturally
is very well treated.

It would be pleasant to stop here, and say that otherwise
the Kenyahs care nothing about the heavenly bodies. But
having given the bright side of the picture and shown how they
have acquired some accurate knowledge, the result of long and
genuine experience, it is only fair to state that they lay almost
equal importance on the meaningless mummery with which
these mysterious measurements are accompanied. Such im-
portant operations could hardly fail to be overlaid with super-
stition.

R, A. Soc., No, 42, 1904.

Notes of Visits to Puket, Ghirbee
and Trang.
By C. W. KYNNERSLEY.

Left Penang at 5p.m. on Friday, 27th February, 1903,
in s. s. Avagyee, (owned by KOE GUAN,) which trades between
Penang and Rangoon calling at the Siamese ports en route.

Arrived at Pukét at 2.80 p.m. on 28th. Since I was
there two years ago quarantine sheds have been put up opposite
the light-house and there is said to be a good water supply
there. |

The harbour continues to silt up and undoubtedly the min-
ing works have made matters worse. Where I landed last time
is now a high mud flat which I hear is going to be mined.

The site of the present town is all tin land. The principal
road to the landing place has been diverted to allow a mine to
be opened. Borings are being taken by the Government Offices
and if tin is found the site will be sold and new Offices built else-
where. Everything is sacrificed to the mines. At the present
price ($97) it pays well to work mines which were given up at
my last visit when tin was about $60. SIM BEE has been very
busy laying out new roads. The road which the late Commis-
sioner waS opening up has of course been abandoned as a bad
one. A new road (60 feet) has been laid out by the edge of a
new mine parallel to the principal shop street, the land on either
side which is low being filled in with the overburden from the
mine. Shop houses will be built and a new market erected. I
noticed several improvements since my last visit. ‘Then the
place swarmed with pigs. These have been banished outside
the town. On the outskirts of the town among the brushwood
I noticed the mounds of new Chinese graves. SIM BEE said he
was going to stop indiscriminate burying and have a Chinese
Cemetery. The laste Commissioner said the same. The last

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904,

8 VISIT TO PUKET, ETC.

Commissioner told me he had puta stop to clearing hill sides
for hill padi. SIM BBE said he had stopped it. Jungle fires are
still frequent and there is no timber to speak of left near Tong-
kah. SIM BEE talks of a Forest Department under an Officer
from Bangkok. A beginning has been made to put the main
road to Naito (the other mining centre) into repair and a mile
and a.half has been done. A new road is also being made in
the direction of Pa Prak, the old telegraph trace made by the
former Commissioner, with poles and wires still standing, being
abandoned as bad. New poles have been ordered and the wire
will shortly arrive. I was assured that the line would be in
working order in a few months. The trace goes through
Kesum, Punga, Ghirbee and Trang to Na-kon when it joins the
line from Kedah to Siam.

Cultivation does not seem to be encouraged and no one
cares to plant so long as mining pays so much better. The
mines absorb all the labour. Rice, fruit and provisions of all
kinds are imported. Itis asplendid place for coconuts but
hardly any are planted. Fruit and vevetables come from Pen-
ang. I went to see the Judge sitting in Court. He is not over-
worked. ‘There are about two cases a day. Only five people
were present inclucing a prosperous looking Chinese interpreter.
We then went to the Court below which is presided over by the
Ampur who takes all petty cases and preliminary enquiries.
Most cases are compromised. There is said to be little crime
or disorder. Everybody is hard at work making money at the
mines. The Ampurs are poorly paid and it cannot be wonder-
ed at that they supplement their salaries.

After lunch I started for the mining town at Naito. We
were escorted by two Siamese armed Police mounted on
little Siamese ponies which trotted behind the carriage. At the
place where the good road ends and a bridge is to be built we
got into aJava pony-trap. From this point the state of the
road is too awful for words, big stones, ruts and holes. It is
certainly the worst road I ever attempted to drive over but we
got along somehow—generally ata walk. When it was hilly
we got outand walked. ‘The jolting was frightful. Naito is
about six miles off and we passed through open grass country
with scrub on which buffaloes were grazing. The whole coun-

Jour, Straits Branch

VISIT TO PUKET, ETC. 9

try seems full of tin. Among the low jungle hills cuttings
have been made and in the wet season the tin is washed down.
Naito has a large Chinese mining population and consists of a
long street. Hundreds of coolies were assembled and the
Gamblinz Farm was densely packed. Oniy Chinese are allowed
to gamble, not the Siamese. We looked in at the Amptir’s
Office and then walked on a mile or so along a sort of road in
the direction of the highest hills (about 1,700 feet) through
which there isa pass where there is a wonderful acqueduct on
trestles across the valley constructed by Chinese for bringing
water to the mines. We had no time to go there but I have
seen a photograph of it. Returning to Naito we had some tea
at a Chinese Toukeh’s. I asked what he thought of the road
He seemed hopeful and said it would be. all right next year.
He added that it used to be worse but this I think is impossible.
There is a great deal of traffic on it, a stream of mining coolies,
a good many buffalo carts and some gharries such as are used
in Province Wellesley. Naito is famous for its water melons
which are sent to Penang. One of the duties of the Ampur,
who is a sort of District Officer, is to report on mining applica-
tions and find out if the land is owned by anyone. They get low
salaries, and are often corrupt.

After saying goodbye I entered a small dug-out which was
hauled by 8 Siamese over a mud flat (dry) into the river or
creek, whence in a boat we went off to the Damrong Rat which
SIM BEE kindly placed at my disposal. He came on board to
see me off and at 8°30 we steamed out of the harbour. The
nephew accompanied me and I felt quite at home once more on
the Rat. I had been solemnly warned in writing on good
authority that the boilers of the Rat were pronouuced to be ina
dangerous condition and I was warned not to goin her. I had
however arranged to go in her and it was only an additional
peril to a voyage in this rock-studded sea. I mentioned to Joo
KEAT that I had been told the boilers were rather old. Hesaid
the Engineer of the Ran Ruk had patched them up and there
were to be new boilers neat year. ‘his was consoling. . It was
blowing fresh but was not very rough. As we dodged among
some rocky islands I said “I suppose the Captain knows the
way?” I was informed that there were two Captains. After

R. A.Soc., No. 42, 1904.

10 VISIT TO PUKET,-ETC.

this I rested in peace. Passed a long island on the left of Pulau
Panjang where there are said to be 300 or 400 Malays who
plant mangostins, the soil being good, and a few Chinese who
advance money to Malay fishermen. No signs of habitation
were visible and it was said they were at the back of the island.
Passed under some high limestone rocks with caves with rattans
hanging down said to be used by edible birds-nest collectors.
No sign of life till a little North of Ghirbee where there was a
fringe of coconuts with a mountain somewhat like Kedah Peak
inland (Khaw phanum.) ‘There were masses of limestone hills
as at Punga but not so high. There are two mouths to the
Ghirbee river and we followed the one to the right, the usual
mangrove creek, and after two or three bends came to a land-
ing stage on the right bank about 1.30.

The Assistant Governor came off in a house boat and I was
received on the jetty by the Governor whom I had met before at
Trang. Officials and a Police guard were drawn up. This is
the new town site. The Governor took us to a temporary house
where we were served with tea and cigarettes. He said “ This
is a poor house. I am making the new road you see and |
hoped to move the town here but it will not be till next year.”
] said I should very much like to see it and we walked round
preceded by Police with a man carrying an umbrella over me.
‘The Siamese seem to have a craze for moving towns. It is in-
teresting work no doubt and gives the Governor something to
do but when these new roads—a kind of circular road with two
roads leading to the sea and a very steep one to a wharf on the
river-—are completed the question is whether, except under
compulsion, the people in the old town or village some miles
further up the river will occupy the sites. The site is said to have
been approved by Prince DAMRONG. JI had not time to visit the
present town so I cannot say if itis worth moving. As inall new
Siamese roads trees are planted at intervals on either side of the
road but the ansana stumps (Pterocurpus endicus) do not seem to
grow as they do in the Straits probably owing to the prolonged
drought. Other trees are doing well. The Governor isa pleasant
genial man and a sportsman. He talks a certain amount of
English. He said it was a very good country for sport. He
had shot an eiephant and another was shot a few days ago.

Jour. Straits Branch

VISIT TO PUKET, ETC. I]

There were also deer and rhinoceros and tigers. There is little
cultivation in Ghirbee and no tin. ‘The revenue is very small
but no doubt it has undeveloped resources. The coal or rather
lignite is of no value. He said that people were afraid to settle
there till he came on account of dacoits. Two Siamese murder-
ed a Chinaman and robbed his house and then killed an old
woman to keep her mouth shut. They were caught and execut-
ed at the place. I had heard of an execution recently taking
place and asked if that was the case. He informed me that the
affair took place over two years ago and the men had just been
executed. The law’s delays were in this case protracted. I
asked if it wasn’t rather a long time to keep the men under
sentence but he said: ‘* We had to get the order from Ban: kok
and then they appealed.” I told KEAT if they wanted a name
for the new town they might call it Pi Nah (next year)* On
our return we were recaled with long glasses of coconut water
and cigars. At 2.30 we took leave as the tide was falling.
We had intended taking a short cut through an inner channel
inside Khaw Fu and Ma Fu but they said there was only a
depth of 3 feet in places and many rocks, so we went out to
sea and round Pulau Lantar. This took a long time and it
gotdark. We passed several rocks and islands and did not get
to Telibon anchorage till 11.80 p.m. whén I turned in on deck.
The wind had blown from the West all day but at night there
was a land wind. We found the Tongkah Police launch at
anchor. She had been sent on ahead to inform the Governor
of Trang of my visit.

Wednesday, 4th March.—Got up about 7 a.m. and after tea
landed at the Custom House—a few Sam-sam huts—fine beach for
coconuts but only one growing. <A Chinaman advances money
to fishermen and bark collectors. Very low tide early, turned
about 7.30 when we started. Anchored at 9.30 at firewood
jetty up Trang river and waited for tide to rise—breakfast.
At 10.30 stuck on mud bank and waited $ an hour till enough
water. Got to Kantan at 11.30. Pepper and fowls being put
on junk for Penang. The Governor PHRA SUTHON on landing
place, Police Guard, 3 carriages Scarlet (faded) livery. Drove

*Spain is the land of Manana, in Siam it is always ‘“‘Pi nah.”

R A. Soc., No. 42,)1904,

12 VISIT TO PUKET, ETC.

to Sim Brn’s house and bathed. He mentioned Yong Setar the
chief place in Pelian and I asked what ‘Yone’ was. He said it
was the Siamese contraction of Tanjong. I think there is no
doubt that Junk Ceylon is a corruption of Yong (Tanjong)
Phalung or Salung. Phalung was the great mining place before
Tongkah mines were worked at the end of the promontory or
island which we call Junk Ceylon. I never quite believed in
the ‘Ujong Sdlang’ derivation. ‘There is no town at Kantan
which is the seat of Government. The former town of Kuan-
tani was demolished about 10 years ago. It is about 6 miles
higher up the river. On the opposite side of the road facing the
wharf at Kantdn is a row of about half a dozen Chinese shops
an this constitutes the town. The houses of the Officials are
built along a country road and the Government Offices (still in
course of construction) stand on a low hill above the river and
road. After lunch we wenton board the launch with the Gov-
ernor up the river which winds about till we got to the landing
place near the site of the abandoned town. We might have
driven the whole way but carriages were sent on. Along the
banks is a fringe of jungle with padi iand beyond. ‘The site of
the old town appeared to be a good one, high ground with fine
old ansana trees. Only a Watanda few attap huts remain among
fruit trees. We stopped at one place near to see 33 big cannons
taken from Kedah when it was overrun by the Siamese. They are
piled up among brushwood. The road isa good one. We drove
from Kuantani. It is simply a red earth broad road and in dry
weather dusty. There is hardly any wheel traffic but it is
largely used by people walking from place to place. It would
be excellent for bicycling. We crossed several streams on timber
bridges, gium a hard wood being used for supports and
planking. The village of Bong Rat was passed. Padi fields
cultivated by Siamese extended on either side where the land
was low. A drive of about 5 miles brought us to the town of
Tap Tiang. Along the main street are brick shop houses and
there is a considerable Chinese population. A great Market is
held every three days. It has been held that morning and I
was sorry to miss it for it must be an interesting sight. The
Market which is farmed for $100 a month is held ina large
square building. Long attap sheds open at the side extend

Jour. Straits Branch

VISIT TO PUKET, ETC. 13

round the sides and there are two cross sheds. Produce from
country is brough in on Market days and disposed of. Meat,
fish, poultry, fruit and vegetables have divisions of the Market
set apart for them. Itis very largely attended. Chinese So-
cieties have been suppressed and the former Kongsi house has
been turned into the Ampur’s Office. Along the road from
Kantan newly cut telegraph posts were lying and are to be set
up shortly. The telegraph goes to Na-kon. ‘The wire from
Kedah to Singgora goes through Na-kon to Bangkok. ‘The line
is being laid from Kantan to Ghirbee, Punga, Kestin to Pukét.
The posts are of hard wood and cost $1.20 each where felled,
being taken to the road by Government. They are said to be
ready for putting up as far as Na-koo and in the Eastern State
adjoining Trang the Pan palm which is said to be durable is
used. Shade trees has been planted the whole way. From
Tap Tiang we walked about 2 miles till we reached the Rest
house where we were to sleep. It was built for the reception
of the King who however did not use it. It is a good house
standing high everlooking the plain with the hills in the distance.
Trang is famous for its good pepper which commands a high
price and is said to have a special aroma. ‘There were planta-
tions on either side of the road. ‘The pepper vine is trained on
two sorts of soft wood trees, mengktdu and dedap. ‘The vines
are grown on red soil which is kept clean. During the dry sea-
son, which lasts several months, the plants are regularly water-
ed from wells. ‘The planters are all Chinese chiefly Cantonese
and a few Hokiens. At Yong Setar pepper is grown in black
soil by Tiochews who do not water the plants. If watered when
young it has to be continued. ‘To the Kast are the hills on the
way to Na-kon, then the Patalong hills with the highest range
Foi-dow, and further south Pelian and Setul. Ihe climate on
the East of the hills is said to be quite different. Padi there is two
months later and when it is dry this side itis wet beyond the hills.
Trang, Girbee aud Punga were formeily under Na-kon which
lies to the North of Sang-Kla called by the Malays Siuggora.
Na-kon is called by the Malays Le-gur. ‘The Malays, except
the fishermen near the coast, hardly speak any Malay. ‘They
are Mahomedans and don’t eat pork but in other respects they
adopt Siamese ways. ‘There are one or two Mosyues but they

R. A, Soc., No, 42, 1904.

14 VISIT TO PUKET, ETC.

are badly attended. The Siamese keep pigs. The Chinese
marry Siamese girls. No burial grounds are to be seen, the
Siamese being cremated at the Wats. There is a Chinese burial
ground at Tap Tiang. Thereare Siamese Schools about the
country—education being free. One with 80 boys is about a
mile beyond the Rest hous3 and I meant to visit it but had not
time. It is held at the Wat and boys from the villages beyond
walking distance are lodged at the Wat. The Kam-nan makes
boys go to School. There are also Chinese private Schools.
The upkeep of the Government Schools, cost of books, etc., is
defrayed from the Market rent at Tap Tiang.

The village administration is cheap and appears to be well
adapted to the needs of the country. Itis the Siamese system
either based on, or like that of Burma. ‘There is no forced la-
bour. In Trang are 5 Ampurs, .1 for Kantan, 1 for Pelian at
Yong Setar, 1 for Bong Rat at Tap Tiang, 1 for Khaw Kow
(white hill) North of Patalong and 1 for!Si Kow near Ghirbee.
The Ampur holds. a Court for the trial or settlement of small
cases—cases of importance being sent before the Judge at
Kantan. An Ampur gets 100 Ticals a month and allowances and
he probably adds to his income. ‘The only police in the country
are at Kantan where they are chiefly ornamental, 12 at Tap
Tiang (Chinese town) anda few at Yong Setar, where there
are Chinese pepper planters. The Siamese and Malays are very
law abiding and give no truble. Under the Ampur is the Kam-
nan or village headman. Of these there are about 30 in Trang.
In one or to places where the Chinese predominate a Chinaman
is Kam-nan. Under the Kam nan is the Phoo-yai-ban or head of
10 houses. The people of 10 houses or any collection of houses
up to 20 elect the Phoo-yai-ban and Phoo-yai-bans elect the
Kam-nan, one of their number. The Phoo-yai-ban receives a
badge of Office in the shape of 5 silver buttons which he wears on
his coat and the Kam-nan has 5 gilt buttons. At intervals along
the road are boards on which is notified the name of the village
and the position of the Phoo-yai-ban’s house. The village headmen
look after the roads and bridges and road side trees, the road be-
ing kept up by the people except where it passes padi fields. The
coolies who sweep the road and keep it clean are paid. The
trees are planted twenty-four feet apart. The only land reve-

Jour. Straits Branch

VISIT TO PUKET, ETC. | 15

nue is a tax on padi land 8 cents a rei=120 square feet. This
is paid to the Ampur who keeps a register. He can keep $300
in his sub-treasury. Over that he must send to Kantan. The
Kam-nan and Phoo-yai-ban get 5% commission on this padi-land
tax. The owners of padi land have a document of title (corre-
sponding to the Malacca ‘extract’) giving the name of the owner,
the extent of the land and its position. No charge is made for
land for other cultivation than rice, e.g., pepper, coconuts.
There is an export duty on pepper of 60 cents a pikul (said to
be fixed by treaty). The present price for pepper. is high $36
a pikul. The export duty on other produce timber, etc., is 10
per cent. ad valorem and the import duty is 3 per cent. Chinese
get on well with Siamese and in the country go to the Wat. I
noticed that men and women all have distinct vaccination marks,
this is done by two Siamese doctors at the Ampur’s. There
are no taxes—no house tax—except on padi land and on fishing
which varies according to the fishing ground from $1 to $10 a
year. Ifother taxes were imposed the Siamese would leave.
There is no tax on fruit or coconut plantations or sugar or pep-
per. Land can be sold, the new owner getting the document
of title. There is no tax on felling timber—only export duty.
The population of Trang is 59,000—12,000 Malays and Sam-
sams, 4,000 Chinese and the rest Siamese. The Revenue is
about $120,000 and the expenditure $80,000. The Opium Farm
is not included in the Revenue as it is reckoned as part of the
Western States Farm. It may be taken as $65,000.

The Revenue is made up as follows :—

Gambling ... Ne eee $25,000
Smits) hes! sek wee 25,000
Customs ... es hae 60,000
Land, etc.... nee ee 10,000

$120,000

———

Including the share in the General Opium Farm the Re-
venue exceeds the Expenditure, (7. e., what is sanctioned in the
Budget) by about $100,000 which is remitted to Bangkok to
provide for the needs of the poorer States. ‘There is a proposal

R. A, Soc., No. 42, 1904,

16 VISIT TO PUKET, ETC.

to abolish the Gambling Farm and impose a poll tax on all males
over 18. In tne Eastern States where there are few Chinese
this has been done. Since the Siamese were prohibited from
gambling there has been scarcely any crime. Cock fighting is
very popular.

The expenditure may be roughly stated as follows :-—

Salaries au eos ... $30,000
Roads, etc. ee ae oo 2OROOU
Buildings Bs bee ics 202006
Other Expenditure bce a. LOCO
$80,000 *

(Diury continued)

We got to the Rest house at 7.30 p.m. and had to wait for
the cook and boys.

Thursday, 5th Murch.—It was not as cool as it ought to
have been. When we got there the Governor said “It is not
cool now because there is a wind—if there is no wind it is cool.”
‘The wind died down and then it was unmistakeably hot. We
made a start at 6.40, KIAT driving me in a dogcart and the
Governor following on a pony. . The horse was inclined to jib
and was only induced to go on (except down hill) by the syce
shoving behind. J remarked that we should take some time to
eet to our destination,(11 miles) but KIAT said ‘“ It will go very
well when it gets tired.” ‘There seemed to be little prospect of
this so long as the syce pushed us alony but when once started
it covered the ground weil. On sighting a br.dge the custom
in ‘Trang is for the syce to get down and test the bridge to see
if it will bear. We passed through an extensive padi tract—a
sood deal of it being recently cleared. ‘The Siamese, I should
say, are quite as lazy as Malays if not more so. The ground
plauted with padiis only roughly cleared of timber, and stumps ~
of trees are left. In time these become white ant mounds which
are undisturbed—* too much trouble to remove” they say. I
saw a large number of fine damar oil trees, some standing alone
in the plain and some hundved or so toyether. ‘The solitary

* Figures only approximate not official.

Jour. Straits Branch

VISIT TO PUKET, ETC.

ones are tapped with burning holes and these trees would only
last about 5 years. They are not allowed to be filled when the
jungle is cleared for padi planting. The oil is sent to Penang
in tins. There are said to be many damar treeson the Na-kon
road and on the islands. SIM BEE told me that when he went
to Trang the only talk was of dacoits and people were afraid to
settle. Now they are not afraid and land is being taken up fast.
The road was being swept like a drive and where there was a
collection of houses the people turned out with their headmen
and saluted by the roadside. ‘The road was more or less level
till we got to the foot of the hills (11 miles). At Chong
is a rest-house and a clear stream from the hills. ‘lhe road
to Patalong here rises through a pass. We walked through
jungle along a path to what is called a Waterfall, large
Slabs of rock and pools but not much fall, In the rains of course
it is a cascade. We crossed the stream on stepping stones and
looked for orchids. We found a few and then had some food
by the stream. ‘Then we drove back to the Rest-house and
bathed at a well in the grounds. I noticed Congea climbing
among the brush wood. We left Chong about 10.0 and gos
the Rest-house at 11.30. There is another Rest-house 1 hour
up the pass above Chong in the jungle where the King of Siam
stayed two nights but he is said to have found it too cold.
This would be a good place for collecting plants, etc. There are
trees planted on either side the whole length of the road—Man-
goes, ansana and a Siamese tree with a narrow leaf and yellow
flower from which they make hair oil.

As we passed through ‘Tap Tiang to go to the landing
place at Tha Chin we saw a dead black planther by the Market.
Black panthers are said to be very common. ‘There is a reward
for tigers, 30 ‘Ticals, but none for panthers which only take
fowls, pigs, etc. There are too many for a reward. There
were 12 junks at Tha Chin built locally and registered at Penang.
We had a very hot and tedious row in a house-boat—the river
winding backwards and forwards—till at 3.15 we got to the
wharf at Kuantani where the 3. 8. Artsadong comes for cargo.
Here a Malay Penghulu registered as a British subject came on
board. We got to Kantan at 5.0. I landed and drove with the
Governor to see the Public Offices—still unfinished. ‘The bricks

R, A. Soc., No. 42, 1904. 1

18 VISIT TO PUKET, ETC.

are made by prisoners. The Offices will be finished ‘* next year.”
Left Kantan in the Damrong Rat at 5.30. The tide was falling
and we touched the first bar or mud flat at the ‘ Simpang’.

As we went up the river the serang had ordered firewood
to be sent to Kantan for us but it never came so in their usual
casual way we bevan our voyage without fuel. At the fire-
wood depdot below the bar we had to anchor for two hours
while we took in firewood. It was yetting dark and there was
no one in charge so they requisitioned boats passing down and
eventually our men took a sufficent supply. It was very hot
lying at anchor and mosquitoes came off. We had to dine there,
As we got to sea there were very black clouds and thunder and
lightning. There was a bit of a moon but it came on to blow
and the rain drove us below.

Friday, 6th March.—Of the north of Lankawis early—cool
—went very slow. Six tame porp>ises came and played within
a foot of our bows and kept it up some time. We took hours to

pass Kedah Peak and it was 4.0 p.m. before we got to the Penang
Jetty.

_ Jour. Straits Branch

Hunting Invocations.
By R. N. BLAND.

In the October ‘‘Blackwood” there is an article by George
Maxwell on the subject of a Malay deer-hunt in Perak. 1 think
he has given some excellent translations of the “Elmu Pawang”
as applied to the rusa or sambur deer, and written a most inter-
esting account of the way in which the Pawang sets to work.
It may interest him and others to see an invocation I got from
a Pawang in the Negri Sembilan (Kuala Pilah) years ago. My
“Elmu Pawang” is not nearly so ornate as George Maxwell’s,
but no doubt every village and district has its own ritual in these
matters. There is a family likeness, however, in all of them.
The Pawang who is an educated man from the Malay point of
view, will produce a much more elaborate ‘‘elmu” than the Pa-
wang of a jungle village. It is interesting to compare notes in
these matters and therefore I send you this ‘“‘elmu” for the S.
B. R. A. S.—but I feel as if I were betraying a secret in doing
so. These matters are highly confidential My Pawang only
admitted me to his “craft” under promise of secrecy and in pay-
ment of the customary fees in cloth, knife, coconuts, and ‘wang
bharu”, and after following the deer on foot for many days
through the Muar jungles.

Elmu Pawang Buru Rusa.
(Negri Sembilan.)

Hei Che’ Lanang, Che’ Redup,
Che’ Bendang, Che’ Merah,
Mari-lah kita berburu
Dalam kandang bhagian engkau
Luar kandang bhagian aku
Apa main kita jangan di-rosakkan

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

20

HUNTING INVOCATIONS.

Aku tahu jahat-nya

Aku tahu baik-nya

Jahat pulang pada engkau

Baik pulang pada aku

Salah sa’ekor srigala Che’ Langsat

Che’ raia ini ia-lah melengkah bumi

Yang lari Che’ Runsing

Kaki yang mengijar Che’ Rimbun

Ekor melampat patah kaki

Menyenup patah pinggang

Menyelodok badan kau lampoh

Bukan-nya aku yang berburu

Perpatih yang berburu

Bukan-nya aku yang punya anjing

Pa sidi yang punya anjing

Bukan-nya aku yang berkuei

Nenek Batin Telang yang berkuei

Jangan engkau mungkirkan janji

Jikalau engkau mungkirkan janji

Drahka engkau pada Allah.

Hei Che’ Lanang Che’ Redup

Che’ Bendang Che’ Merah

Ambil bhagian engkau

Yang terbawa bhagian aku

Yang tinggal bhagian angkau.
Badi.

Hei Badi aku tahu asal engkau

Jadi deri-pada Chaga

Beranjak engkau deri sini

Pulang engkau ka asal jadi

Kropek nama-nya manchong

Kiamang nama-nya kiak

Che’ Lanang orang gobala _

Tergak Dato’ nibong salah ~

Mari-lah kita membalakan anjing

Bunohkan juga anjing aku

Sa’ekor sa hari bunokkan juga

Anjing aku.

Jour, Straits Braneh

HUNTING INVOCATIONS. 21

Translation.

Ye (forest spirits that guard the red-deer)

Che’ Lanang—the Twister

Che’ Redup—the Dim One.

Che’ Bendang (the open plain)

Che’ Merah—the Red One

I summon you to hunt with me

What comes from the enclosed fields is your share
What comes from the outer forest shall be mine
Let nothing spoil our hunting

I know what to avoid

I know what to follow

May all the bad luck be your share

May all the good luck fall to me.

Whether it be Srigala or Che’ Langsat
Or the King of the Deer himself
Yea, he who crosses the world at one leap
Or Che’ Runsing who flashes hither and thither
May each one that leaps forth fall with broken legs
May each glider be broken across the back
May each one crushing through the bushes have broken
bones
It is not I who destroys you
It is the Lord Perpatih who hunts you
The dogs are not my dogs
They are the dogs of Pa’ Sidi
It is not I who shouts on the dogs
It is the shout of Nenek Batin Pelang
Fail ye not in your compact
If ye fail in your compact ye are rebellious against Allah.
O Che’ Langsat—the Twister
Che’ Redup—the Dim One
Che’ Bendang—the “open plain”
Che’ Merah—the Red One
Take what is yours
That which is carried away is mine
That which remains is yours.

R. A. Soc,, No. 42, 1904,

22

HUNTING INVOCATIONS.

Badi—Invocation.

O Badi I know whence thou comest

Thou comest from Chaga

Get thee from hence

Get thee to the place whence thou comest
Che’ Lanang the herdsman

Remember the elder of the magic nibong
Come hither and make atonement for our dogs
Shouldst thou wish to slay my dogs

Slay them, yes, one every day.

Jour. Straits Branch

Descriptions of New Species of Iphiaulax
and Chaolta (Braconidae) from
Sarawak, Borneo.

By P. CAMERON.

It is evident that the genus Jphzaulax is, in the Tropics at
least, one of the largest of the Parasitic Hymenoptera. Mr.
Shelford, the collector of the species here described, informs
me that he has a large number of species which still remain to
be described or named.

IPHIAULAX FOERSTER.

a. Luteous, the wings large, yellowish-hyaline, the stigma with
a black mark at the base. The group of leptopterus.

Iphiaulax megapterus sp. nov.

Dark luteous, the 2nd. and following segments of abdomen
much darker, almost black ; flagellum of antenne black; wings
very large, yellowish-hyaline ; a somewhat square black spot at
the base of the stigma, commencing shortly behind the cubitus
and transverse basal, and backwards extending short'y beyond
the cubitus; there is a narrow cloud on the lower side of the
wing at the apex; the hind wing has the apical fourth fuscous,
_ the cloud on the lower side extending backwards to the middle ;

basal 5 segments of abdomen closely, longitudinally striated ; the
area on 2nd segment large, reaching to the end; broad at the
base, becoming gradually narrowed to the apex. Apical abscissa
of radius long ; more than half the length of 2nd., which is dis-
tinctly shorter than the 3rd., that being not much longer than
the basal two united; the recurrent nervure is received in the
apex of the 1st cubital cellule; the 1st transverse cubital nervure
is roundly obliquely curved. ©.

R, A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

24 IPHIAULAX AND CHAOLTA.

Length 20; terebra 17 mm.

Hab. Matang.

Scape of antenne not mucb longer than the following 2
joints united, slightly gradually dilated towards the apex, which
is toothed slightly below; the pedicle short, not clearly separated,
thickly pilose, not half the length of 3rd. joint. Front and ver-
tex smooth and shining, almost bare, the furmer not furrowed ;
face irregularly shagreened, thickly covered with long fulvous
pubescence ; its centre bounded by longitudinal furrows; apex
of mandibles black. ‘Thorax shining, smooth; the middle lobe
of mesonotum raised ; median segment short, covered with pale
fulvous pubescence. Legs coloured like the thorax, sparsely
haired ; the fore tibize not quite so long as the basal 3 joints of
the tarsi. Abdomen large, its middle clearly broader than the
thorax, and twice its length; its first segment keeled down the
middle; the dilated apical part with some stout longitudinal
striz and obliquely narrowed at the base; the 2nd. segment is
closely, longitudinally striated throughout; the 3rd. similarly
striated to the middle, the 4th. before the furrow; the base of
the 5rd and 4th smooth and shining; the rest of them and the
dth closely ruyosely punctured ; the apical segments less strong-
ly punctured ; all the transverse furrows are deep and strongly
striated; the obliqued lateral furrows are short, indistinct.
Temples broad, rounded ; occiput roundly incised.

This species has the large yellow wings, with black spot
at the base of stigma and general colouration of J. leptopterus ;
but it is much larger and more stoutly built; otherwise it may
be separated from leptopterus and its allies by the striated, punc-
tured abdomen, by the curved Ist. transverse cubital nervure
and by the much shorter, compared with the 8rd., 2nd. abscissa
of radius.

Iphiaulax leptopterus Cam.

The 3 of this species has been taken at Santubong, 2600
feet by Mr. Shelford. It agrees closely with the 9.

Iphiaulax spilostigmus sp. nov.

Luteous; the wings and their nervures luteous, a square
black mark, not extending beyond the cubitus, at the base of

Jour. Straits Branch

IPHIAULAX AND CHAOLTA. 25

the stigma, the hind wings with a fuscous cloud at the apex ;
the 3rd. abscissa of radius almost equal in length to the 2nd.;
the Ist transverse cubital nervure and recurrent straight,
oblique, interstitial; the basal two segments of abdomen
striated in part. ©.

Length 12; terebra 6 mm.

Hab. Matang.

Face covered with long blackish hair; front deeply fur-
rowed in the middle; temples roundly narrowed; occiput trans-
verse. Scape and pedicle of antenne rufous, the rest black.
Thorax smooth and shining; the middle lobe of mesonotum
raised in front. Fore tibize slightly shorter than the basal 3 joints
of tarsi united. Wings long, large; yellowish-hyaline; the
mark at base of stigma is square, does not project beyond the
transverse basal or cubitus; the 2nd. abscissa of radius equal in
length to the 3rd.; the recurrent nervure is interstitial. Abdomen
as long as the head and thorax united. First segment of abdomen
broad, shorter than the second segment ; the central part round-
ly raised; irregularly longitudinally striated; a stout keel
thickened at the base and furrowed laterally, down its centre ;
the 2nd. stoutly striated to near the apex ; the central plate,
broader than long, narrowed to a point, smooth and shining ;
its keel extending to the smooth apical border ; on either side
isa somewhat similar smooth, broader than long, triangular
plate; the suturiform articulation closely striated; the other
furrows, smooth; there is a striated transverse furrow before
the apex of the 2nd. segment ; the abdomen is as long as the head
and thorax united and broader than the latter.

This species may be known from J, leptopterus by the basal
abdominal segments being striated, by the shorter and broader
abdomen and by the stigmal mark not extending beyond the
cubitus.

b. Luteous, the wings large, yellowish-hyaline, without a black
mark at the base of stigma; the hind femora black.
Iphiaulax minos sp. nov.

Luteous, the flagellum of antenne and hind femora black; —
the apex of hind tibie blackish; wings longer than the body,

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904,

26 IPHIAULAX AND CHAOLTA.

yellowish-hyaline ; the stigma and nervures luteous; the costa
darker coloured ; the 3rd. abscissa of radius nearly as long as the
basal two united; the 3rd. abscissa of cubitus distinctly shorter
than the 2nd.; the 1st fully half the length of 2nd.; recurrent
nervure received close to the apex of the 1st. cubital cellule. 2.

Length 15; terebra 9 mm.

Hab. Matang.

Face distinctly punctured round the sides and top; ae
centre smooth and slightly convex; the front is less strongly
punctured, its middle depressed and furrowed ; temples roundly,
obliquely narrowed. Thorax smooth and shining ; the parapsidal
furrows deep on the basal half of mesonotum. Scutellum smooth,
roundly convex. Basal two segments of abdomen strongly, longi-
tudinally striated; the 1st. if anything, more coarsely than the
2nd.; the basal half of the 3rd. finely and closely striated ; lateral
furrows of the 1st stoutly, transversely striated; the 2nd. and 3rd.
are depressed largely on the sides; the suturiform articulation
and the furrow on the next segment narrow, deep, closely
straited. Legs densely covered with pale hair; the fore tibiz
distinctly longer than the following two, but not so long as the
following 3, united.

Has the long yellow wings of the leptopterus-group; but
wants the black stigmal mark ; and hind femora are black, this
last being a well-marked feature.

c. Head, thorax and fore legs rufous, the abdomen and hind
legs black ; wings yellowish, obscured with fuscous; large. The
group of I. Sadyates.

I[phiaulax soranus sp. nov.

Black ; head, thorax and 4 front legs ferruginous; wings
hyaline, the basal half with a distinct yellowish tinge; nervures
and costa testaceous-yellow, the costa black; third abscissa of
radius slightly shorter than the 2nd.; recurrent nervure received
in the apex of the Ist. cubital cellule; the transverse median
nervure on the outerside of the tranverse basal. 9.

Length 15; terebra 16 mm.

Hab. Matang. December.

Jour. Straits Branch

IPHIAULAX AND CHAOLTA. 27

Abdomen longer than the head and thorax united (its basal
3 segments as long as the thorax) not dilated in the middle; the
centre part, except at the base and narrowly at the apex,
strongly irregularly longitudinally striated and laterally ir-
regularly reticulated ; the 2nd. segment strongly longitudinally
striated ; its basal area small, longer than broad, sooth, shining,
gradually narrowed to the apex; its keel stout, reaching to
the apex; on either side the base has a large smooth space,
longer than broad and produced on the outer side towards the
middle of the segment, this part being slightly curved and
aciculated, almost striated. Suturiform articulation wide, close-
ly striated ; the lateral branch is narrower, closely striated and
curved ; the space between it and the articulation raised, smooth
and shining; the 3rd. segment is more finely and closely striat-
ed on the basal two-thirds and has a keel down the centre
of the striated part ; the furrow on the base of the 4th. segment
is distinct, deep and irregularly sparsely striated; the base of
the segment is finely irregularly, closely striated and with a
keel in the middie. Ovipositor sheaths broad, densely covered
with stiff black hair. Scape of antenne about 4 times longer
than wide, narrowed at the base. Temples rounded, slightly
oblique, as long as the antennal scape; occiput transverse.
Face irregularly rugose, pale yellowish. Palpi dark red; man-
dibles reddish, black at apex.

Iphiaulax ezervas, Sp. nov.

Black; the basal 2 joints of antenne, head, thorax and 4
front legs red ; wings hyaline, highly iridescent, faintly tinted
with yellow; the stigma and nervures pale testaceous, costa
darker coloured, parastigma black; 2nd. and 3rd. abscisse of
radius equal in length.

Length 8 mm.

Hab. Kuching. September.

Scape of antenne about 4 times longer than wide, covered
with long glistening white hair; 3rd. joint longer than 4th.
Front and vertex smooth and shining ; front broadly depressed in
the middle; the depression roundly narrowed above; in its centre
are 2 short, stout keels, oblique and united together above.

R A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

28 IPHIAULAX AND CHAOLTA.

Temples longer than antennal scape, broadly rounded behind ;
occiput not quite transverse. [ace strongly and closely punctur-
ed; its centre raised, roundly narrowed above, more shining
and more widely punctured. Clypeus clearly separated by a
furrow from the face, smooth, except for a transverse row of
large punctures in the middle. Palpi and mandibles rufo-testa-
ceous, the latter black at apex. Thorax smooth; the middle
lobe of mesonotum clearly separated ; metanotum covered with
pale hair, punctured, its apex blackish and obscurely punctured.
Basal segment of abdomen raised in the middle; the sides
stoutly keeled ; and there is a stout keel down the centre; 2nd.,
3rd. and 4th. segments closely, strongly, longitudinally striated ;
the apices of the 3rd. and 4th. smooth; the base of 5th. finely
striated ; the area on the base of 2nd. segment becomes gradual-
ly narrowed into the keel which reaches to the basal third of
the segment; it is bordered by 2 oblique keels which form a
large, somewhat triangular area, which is irregularly reticulat-
ed on the inner side and irregularly longitudinally striated on
outer ; the latera] depression stoutly, closely, obliquely striated ;
the sides of the 83rd. segments are depressed and less closely
punctured.

Iphiaulax cyrentus, sp. nov.

Black; the 4 front legs. head, pro- and mesothorax and
lower half of metapleure rufous; wings fuscous-violaceous,
the nervures and stigma black; fore tarsi more than twice
the length of tibiee, their basal 2 joints being longer than the
latter; basal plate of 2nd. abdominal segment small, roundly,
gradually narrowed to the apex and with a smaller, smooth,
triangular plate on either side; the keel extends to the apex,
where it ends ina small, broader than long, plate. °.

Length 13-14 mm.; terebra 13 mm.

Hab. Kuching. December.

Face smooth and shining in the centre, the centre being flat,
bell-shaped ; the sides punctured ; the sides and clypeus covered
with long blackish hair. Ocelli enclosed by a U shaped furrow, :
from which a furrow runs to the base of antenne. Temples
longer than the scape of antenne, rounded behind; the occiput
roundly incised. Scape of antenne thick about 3 times longer

Jour. Straits Braneh

IPHIAULAX AND CHAOLTA, 29

than wide; the tubercles prominent; the base of scape incised
on the outer side to near the middle. Parapsidal furrows dis-
tinct; the middle lobe of mesonotum not much raised. Apex of
metanotum with longish narrow fovez, bounded by raised
keels; its centre with a fovea. First abdominal segment from
near the basal depression stoutly, closely, longitudinally striated ;
the lateral furrows stoutly, closely transversely striated ; 2nd seg-
ment closely, stoutly striated; a keel runs from the lateral
basal plates to near the apex; the space on either side of it
closely striated; the 3rd. segment has the middle and apex
smooth, the rest closely, not very strongly, striated the centre
of the base laterally being smooth ; there are no distinct oblique
furrows on the 2nd. and 3rd. segments ; the suturiform articula-
tion is closely striated. Sheaths of ovipositor broad, densely
pilose. The legs are thickly pilose, but not so densely as the
avipositor’s sheath.

d. Luteous, the apical segments of abdomen black, the 2nd. and
Srd. segments strongly striated; wings fuscous, broadly yellowtsh-
hyaline at the base.

Iphiaulax zaraces, sp. nov.

Luteous, antenne, front broadly in the centre, the mark
continued on to the ocellar region and becoming united to a
large black band on the vertex; this marks reaches to the eyes
and extends half way down the outer orbits and on to the oc-
ciput, whichisentirely black; the 2nd.and 3rd. abdominal segments
are largely marked with black; the 4th. and following entirely
black. Head and legs of a paler yellow colour than the thorax
and abdomen; the apex of hind tibie and the tarsi black.
Wings yellowish-hyaline to the transverse median and transverse
basal nervures ; the rest (except for a hyaline cloud in the fore
half of the 1st. cubital cellule and a small one at the junction of
the recurrent with the cubitus) dark fuscous; the base of the
stigma yellow. ©.

Length 14-15 mm.; terebra 4 mm.

Hab. Kuching.

Antenne longer than the body; the scape slightly more
than twice !onger than broad. Head smooth; almost bare; the

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904,

30 IPHIAULAX AND CHAOLTA.

face pale yellow; malar space hollowed ; tips of mandibles black.
Temples wide; occiput roundly incised. ‘Thorax smooth; par-
apsidal forrows indistinct ; furrow at base of scutellum smooth ;
the oblique furrow on mesopleure distinctly defined. ‘The rais-
ed centre of Ist. abdominal segment is long, narrowed at the
base; becoming gradually wider to the apex; the basal
depression is triangular, deep, its lateral keels stout; the central
part of the 1st.and the 2nd. and 3rd. segments are closely, strong-
ly striated; there is no area on the base of the 2nd. segment; its
sides at the base, as also those of the 3rd., are smooth; the furrows
on the 3rd. and 4th are crenulated ; 3rd. abscissa of radius about
as long as the basal two united; th2 3rd. abscissa of cubitus is
distinctly shorter than the 2nd.

é. Yellow, the abdomen and hind legs black, wings fuscous,
broadly hyaline at the base.

Iphiaulax thespis, sp. nov.

Head, thorax and 4 anterior legs luteous; the antenne;,
abdomen and hind legs black; the wings to the base of cubitus
and nervure yellowish-hyaline, the rest fuscous, the base at the
base of the anal nervure hyaline; the hind wings yellowish
hyaline to shortly beyond the middle; stigma black; the 2nd.
abscissa of radius slightly longer than the 3rd. ©.

Length 9; terebra 8 mm.

Hab. Matang. August.

Scape of antennee about 4 times longer than wide, of equal
thickness throughout, covered with short pale pubescence.
Front and vertex smooth; the former deeply furrowed; face
thickly covered with long white hair. Temples as long as the
antennal scape, roundly narrowed ; occiput transverse. Thorax
shining, the middle lobe of mesonotum raised ; the oblique fur-
row on mesopleure reaching near to the apex. Abdomen as
long as the head and thorax united and wider than the latter ;
Ist. segment irregularly striated and with a distinct keel down
the centre; the sides and apex yellowish, smooth; 2nd. segment
closely, longitudinally striated ; its basal area small, smooth,
broader than long, obliquely narrowed to the apex; on either
side of it is a smooth plate, longish, gradually narrowed to the

Jour. Straits Branch

IPHIAULAX AND CHAOLTA. Sl

apex; the 3rd. segment is irregularly, obscurely striated ; the 2
transverse furrows are rufous, striated. Recurrent nervure
interstitial.

Agrees closely with J. portius Cam.; that species is larger,
has the median segment black; the plate on 2nd. abdominal seg-
ment larger, obliquely narrowed at base and apex, the 2nd.
abscissa of radius distinctly shorter than the 3rd. and the recur-
rent nervure not interstitial.

Iphiaulax amyris, sp. nov.

Rufous, the abdomen, hind tibiz and tarsi and antenne black;
the wings flavo-hyaline to the transverse basal nervure, the rest
fuscous, except for a triangular hyaline cloud in the base of the
1st. discoidal cellule; the 1st. cubital cellule, except its lower
third, along the cubitus, the base of the radial cellule, the parts
outside the 1st. transverse cubital and recurrent nervures ; base
of stigma largely luteous; the 3rd. abscissa of radius about
two-thirds of the length of 2nd.; the sides of the 1st. abdominal
segment above pale yellow; the greater part of the 2nd. and
the base of the 3rd. rufous, ?.

Length 12 mm, terebra 14-15 mm,

Hab. Kuching. June.

Scape of antenne and pedicle rufous below; the apex of
scape incised ; the 3rd. joint slightly longer than the 4th. Face
impunctate, thickly covered with long white hair ; temples longer
than the scape of antenne, broadly rounded behind; the centre
of occiput transverse. The raised central part of 1st. abdominal
segment roundly narrowed behind ; the raised central part keel-
ed, the apex closely striated. The 2nd. and 3rd. segments are
closely, finely striated, with distinct, oblique lateral furrows ;
the basal plate of the 2nd. minute, shining, wider than long ;
the keel distinct, reaching to the apex ; suturiform articulation
closely striated; there is a narrower, less strongly striated,
furrow on the base of the 4th. segment.

The abdomen is about as long as the head and thorax united
and is not much widened in the middle; the fore tibia are as long
as the basal 2 joints of tarsi united; the transverse median ner-
vure is received on the outerside of the transverse basal.

R. A. Soe., No.42, 1904.

S32 IPHIAULAX AND CHAOLTA.

jf. Luteous, wings fuscous yellow at the base, the abdomen short,
broad, ovate. The group of matangensis.

Iphiaulax Sibanensis, sp. nov.

Length 9mm. ¢.

Hab. Mount Siban. May.

Very Similar in colouration to J. matangensis, having, like
it, the head, thorax and legs luteous and the back of the abdo-
men for the greater part black, mixed with rufous, the wings
yellow at the base, fuscous beyond the transverse median ner-
vure; but it is more slenderly built; the scape of the antennee
and pedicle arefulvous, not black, more slender; the 2nd. abscissa
of cubitus is only equal in length to the 3rd. not longer than it;
it has no area on the base of the 2nd. abdominal segment, but
there are two irregular keels uniting together shortly beyond
the middle and haviny 2 or 3 irregular transverse ones; the
space on either side of this instead of being, as in matangensis,
widely, irregularly reticulated to the apex, is only reticulated
at the base, the rest being closely, longitudinally striated ; the
punctuation on all the segments is closer and run more into lon-
gitudinal strie; the abdomen is narrowed compared with the
thorax and is more suffused with red, the red too, being lighter
in tint; the suturiform articulation is more widely and distinctly
dilated backwards at the apex.

L[phiaulax cilles, sp. nov.

Luteous, the abdomen darker coloured, the flagellum of
antenne. and the hind tibiew and tarsi black; the wings almost
hyaline, iridescent, the stigma and nervures black; the plate on
base of 2nd. segment smooth and shining, its length about
equal to its greatest width; the apical half roundly narrowed ;
the keel extends to shortly beyond the middle; 3rd. abscissa
about as long as the basal 2 united. 9.

Length 7; terebra 3 mm.

Hab. Kuching. April.

Scape of antenne luteous, narrowed at the base, about 3
times longer than wide; its apex produced below; pedicle rufous :
the 3rd. joint distinctly longer than the 4th. Front and vertex

Jour. Straits Branch

IPHIAULAX AND CHAOLTA. 33

smooth and shining, temples distinctly, roundly narrowed ; face
rugosely punctured. Middle lobe of mesonotum distinctly sepa-
rated, the furrowsdeep. Abdomen as long as the thorax, ovate;
the middle lobe of lst segment is keeled down the centre and
there is a keel on eitherside; the lateral depressions smooth,
except for 2 or 3 keels near the apex; sides of 2nd. segment
depressed at the base and obliquely striated ; suturiform articula-
tion wide, crenulated ; the other furrow is less clearly defined
especially at the sides; the 4th. and Sth. segments have narrow,
shallow furrows on the apex.

The stigma and parastigma are large; the basal abscissa of
the cubitus is roundly curved at the base; the recurrent nervure
is not interstitial; the sculpture of the abdomen appears to vary
in its intensity. Characteristic are the ayaa’ wings and black
hind tibiz and tarsi.

Iphiaulax tenuilineatus, sp. nov.

Luteous, the ocellar region and antennz black; wings ob-
scure hyaline to the transverse basal nervure, the rest fuscous,
the 1st, cubital cellule lighter coloured than the rest, stigma
black, yellow at extreme base ; the area on 2nd. abdominal seg-
ment small,its width at the base, if anything, longer than its
length ; smooth, the sides rounded ; the keel stout, ‘Teaching to
the base of the apical third ; the 3rd, 4th, and Sth. segments
roundly projecting at the apex.

Length 11; terebra 6-7 mm.
Hab. Kuching.

Scape of antenne fully 3 times longer than wide covered
with golden hair. Face irregularly rugose. Clypeus above
rounded. Malar space as long as the antennal scape, furrowed
in the centre; temples as long as them, rounded behind, not
oblique ; occiput transverse ; an impressed line on the centre of
vertex behind the ocelli. Median segment short. Centre of Ist.
abdominal segment rugosely punctured, keeled in the middle ;
the sides closely striated; the centre of 2nd. segment reti-
culated, the sides closely striated ; ; suturiform articulation wide
closely striated ; there is no distinct lateral apical branch, it
being only represented by a fovea ; there is a distinct irregularly

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904,

34. IPHIAULAX AND CHAOLTA.

crenulated furrow on the apex of the Sth. segment ; the apices
of the 8rd. and following seyments are narrowly pale yellow.

Allied to Z. astiochus and J. matangensis ; may be known by
its larger size, longer ovipositor, by the’ temples being more
rounded and not obliquely narrowed, and by the smooth, more
clearly defined keel on 2nd. abdominal segment.

Iphiaulax paternus, sp. nov.

Luteous, the flagellum of antenne black; the wings yellow-
ish to the transverse basal nervure, dark fuscous beyond, the
stigma and nervures black, 2ud abscissa of radius distinctly
shorter than the 3rd.; basal plate on 2nd. abdominal segment
wider than long, roundly narrowed towards the apex which has
a narrow keel, ‘not much more than half its length. Q.

Length 10 ; terebra 5 mm. ©

Hab. Kuehne September.

Scape of antenne fully 4 times longer than wide. Temples
roundly narrowed, not quite as long as the antennal scape.
Front deeply furrowed. Face rugose, slightly reticulated. ‘Top
of clypeus rounded, it is less strongly rugose than the face. .
Tips of mandibles broadly black. The centre of middle lobe of -
ist. abdominal segment with 2 stout keels; the sides are also
keeled ; the lateral depression wide, irregularly striated ; 2nd.
segment longitudinally rugosely punctured ; the part bordering
the area irregularly reticulated ; the sides are distinctly depressed
on the basai half and closely, strongly, obliquely striated ; su-
turiform articulation wide, deep, crenulated and without an
apical lateral branch ; the apex of the 3rd. segment has an indis-
tinct crenulated furrow, there is a much more distinct one on
the base of the 4th.; one on its apex and on the apex of the dth..

The parapsidal furrows are distinct only on the basal half ;
the apical half of the mesonotum is flat; the basal 4 points of.
fore tarsi as long, together, as the tibie ; there is a distinct hya-
line cloud below the base of the Ist. transverse cubital nervure,
the 2nd. discoidal cellule is lighter coloured than the upper one.

Allied to J. annulitarsis, having a similar plate on the 2nd.
abdominal segment, but may be known from it by the much |
shorter ovipositor, which, in annulitarsis, is as long as the body.

Jour, Straits Branch

IPHIAULAX AND CHAOLTA. 35

Iphiaulax smenus, sp. nov.

Dark luteous ; antenne, ocellar region and centre of front
the transverse furrows on the abdomen, the base of the 3rd.
segment and of the 4th. and 5th. broadly in the centre, black;
the wings to the transverse cubital and the transverse basal
nervures yellowish-hyaline ; the basal half of the stigma yellow ;
its apical and the parastigma black ; the apex of the wings fus-
cous, tinged with yellow and violaceous; the transverse median
nervure receive. shortly beyond the transverse basal, recurrent
nervure interstitial; the 3rd. abscissa of radius nearly as long
as the basal 2 united. 9.

Length 8-9; terebra missing.
Hab. Matang. August.

Head smooth ; clypeus clearly defined by furrows ; temples
straight, oblique; occiput transverse. Scutellum not much
raised above the mesonotum; its sides and apex with a long,
slightly oblique slope, clearly raised and separated and narrowed
towards the apex gradually from the base. Raised central part
of petiole rugosely punctured, almost reticulated, its middle
indistinctly keeled ; the depressed sides with some oblique keels.
The middle of the 2nd. segment is irregularly reticulated, the
basal half clearly separated, raised and bounded by a stout keel
and slightly, gradually narrowed to the apex; the basal keel
is small, longer than broad, gradually, roundly narrowed to
a fine point at the apex and ending in a stout keel which does
uot reach to the middle of the segment; the space on either side
of the keel is smooth; at the sides of the basal plate are some
irregular curved strie; the 3rd. 4th. and 5th. segments are
stoutly, irregularly, closely, longitudinally striated, the 3 fur-
rows beiny also striated ; there is a less distinct, more irregu-
larly, striated furrow on the apex of the 5th. segment.

The abdomen is long-ovate and as long as the head and
thorax united; the base of the second segment is almost
transverse and keeled; its sides at the base are distinctly
depressed and irregularly covered with stout striz. Scape of
antenne stout, about 3 times longer than wide; the ard and 4th
joints equal in length.

R. A. Soe., No. 42, 1904

36 IPHIAULAX AND CHAOLTA.

g. Black, short and broad, basal half of wings black, apical lae-
teous. he group of /. trichiosama.

‘Iphiaular pheres, sp. nov.

Black ; antenne nearly twice the length of the body; the
wings dark fuscousto the recurrent nervure and, in front, to
the base of the Ist. cubital cellule; the rest milky hyaline;
stigma pale ochraceous, darker at the base; the apical nervures
lacteous ; basal two-thirds of hind wings dark fuscous, the rest
clear. hyaline. ©.

Length 8 ; terebra 2 mm.
Hab. Kuching.

Head and thorax smooth and shining; the upper half of
orbits with an irregular ochraceous band; the malar space,
antennal tubercles and clypeous brownish; mandibles rufo-
testaceous, their apex black ; palpi black, thickly covered with
white pubescence. Front obliquely depressed, furrowed in the
centre ; ocelli laterally bounded by a deep furrow. ‘Temples
wide, not obliquely narrowed, rounded behind; occiput almost
transverse. Pronotum with a curved, crenulated furrow before
the middle, the part above this beiny narrowed and separated
from the lower. On the centre of the basal half of the me-
tanotum is a keel, bordered by anirregularly foveated furrow,
which spreads out obliquely at the apex, the fovez there
being larger and more clearly separated; the apical slope is
smooth and shining. Apical abscissa of radius shortly, but
distinctly, longer than the basal two united ; 2nd. abscissa of cu-
bitus as long as the 3rd.; apical abscissa of cubitus equal in length ;
recurrent nervure received at the apex of Ist. cubital ; transverse
basal nervure interstitial. Apical half of 1st. abdominal segment
rugosely, coarsely, punctured, the later depressions wide and
bearing 2 or 3 irregular keels; 2nd. segment in the centre coarse-
ly, irregularly longitudinally striated-punctured, the _ sides
rugosely, closely punctured and broadly depressed in the middle ;
thebasal plate smooth and shining, roundly narrowed to the apex ;
its width at the base more than its length; its keel is stout and
reaches to the apex of the segment ; the following 3 segments

Jour. Straits Brauch

IPHIAULAX AND CHAOLTA. 37

are opaque, closely rugose ; their furrows distinct, closely stri-
ated. Legs covered with short fuscous hair, the fore tibies and
tarsi with a pale pile.

_ The abdomen is. slightly longer than the head and. thorax
united ; broad in the middle, narrowed at base and apex, the face
is alutaceous ; the face is bordered laterally by a wide furrow ;
basal joint of hind tarsi thickened, not quite as long as the follow-
ing 2 united ; the furrow on the pronotum is continued down the
centre of the propleure, where it is only crenulated on the top.

Belongs to the group of J. tr eeroas Cf. Journ. St. Br.
ieee 0c. 1903, P.. 118.

Iphiaulax veneus, sp. nov.

Black ; the wings hyaline, the base of both smoky, the stigma
and nervures black; the 3rd. abscissa of the radius distinctly
longer than the basal 2 united; 3rd. abscissa of cubitus shortly,
but distinctly, longer than the 2nd.; recurrent nervure clearly
separated from the Ist. transverse cubital nervure; area on 2nd.
abdominal segment reaching near to the middle of the segment
gradually narrowed to a sharp point ; the base smooth, the rest
longitudinally closely striated and with the sides sharply mar-
gined; Ist. abdominal segment smooth and shining in the centre,
the sides and apex rugosely punctured; the depressed edges
aciculated outwardly, the apical half deeply depressed. The 2nd.,
érd. and 4th. segments are closely rugosely punctured andi irreg-
ularly striated ; the strize on the base of the 2nd. run into reti-
culations ; on its basal half, mid-way between the middle and
outerside, is a striated shallow, longitudinal furrow ; the suturi-
form. articulation deep, closely, strongly striated ; the other 2
furrows are not so clearly defined ; the apical segments are
smooth and shining. The abdomen is ovate, as long as the thor-
ax and distinctly wider-than it. Legs closely covered with short
pubescence ; the hinder more densely than the others ; the basal
joint of the hind tarsi thickened, as long as the following 2 united.

Face irregularly aciculated ; clypeus surrounded by fur-
rows, the upper transverse and narrower than the lateral ; 2 short
longitudinal keels run into it. Palpi black, covered with white
pubescence ; the apical 3 joints of maxillary testaceous ; man-

R. A. Soce:,: No. 42, 1904,

38 IPHIAULAX ANY) CHAOLTA.

dibles with the basal half rufo-testaceous. Head and median
segment covered with black hair; the middle lobe of meson-
otum is covered with shorter pubescence ; it is clearly separated
from the lateral lobes by the parapsidal furrows which are
deep, clearly defined and reach close to the apex. ‘The apical
slope of the metanotum has a distinct curved furrow on either
side, with a few irregular ones between.

The wings in this species are lighter coloured than in the
others of the group.

h. Black ; head, more or less of thorax, and 2 or 4 front legs red ;
wings uniformly dark fuscous. The group of I. shelfords.

Iphiaulax mobilis, sp. nov.

Black ; the head, thorax, fore legs and the greater part of the
middle tibize red, wings fuscous, the nervures and stigma black ;
basal area of 2nd. abdominal segment longer than its width at
the base, opaque closely longitudinally striated, with a smooth,
shining space. longer than broad and acutely pointed at the
apex, the apex of the Ist. the 2nd. and the 3rd. and 4th. abdominal
segments, except broadly on the sides at the base, closely longi-
tudinally striated, the suturiform articulation and the furrow on
the base of the 4th. segment crenulated.

Length 16 mm. ; terebra 40 mm.
Hab. Kuching ; April.

Face closely and distinctly punctured; the middle of the
lower half smooth, the smooth part rounded above; top of cly-
peus transverse, the sides oblique, upper half smooth, lower-
punctured. Front depressed and smooth in the centre and with
a longitudinal furrow ; its sides punctured. ‘Temples oblique,
rounded.. Antennal scape as long as the 2nd. and 3rd. joint united ;
its apex on the lower side slightly produced. Middle lobe of
mesonotum clearly separated, the furruws reaching to the apex.
Basa! depression of 1st. abdominal segment and the base of the
apical part broadly in the centre smooth, the middle with a long-
itudinal keel, with some irregular, mcstly transverse keels on
either side. Thecentre of 2nd. segment irregularly reticulated
more closely on the inner than on the cuter side where the keels

Jour. Straits Branch

IPHIAULAX AND CRAOLTA. 39

are much longer and not so much intermixed ; the 3rd. and 4th.
segments are closely, regularly striated. The apical half of the
sheaths of the ovipositor grey.

Comes close to J. reticulatus and J. patrous ; it differs from
both in the central part of 2nd. abdomina! segment not being
clearly separated and bounded by keels ; the former may further
be known by having the keel on the Ist. abdominal segment,
much stouter and dilated upwards at the base, the median seg-
ment too being black, the latter species is smaller, the abdomen
shorter compared with the thorax, the top of the clypeus is
- rounded, not transverse, and is more distinctly separated from
the face ; the lateral bounding keels are stouter in patrous, with
the top only oblique.

Iphiaulax reticulatus, Cam.

This species (described Journ. St. Br. R. A. Soc. 1902, p. 105)
has been,taken at Mount Siban, and Matang, 3200 feet. At any
rate I cannot separate the specimens taken at these places from
those collected at Kuching. The species varies in size ; the
scape of antenne may be black or red ; the punctuation on the
abdomen varies in intensity, and the apex on the sheath of
ovipositor may be black or white. The characteristics of the
species are the distinct, large fovea on the apex of the metano-
tum, the stout keel on the Ist. abdomen segment raised at the
base, the distinctly raised and separated middle part of 2nd. seg-
ment, this part being bordered by a keel andit becomes narrowed
towards the apex; the longish, rounded temples, slightly roundly
incised occiput and long narrow antennal scape.

The 6 is similar ; the punctuation of the abdomen is coarser
throughout ; the antennal scape red and middle femora and
tibie red. Inthe @Q the latter may be more or less reddish.

Iphiaulax longitarsis, sp. nov.

Black; the head, thorax except the greater part of the meta-
notum, the fore legs and the greater part of the middle
femora, red ; the wings fuscous violaceous, the stigma and ner-
vures black : the basal 2 segments of abdomen longitudinally
striated ; the plate on the 2nd. segment smooth, its width the

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

40 IPHIAULAX AND CHAOLTA.

length of its greatest length ; the apex obliquely narrowed;
keel reaches to near to the apex of the segment, which is ee
smooth in the middle; on either side of it is a smooth plate,
broadly rounded on the outer side, narrowed to a point on the
inner above ; suturiform articulation crenulated except at the
sides ; its posterior lateral branch, wide shallow, obscurely striat-
ed ; the enclosed part smooth and shining, broader than long,
rounded behind. ©.

Length 10; terebra 10 mm.
Hab. Kuching. May.

Scape of antenne more than twice longer than wide; the
pedicle clearly separated, wider than long. Face flat, smooth ;
clypeus not very clearly separated, from it ; broadly rounded
above. ‘Temples long, as long as the antennal scape, straight,
not obliquely narrowed behind ; occiput transverse. Malar space
excavated. First abdominal segment distinctly longer than the
second ; its basal depression longer than broad, rounded at the
apex; the strie irregular, the outer more or less curved. Fore
tarsi very long, more than twice the length of the tibiae. The
hair is not very thick on the legs; the middle coxe and tro-
chanters fuscous. The abdomen is as long as the length of the
head and thorax united. Characteristic of this species are the long
front tarsi.

Black ; the head, thorax, antennal scape and fore legs red,
the fore legs paler, more yellowish in tint; wings fuscous, the
stigma and nervures black ; face rugose ; Ist. abdominal seg-
ment with a stout keel down the middle and with 2 indistinct
ones on either sides ; the 2nd. sparsely, irregularly striated ; the
basal plate small, longer than broad, obliquely narrowed at the
base and apex, its keel stout, reaching to the apex ; suturiform
articulation wide, striated, the striez extending beyond the fur-
row. Ovipositor densely covered with long black hair. 9.

Length 8 ; terebra 12 mm.

Hab. Kuching. May.

Scape of antenne somewhat more than twice longer than

broad, the 2nd. joint of equal width, longer than broad; tie 3rd.
_narrowed at the base, slightly loager than the 4th. Sides of.

Jour. Straits Branch

IPHIAULAX AND CHAOLTA. 41

front, distinctly, roundly raised. Temples as long as the an-
tennal scape. Clypeus not clearly separated, rugose. Sides
of 2nd. abdominal seyment broadly depressed ; those of the 3rd.
more deeply, especially towards the apex; both depressions
are irregularly striated ; there is a curved, indistinctly striated
furrow on the base of the 4th. segment. The basal 2 joints of
the tarsi are fully, together, longer than the tibie.

Allied to J. longitarsis with which it agrees in having only
the basal 2 segments of the abdomen striated ; but it may be
readily separated by the much longer ovipositor, rugose face
and rufous antennal scape.

Iphiaulax pangeus, sp. nov.

Black ; scape of antenne, head, pro- and imesothorax, red ;
wings uniformly dark fuscous, with black stigma and nervures ;
the 3rd. abscissa of radius as long as the: basal 2 joints united ;
2nd. abdominal segment without a distinct basal area.

Length 14-15 mm; terebra 11 mm.
Hab. Kuching. October.

Scape of antenne short, not quite twice longer than broad ;
the 3rd, and 4th. joints about equal in length. ‘Temples distinct-
ly, obliquely narrowed, straight, if anything longer than the basal
2 joints of antenne, united; the occiput transverse; malar space
as long as the scape of antennz. Parapsidal furrows indistinct.
Fore tarsi nearly twice the length of tabize, the basal 2 joints
being as long as them. The central lobe of 1st. abdominal seg-
ment irregularly longitudinally striated and with a stout keel
down the centre ; the 2nd. segment stoutly irregularly striated,
without a distinctly defined area at the base or distinct central
keel; the basal half of the sides depressed, but not deeply or
clearly ; basal half of 3rd. segment closely, finely longitudinally
striated; the suturiform articulation closely striated ; its pos;
terior lateral branch wide, shallow, not clearly defined; the
transverse furrow on the 3rd. seyment narrow, striated.

The lower half of the face in the centre is bare, smooth :
the rest sparsely punctured and with longish black hair; the
inner side of the clypeus has an oblique slope, its top with a row
of large punctures ; not separated by a furrow from the face,

R, A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

42 IPHIAULAX AND: CHAOLTA:

Iphiaulax monticola, sp. nov.

Black, scape of antennz, thorax, except the sides of the
metanotum broadly and the front legs red; the wings dark
fuscous, with black nervures and stigma ; the basal 3 abdominal
segments longitudinally striated ; the aves) on base of 2nd seg-
ment closely longitudinally striated, longer than broad, not
much narrowed towards the apex; its keel not quite reaching
to tne apex, bordered by some irregular reticulations, which
again are bordered by broadly curved striz ; suturiform articut
lation crenulated ; the furrow on the base of 4th segment is less
strongly crenulated. 9

Length 15 mm.; terebra 13 mm.

Hab. Mount Hein May.

Scape of antenne about 4 times longer than wide, as lone
as the 2nd. and 3rd. joints united. Face, except in the centre,
sparsely punctured, its centre depressed, the top of the depres-
sion with a small tubercle. The middle of clypeus slightly
curved downwards; the sides oblique. Temples slightly oblique,
rounded behind, somewhat longer than the antennal scape;
occiput not quite transverse. Mesonotum flat. Scutellar furrow
narrow, smooth. ‘The raised central part of the 1st. abdominal
segment is rugosely punctured at the base; the apical part has
a furrow down the middle with some irregular, stout striz on
either side ; the basal lateral depression of the 2nd. segment has
a stout, oblique keel in the centre, bordered at the base by
some curved striz, those on the outer side being stronger than
on the inner ; onthe base of the 3rd. seyment is a smooth, trian-
gular space, bordered, except on the outer side, by crenulated
furrows; the centre of the segment is depressed and there isa
furrow down the centre. Second abscissa of radius shorter than -
the 8rd. Fore tibize longer than the basal 2 joints of the tarsi
united.

Comes near to /. pangeus, having, like it, only the basal 3
abdominal segments striated ; that species may be known by the
temples being more oblique, straight, not rounded ; the 2nd.
abdominal segment is not closely striated in the centre at the
base ; the middle is not reticulated and all the striz are longi-
tudinal, those bordering the keel not being curved. ;

Joru. Straits Branch

IPHIAULAX AND CHAOLTA. a3

Iphiaulax quesitorius, sp. nov.

Black, the head, pro- and mesothorax and scape of antennze
red ; the wings fuscous, almost black, the nervures and stigma
black ; the basal 3 segments of the abdomen strongly, longitud-
inally striated, the area on base of the 2nd. segment not clearly
defined opaque, closely striated ; there is an elongated, triangu-
lar smooth plate on either side of it ; its ianer side with a striated
narrow band ; there is an obscure pale oblique streak on the
lower side of the Ist. cubital cellule and a small clear hyaline
spot below the 1st. transverse cubital nervure, on the outer side
of the recurrent. °Q.

Length 14 ; terebra 13 mm.
Hab. Kuching. March.

Scape of antenne fully 3 times longer than wide, longer
than the 2nd. and 3rd. joints united ; the 3rd. shortly, but dis-
tinctly, longer than the 4th. Face sparsely, strongly punctured
alony the top and sides and sparsely covered with lon black
hair ; the clypeus clearly separated ; its top transverse, the side
oblique. Malar space twice the length of the 2nd. antennal joint,
furrowed in the centre. Temples if anything longer than the
antennal scape, not obliquely narrowed, rounded behind ; the
occiput transverse. Middle lobe of mesonotum not much raised ;
the furrows indistinct ; the apex flat. Median segment covered
with longish black hair; the lower part of metapleuree obscure
tufous. The 1st. segment of abdomen longer than the 2nd.
broad ; its base not much narrower than the apex; the raised
central part is longer than broad, its base transverse and clearly
separated from the basal depression it is strongly aciculated,
irregularly striated in the centre ; the depressed outer border
smooth, flat and shining. ‘The 2nd. segment hasa keel down
its centre ; the striz oneither side are mure curved and irreg-
ular ; the lateral smooth triangle is bordered on the inner side
by a striated furrow ; the outer furrow is wide, deep and ex-
tends to the bise of the apical third ; the suturiform articulation
deep closely striated, as is also the posterior lateral branch ; the
enclosed space is smooth and shining; the apical border of the
ard. segment smooth and shining ; there isa distinct crenulated

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

44 IPHIAULAX AND CHAOLTA.

furrow near the base of the 4th. Legs densely pilose. Fore tarsi
about twice the length of the tibie, the basal 2 joints together
as long as them. Sheaths of ovipositor broad, densely pilose.
The sides and ventral surface of 1st. abdominal segment white.

Iphiaulax trichiothecus, sp. nov.

Blacrx, the head, thorax, frontlegs and more or less of the
middle legs at the base, red; wings dark fuscous, the nervures
and stigma black ; the back of the abdomen suffused with brown ;
tips of sheaths of ovipositor broadly white ; they are broad and
densely pilose ; 2nd. 3rd. and 4th. abdominal segments closely,
strongly, longitudinally striated ; the area on 2nd segment fully
twice longer than its width at the base ; it hecomes gradually
narrowed to a fine point ; its base rounded, smooth, irregularly,
closely longitudinally striated ; there is a smooth plate, broad at
the base, narrowed towards the apex on either side of it ; its keel
is narrow, irregular and reaches to the apex of the segment ; the
space on either side of it is irreyularly reticulated ; the sides
depressed, closely obliquely striated ; suturiform articulation —
deep, crenulated ; the furrow on the 3rd. segment is more irreg-
ular and is irregularly striated; there is a smooth, curved fur-
row on the base of the 4th. segment. ©.

Length 9 mm.; terebra 16 mm.

Hab. Kuching. April and May.

The 1st. abdominal segment is longer than the 2nd. ; it is
smooth, except the apical third in the centre ; that is raised,
keeled on the sides, the keels extending to the middle of the seg-
ment ; there is a shorter keel.in the centre; and there are afew
irregular transverse strie. Scape of antenne about 4 times long-
er than wide, the 3rd. joint slightly longer than the 4th. Face
closely, distinctly punctured except in the middle; clypeus punc-
tured, depressed broadly in the middle; Malar space longer
than the antennal scape, depressed down the centre. Mandibles
rufous black at apex ; the palpi of a paler rufous colour. Parap-
sidal furrows deep, clearly defined. Legs densely pilose; the
fore tarsi more than double the length of the tibie, their basal
2 joints being equal in length to them. ‘Temples not quite the
length of antennal scape rounded and slightly narrowed.

Jour. Straits Branch

IPHIAULAX AND CHAOLTA. 45

Iphiaulax abgarus, sp. nov.

Black ; head, pro- mesothorax, the greater part of middle
femora and the front legs; the metapleuree, and the scape of
antenne below, red; wings dark fuscous-violaceous, the nervures
and stigma black ; apical half of 1st. abdominal segment finely,
the 2nd. more strongly longitudinally striated ; the plate on the
base of latter does net reach to the middle ; it is longer than its
width at the base, becomes graduaily narrowed to a point, thes
base smooth, the rest closely, finely striated. 9.

Length 12; terebra 12-13 mm
Hab. Kuching. May..

Scape of antenne and pedicle marked with red below ; the
scape about twice lonyer than wide. Face and clypeus smooth and
shining, sparsely haired, the clypeus not clearly separated from
the face. Temples longer than the antennal scape ; occiput
transverse. Parapsidal furrows deep, clearly defined ; the mid-
dle lobe of mesonotum not raised. Suturiform articulation wide,
strongly striated ; its posterior furrow is curved and striated ;
the sides of the 3rd. segment are coarsely aciculated ; there is a
narrow, almost smooth furrow, which curves roundly backwards
on the 4th. segments; on the ventral surface are three pairs of
large black spots. Legs thickly covered with long hair.
Comes close to I. syleus but that may be known from it by
the much longer antennal scape, it being three times longer than
wide.

_Iphiaulax tristator, sp. nov.

Black ; the head and thorax red, the metanotum infuscated ;
the fore legs red; the apex of middle femora and base of tibize
broadly of a darker red; wings dark fuscous, the nervures and
stigma black, scape of antennee dark rufous below ; the basa!
five abdominal sezments striated. 2.

Length 12-13 mm.

Hab. Kuching.

Scape uf antenne short and thick, not much more than twice
longer than wide. Face smooth in the centre, an elongated

R. A. Sac., No. 42, 1904.

46 IPHIAULAX AND CHAOLTA.

fovea in its centre above ; the sides punctured. Clypeus short,
obliquely sloped, its top rounded. Temples obliquely narrowed,
straixht, as long as the antennal scape ; occiput slizhtly, roundly
incised. Parapsidal furrows obsolete. Fir st abdominal seg-
ment distinctly longer than the 2nd., its length nearly twice the
width at the apex ; ‘the basal half of the centre with a stout cen-
tral keel ; the sides and apical half stoutly, irreyularly reticu-
lated ; the lateral furrows stoutly, irregularly transversely
striated ; the 2nd. segment stoutly irregularly reticulated, the
strive in the centre more irregular, broken and widely separated ;
there is no basal area, but a distinct keel runs to the apex. The
suturiform articulation deep, narrow, crenulated ; the lateral
apical branch, wide, striated like the rest of the segment ; there
is a distinct crenulated furrow on the base of the 4th. and 5th.
segments.

[phiaulax pampatensis, sp. nov.

Black, the pro- and mesothorax dark red; the front, except
in the centre above, the face, clypeus, lower two-thirds of outer
orbits, base of mandibles and palpi, yellowish-testaceous ; fore-
legs fuscous-testaceous, the middle coxee, trochanters and fem-
ora darker yellowish-testaceous ; their tibize and tarsi almost
black ; wings fuscous, highly iridescent, the stigma testaceous,
darker in front ; ard. abscissa of radius longer than the basal
two united. 6.

Length 11-12 mm.
Hab. Pampat. May.

_ Scape testaceous below, pilose; about 3 times longer than
thick. Front and vertex smooth and shining, the front not much
depressed, the ocelli surrounded by furrows which run into the.
frontal one. Face closely punctured, covered with long fus-
cous: hair ; clypeus surrounded by a rounded furrow. EHyes
large, projecting, broader below than above ; malar space small
not much more than the length of the 2nd. antennal joint.
Temples as long as the antennal scape, rounded, slightly obli-
quely. narrowed ; occiput transverse. First abdominal segment _
narrow, longer than ‘the second, aciculated ; the apex roundly
corivex, very smooth and shining ; the second closely, irregularly.

‘Jour. Straits Branch

IPHIAULAX AND CHAOLTA., 47

longitudinally striated ; the base roundly narrowed ; there is no
area, but the centre at the extreme base is smooth and shining,
the apex of the segment being also smooth ; the third sexment is
similarly formed, the basal half in the centre being roundly
raised, the raised part being more rounded and more clearly
separated than it is on the 2nd. Suturiform articulation narrow
indistinct, striated ; the furrow on the base of the 4th. segment
is wider and more distinct, the striation being also stronger ; it.
is continued down the sides, (but this part is not striated) obli--
quely at the base, more curved at the apex, to near, the apical.
fourth of the segment. The abdomen is leng;and narrow, :
more than twice the length of the thorax, of equal width through-
out. Antenne longer than the body.

Iphiaulax leptogaster, ‘sp. nov.

Black ; head, thorax, except the metanotum and the 4
front legs, red; wings fuscous- violaceous, the nervures and
stigma black ; the basal 2 segments of the abdomen twice longer
than broad of equal length and loneer than any of the others ;
the 1st. irreg ularly rugose ; the area on the 2nd. an equilateral
triangle, its base the width of the sezment, its apex ending in a
keel which reaches to the middle of the segment ; it is stoutly
irregularly striated ; from either side of the base a keel runs
obliquely to near the apex ; inside it are some broken irregular
keels, mostly oblique; outside it particularly on the base and
apex, are some irregular broken keels ;_ the 3rd, segment bears
short stout broken keels to near the apex ; the 4th. and Sth. to
shortly beyond the middle, the reticulated part being narrowed
and rounded at the apex,

Metanotum and basal segments of abdomen sparsely covered,
with long blackish hair ; antenne longer than the’body ; the.
scape about 3 times longer than wide ; temples rounded, not ab-.
liquely narrowed ; legs densely pilose : abdomen narrow, twice
the length of the ‘head and thorax united. Para psidal furrows.
indistinct. Length 13 mm. ¢. ‘

Characteristic of this species is the ones narrow abdomen '
with the large triangular plate on the base of the 2nd. “segment |
and the irregularly reticulated segments.

R. a. Soe., No, 42, 1904.

48 IPHIAULAX AND CHAOLTA.

‘Hab. Kuching. March.

t As inh. but with the apex of the antenne broadly white.

Iphiaulax ornaticornis, sp. nov.

Head and thorax red; the antenne, except the scape which
is rufous, and the apical 13 joints which are white; abdo-
men and the 4 hind legs, black; the front legs rufo-testaceous ;
the middle legs fuscous; wings fuscous, the nervures and stig-
ma black; Ist. abdominal segment with some stout, irezular
curved striz ; the area on 2nd segment reaches beyond the mid-
dle where its keels unite; its base is irregularly striated; its
apical two-thirds are bordered by short, stout, curved keeis ;
outside these closely, stoutly, longitudinally striated to near
the apex; the depressed middle of the lateral rezion smooth
for the greater part; suturiform articulation wide, deep and
crenulated ; 3rd. segment closely, longitudinally striated ; the
middle of the sides smooth ; the base stoutly striated; the furrow
on the apex is distinct and crenulated; the extreme apex of
the segment and the whole of the following smooth, except that

there is a crenulated furrow on the 4th. 2.

Length 11-16 mm.; terebra 24 mm.
Hab. Kuching. May.

Scape of antenne fully 3 times longer than wide narrowed
at the base, the apex produced below; 2nd. joint larger than
usual ; the 8rd. distinctly longer than the 4th. its base dilated
Face and clypeus rugosely punctured ; malar space small, not
much longer than the 2nd antennal joint. Temples as long
as antennal scape, occiput transverse. Parapsidal furrows in-
distinct. Hind legs 'ong and slender ; their femora more or less
fuscous; the tarsi distinctly longer than the tarsi; middle tarsi
longer compared with their tibie.

A distiact, well-marked species easily separated by the
white apex of antenne, long slender legs with all the tarsi clearly
longer than their tibiee and short malar space and by the basal

3 abdominal segments being striated. It appears to vary con-
siderably in size.

Jour, Straits Braneh

IPHIAULAX AND CHAOLTA. 49

Chaolta trituberculata, sp. nov.

Luteous, antenne and a curved mark across the ocelli,
black ; wings fuscous, yellowish-hyaline to near the transverse
basal and to the transverse median nervures; 2nd abdominal
segment at the base tuberculate in the middle and at the sides ;
its area reaching to the middle of the sezment; closely striated
and becoming gradually narrowed to asharp point. 9

Length 11-12 mm.; terebra 9 mm.
Hab. Kuching. April.

| Antenne shorter than the body; its scape stout, about 3
times longer than broad, not hollowed below; its apex with a
hollow, broadly bordered, longer than broad and rounded at the
apex. Face irregularly punctured: below the antenne is a
plate, broader than long, with raised edges; a stout keel runs
into it from between the antenne. Temples broad, rounded
behind ; occiput transverse. Mesonotum, scutellum ard meta-
notum on one level, flat; the parapsidal furrows obsolete ;
scutellum depressed, becoming roundly narrowed towards the
apex. Central area of 1st abdominal segment strongly, closely
longitudinally striated; of almost equal width throughout; the
lateral depressions finely striated on the inner side; 2nd to Sth
segments closely longitudinally striated, the strie becoming
weaker gradually ; the 2nd, 3rd and 4th segments with strong
oblique depressions on the base at the sides; the 2nd segment
outside the furrow is irregularly striated ; the striz more or
less curved. The abdomen is distinctly wider than the thorax
andis not much longer thanit. ‘The 3rd abscissa of the radius
is as long as the basal 2 united. The base of the stigma is
ochraceous; there is a curved hyaiine cloud, dilated above, on
the lower side of the 1st cubital cellule and one along the
outer side of the recurrent nervure. Legs short and stout;
tarsal joints spinose at the apex; calcaria minute. Hypopygium
largely projecting ; fore tibie as long as the basal 2 joints of
the tarsi.

The 1st abdominal segment rises sharply, obliquely from
the base to the apex, forming a distinct angle with the 2nd; the

R. A. Soe., No. 42, 1904.

50 IPHIAULAX AND CHAOLTA.

black mark on the vertex extends laterally to the eyes and
becomes gradually narrowed to the middle behind.

Comes close to C. lutea; that species may be known by the
immaculate front, longer ov ipositor and yellow scape of antennee

Chaolta sulcata, sp. nov.
Length 9; terebra 5-6 mm.
Hab. Kuching. July.

This species is very similar to C. 3-tuberculata and has,
like it, the base of 2nd abdominal segment trituberculated; it
is Smaller and more slenderly built; has the facial plate smaller,
and not raised along the apex; the scutellum is not flat and
hollowed and one level with the mesonotum, but is raised
above it and the metanotum, it being slightly, but distinctly,
convex; and the mesopleure have a distinct longitudinal
furrow below; it being wider, deeper at the base, where it
borders the mesosternum; the 2nd abdominal segment is
smaller compared with the 3rd and the ovipositor is shorter.
The furrow running from the metathoracic furrows is wide
and deep; the centre of the metanotum is finely closely
longitudinally striated; the top and inner side of the Ist
cubital cellule are broadly hyaline and there is a small hyaline
spot, longer than broad, in front of the upper side of the re-
current nervure; the lateral furrows on the sides of the 2nd,
3rd and 4th segments are distinct; the suturiform articulation
is narrower than itisin 3-tuberculata. The pleurz, sternum
and legs are covered with long white pubescence.

Chaolta maculifrons, sp. nov.
Length 9; terebra 8 mm. Q.
Hab. Kuching. April.

Agrees closely with C. trituberculata, having, like it, the
base of the 2nd abdominal segment trituberculate, but not so
strongly; the front, is black except in the centre; the black
mark extends to the eyes, is continued behind them all. over
and, in the middle, is triangularly produced half-way on to the
vertex ; and the metanotum and back of abdomen are marked
with black.

Jour. Straits Branch

IPHIAULAX AND CHAOLTA. 51

Antenne black; the scape not quite 3 times longer than
broad, the apex toothed at the sides below. Face witha
clearly defined semicircular depression over the mouth; cover-
ed with pale hair. Front and vertex smooth and shining; the
temples broad, not much narrowed, rounded behind; the
occiput transverse. Frontal plate smooth, longer than the
width at the base; the apex rounded; but not broadly, a
furrow leads in to it from between the base of the antenne,
in the centre of which is a keel, which reaches close to the
apex of the plate, becoming thicker asit does so. Mesonotum,
scutellum and metanotum flat, on one level; scutellum roundly
narrowed to the apex. Metanotum and mesosternum blackish.
Middle lobe of 1st abdominal segment of equal width; stoutly
longitudinally striated, the inner side of the sides more finely
and closely striated ; the 2nd to 4th segments closely rugosely
punctured and striated; the keel on the 2ud segment reaches
to the base of the apical fourth; it becomes gradually narrow-
ed to a fine point, is closely longitudinally striated and is
bordered laterally by a crenulated furrow ; the oblique furrows
on the 2nd, 3rd and 4th segments are straight, oblique and
stoutly striated; the suturiform articulation is crenulated ;
the 2nd furrow is deep narrow and smooth. Wings yellowish
hyaline to near the transverse basal and to the transverse
median nervures; the 1st cubital cellule has a hyaline cloud
which bifurcates near the middle, the lower branch being the
longer, reaching to the apex of the cellule, below which isa
smaller cloud projecting backwards from it; the 3rd abscissa
of the radius is as long as the basal two united. Fore tarsi
twice the length of tibize which are hardly the length of the
basal two joints united.

R. A. Soc., No, 42, 1904.

A new species of Chalcis from Borneo.
By P. CAMERON. | |
Chalcis borneanus, sp: nov.

Black ; the under side of the scape, the apices of the femora,
the base and apex of the tibiz, the tarsi and the tegalz whitish-
yellow ; the hinder femora red, their middle teeth longish and
clearly separated; the apex of the scutellum ending in 2 stout,
longer than broad, teeth; the wings hyaline, the nervures
black. 9

Length 45 mm.
Hab. Borneo.

Antenne stout, as long as the thorax ; the 3rd joint distinctly
longer than the 4th and narrowed at the base. Head closely,
but not deeply, punctured, except in the centre of the front;
the centre of the face shining and less strongly and closely punc-
tured ; the top of the clypeus shining and bearing 6 large fovee.
Mandibles rufous behind the teeth. Pro- and mesothorax rather
strongly and closely punctured; the pronotum at the base on
the sides with a distinct keel. Parapsidal furrows wide, curved.
Scutellem more widely punctured than the mesonotum, its apex
ending in 2 large, bluntly, rounded, longer than broad, finely
rugose teeth. Metanotum irregularly reticulated ; the central
basal area is larger and longer, is obliquely narrowed at the
base and becomes narrowed slightly towards the apex.
Propleure rugose; the meso- smooth and shining and with some
widly separated striz at the base. Metapleurz closely reticu-
lated, abdomen shorter than the thorax, blunty pointed and
covered with white pubescence at the apex.

Chinese Names of Streets and
Places in Singapore and the
Malay Peninsula.

By H. W. FIRMSTONE,

In two previous Journals lists of the Chinese names of
streets in Singapore and in Penang have been published by Mr.
Haughton and Lo Man Yuk (XXIII and )

Mr. Firmstone continues and adds to this work the follow-
ing Chinese names and translations.

54 CHINESE NAMES OF STREBTS, &c.

English.

1. Albert Street

2. Almeida Street

3. Amoy Street

4. Angus Street

.. (1) Bo moa?-iu koi

. |Gu-chhia-chui

I.—Chinese names of

Hokkien.

(ii) Mang-ku-lu seng-
ong-kong.
hi-hng

|

au.

... | (1) Ma-cho-kiong au...

(iii) Gi-oh khau

.| Kam-kong Ma-lak-kah
neng-chhun hi-hng_

tui-bin koi.

Cantonese.

.| Mo ma-yau kai

Ngau-cbhe-shui _hei-

yun hau kai.

(ii) Kun-yam miu hau
kal.

(iv) Ha mun kai

Jour. Straits Branch

_ CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 55

Streets in Singapore.

Chinese Characters. Remarks as to Meaning.
44) yi jen (i) ‘Grind oil of sesamum street’: 7.e.the street

where oil is expressed from Sesamum.

RELBASE (11) ‘Bencoolen joss’: z.c. the street of the
Bencoolen street district joss.

145 6 Bt 7k Hie ‘ Behind the Bullock-cart-water theatre ’i.<.

the street behindthe Chinese theatre in
Kreta Ayer. (of Smith street and Sago

street).
4B rr may (i) ‘Behind the temple of Ma-cho’.
445 4 Sz ii) ‘The street behind the temple of Kun-
Hens |! p n

Yam’. (The same temple is used for
the worship both of the godddess Ma-
cho, and of the goddess Kun-yam.)

| ae (ili) ‘ Free school mouth’ 7.e. in front of
H om the Free school, there being a Chinese
School in Amoy street.

4t- (iv) ‘Amoy street’. (‘Ha-mun’ is the Can-
(es PY bs : tonese pronunciation’ of the characters
representing the name of the place

Amoy).
Fea ZA BE ‘Kampong Malacca chop ‘ Heng Chhun’
445 we : theatre opposite street’ 2.c. the street in
i rey 2 | lx Kampong Malacca opposite the theatre
OS pe

of chop ‘Heng Chhun’.) (Angus street
is one of a dozen or more streets in the

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

56

English.

Hokkien.

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

Cantonese.

5. Ann Siang Hill

6. Annamallai
lane.

7. Anson Road

. |Chui-lan teng

Chitty (i) Tek-kha Khut-thau

hang.

(1) Tek-kha tng-tiam
tui-bin te-sa"-tiau.

Tan-jong Pa-kat hai-
| kim hit-tion.

|

.|(i) Lau toa-peh-kong
hit-tiau. |
(ii) Ti ku pa-sat khi-

|

. | Sui-lan theng

(1) Chuk-keuk — kwat-
thau hong.
(ii) Chuk-keuk tong-

pho tui-min tai-sam-
thiu.

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 57

Chinese Characters

mee

AS YS
= A AE ee
1

IRM BE

BRATS A E46 Bl
CRAWL Ts

Remarks as to Meaning.

Kampong Malacca district and no Chin-
aman would think of giving the name
quoted, but would be content with the
indefinite expression ‘ Kam-kong Ma-
lak-kah .’ The neighbourhood contains
but few Cantonese, and they would
use ‘ Kam-pong Ma-lak-kah.’

‘The ‘chui-lan’ pavilion’. (There used to be

a club on this hill, known by this
name).

(i) ‘The cul-de-sac in ‘Tek Kha’. (Tek

Kha’ means ‘foot of the bamboos’ and
is the universal name for all the Selegie
Road neighbourhood).

(ii) ‘The third (street) opposite the ‘Tek-

kha’pawnshop.’ (Thereisa pawnshop
in Selegie Road, and opposite it three
narrow lanes lead off, viz. Veerappa
Chetty lane, Nagapa lane, and this
one.)

(i) ‘Old idol street.’ (There is an old

——~

temple at Tanjong Pagar.)

11) ‘ From the old market going to Tanjong

Pagar (along) the shore, that street’.
These names are such as may be used
by Hokkiens. I can find no Cantonese
name. Far a great part of the road

R. A. Soc. No. 42, 1904

58

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c,

English.

8, Arab Street

9, Armenian Street ...

10. Bain Court

ti;

Bain Street

.|(i) Jiau-a koi

Hokkien.

\Seng Po toa chhuau...

.. (i) Chui-sien-mng _ be-

liau hang-a lai.

.| (1) Hok-im-kuan au koi.

tui-bin hang.

(ii) Sek-a-ni le-pai-tng

Cantonese

. | (il) Yau-wa kai —

| Seng Po tai ok hau-pin.

(ii) Shui-sin-mun ma-
fong kwat-thau hong.

(1) Fuk-yam-kwan hau-
kal.

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c, 59

Chinese Characters.

SUTIN
{FE

BK
Pats AS 8 GPA ilizk
| ASCE BG Plo

{EPH TS ta

eres

Remarks as to Meaning.

there are no houses and that accounts
for the fact that there is no Chinese
name as yet crystallised for the road.)

‘Javanese street.’ (Many Javanese live here,
and the Chinese have distinguished
them as the chief inhabitants of the
street.)

‘Behind Seng Po’s big house’. (Sing Po,
z.e. Tan Seng Po, a wealthy Chinaman,
is now dead.)

(1) ‘ Water-fairy-gate stables lane within.’

(ii) ‘ Water-fairy-gate stables cul-de-sac.’

(Bain Court is a lane off North Bridge
Road. That part of North Bridge Road
is called ‘the Water-fairy-gate’, why I
cannot say, unlessit is connected in any
way with the fact that there was once
a public bath in the vicinity. Douglas’
Amoy Dictionary gives ‘chui sien mng’
‘gangway but [know of no reason why

thispartof Singapore should be socall-
ed.

(1) ‘ Street behind the Gospel-house.’

(ii) ‘Eurasian Church opposite lane.’
( (i1) applies also to Holloway Lane).

R.A. Soe., No. 42, 1904,

60 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.
English. | Hokkien. Cantonese

12. Balestier Road ... @ O Kio.

(ii) Wu-hap thong

|
|
\(iii) Go-cho toa-peh-
| keng.

13. Bali Lane wee (1) Sin Ba-li.

(ii) Ma-li hong.

14, Banda Street... | sey 7 Fan-tsai mel.

15. Battery Road... | (i) Tho-kho au

| ae (11) Dho-fu fa-yun pin.
| |

Jour. Straits Branch

Chinese Characters.

1a
yee

DMA 8 ie

Bt
7 JBL

Fear

ie J
ve Dal 72 ae b-

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 61

| Remarks as to Meaning.

| (i) ‘ Black Bridge.’

| (ii) «Taro Pond.’

| (ii) this name is also given to Delta Road
(ii) there are fields planted with this
vegetable in the Balestier Road
neighbourhood.

| (iii) ‘ Rochore Temple.’

(i) ‘ New Bali.’

(ii) ‘ Bali Lane.’

(i) New Bah, to distinguish the lane from
| Shaikh Madaesah Lane or ‘Old Bali’
adjoining.)

End of the foreign brothels. (‘ Foreign ’ here
means ‘frequented by non-Chinese.’
There is nothing but a roundabout way
of expressing this Street in Hokkien ;
cf. Spring Street.)

| (i) ‘ Behind the godowns.’

| (ii) ‘ Beside the garden (near the) godowns.
| (There is no definite name. A China-
man would undoubtedly have to go
into further detail to distinguish Bat-
tery Road from adjoining Streets).

' R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

62

English.

16. Beach Lane.

17. Beach Roavl.

Hokkien.

.. Thih pa-sat khut-thau.

hang.

..|(1) Sio-po hai-ki".

(iii) Thih pa-sat khau.

'(v) Bang heng bi-kau.

|
|

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

Cantonese.

Thit pa-sat kwat-thau
hang.

‘(i1) Kam-pong hoi-pin.

(iii) Thit pa-sat hau ...

(iv) Sha-tsui hung-mo
thit-chhong tui-min.

(v) Man heng mai-
kau.

(vi) Hoi-nam wui-
kwun hoi-pin kai.

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 63

Chinese Characters.

Remarks as to meaning.

45

HCIAE Bi)

BES

Hig Bh

mt Ah GS Lea

QE
GH SAE

-| ©The iron market cul-de-sac.’

(The iron market is the market built of
iron, 7.e. Clyde Terrace Market).

(i) ‘Small-town sea shore.’

|(‘Sio-po’ is ‘small town’ i. e. that part

of Singapore to the north of the
Stamford Road Canal, as opposed to
‘toa-po’ or big town, the Singapore
river end of the town.)

(i1) ‘‘Kampong’ sea shore.’

_( Kampong means Kampong Glam, and is

practically the Cantonese equivalent
for ‘si0-po.’)

| (ii) ‘ Iron market’ i. e. the street to which

the iron market opens or faces (see
Beach Lane).

(iv)‘ Tanjong Rhu KEHuropean foundry
opposite.’ (This would seem to be a
roundabout way of describing Beach
Road, and would probably only be
used as explanatory of (ii) (but I heard
it used).

(v) ‘Chop ‘Ban Heng’ rice-mill.’

(vi) ‘The street along the shore near the
Hailam kongsi-house.

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

64 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.
English. | Hokkien. Cantonese.

'(vii) Ji-chap keng ... | (vii) Yi-shap kan.
|
|

18. Belilios Road. ...|Phau-be po hang _... | Phau-ma po hong

\

19. Bencoolen Street... (i) Chhai-tng au. (ii) Chai-thong hau.

|
|

j

(ii) Mang-ku-lu toa lo. |

|
j
|

|

|
}
|

(iii) Mong-kwo-lo.

20. Ben Hoon Road ... |Chin-long lai. Chau-long roi.

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS. &c. 65

Chinese Characters. | Remarks as to meaning.

fal | (vil) ‘Twenty buildings.’ , :

Cre (This name is more generally given to

Jalan Sultan, but the twenty houses

in question were in Beach Road!
This 1s only characteristic.)

As Hs EG Pel | ‘Race Course Lane.’

(There is no other name for this and half
a dozen other streets leading from
Serangoon Road towards the Race

Course. )
FBS tt ES | (1) and (i1) Behind the Vegetarians’ hall.’
Be heaK (There is a meeting house of a Chinese

Vegetarian guild here.)

BASAL | (ii) ‘‘ Bencoolen’ big street.’
Be pt | (ili) ‘ Bencoolen.’

(A number of streets in this neighbourhood
are spoken of as ‘ Bencoolen’ by all
classes of Chinese. It is usually ex-

| ceedingly difficult to ascertain which —

| street is meant).

Py at | «Within the spirit depdt (district).’
(There was formerly a factory of Chinese

spirit near where this road now lies.
It is disused now. Cf. Cheang Hong
Lim lane, where there is also: a dis-
used spirit-factory.)

R. A, See., No. 42, 1904.

66 CHINESE NAMES OF STREBTS, &c.

English.

21. Bernam Street

22. Bernard Street

23. Birch Road.

24. Blanco Court

25. Boat Quay. —

Hokkien.

.|Phau-be po hang

iy Tan-jong pa-kat chin-

‘seng sha” khau, |

.| Go-cho lut bo-bue hang.
.|Gu-long lai

.|(i) Tiam-pang lo-thau

Cantonese.

Tan-yong ‘pa-kat chan-
seng shan hau.

|Lo-cho. lut mo-mei
hong. S

_ Phau-ma po hong

aa a TT a

. Jour. Strait Branch

=

‘CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, Xc. 67

Chinese Characters.

A mtr es LAT

4S EMER

sh Ba
Pat

Sh BRINE

R.A. Soc., No. 42, 1004

Remarks as to Meaning.

‘Tanjong Pagar Chin Seng dill mouth’
i.e. the road on to which Chin Seng
Hill opens (or faces) at Tanjong Pagar.

(I do not suppose that this name would
help one much to locate the street
in speaking to a Chinaman, but there
are no names for this or many other
of the numerous new streets off Tan-
jong Pagar Road. However I was
given this description as applicable to
Bernam Street among others. ‘ Chin-
Seng Hill’ is what is usually called
‘Bukit Kim Cheng.’)

|‘ Rochore Road no end lane.’
| (This is a small blind alley off Rochore

Road.)

| ‘Race Course Lane.’

(See Belilios Road).

‘Within the godowns (quarter).’

'(‘Gu-lang’ is not Chinese, but is simply

‘godown’ pronounced in Hokkien
fashion. Ido not know why such a
name is specified for such an insignifi-
cant street as Blanco Court.)

(1) ‘Sampan ghaut or landing-place.’
(This applies to the lower part of Boat

Quay near Purvis Creek.)

68 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.
English. Hokkien. Cantonese.
(ii) Chap-sa"kang ... (ii) Shap-sam hong

(iii) Khe-ki

(iv) Chap-peh keng ... (iv) Shap-pat kan

(x) Chui-chhu bue

26. Bonham Street. .... Tuan Kat tho-kho au- Tun kat tho-fu hau-mel.
bue

27. Bras Basah Road... (i) Lau kha-khu-keng
khau. .

(ii) Kau ka-ku hau

(iii) Ho-lan-se le-pai- (iii) Fat-lan-sai lai-pai-

tng pi” ... thong pin.
(iv) Hai-ki" ang-neo
toa-oh pi®
(v) Tai shi-kwun-fong
pin.
28. Buffalo Road ..., Kam-kong ka-la-bu Phau-ma po hang

phau-be po hang

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 69

Chinese Characters.
c=
BTA
fal VT
Feyaxk

Beata
Fa Pal Le
DERE
ate we BA
BOREAL
BRREK
i HG Ba at

Remarks as to Meaning.

_*At the back of Mr. Katz’ godown’ 7. ¢

Keon Thirteen shops,’ 2. ¢. the part near

where Canton Street joins it.

| (il) ‘ River-side.’

| (iv) ‘ Kighteen houses,’ 7. e. the part near

Circular Road.

| (v) ‘ Bathing-house end.’
(This name is little used: it belongs to the

Canton Street part.)

Ce

behind Katz Brothers’ Shop.

(i) & (ii) ‘Gld Gao] Mouth.’ (The old

gaol was between Stamford Road and
Bras Basah Road. ‘ Kha-khu’ means
‘fetters’ in Hokkien. The Cantonese
is adapted.)

(111) ‘ Beside the French Church.’

(iv) ‘ Beside the seaside English big school’

(2, e. Raffles Institute).

(v) ‘ Beside the big school.’

Be | _‘ Kampong (for Kandang) Kerbau Race-

course Lane.’

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

70 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

English. Hokkien. Cantonese.

|
29. Buggis Street ...| Peh sua-pu

30 Bukit Timah Road. |(i) Tek-kha kang-a ki™

(ii) Tek-kha chhung
Pin. | ee

31. Canal Road ... (i) Kam-kong Ma-lak-

kah kaug-a ki”.

(ii) Pik-ki-lin au ... (11) Pak-khi-lun hau-
| | (pin kai).

(iu) Kong chioh-a

(iv) Pun-so chhia

32, Cantonmert Road.. Pa-so bue ...| Pa-so mel

Jour, Straits Braneh

CHINESE NAMES OF STREBRTS, &c. a1

Chinese Characters. | Remarks as to Meaning.
|
|
Beeb a |‘ White-wash’ (?)

ees -pu is said to be the Malay ‘sapu;’
but no information is forthcoming as
to the reason for the name, which I
suppose be due to the houses there

| being once given an extra coat of

whitewash).

TF a | Q) & (ii) ‘The side of the stream in the

Tek-kha (or Selegie Road) district.’

A Sen |
3 in E47 | (This only refers to the lower end of the
| Bukit Timah Road. The Wayang
Satu and Bukit Timah village parts
are differently called; see under the
country districts.)

BFS AA BA (i) ‘ Beside the Kampong Malacca Stream.

(This name is practically obsolete. )

46 ie BAe Gi ‘The street behind the ‘ Pickering’
| (office) 2. e. the Chinese Brotectonste:

FHA
A (iil) ‘ Stone breaking.’

(This is the general name for Havelock
Road, but the name is also applied to
Canal Road.)

Hi fi | (iv) ‘ Refuse sweeping carts.’

(Municipal refuse carts are stationed here.

Ree ‘End of (Bukit) Pasoh.’

_R...A. Soe., No. 42, 1904.

72 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

English.

33. Canton Street

34. Carine Street

35. Carpenter Street

36. Cashin Street

37. Cavenagh Road ..

38. Cecil Road

... (i) Khai ki? hue"-koi-a..

... (i) Go-cho lut bo-bue

... (1) Hi-kuan koi
(ii) Gichok koi

Hok-im-kuan

(i1) Ka-seng koi

a Gi) A-phien kongsi

Cantonese.

(ii) Shap-sam hong

wang kai-tsai.

(ii) Lo-cho kwat-thau

hong. |

... (ii) Yi-fuk kai

au (i) Fuk-yam-kwun hau-

pin wang-hong.

. | Toa-ong-sua® au koi .... Tai-wong-shan hau kai.

Jour, Straits Brarch

|
GQ

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c, 73

{
|

Chinese Characters. | Remarks as to Meaning.

{Fy is YZ | (1) & (ii) ‘Small cross street by Boat Quay.’
Fatt

ER EE ie ~ ee near Rochore

| 7 (cf. Bernard Street.)
SERS
{SIG Fax

| (i) ‘ Theatre Street.’
(The first Tiechiu theatre was in this

| street. )
At ee 3 | (ii) ‘‘ Gi-hok’ Street.’
fir ies Be | (The old ‘Gi-hok’ society had a Kongsi-

house here: cf. Clarke street.)

Hi His 4B FEA is @ ‘The cross street behind the Gospel-

| house.’
445 Ee : | (ii) (This is phonetic for ‘ Cashin.’)
54 LE k | ‘ The street behind the Governor’s hill.’

(1 do not think there is any fixed name for
Cavenagh Road, but this was given to
me to indicate it.)

ei .
B] A (1) ‘Opium-Kongsi.
Hl i Fe is (The headquarters of the Opium Farm have

‘R.A. Soc., No. 42, 1904,

74. CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

English.

39. Cheang Hong Lim Kong

Lane.

40, Cheang Hong Lim

Street.

4]. Cheang Lim Hien Kong chioh-a chiu-long

Street.

42. Cheang Wan Seng Chiu-long pi"

Road.

43. Cheng Cheok Gu-kak hang .

Street.

Hokkien.

(iii) Lau pa-sat ma-ta- |

chhu au.

long lai.

Peh keng-a

an

ie

chioh-a

2 é
Cantonese.

(ii) Si-shii kai “©

yee

| Chau-long noi

|

Chau-long noi

i Chau-long pin

i

| Ngau-kok hong

Jour. Straits Braneb

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 75

Chinese Characters. | Remarks as to Meaning.

been in this street for the past 24
years. )

ay St | (ii) Phonetic (Si-shii for Cecil.)
BEN aT A RSE | (i11) ‘ Behindthe Police Station near the old

market.’

=e,
ANd 1 |< Stone-breaking spirit-depot within’ ce.
| ‘within spirit-depot (quarter) in the
Havelock Road neighbourhood.’
(All lower Havelock Road and district is
| called ‘‘Stone-breaking (place).”
| There is a disused spirit factory in
| Cheang Chong Lim Lane which leads
off Havelock Road. Cf: Beng Hoon
Road. )

(Ap fa) ma ‘Eight small Panipat eee

(This is a very short street, so the name
| is not altogether inappropriate. )

Ay TFG (See under Cheang Hong Lim Lane.)

ee lal 4 ‘Beside the spirit-depot’ (cf. Beng Hoon
Road.)
Ak ¥4 4F- Ox-horn lane’:so called because the

street runs in a semicircle, more or
less, from Tanjong Pagar Road back

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

76 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

| {

English. | Hokkien. Cantonese.

44. China Street ... (i) Kiau-keng khau ... |

(ii) Po-tsz-chheung kai

(1i1) Gi-hin kong-si

45, Chinchew Street... Tau-hu koi ... | Tau-fu kai

46. Chin Hin Street... (i) Toa-po sim koi-a ..

(ii) Chhiu-chau san kai.

(iii) Sin pa-sat sin koi.. |

. .

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. FAN

Chinese Characters.

Fal

1a FE
FAS

SS
FFA BK

EB HN

#55 BL EL Hr

Remarks as tc Meaning.

again to Tanjong Pagar Road, form-
ing a cresent or pair of ox-horns.

(i) ‘Gambling houses’ mouth. i.e. the

street on to which the gambling houses
open.

(11) ‘ Gambling-hall street.’

(iii) ‘Gi-Hin Kongsi house.’
(There was formerly a Kongsi-house of the
old Gi-Hin Society here.)

‘Bean-curd street.’

(i) ‘ Big town new little street.’

(‘Big town’ is distinguished from ‘small
town,’ which is across the Stamford
Road canal; see under Beach Road.
It is necessary to add the ‘ Big town’
here, because there is another ‘ New
Street ’—Fraser Street—in ‘small
town.’

(ii) ‘ Tiechiu new street.’

(The district is largely inhabited by
Tiechius, but the street itself is a Can-
tonese brothel street. )

(iii) ‘ New market new street.’
(‘ New market’ is the Ellenborough Market
close by.)

R. A. Soc. No. 42, 1904

7s CHINESE NAMES OF. STREETS, -&c:.

English. Hokkien. | Cantonese.

47. Chin Swee Road... (i) Kong chioh-a chiu-| Chau-long noi
| | long lai. |
((i1) Chin-sui koi ...| Chan-sui kai

tems.
+ ak
j

(iii) Siok- ui sua" teng.

48. Chhoa Lam Street. Siok-ui sua" teng

49. Church Street ... Go-tai thien kiong ... Ng-toi thin kong

ay Vise
. N

50. Circular Road... (i) Chap-sa" hang au... (i) Shap-sam hong hau.

(ii) Chap-peh keng au. (ii) Shap-pat kan hau.
51. Clarke Street ... (i) Gi-hok kong-si au...

(11) San yi-fuk kong-si
hau-pin

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 19°

Chinese Characters.

Remarks as to Meaning,

ART 4s
Fi te

TALL PR

TALE
BART.

EIT=
46 /\ +

Bel Dis
ET) Dita BH

| (i) (See under Cheang Hong Lim Laie).

| (ii) (This is an adaptation, meaning simply
Chin-swee Road—it is not commonly
used excpt by Babas.)

_(i1) ‘Siok Wee’s plantation.’
(The land about here belonged to Kiong
Siok Wee.)

(See under Chin Swee Road above.)

| ‘Heavenly palace of the five generations.
|. (‘Thien kiong’ Heavenly palace is an
abbreviation for ‘thien hok kiong’ z.e.
palace of heavenly bliss; there is a
temple of this name in this street, in
which five josses of different se" or
clan-names are enshrined.)

_ (i) ‘Behind the thirteen shops’.

(ii) ‘Behind the eighteen buildings’.
(Cf. Boat Quay).

(i) ‘Behind the Gi-hok Kongsi (house).’
(ii) ‘Behind the New Gi-hok Kongsi (house)

Cf. Carpenter street. The new Gi-
hok Kongsi house was near here.)

Rk. A. Soc., No. 42,21904.

SO CHINESE, NAMES -OF STREETS, &c.

English.

52. Clive Street |

53. Club Street

54. Clyde Street

55. Clyde Terrace

56. Coleman Street ...

57. Collyer Quay

|
|

. Thih pa-sat ma-ta-chhu |

Hokkien. Cantonese.

Ay _Kam-kong ka-poh_ ... Kam-kong ka-pok

... (1) Toa-mng lai ... (i) Tai-mun noi

(ii) Chui-lan teng.... (ii) Sui-lan theng

Thit pa-sat ma-ta-liu

pui-min hong.

tui-bin hang.

. Ua®-tiam khau Ae ‘Wun-tim hau.

|
(i) Chin-seng chhu-pi®. |

(ii) Chan-seng _ tai-ok
fong pin.
(iii) Hiok-ni sin chhu... aa
au. |
| |
oe (i) Tho-kho au coe | eco

Gi) Tho-fu hau hoi pin
|

)

Juor, Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS &c. 81

Chinese Characters.

MmAz

APAD
ae

ie NT wa ae

Fe Be
7a Jes Dude
ve le K Wie

JE EB,

ei
ve AF a

Remarks as to Meaning.

‘Kampong Kapor’.

(This street is in the Kampong Kapor
district and has no definite name. Cf.
Dunlop street.)

(i) ‘Within the big gate’. (This has dis-
appeared).

(ii) ‘Chu-lan pavilion’ (see under Ann
Siang Hill).

‘The lane opposite the Police Station near
the iron market.’

‘Crockery-shop mouth,’ 2.c. opposite the
mouth of the street where these shops
are.

(i) ‘Beside Chin Seng’s house.’

(ii) ‘Beside Chin Seng’s big house.’

(‘Chin Seng’ was the chop of the late Tan
Kim Cheng, a well known citizen of
Singapore.)

(iii) ‘At the back ot Tan Hiok Ni’s new
house.’

(i) ‘Behind the godowns.’

(ii) ‘Behind the godowns by the seaside.’

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

S2

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c,

English.

58. Commercial Square.

59, Cornwall Street ...

60. Craig Road

61. Crawford Road

62. Cross Street

Hokkien.

(iii) Ang-teng lo-thau

(1) Tho-kho khau

(iii) Hue-hng kak

Chiu-long lai

. |(1) Gu-chhia-chui

(11), Ka-lek lut

. | (1) Go-cho bue

(11) Go-cho pa-sat

.. |(1) Kit-ling-a koi

kia |

Cantonese.

(ii) Tho-fu. fa-yiin pin.

. | Chau-long noi

(iii) San yiong tai uk
pin

- |(i) Lo-cho mei

... |(11) Lo-cho pa-sat

|

(ii) Hoi-san kai ha kai

Jour, Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 8s

Chinese Characters. Remarks as to Meaning.

BHS PERL (iii) ‘Red lamp landing place’ 2z.e. John-

ston’s pier.
A ji + | (i) ‘Mouth of the godowns.’
72 Bal 4¢ att (ii) ‘‘Beside the godowns’ flower-garden.’

(iii) ‘Flower-garden square.’
Ay BR yes (See under Beng Hoon Road.)

Wes ak Ba 4 (i) ‘Side of Kreta Ayer.’
42 FIM (11) Phonetic only.

(iii) ‘Beside Sam Yiong’s big house.’

(This street is largely inhabited by
Babas, hence the ‘Ka-lek lut.’ ‘San
Yiong’ was the chop of the late Tan
Kim Tian and it is still used by his
descendants ; the name is not gener-
ally known.)

Bethe (i) End of Rochore.’
gl ELT Re | (ii) ‘Rochore Market.’

ay {F ee (i) ‘Kling Street.’
(There are a large number of Kling shops
in Cross Street).

445 fh a Lat (ii) ‘‘Hoi-san’ street lower street.’

(‘Hoi-san’ street is Upper Cross street, q.v.)

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

84 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS,!&c.

English. Hokkien. - Cantonese.

63. Cumming Street...) Kam-kong ma-lak kah Kam-pong ma-lak-kah
hi-hng koi hei-yun kai

64. D’Almeida Street |(i) Tho-kho le-long-|(i) Tho-fu ham-lang

kwan | kwun

(ii) Hiap Hoat koi ... | (ii) Hip fat kai

65. Damer Road __.... (i) Ong-ke sua®-kah be- | (i) Wong-ka shan-keuk
liau pi" _ ma-fong pin

(ii) Ong-ke — sua-kha
| Kong-pan-ge phah|
| chioh |

66. Delta Road _... | O kio | Wu khiu

|

|

| | |

|

| Lam-in-tang tho-kho Lam-yin-thung tho-fu
kak-thau _ kok-thau

67. De Souza Street ...

68. Dickson Road _ ...| Kam-kong ka-poh_ ...| Kam-pong ka-pok

|
|

; Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS,: &c. 85

Chinese Characters.

HAAPABAR
ORR
ete

ERE

idanleae =
BS
BA 44 Ii - fay x

eM Fe

Remarks as to Meaning.

‘Kampong Malacca theatre street.’
(but see Angus Street).

(i) ‘The auction-rooms by the godowns.’

| (ii) ‘ Yap Watt street.’

(The first name refers to Powell and
Crane’s auction-rooms, and the second
to the chop of a firm which recently
occupied premises there).

(i) ‘ Beside the stables at the foot of the
Government Hill’ (i.e. Fort, Canning).

(ii) ‘At the foot of Fort Canning where the

Municipality breaks stones.’
(There is a Municipal store-yard close by).

‘The black bridge.’

| (This name is also given by Hokkiens to

part of Balestier Road q.v.)

‘Blue funnel godown corner.’

(Mansfield & Co’s godown is the corner of

this street.)

‘Kampong Kapor.’
(cf. Clive Street, Dunlop Street &c.)

R. A. Soe., No. 42, 1904.

86 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

English. Hokkien. | Cantonese.

69. Dunlop Street... ‘Kam-kong ka-poh hue") Kam-pong ka-pok
(or toa) koi wang (or tal) kai
|
|
70. Duxton Road _... | (i) Gu-chhia-chui kia...
(ii) Tok-sun ut... (ii) Tak-sun lut

(iii) Kam-kong-a lai...

71. Ellenborough Street Sin pa-sat pi" ... San pa-sat pin
72. Enggor Street ...|Chin-seng sua” khau... | Chan-seng shan hau ...
73. Esplanade ae (jo Toa-kok cheng |
_ chhau-po |
74. Farquhar Street ... Go-cho lut bo-bue hang | Lo-cho lut mo-mei hong
|
75. Fish Court ...|Lo-ma pan-jiang hang | Lo-ma pan-yang hong

{

ee

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS: &c. S7

Chinese Characters Remarks as to Meaning.

(This is perhaps is the biggest street in
what is known as Kampong Kapor.
The Chinese have not yet given names
to the streets here.)

IS 7K BE (1) At the side of Kreta Ayer (cf. Craig

Road).
4€ | fe
ATA |

Ak Hwa MA < ‘Kampong Kapor Cross (or big) street.’
|

ERA

(ii) Phonetic, but commonly used.

(iii) Within the little ‘ Kampong.’

SE El, mE SI ‘Beside the New Market’ ( Ellenborough
Market).
H LL ahctir | ‘Chin-Seng Hill mouth’ (see under Ber-

nan Street).
(1) ‘ Grass field in front of Supreme Court.’

Ax Fe fi ef ts +e | ‘ Rochore Road no end lane) or cul-de-sac.’

(see under Carnie street).

; AS SEE nes | * Rumah Panjang lane.’

(‘Rumah Panjong’=‘long house,’ and is
practically a house of ill fame: in
|

§ (

Singapore it is the name given toa
district in the neighbourhood of the
junction of Rochore Road with North
Bridge Road.)

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904

88 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c,

English. | Hokkien. | Cantonese
76. Fish Street ... Sin pa-sat pi" a ‘San pa-sat pin
: |
77. Fisher Street... -Kam-kong ma-lak-kak Kam-pong ma-lak-kah
Tan-seng-ong au _—|—s chhan-sheng-wo ng
hau
78. Flint Street —.... Tho-kho bue ... The-fu mei ‘
79. Fraser Street ... (i) Sio-po sin-koi

{

| (ii) Kam-pong © san-kai

80. Garden Street ... (ii) Thih pa-sat gek-lu-|
ma hang |

(ii) Thih pa-sat tui-bin Thit pa-sat ‘tui-min
hang hong

81. George Street ... (i) Po-le-au sun-hong
koi

| (11) Po-li-sz hau-pin kai

82. Gopeng Street ... Cho-su-kong khau_ ... Cho-sz-kung

|
ER eee een er an SS = eee
Jour. Straits Braneh

C

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 89

hinese Characters.

2 Eh

NA RDS

EBS RRR
HAAS

47 BS | ARR

fe ¥ BER
BB+

485 Fi GZ)
SHEE

15 RET AR

R.

A Bit.

A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

Remarks as to Meaning.

‘Beside the New Market.’
(See EJlenborough Street. Fish Street

and the latter are one on _ each
side of the Ellenborough Market).

| ae
‘Behind the Tan-seng-ong (temple) in

Kampong Malacca.’

‘End of the godowns.’

(ii) ‘Small town in New Street.’

(ii) ‘ Kampong (Glam) New Street.’

_ (Cf. Chin Hin Street).

(i) ‘ Lane of the ‘ Gek-lu-ma’ idol near the

iron market.’

(il) ‘ Lane opposite the iron market.’
he lane runs into Beach Road opposite
Clyde Terace Market.

(i) ‘Behind the Central Police Station
street of chop ‘Sun Hong.’’

(Commonly spoken of simply as behind the
Police Station).

_ (i1) ‘ Behind the Police Station Street.’

Mouth of the Cho-su-kong temple.’
(This name has to do duty for a number of

90

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

English.

83. Guthrie Lane

84 Haji Lane

85. Havelock Road ...

86. High Street

-|(i) Toa-kok Koi

Hokkien. Cantonese

...| Kat-ti-li hang-a lai ... | Kat-tei-lei hong-tsai ...

-|(i) Huan-a kam-kong

lai.
(11) Jiau-a
kong lai

koi kam-

| (iit) Yau-wa kai hong
tsal

(1) Kong chioh-a
(ii) Hong lim pa-sat ...

(111) Chiu-long lai__... | Chau-long noi

{

(iv) Pak-khi-lin

chik
kai. ;

... {(i) Tai-kot kai

Jour, Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES.OF STREETS, &c. 91

Chinese Characters.

Remarks as to Meaning.

Pa FF ASA

AA EES

AA BE erie

(FAST
(FAR
AMA

PY at i
485 oe LAL
VET

streets in the Tanjong Pagar district,
where as a matter of fact the streets
have no fixed names).

‘Guthrie Lane.’
(This is a new thoroughfare and it is so
far only know by its Municipal name).

(i) ‘ Within the Malay Kampong.’

(ii) ‘ Within the Arab Street Kampong.’

iii) ‘Arab Street little lane.’
(Haji Lane lies parallel to Arab Street).

(i) ‘ Stone-breaking.’

(ii) ‘Hong Lim Market.’

| (This is the name of that part near the
Police Station where the late Cheang
Hong Lim built a market years ago.
Stones for use on the roads used to be
broken near the Police Station).

(iii) ‘Within the spirit-depot (district).’

(See under Beng Hoon Road).

(iv) ‘ Pickering strait street,’ z.c. the street
in the same line as the Chinese Pro-

tectorate.

(i) ‘Supreme Court Street.’

KR. A. Soc., No, 42, 1904.

92 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

English. | Hokkien. Cantonese.
|

|
(ii) Sang-che" lo

87. Hill Street ... (i) Ong-ke sua" kha ... | (i) Wong-ka shan keuk
(ii) Tiau-kio thau _... | (ii) Tiu-khin thau.
| | er

88. Hock Lam Street) Hok-lam koi ...| Fuk-nam kai

89. Hokkien Street ... (i) Tso be-chhia koi ... |

(ii) Chhiang-thai koi e
| chat 10°

(iii) Cheung-thai ha kai

90. Halloway Lane ...|(i1) Sio-po thih-chhio
au koi

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 93

Chinese Characters.

BRIE

45 EFAS 1
i T 548 ke
1 Sete

A OaR

R.A. Soce., No 42. 1904.

Remarks as to Meaning.

(ii) ‘ Two wells road.’
(This name is not much used now. Form-
erly there were two wells at the foot

of Fort Canning just where High
Street joins Hill Street).

| (i) ‘ Foot of Government Hill.’
(Government Hill in the old days was. Fort
Canning Hill).

(ii) ‘End of the suspension bridge.’ i.e.
the bridge connecting Hill Street and
New Bridge Road.

‘* Hok-lam’ street.’
(‘Hok-lam’ is the chop of Lau Kim Pong
who owns many houses in this street).

(i) ‘The street where (horse) carriages are
made.’

(ii) ° Lower portions of ‘Chhiang Thai’
Street.’

| (iii) ‘‘ Chhiang Thai’ lower street.’

(The street is called the ‘lower part of
Chhiang Thai street,’ because Upper
Hokkien Street is ‘Chhiang Thai’
Street. ‘Chhiang Thai’ is the style of
a well known temple in the street).

(i) ‘The street behind the iron foundry in
‘small town’ (see Beach Road).

94. . CHINESE NAMES OF STRERTS, &c.

English. Hokkien.

(111) Sek-a-ni la-pai-tng
tui-bin hang

91. Hong Kong Street. | Ma-kau koi

92. Hong Lim Quay... | (i) Kam-kong Ma-lak-
kah hai-ki"

(ii) Kam-kong Ma-lak-
kah chha-chun thau

93. Hylam Street ... | (i) Hai-lam koi

(ii) Hai-lam hue-kuan
au

(

Cantonese.

(ii) Kam-pong ta-thit-
chhong hau-pin

.| Ma-kau kai

(1) Kam-pong ma-lak
kah hoi pin

.. | (i) Hoi-nam kai

i

no ESSENSE EES. SSS

Ji our. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 95

Chinese Characters. Remarks as to Meaning.

{i 48 PTT ESE (ii) ‘Behind the iron foundry in Kampong

Glam)..

yaaa ee (ii) ‘The lane opposite the Poriuenese

Church’ (cf. Bain Street.)

Ze HG ‘Macao Street.’

(I cannot explain this name satisfactorily.
I am told that the street is known to
the Chinese as Macao Street, because
many Chinese from Macao lived there.
But the Chinese know Macao by the
name ‘‘Q-mun.” I do not think there-
fore that that can be the correct ex-
planation. More probably it is adopt-
ed from Malay. Malayscall Canton-
ese “Orang Macao,” and this street
was the home of many Cantonese
women at one time.

fie Hg OB SS BS (i) ‘Kampong Malacca seashore.’

BA i SE nea bp Zs BE (ii) ‘Kampong Malacca timber-boat land-

ing-place.’
445 Be it (i) ‘ Hailam Street.’
an PA (ii) ‘ Behind the Hailam kongsi house.’

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

96

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

English.

94, Jalan Besar

95. Jalan Klapa

96. Jalan Kledek

97. Jalan Kubor

98. Jalan Penang

99. Jalan Pisang

100. Jalan Sultan

.. | Kam-kong ka-poh thai-

..|Tio"-sian-su pi"

...|(i) Huan-a

Hokkien.

tu long

|

thiong-|
cheng tong tiau

(i) Huan-a thiong-
cheng be-liau

‘Eng-chhai ti
| | :
(i) Huanm-a thiong-|
_ cheng thau-tiau

| Ji-chap-keng

Cantonese.

Kam-pong ka-pok
thong-chi fong

.|Chheung-sin-sz (fong)

pin

(ii) Ma-lai fan tui-min
chung-kan ko-thiu

Gi) Ma-lai fan tui-min
ma-fong

(ii) Ma-lai fan tui-min

tai-yat thiu

| Yi-shap kan

J our, Straits Braneh

CHINESE NAMES OF STRERTS, &c. 97

Chinese Characters.

BNA GRIM AR

Se EFC ike

a Wi ta FAR
oe kes
EG eT aE
Wr FG ET AS a BG
| MAS FT
RLM TE

es

Remarks as to Meaning.

‘The Slaughter-pig depot in Kampong
Kapor’: referring of course to the
Abattoir.

‘ Beside the * Tio" Sian-Su’ temple.’
(i) & (ii) ‘The Middle Street in front of
the Malay Cemetery.”

(i) & (11) ‘ The stable in front of the Malay
cemetery.’

(i) & (ii) ‘The stable in front of the Malay
cemetery.’

‘Ground where (a vegetable called) ‘ eng-
chhai’ is planted.’

(It is a kind of water-vegetable).

(i) & (ii) ‘The first street in front of the
Malay cemetery.’

‘Twenty buildings.’

The 20 houses referred to were those first
put up in that part of Beach Road near
Jalan Sultan. )

R. A. Soc. No. 42, 1904

98

English.

- Hokkien.

101. Japan Street ...|(i) Ma-cho kiong ‘pi...

102. Java Road

WE: Ube Riecd

(ii) Tng-lang leng-su-

(iii) Tit-loh

hu hit-tiau

a-ek Kit-
leng bio pi ey

(i) Peh-thah koi

(ii) Sio-po phah-chioh
koi |

(i) Sio-po sam-pai-yang
teng hang

(iv) Yat-pun kai

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

- Cantonese.

q
j He t

() Pak thap kal

(iii) Kam-pong ta sheh
kak pee

i ST

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

99

Chinese Characters.

Remarks as to Meaning.

eo ay
HARKER ARNE

ink El
gee |
485 Gat be

GAGs

AR EEPRIES He

(i) ‘ Beside the ma-cho temple.’
(cf. Amoy Street).

| (ii) ‘ The street where the Chinese consul

lives.’
This name is accurate enough at present
‘but obviously will not'be | permanent.)

(iii) ‘Beside the. Kling temple in Telok

Ayer.’
(ix) f an Street.’ (
(ins White Pagoda Street. ‘

(11) & Pa) Stone-breaking street ‘small
town’ or Kampong (Glam).’ .

(i) The lane of the praying pavilion in
‘small town.’
(‘ Sam-pai- yang” is the ‘Malay town ‘Sem-

baiang.’ The street leads from Beach
Road to a mosque. The name illus-
trates the distinction drawn by

~ Chinese between a Mahomedan place
of worship and a temple of their own.
(The essence of Mahomedanism is
prayer, while Chinese pay more at-
tention to vows and acts of adoration).

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904,

100

English.

104. Johore Road

105. Kallang Road

106. Kampong Java
Road

107. Kompong Martin

108. Kamrong Malayu

109. Kampong Glam-|Toa-che" kha

Beach

110. Kengcheow Street

.|(i) Ka-lang kio

Hokkien.

(ii) Thih pa-sat tui-bin
— hang

. | Au-be-chhia lo chiong-

kun-ia-kiong

(ii) Ka-lang lut

(111) Heu-sia®

Ang-mo thiong

Hu-liou lai

Ong-hu hang

(i) Kam-kong ma-lah-
kah. Sam-pa-yang
teng au

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

Cantonese.

(ii) Thit pa-sat tui-min ©
hong

Hau-ma-chhe lo che-
ong-kwan-ye miu

.| (i) Ka-lang kiu

(iv) Mui-hai kuk

. | Hung-mo fan

Np Abel ir

. | Wong-fu hong

.| Tai cheng keak

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 101

Chinese Characters. Remarks as to Meaning.

in anal 5,935 (ii) ‘ Lane opposite the iron market.’

(cf. Garden Street).

‘eel Fir ES BS EG EG Ze ‘The temple of the idol ‘ Chiong-kun ’ near

Vietoria Street.’

‘SHEN sa) Kallang bridge.’
42 FE Tn | (ii) Kallang Road.’
HK (iii) ‘ Fire stronghold.’
poe he Gas-works.
asa. (iv) ‘Coal vapour office.’

TK =ERL ‘ European Cemetery.’

Ay HS fA ‘Within the fishermen’s village.’

As ley -E ‘ Sultan’s house lane.’

(The late Sultan Ali owned property in
this street).

SEK ‘Foot of the big well.’
| (There used to be an old well in the mid-
dle of the road at Sultan Gate).

a FE = WA ZA (i) ‘ Behind the praying pavilion in Kam-
4$ES pong Malacca.’
(A praying pavilion is a mosque, see Jed-
dah Street).

R. A, Soc., No. 42, 1904.

102 CHINESE NAMES-OF STREETS, &c.

English.

116.

ie

2. Kerbau Road

; Kerbau Lane ...
. Kerr Street i <

_ Killiney Road ...

5. Kim Seng Road...

Kinta Road

Kling Street

Hokkien. : Cantonese. °

(ii) Kam-pong ma-lak-
| kak lai-thong hau-pin
(iii) Keng-chiau koi ... a

Phau-be po hang __ ... | Phau-ma po hong

.._ Phau-be po chhau-chhi | Phau-ma po chho-shi

_Kam-kong ma-lak-kah | Kam-pong ma-lak-kah
|. pun-so chhia tui-bin lap-sap chhe tui-min

koi | kai

‘Tang-leng pa-sat tui-| Tang-leng -pa-sat tui-
bin hang /nim hong | ©

Hong hin lo ...| Fung heng lo

..|Phau-be po hang ... | Phau-ma po hong

veo PG) aaa teng _... (i) Shan-tsai teng

Sua"-kia teng

}

(ii) Thih thiau

/

‘Jour, Straits Branch

CHINESE N

AMES OF STREETS, &c.

Chinese Characters.

; Remarks as to Meaning. :

EF Te ies S
rey 385

455 AR be

Aas if 5 8

th Ssh 5 ee
435 TE At

ART AA ELBE
ee

7B AG
Tar

#9

(ii) Behind the Kampong Malacca place of
worship.’

(111) ‘Keng cheow street’ (so-called after the
late Tan Keng Cheow).

| ‘ Race Course Lane.’

‘Race Course grass-market.’

fl Kampong Malacca opposite the
scavenging carts.’

‘Lane opposite Tanglin Market.’

‘Hong Hin Road.’
(‘Hong Hin’ was the chop of Tan Kim
Seng).

‘Race Course lane.’
(cf. Kerbau Lane).

(i) § Small hill top.’

(There was formerly more of a hill here
than now exists. This has been
levelled).

| (ii) Iron pillars.’
|(Mr. Haughton says ‘Many iron pillars

were used in the construction of houses
in this street’). _.

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

104

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c,

English.

118. Krian Street

119. Lavender

120. Lim Eng Bee

Lane

Street |

Hokkien.

.. Chin-seng sua" khau...

(1) Go-cho toa kong-si

(ii) Chhai-hng lai

(1) Kong-chioh hi-hng

au a

Cantonese. —

Chan-seng shan hau ...
(111) Kwong fuk miu
kai :

Gi) Pak-khi-lun tui-min
hei-yun hau kai

121, Little Cross Street | Jiau-a phah-thang koi| Yau-wa ta-thung kai...

122. Lorong Teluk

123. Macao Street

NN sma

.|(i) Bih-lang koi

. |(4) Po-le pi? -

(i1) Lo-chham kai

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS &c. 105

aM
LAH
RES
(iT
CMB E
2 IL

SaGHLIT BS
‘ESIT IK
PTE
HAE
eae

_ Remarks as to meaning.

‘ Mouth of Chin Seng’s Hill.’
(cf. Bernam Street.)

(i) ‘ Big Kongsi-house in Rochore.’
(This refers to the Kongsi house of an old
society, the Thien Ti Hué.’)

(ii) ‘Within the vegetable gardens.’

(iii) ‘‘K wong Fuk’ Temple Street.’

(i) ‘Street behind the thratre near Have-
lock Road.’

(11) ‘Opposite the Chinese Protectorate the
street behind the theatre.’

(The theatre is the Wayang Street theatre,
and the word used for Chinese Pro-
tectorate is the Chinese equivalent of
the name of Mr. Pickering, the first

Protector of Chinese.)

‘Javanese coppersmith’s street.’

\ (i) & (ii) Bamboo-basket street.’

(i) & (ii) ‘Beside the Police Courts.’

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

106 CHINESE, NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

124. Mackenzie Road...

125. Magazine Road...

126. Malabar Street..

127. Malacca Street ...

128. Malay Street

129. Manila Street...

Hokkien.

(iii) Kua®-chha tiam ...

‘Tek-kha chui-ti

Tan-seng-ong koi : -

Hai-lam heen

hang

(1) Lau pa-sat khau

(ii) Ban-hin koi

.|(i) Jit-pun koi

Sek-a-ni koi

.|Man-heng kai |.

_, Cantonese.

(11) Betesy fong pin...

(iv) Kwun-chhoi pho
kaise ote |

Chhan-sheng-wopg kat

My i s ie F iis Ae Toga
-..|Hoi-nam © wui-kwun

hong

(i) Kau pa-sat

(11) Yat puf chai kaj...

Jour, Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 107

Chineze Characters.

. Remarks as to Meaning.

Kah
HET BIA TE

FLAK 5
(55

age wet

ARBs

4, HH
HAG
(HEA A
(EAE. fi

R. A. Soe., No: 42, 1904.

|(This name was given when the old court

was in existence on the south side of
the road).

(111) & (iv) ‘Coffin-shop street.’

‘The Selegie- Road-district reservoir.’
_ (see under Annamalai Chitty Lane)

| ‘Tan-Seng-ong temple street.’

(There is a temple here to Tan Seng Ong
the ancestral deity of the Tans).

‘Hailam Kongsi-house lane.’

(i) Old market (mouth).’

(The old market is not now in existence,
but the present market at Teluk Ayer
is often called the ‘old market’).

(ii) ‘Chop-‘Ban Hin’ street.’

(i) ‘Japanese street.’

(ii) ‘ Japanese brothel street.’

‘ Kurasian street.’

(Several streets in this neighbourhood are
called by this name).

108 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.
English. Hoxkien. Cantonese.

130. Market Street ...| (i) Tiong koi ... |(1) Chung kai ©

(11) Lau pa-sat khau ...

131. McCullum = Street} Tit lok a-ek bue-tiau

kol
132 Merbau Road _ ...|Kam-kong sai-kong|Kam-pong s ai-kong
ang-mo phah thih hung-mo thit-chhong

133 Merchant Road ...|(i) Sin koi-a khau_... |(i) San Kai hau

(ii) Siu koi-a khau hi-
hng koi

134 Middle Road _... (1) Mang-ku-lu Ay (1) Mong-kwo-lo

(ii) Sio-po ang-mo phah
thih

U
VS

Jour. Straits Branch

~

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 109

Chinese Characters.

eat

DRE
ETT
SF) BALA HA
AVAL Bee

reer
45 [ial RF Hr

io ee
SF) SEL)

Remarks as to Meaning.

(i) ‘Central Street.’

(This refers to the five divisions of the town
by the Hokkiens for the pur-
pose of the Chingay process-
ion: there were five Ko-thau). iba ye]

(ii) ‘Old market mouth.’
(cf. Malacca Street).

‘Last street in Teluk Ayer.’

(No definite name has yet been given to
this street, but some such expression
as this is used).

‘European foundry at Kampong Saigon’ 7.e.
Howarth Erskine & Co.

(i) ‘ New street mouth.’
(New street is Chin Hin street and it
opens in to Merchant Read),

(ii) ‘The theatre street at the mouth of the
little new street.’

(i) ‘Bencoolen.’
(see under Bencoolen Street).

(ii) ‘Small-town European iron foundry’
(see Beach Road for ‘sio-po’ there is no
European foundry now).

R. A. Soe., No. 42, 1904

1LiOe:

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

English.

135 Minto Road

136 Mohamed Ali Lane

137 Mosque Street igs

138 Muar Road

..|Lau-chi hang

. |(i) Kit-ling bio piv

Hokkien.

pi" |
(iv) Sek-a-ni _le-pai-
tng pi”
~|(v) Mang-ku-lu — thih-

“ehhio® pi

(vi) Mang-ku-lu
| kuan }

chhias|.

Toa-mang-lai hang-a

lai

(ii) Hai-san choi ang-
mo oh-au. ;

.|(i) Mua” lut

(ii) Kit-ling-a __le-pai-
tng cheng

Cantonese.

(iii) Hai-lam hue-kuan |(iii) Hoi-nam wui-kwun

pin

(iv) Sai-yeung lai-pai-
thong pin.

(v) Mong-kwo-lo thit-
chhong pin

(vii) Mong-kwo-loshau-
chhe kuk

Tai-mun noi hong-tsai

(a) Kat-leng miu pin <-

¥
i >

(iii) Hoi-shan kai hung-
mo shu-kwun hau-
pin -

(ii) Kat-leng lai-p a i-
thong min chhin

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 111.

Chinese Characters.

ee RBI

Drea Lara
BR BAS
GAS
AMF BAS
EYE
PEAR PAPI

: Aa
BBE ALELIE

da eA i

"ii
Wir bt FE te Fe

Remarks as to Meaning.
(111) ‘Beside the Hailam Kongsi-house.’

(iv) ‘Beside the Portuguese church.’

_| (v) ‘Beside the iron-foundry in Bencoolen.’

| (71) & (vil) ‘ Jinrikisha depot in ‘Bencoolen.”

‘Betel-nut lane.’

‘Lane off Club Street.’
(i) ‘Beside the Kling’s temple.

(ii) & (iii) ‘ Behind the Europen school in
uppen Cross Street.’

(i) ‘Muar Road’ (phonetic).

_| Gi)’ In front of the Kling church’.

(The ‘Kling Church’ is the church of ‘Our

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

112 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

English. Hokkien. | Cantonese.
139 Nagapa Lane... | Tek-kha tug-tiam tui-|Chuk-keuk tongplio
bin te-ji-tiau tui-min tai-yi-thu —
140 Nankin Street ... | Siong-Pek koi ...|Chhung-phak kai...
141 Narcis Street ...}Kim-lan bio ...| Kam-lan miu
142 Neil Road ...|(i) Gu-chhia-chui Kia

(ii) Ngau-chhe-shui pin
ma-ta-liu chek sheung

143 New Bridge Road.|(i) Sin pa-sat ma-ta-|(i) San pa-sat ma-ta-
chhu cheng liu chhin

(ii) Gu-chhia-chui _... | (11) Ngau-ehhe-shui ...
(iii) Yi-ma-lo

144 New Market Road/(i) Kam-kong ma-lak-|(i) Kam-pong _ma-lak-
kah sin pa-sat koi kak san pa-sat kai

(ii) Chhau-chhi

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE

Chinese Characters.

HATA
AE}
= 4 EVANS BBY
es

Ih ak iF
haa
WET RAE

a

Pe ij
se

8

NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 113

Remarks as to Meaning.

Lady of Lourdes’, largely attended by
Tamil Christians).

‘Second (road) opposite the Selegie Road
pawnshop.’

‘‘Siong Pek’ (kongsi) street.’

‘Golden lily temple.’

(1) ‘Steep (part of) Kreta Aver.’
(11) ‘Near Kreta Ayer, straight up past the

Police station.’

(i) ‘In front of the New Market
station.’

police

(ii) ‘ Kreta Ayer.’

| (lil) ‘ Second horse (carriage) road.’

(i) ‘New market street in Kampong
Malacca.’

(ii) ‘Grass-market.’

R. ‘A. Soc:, No. 42, 1904,

14 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

English. . | Hokkien. Cantonese.
|
145 Niven Road ... |Ji-ong sua®-kha ... Yi-wong shan keuk

146 Noordin Lane ... x: Lo Lam kai

147. North Boat Quay | (i) Kek-sng cheng

(it) Ong-ke sua" kha au (il) Wong- kashan-keuk
| hau-pin

|
(iii) Chin-heng toa chhu | (iii) Chan-heng tai ok

|
|

liv) Tiau-kio thau_bi-
kau |

148. North Bridge | (1) Chui-sien mng
Road |

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 115

|

Chine-e Characters. Remarks as to Meaning.

|

(This only refers to that part of the road
which runs up to the People’s Park.)

BNL +- ay ‘ Foot of second Governor’s hill. ’
(Formerly Government Hill was Fort Can-
ning and the Chinese still speak of Fort
Canning by thatname. The present
Government Hill is called ‘second
Governor hill’ to prevent confusion.
‘Second Governor’ is the idiom in
| Colonial Secretary.)

{EE ‘Lo Lam’s Street.’
)

(I am told that one Lo Lam owns property
here, but the Hokkien pronunciation
(‘Lo-Lim’) sounds very like ‘ Noordin’
in disguise. )

Bi Fo £8 (i) ‘In front of the ice-factory,’
42 UZ (ii) ‘ Behind the (road along the) foot of

Fort Canning.’

JET BR (iii) ‘Chin Heng’ big house.

(‘ Chin Heng’ isthe chop of Seah Liang Sean.
This refers to the part lower down the
river).

VAR BAS Ip (iv) ‘Suspension-bridge rice-stores.’
PA Ailizk (i) ‘Water-fairy gate.’

(See under Bain Court).

B.A. Soe., No. 42, 1904.

116 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

English. Hokkien. Cantonese.
(ii) Sio-po hue-chhia lo_

(111) Lo-ma pano-jiang
| toa be-chhia lo |

(iv) Kam-pong taik ma
lo

149. North Canal Road (i) Kau-a ki”

(ii) Tan-pin kai

150. Omar Road ... Kam-kong mak-la-kah
Sam-pai-gang teng
hang
151. Ophir Road ... Kit-ling le-pai-tng
chengchiang-kun
iap1"
152. Orchard Road ... Tang leng pa-sat koi... Tang-leng

Jour, Straits Braueh

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 117

Chinese Characters.

Remarks as to Meaning.

BS HIKER)
AUG ASI

BBS
HELTER
eR

PIES MGA
ae

ee |

x

457 EGS

Gi): Small town tramway.’ (See Beach

Road.)

| Gii) “Rumah Panjang’ big horse-carriage
road.’
(cf. Fish Court.)

(iv) ‘ Kampong (Glam) big horse-(carriage)
road.’

(i) ‘ Beside the little drain.’

(The drain down the centre of the road-
way was filled up some years ago.)

| (11) ‘ One-side street.’
(There are houses on one side only ef.

Upper Macao Street.)

‘Kampong Malacca praying-temple lane.’

(‘Sam pai yang’ is the Malay ‘ Sémbaiang ’

and a praying-temple is a mosque.)

‘In front of the Kling church beside
Johore Road.’
(eae under Muar Road and Johore Road.)

‘Tanglin market street.’

|(As a matter of fact ‘Tang leng’ is the

most one gets from a Chinaman, un-
less he is pressed).

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

118 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

English.

Hokkien. Cantonese.

153 Ord Road

154 Outram Road

155 Padang Alley

156 Pagoda Street

157 Pahang Street

.. (i) Ong-ke — sua®-kha

..|(i) Kit-ling-a le-pai au ak

thih-chhio"

|
|

| |
(ii) Na-lei thih-chhong

. | (i) Si-pai po ... |(i) Si-pai po —

(ii) Si-kha teng

..| Ong-hu khut-than hang} Wong-fu —sk watt-than

| | hong

\(ii) Kit-ling bio au

(ili) Kat leng miu_ pin
|: | kal

e ‘Ong-hu hang i ‘Wong-fu hong

| e

158 Palembang Road.. Peh thah koi au koi .... Pak thap kai hau kai...

|

ee ee ee

- Jour, Straits Branch

_ CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. AT9

{
|

Chinese Characters. Remarks as to Meaning.
|

Lis) a ewe fia vata Ped

|

Ph ELL ARE | (‘Iron foundry at foot of Fort Canning.’

|
|

RAH | (11) ‘Riley (Hargreaves’) iron foundry.’

| (‘Na-lei’ has to do duty in Cantonese’ for
“hiley.))' >

BE Hit (i) ‘Sepoy plain.’

(The Sepoy lines and Police Station and
parade ground are at one end of Out-
‘ram Road.) :

=, L (11) ‘ Four-footed. pavilion.’
eH (There is a pavilion in the Cemetery ad-
joining this road, known by this name.)

FK GE th ee -E ‘The cul-de-sac (near) the Sultan’s house.’

| (See under Kampong Malayu.)

ea) = FE He # (ji); S : ea
fee FEE ae =| (i) ‘ Behind the Kling place of worship.

PN ee 46 \Gi ge | (i1) ‘ Behind the Kling temple.’ —
453. sre = | (iii) ‘Street beside the Kling temple.’
fT Be a (The Kling temple is a Mohamedan Kling
| mosque).

Aas ef -E | ‘ Sultan’s heuee lane.’

(See under Kampong Malayu).

tay tps 44; > |‘ Thestreet behind ‘ White Pagoda’ Street.’
135 4244 sed | (See Java Road.)

7 Ru Ai Soc.,. No. 42; 1904.

120 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

English. Hokkien. | Cantonese.
159 Park Road ... | (i) Chhau-chhi ...|(1) Chho-shi
| (11), Chan-chiishan kenk
160 Paterson Road ... (i) Tang-leng ma-ta- |
chhu au |
(11) Tang-leng ma-ta-
| liu hau pin kai
hate |
161 Pearl’s Hill Road) Chin-chu sua” ...|Chan chi shan
162 Pekin Street ... I-sio” koi se ‘Yi-seung kai

163 Phillip Street... | (i) Lau-ia-keng khau ...

(ii) Ma-miu kai

164. Prinsep Street .... Mang-ku-lu sau-lo koi} Mong-kwo-lo so-lokai

165. Pulo Saigon... |(i) Thai-tu-long eka

(ii) Thong-chi fong ...

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 121

Chinese Characters.
hs
FAN LER
4B NS AT Hee
35 ERAT als

EZ
(STH XK

Ais Re
EAT

1G ht GAS

FB aay
VeeiL:)

Remarks as to Meaning.

(1) ‘ Grass-market.’
(ii) ‘Foot of Pearl’s Hill.’

(i) & (ii) ‘ Behind Tanglin Police Station.’

‘Pearl Hill.’

‘ Clothing-box street.’

(There are a large number of box-makers
| in this street.)

|

(1) ‘ Mouth of the Idol’s Temple.’

| (11) ‘ Double temple street.’

| (Two temples are enclosed in one outer
wall.)

| ‘Scavenging street in the Bencoolen dis-
trict.’

(There are Scavengers’ carts kept at the
corner of Prinsep Street).

‘Slaughter-pig-depot mouth,’ 7.e. near the
Abattoirs.

‘ Slaughter-pig compartment.’
| (It would be necessary to add something
like Kampong Malacca or Kampong

R.A. Soc., No. 42, 1904,

122 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

English. Hokkien. | Cantonese.

166. Queen Street... (i) Sek-a-ni koi
Sek-kia®-ni koi

|
}
!

(11) Lam sam tai u k kai

167. Raffles Place... | Tho-kha hue-hng .. Tho-fu fa-yun (pin)...
168. Ramah Street .../ Toa-mng lai _..|Tai-mun noi chau-tim.
kak-lei

169. Rangoon Road ... Na»-tau hang

|
|
|

“170. Raub Street o0 ie eee sua” khau ...

|
|
i

Chan-seng shan hau...

~

. : |
171 Read Street =... Ong-ke sua" kha thih-| Wong-ka shan keuk
tek | _ cheio" pi" | thit-chhong pin

}

"<2 Jour. Straits Braneh

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 123

Chinese Characters.

455 4F {5

a BK=MK
Bat

APA
ea Ne ve APA

FL aie
| TR EMA E

R. A. Soc. No. $2, 1904

Remarks as to Meaning,

Saigon to avoid confusion with the
Jalan Besar Abattoirs.)

(1) ‘ KEurasian (serani) Street.’

| (Part of Queen Street will be included in

‘Mang ku lu’ see Bencoolen Street,
and part again shares in the names of
other streets.)

(ii) ‘ Lim Sam’s big house street.’

‘The flower garden by the godowns.’
(See Commercial Square.)

‘Inside the big gate next to the spirit-
shop.’

(cf. Club Street: the spirit-shop is the
present ‘ Hotel Trieste.’)

‘Na*-tau lane.’

(‘Na®-tau’is the name of a plant with
prickly leaves which grows here.
Douglas’ Dictionary says it is the
‘pandanus’ or ‘screwpine.’)

' ‘Mouth of Chin Seng’s hill.’
| (See Bernam Street. )

‘Beside the iron foundry at the foot of
Fort Canning hill.’
(The iron foundry is Riley Hargreives &

124 CHINESK NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

English. Hoxkien. ‘Cantonese.

172 River Valley Road | (i) Ong-ke sua" kha ...|(i) Wong-ka shan
| keuk /

(ii) Leng-thau che"
|
|
|

|

173 Roberts Lane ...,Phau-be po hang __... | Phau-ma po hong

174 Robinson Road ... | Heng-long koi ..- | Heng-lung kai

| Lo-man-san kai

175 Rechore Canal | (i) Mang-ku-lu_kang-a
Road ie [ese |

(ii) Mong-k wo-lo
chhung-pin

Jour, Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 125

Chinese Characters.

BD LL Ae =e
FF EE

ASHE M5 Be
(sy BL

FETE ER He

He (EE ASY
Ca ee

R, A.-Soc., No. 42, 1904

Remarks as to Meaning.

Co’s Workshop. For the expression
translated by ‘ Fort Canning hill’ see
Hill Street.

| (i) ‘Foot of Fort Canning hill.’
(cf. Hill Street.)

(ii) ‘ Dragon’s head fountain.’

(There used to be a fountain at the end or
this street with a Dragon’s head fof
a spout. )

| “Race Course lane’ (see Belilios Road).
|‘ *Heng-long’ Street.’

(Chop ‘Heng-long’ belonging to Lok yu,
the well-known towkay, is in this
| street. )

Robinson Street.
( Lo-man-sen’ is ‘ Robinson,’ and the name
which has been used to my knowledge,
is quite Chinese in sound at any rate. I
do not however guarantee the name as
being intel. igible to the ordinary Can-
tonese-speaking Chinaman. To inter-
| pret ‘Robinson’ Roed clear to him,
| would require I feel quite sure, a very
| long rigmarole.)

}

@ & (ii) ‘ Beside the canal in the Ben-
coolen District.’

126 CHINESE NAMES OF SPrREETS, &c.

English.

176 Rcechore Road

|

177 Sago Lane

178 Sago Street

179 Samban Street

180 Scott’s Road
181 Selegie Road

|

}
|
i

. A-bit-no hang

Hokkien. Cantonese.

.|(i) Go-cho lut oe @ Lo-cho kai

(ii) Lo-ma pan-jiang...

|
Ho-ban-ni® au koi ...| Ho-man-nin _hau-pin

kai

Gu-chhia-chui hi-hng- | Ngau-chhe-shui- __hei-
koi cheng koi | ytin chhin kai

..|Tang-leng ma-ta-chhu|Tang-leng ma-ta-liu

tui-bin | tui-min

_ | (i) Tek-kha

|
|

(ii) Tek-kha tit-koi ...)

|

Jour. Straits Braneb

CHINESE NAMES OF STRERTS, &c. 127

Chinese Characters.

455 LEE

1h oF A

4 Wat Bal a ak
SUE

fe Sy J a7 BS GS A
Jes
455 HF rs

R. A Soc., No. 42, 1904.

Remarks as to Meaning.

3) This is phonetic, but commonly used.
(The character only suits the Hok-

kien name, for in Cantonese it is
sounded ‘ng’, ‘lut’ is simply ‘road’
from Chinese lips.)

‘Rumah panjang.’

(The name is really applicable to a District
more than one street ; cf. ‘Fish Court
and North Bridge Road.)

‘The street behind ‘Ho-man-nin.’ |
( ‘ Ho-man-nin’ is the chop ofa well known
Chinese singing-hall in Sago Street.)

| ‘The street in front of the theatre (street)

in Kreta Ayer.’

‘Habib Nor lane.’

(Habib Nor was an Arab, now deceased:
the street is so named because a
‘ Kramat’ exists there which is dedicat-
ed to him.)

‘Opposite Orchard Road Police Station.’

(1) ‘ Foot of the bamboos.’

(11) ‘ Foot of the bamboos, Straight
Street.’

128 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

English. Hokkien. | Cantonese..

—— |

(iii) Tek-kha tng-tiam
| hit-tiau |

182 Seok Wee Road | Siok-iu sua" teng

183 Serangoon Road ...| Au-kang ... | Hau-kong

184 Shaikh Madarsah | Ku ba-li ... | Kett-niacli
Lane |
185 Short Street —... | Tek-kha so-si-tek hang.
186 Smith Street... (i Gu chhia chui_ hi-| yee chhe-shui hei -
hng poi, _ yun kai

187 Solomon Street ... 'Kam-kong ma-lak-kah |
| bue-tiau koi
188 Sophia Road... | (i) Ji-ong sua* kha ti)
| tek-kha khi

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 129

: ;
Chinese Characters. | Remarks as to meaning.
}

(BHR 15 AV Gis ‘Street of the foot of the bamboos

pawnshop.’

(‘Tek Kha’ is the name fora large dis-
trict. There are no bamboos visible
now.)

iA i iy if ‘Seok Wee’s plantation.’

(See under Chin Swee Road.)
tS TE ‘ Back creek.’

|
| “Old Bali.’

ae ais
ty FRAT | (See under Bali Lane.)

‘ So-si-tek lane in Tek Kha.’

| (So-si-tek” is ‘short’ in Chinese guise:

| and Tek Kha means the Selegie Road
district. There is no proper name
for this street in Chinese.)

ay ERIK Fae | ‘Theatre street in Kreta Ayer.’

35 (8 FB FAS Bit IX BE | ‘End street in Kampong Malacca.’

HIPS A AL Fz (i) & (ii) ‘ Foot of Second Governor’s hill

going up from ‘ Tek Kha.’

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904

130

English.

189 South Bridge Road|Gu-chhia chui toa be-

190 South Canal Road
191 Spring Street

192 Stamford Road

193 Stanley Street ... |i)

J

Hokkien.

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

Cantonese. |

chhia lo

(ii) Chhat-bok koi

Po-le au kang-a_ ki”...

.|(1) Lau-chui khe®

au

Ma-cho kiong hi-tai |

(ii) Yi-wong shan-keuk
yau chuk-tsai keuk
hui ?

(1) Ngau-chhe-shui tai

ma-lo

.| (ii) chhat-muk kai

|
|

Po-le hau

|

'Fan-tsai mei ma-ta-

liu pin

(11) Pun-kei fau- hai pho

|
|
|

our, Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 131

Chinese Characters.

AN 775 eB ELE —
x

BE HG ACK HP
1 ARIA

WAT vs ARR
YE RTT NG eae

SUK it
Bie ral, 2S

$A TL

Remarks as to Meaning.

(‘Tek Kha’ is the name of the Selegie Road
neighbourhood. )

(1) ‘The big horse (carriage) road in Kreta
Ayer.’

(ii) ‘Paint-wood street’ 72.2. ‘ Painter’s
street.’

(This refers to the part between the Police
Court and the river.

‘ Behind the Central Police Stacion beside
the canal.’
(cf. North Canal Road and Macao Street.)

‘End of the foreign brothels beside the
Police Station.’
(cf. Banda Street.)

‘ Flowing-water ditch.’

(This appearsto refer to the Stamford Road
canal, which is notorious for being so
often practically stagnant. )

(ii)‘ ‘ Pun Ki’ foreign shoe shop’

| (There is an old established Chinese shoe-
makers’ shop chop ‘ Pun ki’ near the
Bishop’s House.)

(1) & (ii) ‘Behind the Ma-cho temple thea-
trical stage.’
(cf. Amoy Street.)

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904

iS2 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS,
English. Hokkien. | Cantonese.
(ii) Kun-yam miu hei-
thoi hau
194 Sultan Gate .|(1) Sio-po phah thih

koi
(ii) Ong hu khau

|

195 Sultan Road a | Phah-tang koi

196 Sumbawa Road ...| Hue-long koi

|
!

|

197 Sungei Road ..|Tek-kha ma-ta-chhu |
tui-bin gu-long pi" |
koi |

198 Syed Alwee Road (i) Sai-ek a-lui koi thai-|

tu-long pi"
|
199 Synagogue Street Po-le-au te-ji tiau koi

200 Tampinis Road ... (i) Kam-kong sai-kong
khoi-ki®

(1) Siu-po ta-thit kai...

... Ta-thang kai

... | Fo-long kai

Chuk-tsai m a-t a-liu
tui-minngau lan pin kai

(ii) Thong-chi-fong pin

| gal-a-lui kai

Po-le-hau tai-yi thiu
kal

Kam-pong sai-kong
chhung-pin

Jour. Straits Branch

Chinese Characters.

‘eR EL
| S59 FT HE)
Rt

{SiS FT
451 BK

En AST BG EI
espe

: ” halal

Sew
BRK EIR
LE

——_

BAS

RB. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

| (So called after the steam rice

133

Remarks as to Meaning.

(1) ‘ Blacksmith’s streets in ‘small town.’ ’
(For ‘Sio-po’ see Beach Road).

| (ii) ‘ Palace mouth.’

(cf Kampong Malayu
Coppersmith’s street.

‘Steam mill street.’
mill in

Beach Road, which is not far off).

‘The street beside the cattlepens opposite
the Tek kha Police Station.’

(Sungei Road starts almost opposite Kan-
dang Kerbau Police station : for ‘Tek
kha’ see Selegie Road).

(1) & (a1) ‘Syed Alwee
abattoirs.’ ;

street beside the

‘ Second street behind the (Central) Police
(Station).

. (i) ‘ Beside the creek at Kampong Saigon’

134 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

English. Hokkien. Cantonese.

(11) Kam-kong sai-kong
phah-thih au

201 Tanglin ...| loa Tang-leng ...| Tai Tang-leng

203 Tanjong Pagar | Tan-jiong pa-kat -...| Tan-yong pa-kat
Road

203 Tank Road ...|Ong-ke sua" au ...| Wong-ka shan hau

204 Tan Quee Lan)! Kui-lan hang ... | Kwat-lan ikea
Street

205 Tan Tye Place ...|Ong-ke sua” kha thih-|Wong-ha shan keuk
long pi” thau thih-chhong pin

206 Teluk Ayer Street | (1) Guan-sun koj

(i) Taipak kong miu
kai |

|

207 Teluk Blanga ..., (i) Sit-lat mng

|
|

(11) Sai-pak mun

Jour Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 135

Chinese Characters.

BiAt) BARS

DEER PS MULL E

Remarks as to Meaning.

BERK

a ES
BMA
7S bl AE

435 NF

TEAK

PHD
PY AL

(i1) ‘ Behind the iron foundry at Kampong
Saigon.’
(The iron foundry is Howarth Erskine’s. )

‘ Big Tanglin.’
(There ts however no ‘ little Tanglin’ that

I am aware of.)

(Phonetic. )

‘Behind Fort Canning hill.’

(cf North Boat Quay (ii) )

‘Kui lan Street.’

‘Beside the iron foundry at the foot of
Fort Canning hill.’

(i) ‘ ‘Guan Sun’ street,’

(‘Guan Sun’ is the name of one of the five
divisions of Hokkiens who take part
in the chingay procession once every

three years.)

(ii) ‘ Toa-peh-keng temple street.’

(1) ‘Singapore gate.’

(ii) ‘ North-west gate.’

R.

A Soe.,

No. 42, 1904,

36 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS,}&c.

|

English. | ‘Hokkien.

Cantonese.
208 Teochew Street... (i) Sin koi thau
so (ii) Chhiu-chau kai
209 Thomson Road ... (i) Ang-kio thau ...|(i) Hung khiu thau

(ii) Miv-kua keng

\(iii) Hai-lam sua"

| (iv) Pek shan theng

210 Tong Watt Road, Kong chioh-achiu-long
thau

211 Tras Street .... Cho-su kong khau_ ... Cho-sz kong

Jour, Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 137

Chinese Characters.

455 SNe
DETR

fd i

LL es vy

[138
DAR 48

4 Bie

I

ee

R. A. Soc., No.42, 1904.

Remarks as to Meaning.

(This is apparently what the name means,
but it has been suggested to me that
‘Sai-pak mun’ is simply a Cantonese
curruption of sit-lat mng).

(i) ‘ Head of New Street.’
(New Street is Chin Hin street.)

(ii) ‘ Tiechiu Street.’
(The street was at one time largely occupi-

ed by Teochew women.)

(1) ‘ Head of the Red Bridge.’
(The ‘ Red bridge is that connecting Thom-
son Road and Kampong Java Road.)

(i) ‘ Vermicelli buildings.’

(iii) ‘ Hailam hill z.e. ‘ burying-place.’

(iv) ‘ Pek Shan theng (cemetery)’.

‘Head of the Spirit depot (quarter) in
Havelock Road district’.
(cf Beng Hoon Road.)

‘Mouth of the Cho Su Kong temple.’
(cf

138

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

English.

212 Tringganu Street

213 Upper Chinchew

Street

214 Upper Circular
Road

215 Upper Cross Street |

216 Upper Hokkien
Street
217 Upper Macao

Street

218 Upper Nankin
Street

Hokkien.

|(i) Gu-chhia-chui hue®-
koi

Tau-hu koi

| Be chit koi

Hai-san koi

_Chhiang thai koi

(i) Po-le-pi”

Pa :
| Siong-pek koi
|

Cantonese

(ii) Ngau-chhe-shui hei
yun wang kai

-| Tau-fu kai

- | Ma-chhe kai

.| Hoi-san kai

Chheung thai hai

(ii) Tan pin kai

$

... (Chhung-phak kai

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c, 139

Chinese Characters.

|

Remarks as to Meaning.

(iy ti 7k Hie
435 Hi Dl ER ak Hi
‘HS
435 FH AG
ay Lig
(HaRTe
EAT

FET te
FETAL

R. .A Soc., No. 42, 1904.

)

(i) & (11) ‘ The cross street or cross theatre
street in Kreta ayer.’

(cf Smith Street, Sago Street. )

‘Bean-curd street.’
(See Chinchew street.)

| * Horse-carrage road.’

(So called because there are coachbuilders
there. )

‘ Hai-san street.’
(So called after the Haisan Kongsi-house
which was in the street.)

‘Chhiang Thai street.’
(See under Hokkien Street.)

(1) ‘ Behind the Police Courts.’

(‘Po-le’ is used either for the present
Police Police Courts or in some cases
for the site of the old courts where the
Central Station stood till it was pulled
down a few months ago).

(i1) ‘One-side street.’
(cf North Canal Road.)

‘Siong-pek street.’
(See under Nankin Ltreet. )

140 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.
English. Hokkien. Cantonese.

219 Veerappa Chitty) Tek-kha tng-tiam tui-| Chuk-tsai-keuk tong-
Lane bin thau-tiau hang pho tui-min tai-yat
thiu hang

220 Victoria Street ...|(i) Au be-chhia lo

(ii) Kam-pong yi ma-lo

221 Wallich Street ...|Tan-jiong pa-ka pone
ong kang pi"

222 Waterloo Street|(i) Mang-ku-lu chhai-
tng koi

(11) Kun-yam miu chai-
thong

223 Wayang Street ...| (i) Pek-ki-lin tui-bin|(i) Pak-khei-lun _ tui-
hi-hng koi min hei-yun kai

(ii) Thung-chai yi-yiin
kai

224 Weld Road ...|Kam-kong ka poh... | Kam-pong ka-pok

a

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c,

141

Chinese Characters.

(Rar Wa NES TY
BERR

BRS
eRe

HEA GAS

4 Daa oe Te LAL
Eire a 7 ba]

IMA

Remarks as to Meaning.

‘ First lane opposite the Selegie Road pawn-
shop.’
(cf Nagapa Lane.)

(i) ‘ Back horse-carriage road.’
(As distinct from the main street 2.e. North
Bridge Road.)

(ii) ‘The second Horse road in Kampong
(Glam.)

‘Beside the Seng Ong temple in Tanjong
Pagar.’

(i) ‘The strest in ‘ Bencoolen’ where the
Vegetarians’ Hall is.

(ii)‘The Vegetarians’ Hall near the tem-
ple of the goddess ‘Kun Yam’ or
‘Kwan Im.’

(i) ‘Theatre street opposite the Chinese
Protectorate.’
(cf Canal Road.)

(ii) ‘Thang Chai Hospital street.’
‘There is a Chinese Hospital in the street.’

Kampong Kapor.’
(see Dunlop Street. )

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

142

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, X&c.

225 Wilkie Road

bo

. Cavenagh

. Kallang

. Read

. Thompson Road

. Central

. Kreta Ayer

. Marine

English.

Bridges,

. Coleman

Elgin

Police Stations.

. Kandang Kerbau...

... | Thih tiau-kio

.. | Ka-lang kio

.| Ang Kio
..|It ho mata chhu

. | Gu-chhia-chui

Hokkien.
..|(1) Ji-ong sua" kha ti
tek-kha khi
.. |Hai-Ki" thih tiau-kio

= ‘Kam-kong ma-lah-kah

kio

Tek-kha ma-ta chhu...

ma-ta-

chhu

.|Hai-kuan ma-ta chhu

|
Cantonese.

|

|

(11) Yi-wong shan keuk
yau chuk-tsai keuk
bur ae

Hoi-pin thit tiu-khiu ...

-Yi-ma-lo khiu 7A

|

‘Thit tiu-khiu

..| Ka-lang khiu

Kam-pong |ma-lak-kak
khiu

...| Hung khiu

.| Yat ho ma-ta liu

Chuk-tsai keuk ma-ta-
liu

| Ngau-chhe-shui ma-ta-

liu

'Hoi-kwan ma-ta liu ...

Jour. Straits Braneh

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 143

Chinese Characters. |

& Hs 8 Ase
mee ry LY EK
+

175 Vi Sua HE

155
15 rhs 2h
tare

TEMES BS
(aL

ia BE
eeemi ule 6)
Fg FT BG KEE

ler AGB i

Remarks as to Meaning.

(i) & (ai) ‘ Foot of 2nd Governor’s hill going
up from Selegie Road.’

(See Sophia Road. Thisis descriptive more

than an actual name. There is no
name for the street.)

‘Tron suspension bridge by the sea shore.’

‘Tron suspension bridge ’
‘ Kallang bridge.’
‘Kampong Malacca bridge.’

‘Red bridge.’

‘No. 1 Police house.’
‘Selegie Road District Police house.’

\
‘Water cart Police house.’

‘Sea office Police house’

|

R. A, Soc., No. 42, 1904.

144
English.

5. New Bridge Road...
6. Orchard Road
7. Rochore

8. Sepoy Lines

Government buildings
and other public

offices.

Chinese Protectorate

Colonial
Office

Secretary’s

Court of Requests

eee

.|Go-cho ma-ta chhu

Hokkien.

Sin pa-sat ma-ta chhu

.|Tang-leng ma-ta chhu

.|Si-pai po ma-ta chhu ...

(i) Pek-ki-lin

(i ) Tai-jin ge

Ji-ong ge-mng

(i) Tho-gun po-le

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

Cantonese.

San pak sak ma-ta liu

Tang-leng ma-ta liu ...

.| Lo-cho ma-ta liu

Si-pai-lin ma-ta liu ...

- | (1) Pak-khei-luu

(iii) Phai Kwun

..| Yipeng-thau nga-mun

(ii) Lo-ngau nga-mun...

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 145

Chinese Characters.

JR TT RG a
FEAT FBS
Fas tate

Fea TTF aE

oa BEL AL

mA K

fF 1

ae

Ai Rat
PY far a Bee

R. A. Soc. No. 42. 1904

Remarks as to Meaning.

‘New market Police house.’

‘Tanglin Police house.’

' © Rochore Police house.’

| « Sepoy plain (or ‘ lines’) Police house.’

| (1) ‘ Pickering.’
| (After Mr. W. A. Pickering, C. M. G., the

first Protector of Chinese).

| (ii) ‘ Tai-jin’s office.’
_(Tai-jin, literally ‘great man,’ is a term of

respect for officials, specialised in the
Straits for officials of the Chinese
Protectorate).

(iii) ‘ Licence Office.’
| (This refers mainly to the fact that brothels

were licenced under the C. D. O. the
name however still survives.)

‘Second governor’s office.’

(1) ‘Sue for money Court.’

(ii) ‘Sue for money office.’

146 CHINESE NAMES 0F STREETS, &c.

English.

Gaol

General Hospital

Government House

Land Office

Lunatic Asylum

Magistracy

Marine Office

Hokkien.

.|(i1) Kha-khu keng

.|() Ong-ke pe" chhu ..

(ii) Lo-kun chuu

.|(i) Toa-ong chhu

.|(i) Ga-lan Kuan
.|(i) Siau-lang keng

Meese

. | (i) Hai kuan

Cantones.

(11) Kam-fong »

(11) Tai yi-yun

(ii) Tai peng-thau chi-
ka

(ii) Tei-shui sz

(ii) Tin-fong

.. | Po-lei-sz

(il) Shun cheng theng

: ee

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c, 147

| Chinese Characters. Remarks as to Meaning.

fai Pay I (i) ‘ Ankle-fetters building.’

Tr Be (ii) ‘ Prison-room.’

FG FRE (i) ‘Government sick house.’
BAS (ii) “Doctor's house.’
aK (iii) ‘Great medical hall.’
FREE K (i) ‘Governor's house.’

RAE GIA | (ii) ‘Governor's private house.’

To (i) ‘Grant Office.’

B] Pe (ii) ‘Land tax Official.’

fa) AFE (i) ‘ Mad person’s buildings.’
J aa (ii) ‘Mad room.’

Fa ti ‘Police (Court).’

(It is said that this name was originally
given to the Central Station, which
formerly stood where the Court now
stands. )

Fa 49: (i) ‘ Sea office.’

BaEZ ES (ii) Ship management hall’.

NR. A. Soe., No. 42, 1904.

148 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

English. Hokkien, | Cantones.

Municipal Office - ...| Kang-po-kek ... /ung-po-kuk
Police Office ... Toa-kau-thau-e ge-mng Tai kang-thau nga-mun
Post Office ... (i) Phue kuan

(ii) Tai shi-sun kwun

Singapore Railway Hue-chhia thau .... Fo-chhe thau
Station
Supreme Court ...| Toa kok ... | Taker

Tan Tok Seng’s Hosp- (i) Nam-seng hue- ung
ital pr"

u) Thia"-kha keng

(iii) Lan-keuk kwun ...

Jour Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

Chinese Characters. _

par
Fic seta

ait
Ai EK
BF BLK

Mr

ie Ral te

Fe Bs
EE ea

R.A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

| «Chi

Remarks as to Meaning.

149

ise Board of works’ office.’

(1) ‘ Letteroftice.’

(11) ‘ Big letter-office.’

‘Fire-carriage head.’

‘ Big Court.’

(‘Kok’ or ‘Kot’is not Chinese, but an
imitation of ‘ Court’. )

ef big dog’s office or Chief Inspector’s
office.’
(Peltce officers are apparently all ‘ dogs’, for
all those above the rank of Sergeant are
called ‘big dogs’;
another idiom: ‘foreman’, the same
word as is used in speaking
ovelseer or mandore. )

the Cantonese use

(1) ‘ Beside Nam Seng flower garden.’

(Nam Seng was the chop of the Chinaman
known to Europeans in Singapore as
as Whampoa, z.¢. Mr. Ho ah Kee C. M.
G., former owner of the property known
as Bendemeer on Serangoon Road. )

(11) ‘ Sore feet (or legs) building.’

(111) ‘ Broken leg office’.

of an

150 CHINISK NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

II Chinese names of country districts

English.

1. Alexandra Road ...

2. Balestier Road

3. The Barracks (Tang-
lin)

4. Bedoh
5. Blakang Mati

6. Botanical Gardens...

7. Bukit Timah

8. Chancery Lane

. | Sang-chiau

Hokkien. Cantonese.

(1) Chui-bo lai
(ii) Lau-chi kha

(ii1) Sang khau tia” ...

. |(1)Go-cho toa-peh-kong

(11) O-kio
iil) Wu-hap thong ...
E §

Tang-leng peng-pang|Tung-leng peng-fong

. | But-lok

Gia-kang ma-ti
(1) Ang-mo hue-hng ...
(11) Wong-ka fa-yiun...

Be-chhia lo-bue

|

Jour. Straits Branch

R.A Soc.,

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 151

Chinese Characters.

Py PE AIC
JEN-F RRS
Sit

ABATE Ke

ak

in Singapore Island, and the Vicinity.

Remarks as to Meaning.

|‘ Within the water (rice) mill.’

| ‘Footofthesirih’ 7 e. ‘near the Sirih gardens.’

No. 42, 1904,

_‘Two boiling pans ’—the ‘tia®’ is the pan
| used for boiling gambier—the planters
in the Alexandra Road district used
two pans instead of one. I suppose
| there was some difference in t]:e pre-
| paration of the gambier.

‘Rochore Temple.’
‘ Black Bridge.’
‘Taro pond.’

| ‘Tanglin Soldier’s rocms.’

|
(i) ‘ Kuropean flower-garden.’

(ii) ‘ Government flower-garden.’
‘End of the horse-carriage read.’

| ‘Two birds,’ referring to the eagles on the
gateway of the drive leading to

9:

10. Chua Chu kang

ee

16.

. Holland Road

. Jurong

. Mandi

152 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

English.

Hoxkien.

Cantonese.

Changi

Fort Canning Hill

. Government Hiaill

. Kampong Bharu...

Keppel Harbour...

. Kranji

. Morai

. |Chiang-gi

... |(1) Chua-chu kang

(ii) Kang-kia"
Ong-ke sua"

(i) Toa-ong sua”

.. | Hue-hng au

..| Yu-long

(1) Sin kam-kong
(11) Sin sua®

Sit-lat mng

. | Ka-lan-ji
.|Man-li

.|Meng-sun kang

.| Wong-ka shan

| (11) Peng-thau shan ...

.|San kam-pong

ese

. | Shek-lat mun

Chha-tin ma-thau

Jour. Straits Branch

ee ee

ss

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 153

Chinese Characters. | Remarks as to Meaning.

Mohamed Alsagoff’s house at the
Thomson Road end of Chancery Lane.

ss es ‘Chua-chu creek ’
{F-5 ‘ Little creek.’

AE ‘Government Hill,’ as it formerly was.

eK (i) & (ii) ‘ Governor’s Hill.’

Ll] sa

s N

48 bal 4b -‘ Behind the flower-garden.’

JaRvih

DRE (1) ‘New Kampong.’

Lar (ii) ‘ New hill or plantation.’

PHM, | “Singapore gute
ebiitge) pet ‘ Jardine’s wharf’ i.e. the Borneo wharf.’
BU ay f=)

eA opt
mR
25 I BH . ‘Meng-sun creek.’

R. A. Soc.; No. 42, 1904.

154

English.

. Pandan Besar
. Pandan kechil
. Pasir Panjang

. Ponggol

. Pulau Brani

. Pulau Obin

. Pulau Tekong
. Selitar

. Serangoon

. Serimbun

. Siglap

. Tanjong Gol

Tanjong Rhu

CHINESE NAMKS OF STREETS : &c.

Hokkien. Cantonese.
.| Toa pan lan ...| Tai pan-lan
.|Sio pan lan ...| Siu pan-lan

Dn
...| Hong-heng sua

. | Phong-hut
San chii-shek tui-min
Chha- tin ma-thau tui-
Tin Se a
. |Chioh-sua®
. | Ti-kong

.|Chan-chu kang
. | Au-kang

. | Bu-kho kang

. | Gi-lap

.| Tanjong gu-thau

2. Tanjong Katong... | Ka-tong

...|(1) Tan-jiong gu

(ii) Sha-tsui

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

’ Chinese Characters.

RrEK
Ba BE)
1) $a
BAB
Mie arn eo
(Ey Al BE AS ad Pee

hivee
Zh
eee
st
Yes BY oh
Es
BAF IKAT
Zein
LST
aL

R. .A Sac., No. 42, 1904.

Remarks as to Meaning.

155

‘Hong Heng’s plantation.’

‘Opposite the new tin smelting.’

‘Opposite Jardine’s jetty.’

e Stone hill.’

‘Chan-chu creek.’
‘ Back creek.’

¢ Bu-kho creek.’

(ii) ‘Sand spit.’

156 CHINESE NAMES .OF STREETS, &c.

English. Hokkien. Cantonese.
34. Teluk Blanga .... Sit-lat mng ... Sai pak mun
35. Thomson Road (1) Chui-tham thau
Reservoir a

(11) Tai shut thong
36. Tiong Bharu ... O-chhai hng
37. Ulu Pandan ... Sang-leng
38. Wayang Satu... | Toa pa-io

I1l. Chinese names of Streets and

1. Bandar Hilir ...{ Ban-1-bit ... | Yi-bit:
2. Bandar Kaba ...{(1) Ban-la ka-ba

(ii) Khau-chheung kai
3. Blacksmith Street; Kap-pan koi ...| Kap-pan kai 7

_Jour, Straits Bratch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 157

Chinese Characters. Remarks as to Meaning.

cf. ‘Keppel Harbour’:—Sai-pak mun means
kak
BACK IK (1) ‘ Water pond head.’

WE IKIK (ii) ‘ Big water lake.’

bal Se ‘Taro vegetable garden.’
Fey fete ‘Two hills.’
26 Fe | ‘Big swamp.’ Pa-io is the Malay word

‘paya’ swamp.
Districts in Malacca town.

ey ET AS

PIE ay li) “ Khau” means ‘ball’ and “chheung ”
means ‘area’ or ‘open space’ and the
name is given because the cricket-
ground adjoins the street.

FAD Hy It is not clear why the name “ Kap-pan
street” should be given unless “ Kap-

pen-kai ” isa corruption of or substi-
tute for “ Kap-ma kai” which would

mean “box street.” There are a
number of box-makers’ shops in the
street.

R, A. Soc., No.42, 19 4

153 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

English. Hokkien. Canotnese.
4. Bukit China ...| Sam-po chi" ...|Sam-pau cheng
5. Bunga Raya Bong-ga la-ia He |Mong-nga la-ye

6. lst Cross Street .../(i) Kit-ling-a koi ...|(i) Kat-leng kai

(ii) Pat-chi-lan

(iii) Poh-bian

Jvur, Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 159

Chinese Characters. Remarks as to Meaning.
— £8 FE ‘Sampo’s wells.’ ath
meal (There are wells at the foot of Bukit China

and the name of “Sampo’s well” is
is given to them, because there is a
legend, in which the Chinese believe,
that a Eunuch of the Ming Dynasty
visited Malacca and dug these wells.
Similarly the old Fort is called ‘‘ Sam-
po-kong Sia*, ‘the fortof Sam-po,’ and
there are various other names locally
connected with the legend of Sam-po’s
visit. )

= 4 (1) ‘Kling Street.’
ae eS (The chetties and Kling cloth-shop-keepers

live at the northern end of the street.)

385 _ (il) ‘ Hight mansions.’

(Chi-lan is the name of a flower and ‘ chi-
lan chi shat’ means according to Eitel
‘mansion of brightness and virtue,”
apparently a complimentary expression.
The reason why this name was given
is lost in obscurity. )

YATE |(iii) This name is given to the part near
near the landing-place. It is the
| Malay ‘pabeyan’ or ‘pebiyan’ a
‘customs-house’ or ‘wharf’ (see
Wilkinson’s Malay Dictionary.)

R. A. Soe., No. 42, 1904

160 CHINESE NAMES VF STREETS, &c.

English.

Hokkien.

7. 2nd Cross Street ...
8. 3rd Cross Street ...

9. 4th Cross Street ...

10. Goldsmith Street (i) Kam-kong ke-tek ... |

11. Heeren Street

(1) Ku pa-sat

Hai san kongsi koi

Chui-sien mng

(ii) Kuan-im-teng

(1) Ho Jan koi

| (11) Po siah kei

(ii) Kiau-keng khau ...

koi |

.|(1) Kau pa-sat

Jantonese.

Hai san kong sz kai...

Shui-sin mun

(ii) Kun-yam teng kai

..| Ho-lan kai

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c, 161

Chinese Characters.

46 gl
Bf fal

AE UAB]

7K ALA

Remarks as to Meaning.

PGi) street. OF

(1) ‘ Old market.’
(ii) ‘Gambling-house mouth.’

‘The Haisan kongsi street.’
(The kongsi house of this society once stood
in this street )

‘Water-fairy gate.’

(So called, it is said, because there was once
a public bathing place here: cf. north
Bridge Road, Singapore. One can
only grope at the reason why a public
bathing place should be called a
‘“water-fairy gate.” Itis a delightful

- name anyhow.)

(i) ‘ Kampong Ketek.’
(This is the Malay name.)

the goddess Kuan-im’s
temple.’

(This is the common Chinese name for the
street derived from the large temple
in the street.)

(1) ‘ Dutch street.’
(There were Dutch residences here in the

old days.)

(ii) ‘ Precious meta: street.’
(This name is net common and I cannot
explain the meaning.)

R. A. Soe., No. 42, 1904

162 CHI

English.

12. Java Lane

13.

14.

18.

Jonker Street

Kampong Pantai..

. Klebang Besar
. Kiebang Kechil ..

7. Kubu Road

Mill Road

NESE NAMES OF STREETS, Wc.

Hokkien. | Cantonese.

-+- | (i) Ma-kau koi

|
|

(ii) Sin koi ... | (11) San kai

.. | Koi tio" koi .... Kai chuen kai

Kam-kong pan-tai ... Pan-tai

... | Kit-lai-bong but sat... Sai kat-leng-wang

.| Kit-lai-bong — kit-chik Tai kat-leng-wang

..| Ku-bu kak ... | Ku-wu kai

{

@ Si-pai po
|

Jour Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 163

Chinese Characters.

Mg Ze 18

Remarks as to Meaning.

(i) ‘ Ma-kau street.’

| (So called because the Cantonese prostitutes

live inthe street; cf. Hongkong street,
Singapore. )

(ii) ‘ New Street.’

(It is a remarkable coincidence that Cam-
pbell street, Penang, Fraser street,
Singapore and Javalane, Malacca,—all
streets connected largely with houses
of ill fame—are all known to Chinese
as ‘new street.’) :

(1) ‘ Cock-pit street.’

(So called because a cockpit ‘ glangang’
used to exist here.)

‘Kampong Pantei, ’7.2., the village on the
shore. (The Chinese have simply
adopted the local name. The name is
also applied to the adjoining ends of
2nd and 4th Cross streets. )

(The Hokkiens use transliterations of the
Malay name, but the Cantonese trans-
late into ‘ Big’ and ‘ Little’ Klebang.

‘Kubu corner.’ ‘Kubu street,’
(i) ‘Sepoys’ plain.’

(The sepoys’ barracks were formerly in this
street. )

R, A. Soc., No. 42, 1904,

164 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

English. Hokkien. Cantonese.

| (ii) Sin pa-sat ...|(il) San pa-sat

(lil) Sa-kak po

|

19. Riverside ...|(1) Ho-lan chhiu sha ...
(11) Tai-chung kai
(ii) Pa-sat khau
(iv) Sin koi au ...|(iv) San kai hau pin...
20. Trangkerah ...| Tang koi lak a; E kai la

a

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 165

Chinese Characters. | Remarks as to Meaning.
| —
oh PB | (ii) ‘New market.’ (The new Municipal
»

market is close by.)

= fH hh | (il) ‘Three-cornered plain.’
ay, | (There is a triangular bit of land here
used as a vehicle-stand)

| (i) ‘ Foot of the Dutch trees.’
frat el Ft | (The Dutch trees are the ‘sena’ trees
| which were probably introduced by
Dutch.)

|

K $i | (ii) ‘ Big bell street.’

: | (This refers to the clock tower.)

|

AO | (ili) ‘ Market-mouth.’

| (Riverside is a long street and has various
names in various patts. This name is
giventothat part near the fish-market. )

|
AEE | (iv) ‘Behind Java Lane.’

ee

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

166 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.,

IV. List of towns and villages in Negri Sembilan.
) |
English. Chinese. | Characters. | Remarks.

District of Seremban. |
}

|

1. Ampangan ... | Tan-yung HA |
2. Batang Benar Fa-iangmean-long) pA PARE AC Ih

») > ~
3. Batang Labu|Ma-tang la- ff IP2S [ee E
; 2. ; ‘ Bae = wey ony) ex dann

4. Binjei ... | Min-ye an ae |
| ee
5. Broga ...| Wu-leng-ngan... | vey] oem AR

|
6. Bukit Putus...-| Bu-kit- »Phu- al KeiFTS

7. Bukit Tangg Ka Bu-kit tang- ay | REWIE

5 <itJe g | -kit vu-lo-tong | a=

8. Bukit Jelotong | Bu-kit yu-lo-tong | sf = fl Ze rl | |
| | )

OiChedang + e- | Chin-tang ue ID VES |

10. Gadut La | _Kwa-tu oe JIN

11; Gebok ae: gai-mok a fs BL
|
|

12.G e d a n g/Su-mau piang | a ees

Lalang me

3. Mlamibuge 2. Kealame ou es Ja ik ee

14. Kuala Sawah | Kwa-la sa-wa ... | bE] p4eJ[p
EE PE pe |
15. Kuala Parit} Kwa-la ma-ngit| | HE eR |

@add

Jour. Straits Branch

~~

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

English. Chine e, | Characters.
16. Lenggeng ... ene Je yee
17. Liat . | Fo-che thau ski HF
18. Limbok .| Lian-mok Hi Be
19, Linsum ... | Leng-sam yh ae
20. Lobak .. | Lo-mak Fe Kk
21. Mantin ... | San sa-tu AN AK
2%. Membah Marc ata aN
23. Merabah ...| Mit-ya-ma yy th, AS
24, Nendol Mit-tu iS Hr
25. Pantai . | Pan-tei PAK
26, Paroi Pa-mi {EE EE
27. Pengkalan| Leng-gi kong -/ ARE ET

Kempas

hau

28. Perhent ianj|Ship-thiu shak...

30

Tinggi |

Pasir

. Rahang

sla

.|Thin-khau mi...

+4

29. Permatang|Pa-ma-tang pa- FA Eee Fa He

edz

167

Remarks.

R. A. Soc., No 324. 1904.

168 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, Wc.

|
English. | Chinese. Characters. | Remarks.
|

ae ee |

ole antauy | eso Ame tan an Cee
32. Rasak ae |“ Ah-sa eal meyb

33. Senaweng ... | Lok thiu shak... | os i 4y

34. Seremban ... (i)Sai-lam-ban | pty AA fad

(ii) Fu-yong- ... HES
35. Setul + (aO-Saisbu ay Feb RB
66. Sikamat ...|Sio kam-mit ... yt |

37. Siliau ... | Sal-liau ‘ey py ect

22a Sa Bye ire $3 anh EE ee oe
38.SungeiPajam Kong sang san- Pe AE or ws

kai-cheong ...

39. Sungei Raia Sin-kai la-ya ... Pret
40. Tampin Ling- Tam-pin leng-gi Ree Al

ar

41. Tanjong Ipoh Tan-yong I-po... | FEAR
|
42.Temiang ... | Cham-y ong-thau | AS AL

43. Terachi ... | Ti-la-chi “o sah ee at
44. Ulu Bernang Bu-lau vee TE

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, Sc. 169

|
|

English. _ Chinese. | Characters. | Remarks,

District of Kwala Pilah. | |

1. BatangJelai...,Pa-tang ya-nal EL th 74 |

| Te
. Batu Bersawa | Pa-tu bet-sa-wa, ELK Wyb st |
3. Belombong... Man-long-wong | M WE BE |

bo

4. Beting _... | Mit-ting ed,
5. Bukit Limpit Tai-pak-kongsan AMAL
6. Johol ... | Yu-ho pay

7. Juaseh vee Yen-ah-sia __...| Pri AS
8.Junapoh ... Yu-ma-po ... hy Hi
9. Kumoi ..., Ku-moi | HE Fy.

10. Kwala Gan- Kwa-langan-tam HPS ARE

tam
ee anny

11. Kwala Jem- irc cham-bu
pol | |

| | ft
12. Kwala Pilah | Pei-la anh mit Za
13. Langkah ... Lang-kap orale EB

14. Pasoh ... | Pa-sia fet Ufa Ae

(52 Plangai ...| Bu-lo-ngei ~ ... et Fes |
| Ay |

a ————— ————————————————

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

170 CHINESE NAMES OF§STREEILS, &c.

English | Chinese. Characters. | Remarks,

. Prigi Jerneh Pi-lei-ngi WIE |
/Rengo ...|Leng-ngo | AS
.Rompin ...| Lam-pin ee et

. Saki Rig: Up By
Selaroo ... Salalo | upper gy
Senalin .../Chin-chilen ...] grays
Serting .../Siloteng ..) eB

3. Tebing Ting- | Thung-pin teng-|
| bee fale Tt

24. Terentang... | Ti-lan-tang ... Sh Ag #X
{ awe

25.

26.

bo

Go

Ulu Jelai ... Wou-lu ya-nal ... BRI

Ulu Muar... Wu-lu cham-ma = BS a EB

|
\

District of Tampin.

. Ayer Kuning| Ah-ek ku-lin ... =. Af
J S| Be 4, Py Se

. Batang Mala-| Pa-tane ma-lak-| f
ka y kah 3 FE ARIE Sor
. Bongek ...| Mong-yit Gi eh

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS,

English.

Chinese. Characters.

4, Chenong
5. Chindras
6. Gemencheh...

7. Jeram

8. Kampong

Batu

9. Kendong
10. Kezu
11. Kuala Gemas
12. Kundor

13. Linggi

14. Lobok China
15. Makunyit ...
16. Mantai

17. Pedas

18. Pengkalan

Duri:n

KA. Soc:, No. 42,

. Kan-tung

Set

PS Bge Ee si ae)

&C.

byt

Remarks.

.. | Chiu-iong se He fe
As Chin-ya-la |

_Nga-man-che ace AE SCHH

7 | Yit-lam

Kam-pong Pa-tu

Kua-la kam-bu

(ee A eR
Ss
aR

ie LEMS
el
XB
mal

Kin-chung
Lin-ngi

Lo-mok chin-na
Ma-ku-yit
Man-thai

Mun-ta

lin

1904.

Fe 7 as eli

OF 624

English.

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

|
Chinese. | Characters. Remarks.

19. Prigi Teren-| | Pie la ti-lan-tang |

tang

20. Rembau

21. Repah

|
..| Lam-mau

AWE AS ah BS

;

Ph

.. Lam-pa ee TAFE

22. Salak Aamah Sa-lat lo-pak ... ras Wize

23.S om pang Seng-pang _ lin-

Linggi

24, Tampin

25. Tebong

26. Tanjong

Kling

ngl

... Tam-pin Bas BREE

é | To-bong vA Bit

Tan-yong kat-
leng

District of Port Dickson.

1, Arang Arang Ah-lang ah-lang| 74 ay Hine
2. Bagan Pinang Mangan mi-| lf op Sra

neng

Jour, Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. les

English. | Chinese. | Character. Remarks.
3.Chuah ...|Chho-nga ws]
s VALE

4, Jimah ... Ye-mok ob: | REE
5, Kwala Lukut Chi-wo kong-hau 4 gee ry

6. Labuan Belik La-pan mi-leh... ASSAD

fa kut ... | Lu-kwat ve Beep
8. Pasir Panjang Pa-sia pan-yeng | +8 HE BR a,
9. Port Dickson Po-tak-sun 8 Wie fee

Pu-lo a-lang ... fh 4 Az

10. Pulau Babi Pu-lo ma-mi ... 4h 2€ ERA
11. Pulau Bajudi Bu-lo bu-chi-ti. HE Be ot 8h

12. Semdayan ... Chin-ta-yin er | Hs Fy ee

13. Sempang ... Si-pong aol JU Fh

14. Siginting ... Singan-teng .... [4B
fee Russ? |Si lo-sa 4 | Jo Bay
16. Tanah Merah Chi-wo kong ... | EY FA
17. Tanjong Tan-yong ye- JERE yw

Gemok | mok

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904

174 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, Wc.

English. Chinese. Character. Remarks.

| |
i

{

ee K e- ne kam-pong WEE 4S FI

District of Jelebu.

ihe ae on g Khu-tung peo i Bei

2. Jelebu ...|Nyi-lok-wu_... AK GA
3. Jerang ...| Yi-lang ee ff we
4. Kenaboi ...|Kha-la-moi..: Wi PSE
5. Kongoi ay | Kong-ngo be | WL |
6. Kwala K | an Hung-mo-lau . iy |
wang | x | AT EAS |
| |
| |
7. Peradong _... | Pa-tung ce PEO fal |
|

8 Pertano |=.) | Bu-lo-tang ... | TH eee
2 | Y Fy

9.Semada _...., Seng kah lo-nga’ FZ eT

10. Sungei Ke- Chim-ma-la_... (2
pong rH i F

11. Titi ...|Ti-chi kong ...| sh sh ye

12. Titi Petal- Ti-chi ku-ta-lin Bhs day HK

ling

Jour, Straits Branch

176 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.
V. Chinese names of
English. Hokkien. Cantonese.
1. Atok eo. | A-tok . | A-tuk

2. Batu Talam
3. Batu Yon
4. Bentong

5. Budu

6. Bukit Fraser

7. Bukit Itam

8. Bukit Koman

9. Bukit Telaga

.| Ba-tu ta-lam

. | Ha-tu yan
... | Bun-tong

.| Kwu-lu

Peh-chhiu kang

5

... | Bu-kit 1-tam

..| Bu-kit ko-ban

. Jih-si tiu

Ma-to ta-lam

--. | Wa-to yin

Man-tung

.| Wu-lu

. | Pak-su kong

Shim-pan

Shim-pan

.| Ya-8z pel

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 177

places in Pahang.

Chinese Characters. Remarks as to Meaning.

ae
Ae is FT

en Also known as ‘‘ Wun-tong.”
iB) Uh |
EBA ‘White beard’s mining land’ (so called
after Mr. Fraser the original proprietor

of the concession now worked by the
Sempam Mining Company. Mr.
Fraser had a long white beard),

he a Wh The Hokkiens use the Malay name, but
WH aid TR the Cantonese call this place as well
veg as Bukit Koman ‘Shim-pan’ or ‘Shim-

pan kim wo’ the Sempam underground
mine. The Sempam river makes a
loop in the direction of these places,
though it is about two miles off at the
nearest point.

= SE es lad
2 PX (See under Bukit Itam above.)
HY A ‘Twenty four stones’z.e. 24 miles from

Kwala Kubu on the old bridle path.
It is 29 miles distant by the new trunk
road.

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

178 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, Wc.

11 Chamang

12 Cheka

13 Durian Sabatang...

14 Gali

15 The Gap

16 Goa

17 Kechau

18 Kelola

19 Kuala Lipis

20 Kuala Medang

21 Kuala Tembeling...

22 Kuantan

23 Panggong

Hokkien. Cantonese.
.|Mo-lai or Po-lai ... | Po-lai
. |\Sam-meng ... | Sham-mang
... | Chek-kau ... | Chek-ko
Liu-lian si-ba-tang ... | Lau-lin sz-ma-tang
.|Ga-li ... | Nga-lei_
. | Jih-it tiau

Fan shui au

.|Go ...| Ngo

. | Kit-chhiu ... | Kat-chhau

. | Kia-lo-la . CE Reina

. | Lip-pi ... | Lip-pei —

.|Kua-la mian-teng ... | Kua-la min-teng
Kua-la tan-bi-ling ...| Kua-la tiin-pok-lin

.| Kuan-tan ... | Kwan-tan

. | Mang-kang ... | Phang-kong

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 179

Chinese Characters. Remarks as to Meaning.

Thi Be

Feith

Ell zs
Pies VAs

A Fi

++— ‘Twenty one mile stones’ i.¢., from Kwala
Kubu.

PEAK [YY The Cantonese name means.
Ha
ail

STE $5 The character for the third syllable i qui’
1 BE not ‘la’.

He He

HEHE > i The characters do notrepresent the Hokkien

BJ sounds.
M7.

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

180

English,

24 Pedah

25 Pekan

26 Perting

27 Pulau Tawar

28 Raub
29 Sega

3) Selensing

31 Semantan

32 Sempam

33 Sepan

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

Hokkien.
.| Mun-ta
..| Peh-kan

.. Po-li-teng

ia | Phu-lo ta-koa

... | Su-leng-seng
.. | Su-mian-tan

...| Sim-pan

. | Chioh-pan

Cantonese.

.| Man-ta

.|Pak-kan

.| Po-lei-teng

.| Fu-lo ta-wa

_| Lah-wut
a | Sz-nga

.. 8z-ling-seng
. | Sz-man-tan

.| Shim-pan

. | Shak-pan

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 181

Chinese Characters. Remarks as to Meaning.

fi] 37
Aut

wes TE =| The name refers to the district where the
Perting River jeins the Bentong River
and especially to the mine owned by
the Tong Shun Kongsi.

AE FTE
ie

EFF Semantan Ulu though a different place is

similarly named.

= ay The Chinese name is used for all that part
of the district on the Sempam river
between the lower part of Mr. Fraser’s
concession and the point where it flows
into the River Semantan Ulu.

AaB

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

182 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

English. Hokkien. Cantonese.
34 Sungei Lembing ... ; Lim-beng ... | Lam-meng
30 Tanjong Besar... | Tan-yong ..|Tan-yung mut-sat coe
36 Tanom ...| Tan-lim ... | Tan-lam
37 Tebing Tinggi... | Ti-peng ... | Tei-peng
38 Telang .... | Tok-leng ... | Tuk-lung
39 Tembeling ..., Tan-bi-ling ... | Tun-puk-lin |
40 Tranum ...| Bun-tong-khau ...|Man-tung hau
41 Tras ... | Do-lai ... | Lo-lai
42 Tui seo |) hut! spa ebiit
43 Ulu Dong ...| Long ... | Lung
44 Ulu Jelai ie | O-lo jit-lai ... | Wu-lo yat-lai
45 Ulu Tembeling ... | O-lo tan-bi-ling ... | Wu-lo tun-puk-lin

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 183

Chinese Characters. Remarks as to Meaning.

a BH
FY PETRA
FY HK
sh DI
ASiHE

= The characters do not represent the Hok-
EX bp 3H :

kien sounds.

XA ‘Bentong mouth,’
)
bE | The character in Cantonese is pronounced
| ‘thur’.

Me
ia BAe

HH JE Ba si | See under Tembeling above,

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904

184

English.

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

VI Chinese names of places in Perak.

Chinese.

Bagan Serai

Batu Gajah
Bidor
Chemor
Chenderiang
Enggor
‘Gopeng

Guntong

Tpoh

ites
..| Chu-mo

| Chek-ngo-yeng

|

}
|
|
|

|

..| Wa-tu nea yose AMA TR

Characters. | Remarks.

The Tiechius call it
‘Ma-tang sek-hai.’

., Ma-ngan sek-hoi Fi es 6 it The name is phonetic.

FRE
ASE

..., Leng-lo | Fy Fe
‘| Mo-pin va
| ee |
| Szowuickar 20 ¢ty «vc. the street or place
| | Vu et J _ where people fromthe
| | _ §z-wui district of the
Kwangturg province
live. Similarly Ma-
cao is calied O-mun
kai; and I have heard
Taipeng called Thai-
peng kai by new
arrivals.
.., Pa-lo

= This is the name by
Bite | which the Kheh and

| Cantonese Chinese
have. always called
Ipoh. Mr. W. D.
Barnes informs me

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 185

English . | Chinese. Characters. Remarks,

that formerly there
were two Kampongs,
one called Ipoh and
the other Paloh. In
Wilkinson’s Diction-
ary Paloh is given
as meaning “a hollow
filled with stagnant
water” while ‘Ipoh’
means ‘upas-tree’.
The Europeans and
Hokkien Chinese
called the town which
was subsequently
built, Jpoh, while to
the Cantonese and
Khehs the place be-
came known as Pa-lo.

|

Kampar ...| Kam-po ue Sy 8
Kampong Kepa-| Kam-pong Pan- > PE PEARL
vans yan
Kamunting ... San-kong-m un rar yes PA v.¢. New district. This

name was given by
the Chinese to Kam-
unting because mines
were opened there
later than near Tai-
peng. Kamunting is
| about 3 miles from
Taipeng.

|

R. A. Soc., No.-42, 1904.

186

CHINESE NAMES OF%#STREETS, &c.

English.

Kinta

Kota

Kota Bahru

Krian

Kuala Kangsa...

Kuala Dipang.

Kurau

Lahat

Larut

..|Tai-phek-lik

Chine:e.

Characters.

..|Ku-ta |

..|Ko-yin

..|Mi-phang
...| Ku-lau P |
..(Na-hat

_.|Siu-phek-lik

..|Ku-ta ma-lu

‘Phu-lo kong-sau)

ALON

Remarks.

i.e. Big Perak, as dis-
tinct from Larut which
is Siu-phek-lk or little
Perak. The Tiechius
call it Toa-pe-lak.

This name is also appli-
ed to Nibong Tebal
in Province Welles-
ley.

| The Tiechius callit ‘Sio-

pe-lak’, and this is
more nearly the sound
of the characters.

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

English. Chinese. Characters. Remarks.
Matang ...| Ma-tang A HE As
Padang Rengas| Siu-san $e ee | | | Burning hill, because

lime stone used to be
burnt here for lime.

Papan ...| Kap-pan el FAD

|

) Parit Buntar ..., Ko-yin fay hi Ko-yim is simply Krian ;
| another name is szn-
ba-lac meaning the
new ‘balai’ or Police
Station, in distinction
to that at Nibong
Tebal over the border.

Polai ...| Po-lai i KA

7~

Pusing .... Pu-sing me ti Fe

Salak ...( Sha-lak nee rb Hy

Spee 4
Selama ...|Su-lam-ma _,, ABA Ty

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904,

188 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

English.

Selibin

Siputeh

Shim

Sungei Raia

Sungei Siput .
(near rey

Kangsar) |

Sungei Siput
(near Kampar)|

Sungkai
Taipeng

Tambun

Chinese.

..| Sung-khai
..||Thai-peng

.| Tam-mun

.| Sut-li-ping

.| Pu-tei

..| Su-lam

Remarks

aa Sung-kai_la-ye gi wee

I Wo Fung ka Fa GS Wo Fung’ was a big

cheung

i Shek-san-keuk

mining “kongsi here:
Kai- cheung means
‘town’ or more liter-
ally ‘street-area.’

‘The foot of the (lime)

stone hill.’ The mines
are at the foot ofa
limestone cliff.

‘Also Phek-lik-tsai.

Jour. Straits Braneh

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

189

English. Chinese.

Characters.

Remarks.

Phonetic, probably from

Tanjong Malim/Phu-lo on-nam a er A

Tanjong Ram-|Hung-mo tan ...

butan
Tapah .../Ta-pa
Tekka Meng-|Man-li-mong ...

lembu

Teluk Anson

...(Sz-ma-tang

Temoh ...{Luk-chi- pei

Tronoh ...|Lun-lok

R. A. Soc., No.-42,11904.

A
eee
4
1
|

41 EFF

47 Bh,
fy IAS

FB] HG 8

some Malay name.
(?Pulau Anam.)

This is usual Chinese for
the Rambutan fruit.
Hung-mo or ang-mo
red-haired, so the
Chinaman has been
happy in his choice of
ofaname for this fruit.

This is the Chinese ver-
sion of Sa’batang. The
old port was Durian
Sa’batang 3 milesfrom
the present town, the
Chinese however still
use the old name. I

| have heard An-sun

| used on a few occa-
| sions.

2.e. Six mile-stones, be-

| cause Temoh is six

miles from Kampar on
the road to Tapah.

190 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

VII, Chinese names of places in Selangor.

English. Chinese. Characters. Remarks,
Ampang ...(Om-pang wa The village between the
Ha #0 3rdand4th milestones

onthe Kuala Lumpur
Ampang road is Pun-
kong, 1.e., ‘the half
way mines, or, ‘the
mines half-way bet-
ween Ampang and
Kuala Lumpur.’

Bangi ...|Man-yi 43 5 The Hokkiens cal! it
a Ban-gi.

Batang Benar...|Pat-tang mei-na van BES

Batu ...| Wa-tu e) fe £1

Batu Tiga ...(Sam thiu shek ...| = BA i.e. three (mile)-stones,
aa because Batu Tiga is

| | 3 miles from Daman-
sara, where sam-pans
discharged cargo in
pre-railroad days.

Beranang .../Fu-lu-ngan ... ~ |This name is also ap-
i E FBR plied indiscriminately

to some other places
in the same district,

| e.g., Blau and Broga.
Itis apparently pho-
netic.

Jour, Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

iS)

English.

Bukit Raja
Cheras
Gombak
Jeram
Jugra
Kajang
Kanching
Kapor
Kelumpang
Kepong
Kerling

Klang

Kuala Kubu

Chinese.

Characters.
../Mu-kit La-ye ...| 2. Gee ae
...|Chui-lai HE HG
..|Ngo-mak Wey as
..Yi-lam wis
..|(Chho-ka-la FHI
.. Ka-yeng w
..|Kan-ching FAI iE
..|Ka-pa wiittn wr

..|(Lung-pong
..|Kap-tung
.. Kat-lin

.../Pa-sang

..(i) Kwu-mo

(ii) Sz-Nga-Ngok

R, A. Soc., No: 42, 1904,

HEF)
FA ila
aR

PE

oy
sii

Remarks.

|

Because the Maleys give
the name ‘ Pasang’ to
part of the town of
Klang.

z.e. Selangor in Cant-
onese guise. Kuala
Kubu is the principal

town in Ulu Selangor,
and the Chinese have

192

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

English.

Chinese.

Character. Remarks.

Kuala Langat ...

Kuala Lumpor

Kuala Selangor

Kuang
Kuchai
Kuyau
Padang Jawa ...
Pantai
Parit Tengah ...

Pasir
bang

Pasir Panjang...

Pétaling

...|Ko-yu

_.|Pan-tai

_.|Ku-ta-lin

Nga-ngat kong-
hau
Kat-lung-po

Sek-a-ngo kang-
khau

adopted the name of
the district,and drop-
ped the ‘Ulu.’

the mouth of the

‘Nga-ngatriver.’ Nga-

ngat—Langat ob-
viously.

I have also often heard —

Tie
kai-(or ka-) lam-po.
These are Hokkien

th y
A eae fs _ sounds, representing

‘mouth of the river
Selangor.’

A JU A

2.€.

|
|

ub
va {F
iene

Pat-tang chiau-a

Pa-lit Teng-a ...

Panam-|Pa-sa Pan-lam-

Pas

Pa-sa Pan-yeng

IESG
PES

MONT

Pe SOR
i

PR pe

i

Hae

|

Jour, Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 193

English.

ham

Pudoh

Pulau Ketam ...

Rasa

Rawang

Salak (South) ...

Selangor

Chinese. Character. Remarks.

Port Swetten-|Pa-sang kong- p y See Klang ‘ Kon 3-hau’
a BAe Oo

means ‘river 1 outh.’

../Pun-shan pa ...}. Pe 2.¢. half (way to the

jungle.

Po-lau kit-tam.. AR itn oe

..[Lak-sit es Wy) A, (in Hokkien) Rasa is in

Ulu Selangor, and
this part of Selangor
was proved by the
census to bethe
‘Hokkien’ part of the
State—so the Chinese
name of the place was
a Hokkien name.

..|Man-lau Pies fe He This may be for ‘ Ban-
dar’: part of Rawang
is known as Bandar
Bharu.

Ku-ta-lin Sa-lak Hai!
| i
../Sz-nga-ngok ...,| Fr. (Most commonly by resi-
bil AE dents outside the
State called ‘Kit-lang’
: (Klang)

|

R. A. Soe,, No, 42,'1904,

194 . CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

English. Chinese.

Characte

Sut-lang-ngo

3 Ke

Kit-lang :

Sémunyih Be Sz-wai-yik a |
Sépang ...|Chi-wo kong

Serdang ...\Sa-tang |

| |

-Sérendah ... Seuny-man-t a =

| |

Sétapah ...|Man-lung-k on gi

aes

iRemarks.

ce Par Ms are ae:
PU la This is the recognised

writtenname. It

-means “luckyall

round.’ Thecolloqui-
al is ‘Sz-man-yik.’,

BY Fas poe is a river, and

|
|
ae
oH

|
|

SCE

ae =)
| |
eae

‘Chi wo’ is the chop
of a gambier and
pepper Kongsi, the
largest in that dis-
trict.

Sometimes called ‘Sz-

man-tan. ‘lhe river
at this place is called
Sungei Sémantan.

have not been able to
ascertain the explan-
ation of this name.
It may have some
connection with the
name ofa small river
there called ‘Sungei
Bilong.’

whe Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

= f
Chinese.

English | | Character.
Simpah ...|San-pa 52 Ps,

Sungei Ayer It- Sung-koi-

am yi-tam

A-yi Fee fp Al]

Sungei Besi

Sungei Buloh .../Sung-khoi ae ee Pay
Sungei ween Lente Na - hae & ge
Sungei Puteh ... ie ho: Phu- 526 ie 5
thai =
“on Tem je eee Tam RH ei
Sungei Way erie Wai aie a

Aha Karang\Tan-yeung k a-
lang

BS

..\San-kai-c heung rey i.e. New town.

195

Remarks,

Kai=
street, cheung—open
space—so that Kai
cheung .appears to
mean ‘street area’
and so ‘town.’ It is
not the usual form
of expression. Su-
ngei Besi got this
name, because the
locality of the town
was changed some
years ago.

R, As Soce., No, 42, 1904.

Looe CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS,’ &c.

English.

Tanjong Malim

Ulu Klang - ...|

Ulu Langat

Ulu Selangor ...

Ulu Yam

Chinese.

Fu-lo On-nam or

Phu-lo On-nam

‘Tham-kong

.. Nga-ngatshan...|

Characters.

Remarks.

a oa This sounds like an

Wikx

“ey

|

adaptation of a Malay
name meaning ‘sex
Islands’. But there
is no authority for
that, and itis not un-
likely tnat it is a
Chinees attempt at
‘Ulu Bernam.’

2.¢. Dull-mine—Dull in

the sense of not pros-
perous. The miners
here met with little
luck. But more pro-
bably another expla-
nation is correct, vz.
that the water jof the
river at Ulu Klang

' was much _ used for.

drinking _ purposes,
‘tham’ here meaning |

‘fresh.’

\¢ ‘Shan? practically cor-

responds to ‘Ulu’—
up-country.

U-iau Siit-lang- San By under Kuala Kubu.

ngo

J

.. Wa-tu- a-yam.. amma

here is said to bea
rock (batu) which
serves as a landmark.

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. Loy

VIII. Chinese names of places most of which have com-
mercial or other connections with the Straits Settlements.

English. Hokkien. | Cantonese. —_— Character.
Acheen — ....A-che oe ..:|Che-fau ay His FUR
America’ _.../Bi-kok .-|Mei-kwok wee] = An

Hue-ki-kok _... Fa-khei-kwok... Fe is [eh]

Amoy -—_.../E-mng _.» Ha-mun ee ja FA
: E-mui Sd om oo ery
Annam ~ »» |An-nam es On-nam oe | AA
Australia * ---|Sin-kim-sua" ... Shit ace-ahat 34] AT S tly
Austria -+-|O-kok ....0-kwok ve , LS yy
anpkok® a Bong-kok eee tH HEA
| Sereine | | a 2 ih
Eatacin s ...|\Ka-la-pa Sepa Me An a &

Ba-tau-1 > = e=c} ae eee

Batu Pahat ...|Ba-tu Pa-hat ..-/Ma-tu-pa-hat Bg. ASRS

“ey
: !
Bombay ...|Bong-bai ...|Mang-mei 25 JA
Borneo ~ ...{Bo-nio" _..., Mu-neung Piss
1. Hue-ki-koh means ‘flowery flag country.’
2. Sin-kia-sua" means ‘New gold fields’ as distinct from California.
3. Siam-kia" means ‘ Capital of Siam.’

He

. Ka-la-pa may be for the Malay word ‘ Kelapa,’ coconut.
R. A. Soe., No. 42, 1904

198 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &e.

English. Hoklieatl Gartenecet ._ Chavaeuaage
Calcutta Be Beng-ka-la ie Mang-ka-la Im es
Ka-lei-kat-ta ... mesa
Canton” ..|Kng-tang ..|Kwong-tung a ea
Se"-sia" (Tiechiu)|Shang-sheng GK
Cheribon ...|Che®-li-bun —_...|Cheng-lei-man... St FAL
Chifu (or Chefoo)*Ian-tai _,.{Yin-thoi MiG
China .../Tong-k ok ..(Chung-kwok HA
Tng-sua” ..|Thong-shan BELL |

Christmas Island’|Ka-su ma-su

Colombo

52 -E eit

i

| ne Shek-tsai-fau ... itF3e
Cocob ...|Ku-kok ..|Ku-kok ras
K o-long-bo ..|Ko-long-mo ier pe es

5. Se-sia-means ‘provincial ‘capital’—This is the expression invari-
ably used by Tiechius—while Cantonese use the equivalent ‘Shang
Sheng.’ Inthe same way ‘hu-sia” will be used by the people ofa
prefecture to denote their prefectural city. :

6. ‘Smoky fort.’ Yin Thoi’ isreallythe name of the foreign con-
cession’ on the opposite side of the harbour to the Chinese town of

Chi-fau ae 3 and the name given to the site of the foreign concession

has ousted the real name of the place.
7. ‘Shek-tsai-fau’ means ‘ Little stone port’, alluding to the. phos-
phate work.

J our. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 199

English. Hokkien. Cantonese. Character.
Corea es Kau-li-kok ..|Ko-lai kwok ....} — a Bel
Ko-le kok
Cuba © ..|Ko-pa ..|Ku-pa Pe
Deli .Jit-li ..|Yat-lei He
Jin-li
Dindings®. ..|Pang-kok ..|Pong-kok FV
Edie? © wD ...|Vi-lei 44 FAL
England ° ..{Eng-kok a3 Ying-kwok pL [By
eee és Eloh chin ..|Fuk-chau iis ppl
Formosa ® .../Tal-wan | ..|Thoi-wan ra] 4
France ..(Ho-lan-se ‘8 srnieee ae al py
Huap kok ...|Fat-kwok id
Germany .Tek-kok ..(Tak-kwok {ita aR
Haiphong’ oe ..|Hai-pong ..|Hoi-fong “4
Bene Hatha ..|Hoi-hau EI

8. ‘Pang-kok’ is Pangkor, the island and village at the mouth of
the Dindings river. Bae |
9. ‘Tai-wan’ is the Chinese name, meaning ‘ Terraced bay.’

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

.. SBF

Character.

4H Bid

a:

Ell Be
a (FT ZS

BHAI
H ax
Fe PE IG
Ah
rly
| ee
RAT
aT

iE

200 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.
English. Hokkien. Cantonese.
Holland ..|Ho-lan ...|Ho-lan
Hong Kong_...| Hiang-kong___ ...| Heung-kong
India? ...{In-to ../Yan-to
Kit-ling-a tso ke
(Colloquial
Tiechiu)
Italy ..|[-tai-li .../Y1-tai-lei
Japan ag it-pun ...| Yat-pun
Jelebu .. Jia-li-bu ) Ya-lei-mu
Johor *! .../ Yu-hut ..., Yau-fat
Sin-sua® ....(San-shan |
Ja-ga(Tiechiu)... |
K arimon ..|Ka-li-mun ...|Ka-lei-mun |
Kedah ..|Kit-ta ...|Kai-ta ,
Kelantan ..|\Kit-lan-tan .../Kat-lan-tan
Kopah ... Ko-pa ...|Ko-pa |

10. ‘Kit-ling-a tsou-ke’ means ‘Klings’ home’ : it is of course only

colloquial.

11. ‘Sin-sua’ means ‘New hills’
ohor, I suppose, from Singapore.

or ‘New country,’ distinguishing

Jour, Straits Brancb

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 201
English. | Hokkien. Cantonese. Characte1.
Labuan ... La-buan .. La-mun eal
Langkat .. Lang-kat .. Lang-kat fe 8
Langkawi -. Phu-lo kau-ul ... yaa FE ZE BS
Lingga .. Leng-ge .. Lung-nga Bene
Mal EMcasta kahit \Ma-lak-kak <..|
alacca, | ua” lak-Kan | ak-ka | pte
Macao ?? ss ieee 7 i BH
O-mun-kai a BZ
| | mun-Kal | m3) FA ‘sy
Macassar ., Mang-ka-siah Sao ; Smee
Manila ..Sio-lu-song.. ‘Siu-lui-sung i ay je
Medan ™ _ Sa-wan _, Sha-wan 4 bes
| |
Mergui1+ Ss Pein Ls | F}=z
| Tai-lau | RIE
Moulmein me ‘Ma-tang-lien | BR He
Mu-lu-min |

EF

12. ‘O-mun’ is the Chinese name for the place known to Europeans as

Macao.

13. Medan is known to Chinese as ‘Sawan’ meaning ‘Sand bay.’

14. ‘Tan-lau’ means ‘Red Sirih.’

reason for this name.

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1004.

[have not been able to ascertain the

202

English. Hokkien. Cantonese. | Character.
| |
Muar .| Mua®-po ‘Niaeeat : eB
Muntok .| Bun-to _...| Man-to j ye-% |
Negri Sembilan’® ‘Kau-chau-fu | 4£ ph IF
Olehleh*® _...| A-che . Che-fau | Ap FR
Padang -|Toa-pa-tang ... Tai-pa-tang Kips
ELBUCE -| Pang-hang ..| Pang-hang | we
Pakhoi | Pek-hai ., Pak-hoi | AL AF
Pangkor -| Pang-kok .., Pong-kok Fi PE
Palembang’ ...| Ku-kang .. Kau-kong =P
Pekin “| Palkia’ .. Pak-keng AG
Penang** a Pin-nng-su A Pun-long-yu A TER ih
| | Pei-nang 0 We aE |
| | San-fau $rtB
Perah .. Peh-lak _. Phek-lek nA

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &ec.

15. ‘Kau-chau-fw is only a translation of Negri Sembilan. The name
‘Fu Yung’ i.e. (Sungei) Ujong is usually giv en to Negri Sembilan and
all that part of the Peninsula.

16. This is“ Atjeh’, the Dutch name of Acheen, in Chinese form.

ue ‘Ku-kang’ means ‘great river.’

‘San-fau’ means ‘New town :—Penang was later known to Canton-
ee than Singapore.

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 203

English. | Fon cen 3) ) Waritonesd Character.
Perlis 1% ... Ka-yang ... Ka-yang | ieee
Pontianak _. Khun-tian ... Khwan-tin | +h fa) :
Pulo Bérandan ”° ; = Fo-shui shan “4 RIK ly

but -lan-tan | I 38
| |
Rangoon es -kong agi ve {HIKE
Ang-kong am On-kung os | FY
Renong — | _..Lin-long | | Be |e
Rhio | _ Liawlai ... Liu-noi 4 ER Wy |

Russia Bi Gaaisian | Setdeetz = AB Bee Hy

|
Saigon ...Sai-kong ... Sai-kung = niap="
Samarang 2a Sam-pa-lang ...(Sam-pa-lang ...); = PA ae
Sandakan ae Sin-ngia-kan | |

‘San-ta-kan i San-ta-kan ... lyr ae

Siang-hia k an g ee |

Sandwich I’ds*?,.. Toa® Hiong ae Hewnsi- - RE Ly
shan |

San Francisco’ ? Ku kim-Sua” Be au- kam-!:- £2 Sif

| shan

19. ‘Ka-yang’ is apparently the Malay ‘Ka-jang.’ 1 know no ex-
planation of the name.
20. Kerosine-oil hills.
ah ‘Sandalwood hills’.
‘Old gold diggings’ as distinct from Rania

R. A. Soc., No: 42, 1904,

204

English.

Sarawak

Selangor

Serapong
Shanghai

Siam

Singkep
Situl

Sourabaya

Spain 7°

Swatow

Sungei Ujong ...

Tavoy

Tebing Tinggi ...

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

e Su-la-wak

|

../| Kit-lang

Sit-lang-ngo

_. Sa-li-pong
- ‘Siang-hai

ah, Sie lo

‘Siam-ti

../Sin-kip

../Si-tut

.. Su-li-ba

j
|

ISi-li_-buat

../Toa-lu-song

../Sua?-than

Hu-jiong.

mee Kl cveet}

Hokkien.

Cantonese.

.. Sa-la-wak |
.. Kat-lang

.. Su-lang-ngok .
.. Sa-la-pong

... Sheung-hoi
ob Chhim-lo.,

.. San-kap

..- S1-to

.. Sz-shul

.. Siet-lei-fa
.. Tai-lui-sung
.. Shan-thau
.. Fu-yong

... Tho-nga

| BR

Character.

BN 7

pr BE

FEE
i AK
0 HEA
KA
TH BH
RAS

| pelea

Chiok-be t e n g- Shek-ma teng-yi ABT

ngi

23. Toa-lu-song means ‘Big Luzon’, as distinct from Manila which is
called ‘Small Luzon.’

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 205

English. Hokkien. Cantonese. Character.
Tokio ** ...|Lang-kia .../Tung-keng ... i
Tongkah ...._ Kong-ka -».|Hung--ka one iff tn

| | a (ne eh 7: oa Ce
Tang*” | ... Tang li te Bh: He fe
| na Wu-chiu-tang ... A iS
Trengganu Ae Misue- neal eof T IN
Wei-hai-wei®®...Uichai-ui ... Wai-hoi-wai ...) ppygg ate
Yokohama”... Hue”-pin ....Wang-pan —...|_ a Js

24. ‘ Kastern capital.’

25. ‘Wu-chiu tang’ means ‘Pepper Thang.’
26. ‘Strong sea protection.’

27. ‘Cross shore.’

Chinese Names of Streets in Singapore and Malacca,
together with a list of names of the most im-
portant places in the F. M. S.

Some years ago the late Mr H. T.Haughton of the Straits
Settlements Civil Service compiled a list of the native names,
Chinese and Tamil, of some of the most important streets in
Singapore.

Since this list was published, Singapore has grown and
streets have multiplied, so that Mr. Haughton’s list, useful as far
as it goes, is somewhat out of date.

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

206 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

J -have in the previous pages endeavoured to bring it up to
date, as far as the Chinese names are concerned. ‘To do this
satisfactorily, is impossible. Exact names for many streets do
not exist. In this respect Singapore differs from Penang, where
new streets are fewer and more easily identified: Itis charac- °
teristic of the Chinese that in a matter of this kind, accuracy is
the last thing that strikes them as essential. If you ask a China-
man—or better still a Chinese woman—newly arrivedand resident
in Singapore, where he lives, the invariable answer will be
“Singapore.” A second query will perhaps elicit information
as to.the district of the town or island, but it will take many
questions before the actual address can be ascertained, though
it might-have been given directly, if the person questioned had
thought that it was of any importance.

The Chinese have a happy-go-lucky way of using one ex- .
pression to describe any one of perhaps a dozen streets. Any
Chinaman living at the town-end of Bukit Timah Road, in Albert -
Street, Selegie Road, near Kandang Kerbau Police Station,
Short Street, or in any of the numerous lanes in that neighbour-
hood will, if asked where he lives, reply ‘“‘ Tek Kah” (i. e. Foot

of the bamboos), and unless cross-examined would not volun- - |

tee: any further information, though the answer might mean
any one of a dozen streets.

The more important thoroughfares have recognised names
known to Chinese of all classes. There are. however, a number
of new and smaller streets, and it appears to me that it is im-
portant that these should be easily identified. Especially is it
important that official interpreters should havea through know-
ledge of the names, English and Chinese, for all the streets in
the town, a matter in which, in my experience, many Govern-
ment interpreters are lamentably ignorant.

As already remarked, in many cases there are ho Chinese
names for streets. Tanjong Pagar and Kampong Kapor dis-
tricts are full of new roads and streets, nameless at present to
the Chinese, and defying identification. The houses are new
and often not occupied by Chinese, but Singapore is a Chinese
town and any one who has watched its growth will realise that
in all likelihood these new roads will be busy throughfares be-

Jour. Straits Branch

CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c. 207

fore-many years are past, and sooner or later: no doubt the
Chinese will find names for them. Now itseems.a pity that
street-names should be multiplied unsystematically in Chinese
as well as in English, and I should like to see the Municipality
step in and take the mater in hand. Suggestions need not be
made here as to what plan should be pursued, but there are
several alternative methods, and I think something ought to be
done. BANE Os |
I should state that infallibility cannot be claimed for this
list. Various informants have given contradictory information.
However such as itis, it may, I hope, prove useful to any
Kuropean with a knowledge of Chinese and to any Chinaman with
a knowledge of English. —

I have added the names for some of the more important
bridges, police stations and public buildings, and where I have
been able to ascertain them, the names of the country roads and
districts. Here I foundit very difficult to obtain exact informa-
tion, most of what is given having been kindly furnished by Mr.
Langham-Carter of the Land Office.

Following will be found a list some of the places with which
Singapore has connections, commercial or otherwise. This in-
cludes the names of European States and, at the other extreme,
local coast ports.

Mr. K. A. Gardiner of the Straits Police kindly sent mea
list of the names of streets in Malacca, with some interest-
ing notes by Mr.Go Lai Kui, the Government Interpreter
there.

And through the courtesy of various officers of the Feder-
ated Malay States Civil Service, I have been furnished with the
Chinese equivalents for the names of the most important places
in the States.

Mr. A. M. Pountney contributed Selangor.

Mr. W. Cowan sent the Perak names, with notes by Mr,
W. D. Barnes. ;

For Pahang I am indebted to the District Officers at Raub
and Kuala Lipis.

The Negri Sembilan names were supplied through Mr.
Ridges.

R. A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

208 CHINESE NAMES OF STREETS, &c.

I was unable to obtain Chinese names for up-country Kam-
pongs in Malacca—there are none apparently—and the Chinese
population is comparatively thin there.

Penang and Province Wellesley have already been dealt
with in the admirable notes of Mr. Lo Man Yuk.

Finally I must express my thanks to Messrs. Ho Siak Kuan
and Leung Pui Kam of the Chinese Protectorate in Singapore
and Penang respectively, for their assistance in filling in the
Chinese characters for the names.

Penang, March, 1904.

Jour, Straits Branch

ep toney lep ke g me m

WJ

Z

IS

—=le4

Rk. Shelford.

Addendum to Mr. Hose’s paper on
Methods of Reckoning Time.

Since this paper was written a good deal more information
about the Kenyah Sundial has come to hand, and it is evident
that the methods employed by the different tribes i in measuring
the noon-day shadow and the omens attached to the respective
lengths of the shadow vary considerably. ‘This is but natural
since the different tribes plant their crops at different times of
the year. A figure of a measuring-stick (asw do) of the Aki
‘Kenyahs, a down-river tribe who plant in July, is now given ;
the actual specimen is in the Sarawak Museum, and I am indebt-
ed to the curator, Mr. R. Shelford, for the drawing. :

Explanation of the Figure.

Stick (asu do) used by the Kenyahs to measure the shadow cast by
the Sundtal (tukar do).

The stick is 72 centimetres in length and 1.7 centimetres
broad; one border is notched. The end marked by an asterisk
in the figure is held in the hand so that the stick lies along the
extended arm, the notches corresponding to certain regions of
the arm and hand. The relation of the lenyth of the “shadow
cast at-noon-day by the tukar do to the spaces between the
notches determines the omen given by the dayong as described
in the paper. ‘The letters A to H refer to the spaces between
the notches.

A. Known as Kujut Kata, the knuckles; this isa good time for
planting, but there will be deaths in the house and the
people of the house will always be crying and rubbing
their eyes with their knuckles ; in pounding out the padi,
some padi will always remain mixed with the rice.

B. Corresponds to the position of the string often worn round
the wrist to tie in the soul of the wearer, a bead or some

R, A. Soc., No. 42,°1904.

210 ADDENDUM To MR, HOSE’S PAPER,

charm keing often threaded on the string. This marks
a good time for planting.

C. Leku Sang, corresponds to the position of the wristlet made
from fibres of the sang palm by men on the war paths to
distinguish them from the enemy. A good time for
planting.

D. Muga mipit, marks a bad time for planting because the
sparrows (mipit) will destroy the crop.

E. Idan ok, i.e., the small part of the forearm, a bad time for
planting.

F. /Jdan aiar, i.e., the thick part of the forearm, a bad time for
planting.

G. Selong jangin, i.e., the brass armlet worn round the biceps ;
this marks a good time for planting.

H. Lingai Sapeh, i.e., the junction of the coat-sleeve with the
coat ; a good time for planting.

Jour. Séraits Br anch

Dr. Brandstetter’s Malayo-polynesian Researches:
An Appreciation.

There is (or was) in the East, a newspaper claiming to have
the largest circulation in Asia, British India excepted. The
exception is a big one. If in the same way I were to say that
Professor Brandstetter of Lucerne is the soundest and most
accurate Malayan scholar in Europe, outside of Holland, I
should be merely statins in the fewest words a plain fact which
in my judgment, is not as widely known as it deserves to be;
and I hope that no one will so far misunderstand my meaning
as to imagine that I am attempting to make a scurvy jest at the
expense of that learned writer. - Under the general title of
‘ Malayo-Polynesische Forschungen” he has issued a number of
very valuable studies on Malayan subjects, whose titles I subjoin
in a note for the benefit of all whom it may concern.* ‘There

* First Series.

I. Der Natursinn in den dltern L't eraturwerken der Malayen.
II. Die Beziehungen des Malagasy zum Malayischen.
III. Die Geschichte des Hang Tuwah, ein 4Alterer Malayischer
Sittenroman, ins Deutsche iibersetzt.
IV. Die Geschichte von Konig Indjilai, eine bugische Erza hlung,
ins Deutsche tibersetzt.
V. Die Griindung von Wadjo, eive historische Sage aus Siid-
west celebes, ins Deutsche iibersetzt.
VI. Das Lehnwort ins Bugischen.

Second Series.
I. Die Geschichte vn Djalalankara, ein Makassarischer Roman,
in deutscher Sprache nacherzahlt.
II. Tagalen und Madecassen, eine sprachver-gleichende Abhan-
dlung, als Orientierung fiir Ethnographen und Sprachforscher.
III. (In preparation) Beitrage zur Fixierung der Stellung welche
die Siidphilippinischen ‘Idiome innerhalb des poe om poly-
nesischen Sprachstammes einnehmen.

R. A. Soc:, No. 42, 1904,

212 DR. BRANDSTETTER’S RESEARCHES.

is not room here to discuss them all, nor are they all of equal
interest to readers in the Malay Peninsula; I will therefore

confine myself to those’ which ApBEE) more particularly to stu-

dents of Malay. ins eee

His two studies on the ‘relation of alae to Malay”
(1893; pp. 43) and on “Tagal and Malagasy ‘(1902; pp. 85),
taken together, give a very clear idea of the interconnection of
these languages and throw considerable light. on their past his-
tory and development.

Brandstetter’s strong point is his strictly scientific method.
He will not accept conjectural identifications or vague unsup-
ported theories of relationship: he distinguishes most carefully ©
between what he considers to be proved and what is merely —
probable. Consequently his results, when they are such as he
himself considers certain, may be accepted with a high degree
of confidence by his readers.

In choosing two languages so widely separated in geo-
graphical distribution as Tagal (or Tagalog) and Malagasy for
his points of comparison, he brings out very strikingly the essen-
tial unity of the Malayan family of languages, a unity which —
is evidently due to common descent and not, as Crawfurd per-
versely maintained, to the influence of Malay or Javanese modify-
ing a number of originally alien tongues. English students
of this subject seem to find a difficulty in getting away from the
idea that. Malay is the normal type of a: Malayan language:
that, however, is very far from being the case. From the point
of view of phonology, Malay is often relatively very archaic, -
much nearer to the original sounds, than some of the cognate
tongues (e. g. Malagasy and Javanese); but even in this regard
Malay is not always the truest representative of the primitive
type. ‘Then again Malay lacks many old words which have been
preserved in distant and widely separated parts of the Malayo-
polynesian region; and this, as van der Tuuk pointed out long
ago, is proof enough that they do not owe their common element
to Malay. Further, Malay isso much simplified in its grammar |

that it occupies in the Malayan family much the same ‘relative
position, that modern Persian or English occupy among the Indo-
Kuropean languages: its system of agglutination has been re-

Jour. Straits Branch

DR. BRANDSTETTER’S RLS} ARCHES, 213

duced to a mere remnant, whereas some of these lanauages have
preserved it in something like its primitive luxuriance. In this
respect T'agal and Malagasy are more archaic than Malay. An
example will best explain what is meant. The Malay surat
me writing,” is represented in ‘Tagal by sulat, in Malagasy by
sdratra (Malagasy o is pronounced w),

This verb can be conjugated thus in these two lan-
guages :—

ACTIVE.
Tagal. Malagasy.
Present nanunulat manoratra
Preterite nanulat nanoratra
Future manunulat hanoratra
Imperative manulat manarata
PASSIVE.

: Tagat. Malagasy
Present sinusulatan soratana
Preterite sinulatan nosoratana
Future susulatan hosoratana
Imperative sulatan soraty *

Here, besides prefixes and suffixes, infixes and reduplication
play, in Tagal, a great part.

It is not necessary to add here, by way of contrast. the
meagre list of variations which the Malay verb usually assumes :
they will be familiar to the reader. Apart from these, there
are in Malay (as Dr. Luering pointed out in No. 39 of this Jour-
nal)a few scattered survivals which show that the language for-
merly had a more fully elaborated system of agglutination than it
now possesses.

The comparison of some of the words common to Tagal
and Malagasy (of which Brandstetter gives a remarkably long
and interesting list) shows that in some cases a form more
archaic than that of Malay must be inferred as the common
original. ‘l hus, for instance, it is practically certain that “ fire”’

*y=1, asin English at the end ofa word: Malagasy spelling
was invented by English missionaries.

R, A. Soc., No. 42, 1904.

214 DR. BRANDSTETTER’S RESEARCHES,

was once aput not api, and “ dead” mataz, “liver” hatai, and so
on. But even more interesting, perhaps, is the light which these
common words throw on the state of civilization of the primi-
tive ancestors of these tribes before their dispersion. It is
clear from the comparative vocabulary that they were quite af
home on the tropical seas: they have common words for the
sea and the shore, for the crocodile, the prawn, the ray or
skate (fish), and the dugong (though the Malayasy trozona now
means whale, apparently); they .had sails for their boats
and they used hooks for fishing. Two, at least, of the points
of the compass are represented by common words, though their
relative directions have shifted and no longer correspond in the
different languages. So too for words relating to life on land :
they were acquainted with rice, yams, bamboo and, probably,
the cocoanut and screw-palm (pandanus); their material civili-
zation comprised acquaintance with iron and, apparently, silver ;
they had knives and files, and hewed wood into stakes and
planks ; they had houses with walls and roofs; they had pots,
dishes and spoons (or ladles) and mortars with pestles (probably
the large ones even now used for pounding rice); and they
wore garments of some sort of cloth. They had some simple
standards of measurement, notably the fathom (the distance
across the outstretched arms). They had words for “ month”
and ‘‘ year,’ and a series of numerals to 1000, inclusive.
Words relating to the transactions of life in a social community
are also not altoghter absent; buying and borrowing, debt and
payment, are ideas which appear to have been familiar to
them; and they are not without words which indicate dif-
ferences of social rank, e. g. the existence of chiefs to whom
personal respect was due. ‘The widespread institution of the
‘“ taboo” appears to have already existed among them in those
early days.

This is by no means an exhaustive account of the condition
of these people: I have merely picked out a few of the salient
facts embodied in Brandstetter’s list of words, and these it
must be remembered are drawn from ‘Tagal and Malagasy
only. If the other Malayan languages (whose name is legion)
were taken into account, many additional details could be added
to this outline sketch : it is enough, however, to: show that such

Jour: Straits Branch

DR. BRANDSTETTER’S RESEARCHES | 215

researches as these may lead to very interesting. discoveries,
quite apart from the merely technical details of philology.

These last I shall not pretend to deal with here, only re-
ferring the reader to these two valuable monographs, where he
will find them set out and very skilfully handled.

_I have left myself little space to notice the other numbers
of the series to which I would draw particular attention. Of
the Hikayat Hang TuahI will merely say that it isan historical
romance of the life of the well-known Malacca hero, and that
while it is probably of no great value from the point of view of
history strictly so called, it isa highly interesting picture of
Malay life and manners and by no means deserves the unmixed
contempt which Crawfurd thought fit to pour upon it. — [t dates
probably from the early part of the 17th century and isa recog-
nized specimen of the best type of Malay classical prose litera-
ture.

The only other of Brandstetters’ works which I propose to
mention here is his essay on the Malay aporeciation of the
beauties of nature (and their aesthetic sense in general) as
evidenced in -their literature. Here he lays a good deal of
Malay prose and poetry under contribution and by a number of
well selected examples reveals a side of the Malay character
which is not, I think, in their every day life at least, very
obvious to the ordinary observer. He has confined himself to
literary works older than the 19th century, to the exclusion of
ali modern productions, and perhaps therefore European influence
may be discounted : the question of the imitation of India models
is more difficult, but on the whole Brandstetter is disposed to
regard the mental attitude which he illustrates as being really
original to the Malay mind, and he has not to take his examples
from works, like the Srz Rama, which are avowedly based on
Indian originals. Even in these, however, it may be remarked
that the local colouring is distiuctly Malay; and one need only
look, for instance, at the beautiful passage quoted and translated
by Maxwell on pp. 89 and 90 of No. 17 of this Journal, to be
convinced that the Malay rhapsodist from whom Maxwell
derived his version of the story has not servilely copied any
Indian model but has given the rein to his own fancy and freely
exercised his own descriptive power.

R, A, Soc,, No. 42, 1904.

216 DR, BRANDSTETTER’S RESEARCHES.

It is impossible to go into details here, but I hope that
the indications I have given will induce some of the readers of —
this Journal to refer both to Brandstetter’s essay and to his
Malay originals. Victor Hugo did not disdain to translate
Malay pantuns: a poet himself, he could appreciate the poetry
which many of them so quaintly embody, and I venture to
think that an anthology could be made up out of Malay
literature which would be worthy to rank with many other
such collections in better known languages. Unfortunately
the Malay genius does not lend itself to sustained effort: it
rises here and there to real heights of poetic fancy, but taken
as a whole it is undoubtedly pedestrian. All the more reason,
therefore, is there for picking out the gems which lie hidden
amongst so much thatis little better than dross. ,

This short notice can hardly do justice to the excellence of
Brandstetter’s work: I can say no more, in summing up, than
that that he isa worthy pupil of the Dutch School, and that
in attempting to carry on the work of Malayan research beyond
the confines of Holland and Netherlands India, he is setting an
example which may well be followed elsewhere. It is unfortu-
nate that the work of Dutch scholars in this line of study
is so little known to Englisk readers. The initial difficulties are
not nearly as great as they are supposed to be: one can easily
pick up enough understanding of the Dutch written language
to be able to read intelligently a Dutch essay ona Malayan
subject. However, as Englishmen, persistently and very much
to their own disadvantage, continue to ignore the Dutch author-
ities, perhaps it may be some help to such of them as havea
fair knowledge of German to have Brandstetter’s work to
refer to. His work, however, is purely original, though he has
been trained in the Dutch school and would be the first to
acknowledge his indebtedness to it, as indeed he repeatedly
does ; and when one says that heis making for himself a place
in the list of distinguished Malayan scholars which holds such
names as van der Tuuk, Kern, Niemann and Brandes, one need,
I think, say no more.

C. O. Blagden.

Jour, Straits Branch

ee Sr

eae

SF

A} 0 INDo-Cut1

She T

& pity

Tee

x
;
;
y 4

PEAS AR en RE ay chun! Pe Oo EPP PoP ERP PRP Pen Rap. P's? +P RveT py? Ne? Pit cals WA es
uae ee Se WI Re DS ied eb le tebe Bee TE Db Be Reb w pel) de best fe Wet Lop ibe be by
+ %

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES

U ox J

: ye how
he 5 ih ay Pyne rae » BWM:
rye es ed Agha d Se “ a » Seam
tee Nar CARED ) ch ah a eA NRK a BOSE 07309 sl!
vt Dany: Wom Wty gah ewe lit OB a Ue why py 0
Ke emul Abd aR oS he Yi Yooh pays » ye
ee " ye

ars

stutsrstse5
3 = ri
Sina 2

i

Pray? HANEY rn)

oN ae » poh Wy

‘ rf A ah OL hag
ate ni Ne so “

3
ress
es
ae

SE re ehh he whieh bby yf
PP HA hee Gb eo

ry ‘ ‘
RO I We bo ke Re be had

Pa pe mer HP Bab wah aH wr » y ' \
, DA Hebel Lee BD Abe hd bad AA bce R tw Mon aDeboh arith hee. och dest Seay > >) hee
tad PRA ea ational, RAE AAA tt UIE a ng A aU OR OC kaa ‘ we
Na ' ql iby eh Oh LPM & be 1 held GPW the bee fib bib a 1 hy
ek aff 2 Tea BY fh Be Boe Dh BD : : We bh Le by w =
oy Why Ay i i ‘ Ui We sncie wee ite we LD Bcheb Doe yi yb Rm, he ’
Hay a teu . mak * By Ne bib keh beh BALD bikhch b Ow Bb Wea waa hk oh oo Gia eon ke
eee cebt Sb oh eB rb ys s niet ee DOCU OUI NICH DN a SAN Veh aed OD beh heh Db bee YM ley tag go
bed Aimy: iy Sb OD be RS LS Rt A tee bh hy ee a ce ee ee
’ Pe DPA W NOW eke OB ile beim iit ihn boWe We bate? ry

eho bie hb +2 oh o4

See bh AD ew hb BAD
? heb be bh b+ bob

Chey
ew ett WAS AN

is 4 eo Y' -) 4
rts bite : y
anise » ' °
Re oa mb ls wb P
of iy rp x
Aieyliy Argh oa
ahs Pip Nel tet ACA a ‘Sate
PHN HH bee bebe an > Sarpy
‘Sa bh Gee a pea: z "
bmp y> r
+p
ge Me UT *
Nhe De Mabe Be He rs
a eas AY ih et ‘ K
she yy atany iver ‘ is J,
cut ealaralaeny .
Diya ba i tina 3 x s
DB Hehe sy he eh BAT Aas
Rh ety ya eS % i
: HRP eee PH ES Hob hy ‘
rH Fe Hb hh he HS Pb yee
dat hae *, Hope y Lat ehh be
i og } yh are a) Wied f ' as on ee et ‘
if at ee SON OOS IC GRRL or So a Rue 4
a +: Naat Nuns penteiwineach sich riteh Cent bt ron) .
; eee’ ‘ 5 hiv ys
Tyee >
Veen Rai PSR Pee ' *
he) hoe ye yeh 4
he , ‘
oP Pin
be es nl
4 Bt SOU CERO nia WA Behe DAE bom EEO BON hm bom et ,
Ret Ha bhet Bh Bey beep f > m . ' ‘ is
Hef) Acorn WAG wie Tie See NCI er yt ea nyt
DiS ARRON hat ok ac tn 8 . *
PAM MarR? bc beh Bom ee iit tt i wae
Py eae Sh Saka at eR » ad
ee Bh ihD tehew be LH oh) * } § ‘:
PURPA RR Te A Tie hh eicahea bo be
ha Wasa nats cat i a TU take Aa NURI R an deal! $ i * ‘ »
ek elem NH iy fed CMe a Re Pa ht aes . . As
Pa carte beh Plea tities beck Mohsen tr tehe Recerh t Py of . He.
bacon Ng baad Pynteh tery a aerate it AR beh s re . ae WW
Se pr Oa Re he ee ‘ * e Ae
OR HA BY eB et KS a
hi Wott eh) VED ¢ Sab .
at ROK Nuh hb et ay wri > :
AMP Hh Ow Rb bbb ache ete po Ow BY Whe ht wi , 0
iba a AT Ae he yw ‘ iy i> » + o*
ay > wh, * } be eh P4 ij
eu) 5 » y * , 7» be
RAR Er ME RI ee ' , ;
HW be BoD f hh tet :
Sa tat Or Mw a Se ys 5 , ae
Nene Vays el eae stitatatwnat ited hee Pe Phe | r ’ bis Nr
BSA AN Ped Ge bet bea bh bob & by he alk
tat a be Dh ba Pe Beh he hee hey § + bold 6 Mt
he u ,
ey: Rea ‘ Nay sa Shines
Teh he yay ; hon Oxi . : oi ’ ~
Cae t a Nene teint Thrlbare yt hey n i ' ’ a,
vy we eae 4 bok bod be dra ead Ba A aad Pg op pty aarp b ae
$F ELPY. At -t-QL +f ea Povey ho? hee ee 8 : b " b
PH Deh hohe PPRD SEY eee is ee eee) ro “ 4
> SAYONARA OR A a oe Pee yh Abn yeas ‘ hs
Oe ee hee bh ey st Piet boy t bh > bai, , b ibe} =.
yuh} LSP HLAD ORD P EM PMB aH bd tee ; h
\ PHA LEY HSE ERY 4h av ows Vive ar! bo : , es a> vel
y X ha. aA Read ee sn Wr obo hi i spew sb . i ea
a ro te Hf Cae i we Pbitys too Hm ATR Gp ey ‘ , : *
] yyyrahy WR eury WEVA END HHO MOE WOH Te Bh Mt et nt bo 40 bei Sp Vacs
» op . mwah ye ee ee ee ee . > Te
SUCOR USOC OOO OU OR Gn ane i s' } a
Spare by, PE Pheh foe i HAP eT ‘yy .
eae evry Perch UNnt ate , no Hd 4
fy Nl Wn ber: wh oh te ; *
ie ’ -
‘ i *
aoe ay .
xan ity a4 yy
Niner bt ane ee x, ene * ; r ‘
ERIN a ae ae in VR ye ee N
Me ae ie ert é
Pa heb ah f
ie le ' S
CW Sk ap Ale e Ph Pures
PADS BE bt
ra ga ee mi fr : hh
Bio BA FOE chon Fry j alg ohh we ; oh ) it rh
Mitvaneh heh ia PMR a RR f
GAPE READ BF PPP Mee Os ; Dt uk DUN ce
a hed Ado, #6 iteeaien A ; Hp nib n ate % OLS ML : be ie ph
: * yi PAL Se HD bh ye ) " H Dah eb Wes | the ® peeve * , -
} tae int a iphaeae sim nth bee UP te vb Sets PO be Be biked oe es eh ; ; mye d
cae pre heat Hk erg ewe PPIRLI UAE EL Db pe Db Da ich Wed bnseh eb Sry tee var ee n
Scie con see Cnet neve nites fay uta iad aa eter i Reape thst bd
reel oY b } fy ha Pid i ,
CONN (ie LOPE DAUR Y Hheb |
Web bbe aay) ; Let eh eee BN tb, Sod h beh Pm
Heit Krhoad a? SY Ora Woes ae Se a Oke
by nes My By auth Fear ry wh 4
hs Me eee ono WE Dee ok ARE Pb Bot o> bop Py , a pols
Cane eee SO COs hob be ba { wy
Bee ne An ag altel heathy O het & hhh here pee e
whe doh @ert gk » tet ob nis Hirt vate be as ’
ee b : q sh
ih A
, 4
Y
A t \ ;
saeco bite ,
Ay Bicine Wieck: $4} ,
3 Owe ERE \ 7
he he
bb j
ine .
th Pk Beh t h ot) ’
nie yn PAP RE A
| , |
re ¥ ,
j nop y
Hevea nh bh - i)
teh Pek Hsia’ eet rye aoe oa aes
: St OOO Oh bb
Far bah Darad' Photon i wh ;
a ae Pk » _ Tk = 2
iby bp) > ‘ ,
Ebi eb bs ' ’ fs
PHO bbe bh eb
OP meh es rey >
bee ee -
ea ih phe Hee
ie weer e ver Sari Mit Yne Me ae
Way bei as ah a SRS ye a Rate bo Phe ey ye
bh heh, Fy i AO are ei i ek i Ot age hh
Shy A CS A! yrs CK ea SP ne bb re a ae ,
ty ard Vobow, how, Typist Terk hb he eke i Pb bb Lo Pe ren aS Ja ee ean
4 Sorce it *i'¢ Ned ay HOR HPA D Ene EAE ht tod bt hae be hb . hen ¥
r b= Gps PAW PORE kel fot pow fF 67 s
My ‘ “ : Web heb he beh web Ws >. = ,
Pasian iis th " : P Yea A A eek AUR rity pe he) » A i)
ena waa Wy fh cae pape pore r ety yt : Ares Se earth eh hen bed» 6
it Phau rl " sf wa 2 php bk a bs \ ip aR a eae a —
Genki YS tahini pel nh ska eee i i saa pe al Ay yews it Farr We Ghd Wah b kh beh itt bed bit { 4
: seta aN ; Pettey hh» hes Puy Bp " y Hop ny Vea BHA RAM HD OE Fo mu 9 Wipe " yer
hie Brine hail Dy LO Ae bet Dy a WH SD EL Eb! he Ve) % eS eat Who heb ROM F Oe ee a bow
PHY AM, Bal ise ] iy 93 ere ‘ i aa \< hes GIR I tA FM a La
. Dyas ite cis eth i ‘i r Ave eRe Gi thtecn hie bE SRD Be PEA DB HT EL bet ni eet bey net , ¢
rails Hike sna ; 4 pip a 5 Vee De ie cEyns ni . Wb at le " 5 ya
ay ete SBA Ah HUH ; HB hb UP oe he He \ ’ sb bet Lh thd bb
Haha ee irae ! SOS rahe a natin rp aa sat ees
pins é y B ’
Abhay ' ‘ wo. see
has 4 CH Ree CRE IER oh 44 f 7“? “ pny
a Mae he beh Ob He ON mB As Oy es le te a A
bith tay) Wes ehh he eR pb ee Le 4 te?) :
Pe ee ae ee ed es “ \
Fach barn
Dee ey a oe be
erat es ”
Ly gigi e ey YU Ye Ae ee Me "F §
PvP ehh PRP Lobe PP heh bh Db Bt pee ’ A
+ Owe 8 Phe weak Hee bee hike +O ; A :

ie # PE Met

soe The
bits Beka a ay eo) cs
Were heey sian yeh jk bo bt A hl BE ee ete eek thet br : Rr aan ye eke